MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL
Families
Reference Manual
S12 MagniV
Microcontrollers
MC9S12ZVHYRMV1
Rev. 1.05
6/2015
freescale.com
The revision of our documents on the World Wide Web is the most current. A printed copy may be an
earlier revision. To verify you have the latest information available, refer to:
freescale.com
A full list of family members and options is included in the appendices.This document contains information
for all constituent modules, with the exception of the S12Z CPU. For S12ZCPU information please refer
to the CPU S12Z Reference Manual.
The following revision history table summarizes changes contained in this document. .
Revision History
Date
Revision
Sep, 2013
1.00
First release for external web site
- Add ZVHY 32K
- Update OSC etc. electrical spec
Nov, 2013
1.01
- Updated Appendix A electrical spec
- Updated SCI/ADC/SPI/BDC/FTMRZ sections (see section rev. history)
Mar, 2014
1.02
- Added ZVHL part and corresponding LINPHY information.
- Updated STOP mode BDC dependency text.
- Changed VLVRXA minimum from 2.97V to 2.95V
- Added frequency spec. for WSTAT to operating conditions table
- Removed incorrect device overview reference to over-temperature protection
- Corrected vector mapping of ADC CONIF_OIE interrupt
- Updated CPMU section (see section rev. history)
Jun, 2014
1.03
- Corrected ordering information controller family encoding in Appendix N
Sep, 2014
1.04
- Updated BKGD pin I/O specification
- Specified ADC accuracy for a range of VDDA and VREF
1.05
- Added reference to safety constrained applications
- Corrected ADC reference result to right justified
- Split VDDX electrical parameter into separate cases, with and without PNP
- Enhanced CPMU chapter (see CPMU revision history)
- Added startup from reset cycle count parameter
- Updated BATS electrical parameter values for LB1, HB1 and HB2.
- Corrected BKGD pin voltage condition in Table A-8
- Removed incorrect CPU feature from feature list
- Corrected BDC clock name (see BDC revision history)
Jun, 2015
Description
Freescale Semiconductor reserves the right to make changes without further notice to any products herein. Freescale Semiconductor makes no warranty,
representation or guarantee regarding the suitability of its products for any particular purpose, nor does Freescale Semiconductor assume any liability arising out of
the application or use of any product or circuit, and specifically disclaims any and all liability, including without limitation consequential or incidental damages. “Typical”
parameters that may be provided in Freescale Semiconductor data sheets and/or specifications can and do vary in different applications and actual performance may
vary over time. All operating parameters, including “Typicals”, must be validated for each customer application by customer’s technical experts. Freescale
Semiconductor does not convey any license under its patent rights nor the rights of others. Freescale Semiconductor products are not designed, intended, or
authorized for use as components in systems intended for surgical implant into the body, or other applications intended to support or sustain life, or for any other
application in which the failure of the Freescale Semiconductor product could create a situation where personal injury or death may occur. Should Buyer purchase or
use Freescale Semiconductor products for any such unintended or unauthorized application, Buyer shall indemnify and hold Freescale Semiconductor and its officers,
employees, subsidiaries, affiliates, and distributors harmless against all claims, costs, damages, and expenses, and reasonable attorney fees arising out of, directly
or indirectly, any claim of personal injury or death associated with such unintended or unauthorized use, even if such claim alleges that Freescale Semiconductor was
negligent regarding the design or manufacture of the part.
Chapter 1
Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.1
1.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 23
Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.2.1 MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families Member Comparison . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 24
1.3 Maskset 0N39G and 1N39G device compare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
1.4 Chip-Level Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 25
1.5 Module Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.5.1 S12Z Central Processor Unit (CPU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 26
1.5.2 Embedded Memory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 27
1.5.3 Clocks, Reset & Power Management Unit (CPMU) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 28
1.5.4 Main External Oscillator (XOSCLCP) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5.5 32K External Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5.6 System Integrity Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5.7 Real Time Clock (RTC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 29
1.5.8 Timer (TIM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.5.9 Pulse Width Modulation Module (PWM) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.5.10 Simple Sound Generator (SSG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.5.11 Liquid Crystal Display driver (LCD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.5.12 LIN physical layer transceiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 30
1.5.13 Stepper Motor Controller (MC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.5.14 Stepper Stall Detect (SSD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.5.15 Multi-Scalable Controller Area Network (MSCAN) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 31
1.5.16 Inter-IC Bus Module (IIC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.5.17 Serial Communication Interface Module (SCI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.5.18 Serial Peripheral Interface Module (SPI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.5.19 Analog-to-Digital Converter Module (ADC) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 32
1.5.20 Supply Voltage Sensor (BATS) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.5.21 On-Chip Voltage Regulator system (VREG) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 33
1.6 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 34
1.6.1 Device Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 35
1.6.2 Part ID registers Assignments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.7 Signal Description and Device Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.7.1 Pin Assignment Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 38
1.7.2 Detailed Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 39
1.7.3 VSENSE - Voltage Sensor Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
1.7.4 BCTL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
1.7.5 Power Supply Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 46
1.8 Package and Pinouts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 47
1.9 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
1.9.1 Chip Configuration Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 58
1.9.2 Debugging Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
1.9.3 Low Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 59
1.10 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
1.10.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
3
1.11
1.12
1.13
1.14
1.15
1.16
1.17
1.18
1.19
1.20
1.21
1.10.2 Securing the Microcontroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 60
1.10.3 Operation of the Secured Microcontroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1.10.4 Unsecuring the Microcontroller . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 61
1.10.5 Reprogramming the Security Bits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
1.10.6 Complete Memory Erase . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
Resets and Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
1.11.1 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 62
1.11.2 Interrupt Vectors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 63
1.11.3 Effects of Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 66
COP Configuration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
ADC0 Internal Channels . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 67
The ADC0 VRH/VRL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
The ADC0 Conversion Resolution . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
ADC Result Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 68
BDC Clock Source Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
FTMRZ Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
RTC Clock Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 69
LCD Clock Source Connectivity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
32K OSC enable control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 70
Chapter 2
Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.1
2.2
2.3
2.4
2.5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
2.1.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
2.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 72
External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 73
Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 82
2.3.1 Register Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 83
2.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 90
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.4.2 Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 107
2.4.3 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 111
2.4.4 Pin interrupts and Wakeup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 112
Initialization and Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.5.1 Port Data and Data Direction Register writes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.5.2 SCI0,1 Baud Rate Detection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.5.3 RTC on chip calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
2.5.4 RTC off chip calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 113
Chapter 3
Memory Mapping Control (S12ZMMCV1)
3.1
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
3.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
4
Freescale Semiconductor
3.2
3.3
3.4
3.1.2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.1.3 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.1.4 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 116
3.1.5 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.3.1 Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 117
3.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 118
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
3.4.1 Global Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 123
3.4.2 Illegal Accesses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 125
3.4.3 Uncorrectable ECC Faults . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 126
Chapter 4
Interrupt (S12ZINTV0)
4.1
4.2
4.3
4.4
4.5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
4.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
4.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 128
4.1.3 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
4.1.4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 129
External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 130
4.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 131
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 135
4.4.1 S12Z Exception Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4.4.2 Interrupt Prioritization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 136
4.4.3 Priority Decoder . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
4.4.4 Reset Exception Requests . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
4.4.5 Exception Priority . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 137
4.4.6 Interrupt Vector Table Layout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
4.5.1 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
4.5.2 Interrupt Nesting . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 138
4.5.3 Wake Up from Stop or Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 139
Chapter 5
Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
5.1
5.2
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
5.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
5.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
5.1.3 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 142
5.1.4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 144
External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
5
5.3
5.4
5.5
Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
5.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 145
5.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 146
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
5.4.1 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
5.4.2 Enabling BDC And Entering Active BDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 150
5.4.3 Clock Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
5.4.4 BDC Commands . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 151
5.4.5 BDC Access Of Internal Resources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 167
5.4.6 BDC Serial Interface . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 170
5.4.7 Serial Interface Hardware Handshake (ACK Pulse) Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 173
5.4.8 Hardware Handshake Abort Procedure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 175
5.4.9 Hardware Handshake Disabled (ACK Pulse Disabled) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 176
5.4.10 Single Stepping . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 177
5.4.11 Serial Communication Timeout . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
5.5.1 Clock Frequency Considerations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 178
Chapter 6
S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.1
6.2
6.3
6.4
6.5
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
6.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
6.1.2 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
6.1.3 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 180
6.1.4 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
6.1.5 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 181
External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
6.2.1 External Event Input . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
6.2.2 Profiling Output . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
6.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 182
6.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 185
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
6.4.1 DBG Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
6.4.2 Comparator Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 206
6.4.3 Events . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 210
6.4.4 State Sequence Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 212
6.4.5 Trace Buffer Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 213
6.4.6 Code Profiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 222
6.4.7 Breakpoints . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 226
Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
6.5.1 Avoiding Unintended Breakpoint Re-triggering . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
6.5.2 Debugging Through Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 227
6.5.3 Breakpoints from other S12Z sources . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
6.5.4 Code Profiling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 228
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
6
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 7
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
7.1
7.2
7.3
7.4
7.5
7.6
7.7
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 229
7.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 230
7.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 232
7.1.3 S12CPMU_UHV_V5 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 235
Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
7.2.1 RESET . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
7.2.2 EXTAL and XTAL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
7.2.3 VSUP — Regulator Power Input Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
7.2.4 VDDA, VSSA — Regulator Reference Supply Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
7.2.5 VDDX, VSSX — Pad Supply Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 237
7.2.6 BCTL — Base Control Pin for external PNP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
7.2.7 VSS — Core Logic Ground Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
7.2.8 VDD — Internal Regulator Output Supply (Core Logic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
7.2.9 VDDF — Internal Regulator Output Supply (NVM Logic) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
7.2.10 API_EXTCLK — API external clock output pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
7.2.11 TEMPSENSE — Internal Temperature Sensor Output Voltage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 238
Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
7.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 239
7.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 241
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
7.4.1 Phase Locked Loop with Internal Filter (PLL) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 279
7.4.2 Startup from Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 281
7.4.3 Stop Mode using PLLCLK as source of the Bus Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
7.4.4 Full Stop Mode using Oscillator Clock as source of the Bus Clock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 282
7.4.5 External Oscillator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 284
7.4.6 System Clock Configurations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 285
Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
7.5.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 286
7.5.2 Description of Reset Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
7.5.3 Oscillator Clock Monitor Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 287
7.5.4 PLL Clock Monitor Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
7.5.5 Computer Operating Properly Watchdog (COP) Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 288
7.5.6 Power-On Reset (POR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
7.5.7 Low-Voltage Reset (LVR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 289
Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
7.6.1 Description of Interrupt Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 290
Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
7.7.1 General Initialization Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
7.7.2 Application information for COP and API usage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
7.7.3 Application Information for PLL and Oscillator Startup . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 292
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
7
Chapter 8
Timer Module (TIM16B8CV3) Block Description
8.1
8.2
8.3
8.4
8.5
8.6
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
8.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 295
8.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
8.1.3 Block Diagrams . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 296
External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
8.2.1 IOC7 — Input Capture and Output Compare Channel 7 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
8.2.2 IOC6 - IOC0 — Input Capture and Output Compare Channel 6-0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
8.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 299
8.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 300
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 316
8.4.1 Prescaler . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
8.4.2 Input Capture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
8.4.3 Output Compare . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 318
8.4.4 Pulse Accumulator . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 319
8.4.5 Event Counter Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
8.4.6 Gated Time Accumulation Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 320
8.6.1 Channel [7:0] Interrupt (C[7:0]F) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
8.6.2 Pulse Accumulator Input Interrupt (PAOVI) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
8.6.3 Pulse Accumulator Overflow Interrupt (PAOVF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
8.6.4 Timer Overflow Interrupt (TOF) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 321
Chapter 9
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
9.1
9.2
9.3
9.4
9.5
9.6
Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
9.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
9.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
9.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 324
9.2.1 PWM7 - PWM0 — PWM Channel 7 - 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
9.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
9.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 325
Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
9.4.1 PWM Clock Select . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 340
9.4.2 PWM Channel Timers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 343
Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 351
Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 352
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
8
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 353
10.2 Key Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 355
10.2.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 356
10.2.2 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 359
10.3 Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
10.3.1 Detailed Signal Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 360
10.4 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
10.4.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 361
10.4.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 364
10.5 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
10.5.1 Overview . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
10.5.2 Analog Sub-Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 396
10.5.3 Digital Sub-Block . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 397
10.6 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
10.7 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
10.7.1 ADC Conversion Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
10.7.2 ADC Sequence Abort Done Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 410
10.7.3 ADC Error and Conversion Flow Control Issue Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 411
10.8 Use Cases and Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
10.8.1 List Usage — CSL single buffer mode and RVL single buffer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
10.8.2 List Usage — CSL single buffer mode and RVL double buffer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 412
10.8.3 List Usage — CSL double buffer mode and RVL double buffer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
10.8.4 List Usage — CSL double buffer mode and RVL single buffer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 413
10.8.5 List Usage — CSL double buffer mode and RVL double buffer mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . 414
10.8.6 RVL swapping in RVL double buffer mode and related registers ADCIMDRI and
ADCEOLRI 414
10.8.7 Conversion flow control application information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 416
10.8.8 Continuous Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 418
10.8.9 Triggered Conversion — Single CSL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 419
10.8.10Fully Timing Controlled Conversion . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 420
Chapter 11
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 421
11.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
11.1.2 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 422
11.1.3 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
11.1.4 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 423
11.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
11.2.1 RXCAN — CAN Receiver Input Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
11.2.2 TXCAN — CAN Transmitter Output Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
9
11.2.3 CAN System . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 424
11.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
11.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 425
11.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 427
11.3.3 Programmer’s Model of Message Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 446
11.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
11.4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
11.4.2 Message Storage . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 457
11.4.3 Identifier Acceptance Filter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 460
11.4.4 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 466
11.4.5 Low-Power Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 468
11.4.6 Reset Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
11.4.7 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 472
11.5 Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
11.5.1 MSCAN initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
11.5.2 Bus-Off Recovery . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 474
Chapter 12
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
12.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
12.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 476
12.1.3 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
12.1.4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 477
12.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
12.2.1 TXD — Transmit Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
12.2.2 RXD — Receive Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
12.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
12.3.1 Module Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 478
12.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 479
12.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 492
12.4.1 Infrared Interface Submodule . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
12.4.2 LIN Support . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 493
12.4.3 Data Format . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 494
12.4.4 Baud Rate Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 495
12.4.5 Transmitter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 496
12.4.6 Receiver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 501
12.4.7 Single-Wire Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 509
12.4.8 Loop Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
12.5 Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
12.5.1 Reset Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 510
12.5.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
12.5.3 Interrupt Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 511
12.5.4 Recovery from Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
12.5.5 Recovery from Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 514
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
10
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13
Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
13.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
13.1.1 Glossary of Terms . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
13.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
13.1.3 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
13.1.4 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 516
13.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
13.2.1 MOSI — Master Out/Slave In Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
13.2.2 MISO — Master In/Slave Out Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 517
13.2.3 SS — Slave Select Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
13.2.4 SCK — Serial Clock Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
13.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
13.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 518
13.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 519
13.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 527
13.4.1 Master Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 528
13.4.2 Slave Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 529
13.4.3 Transmission Formats . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 530
13.4.4 SPI Baud Rate Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 535
13.4.5 Special Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 536
13.4.6 Error Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 537
13.4.7 Low Power Mode Options . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 538
Chapter 14
Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
14.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
14.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 541
14.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
14.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 543
14.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.2.1 IIC_SCL — Serial Clock Line Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.2.2 IIC_SDA — Serial Data Line Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.3.1 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 544
14.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
14.4.1 I-Bus Protocol . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 556
14.4.2 Operation in Run Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
14.4.3 Operation in Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
14.4.4 Operation in Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
14.5 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
14.6 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 561
14.7 Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
14.7.1 IIC Programming Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 562
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
11
Chapter 15
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 569
15.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
15.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
15.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 570
15.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
15.2.1 BP[3:0] — Analog Backplane Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
15.2.2 FP[39:0] — Analog Frontplane Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
15.2.3 VLCD — LCD Supply Voltage Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
15.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
15.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 572
15.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 574
15.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
15.4.1 LCD Driver Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 581
15.4.2 Operation in Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
15.4.3 Operation in Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 583
15.4.4 LCD Waveform Examples . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 584
15.4.5 LCD Clock Inputs & Reset Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 590
15.5 Resets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
15.6 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 591
Chapter 16
Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
16.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
16.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
16.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 595
16.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
16.2.1 M0C0M/M0C0P/M0C1M/M0C1P — PWM Output Pins for Motor 0 . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
16.2.2 M1C0M/M1C0P/M1C1M/M1C1P — PWM Output Pins for Motor 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
16.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
16.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 596
16.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 598
16.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
16.4.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 605
16.4.2 PWM Duty Cycle . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
16.4.3 Motor Controller Counter Clock Source . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 617
16.4.4 Output Switching Delay . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 618
16.4.5 Operation in Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
16.4.6 Operation in Stop and Pseudo-Stop Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
16.5 Reset . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
16.6 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
16.6.1 Timer Counter Overflow Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 619
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
12
Freescale Semiconductor
16.7 Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
16.7.1 Code Example . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 620
Chapter 17
Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
17.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
17.1.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
17.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 621
17.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 622
17.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
17.2.1 COSM/COSP — Cosine Coil Pins for Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
17.2.2 SINM/SINP — Sine Coil Pins for Motor . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 623
17.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
17.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
17.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 624
17.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 631
17.4.1 Return to Zero Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
17.4.2 Full Step States . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 632
17.4.3 Operation in Low Power Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
17.4.4 Stall Detection Flow . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 636
Chapter 18
Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
18.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
18.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
18.2.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
18.2.2 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 640
18.3 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
18.3.1 OSCCLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
18.3.2 OSCCLK_32K . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 641
18.3.3 IRCCLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
18.3.4 RTCCLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
18.3.5 CALCLK . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
18.4 Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 642
18.4.1 RTC Control Register 1(RTCCTL1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 643
18.4.2 RTC Control Register 2 (RTCCTL2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
18.4.3 RTC Control Register 3 (RTCCTL3) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 644
18.4.4 RTC Control Register 4 (RTCCTL4) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 645
18.4.5 RTC Status Register 1 (RTCS1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 646
18.4.6 RTC Compensation Configure Register (RTCCCR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
18.4.7 RTC Counter Register (RTCCNT) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 647
18.4.8 RTC Modulo Register (RTCMOD) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
18.4.9 RTC Second Register (RTCSECR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 648
18.4.10RTC Minute Register (RTCMINR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
13
18.4.11RTC Hour Register (RTCHRR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 649
18.5 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
18.5.1 RTC clock and reset behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
18.5.2 Calendar Functions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
18.5.3 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 650
18.5.4 RTC Clock Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 651
18.5.5 Calendar Register and Bit Write Protection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 652
18.5.6 Load buffer register . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
18.6 Initialization/Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
18.6.1 RTC Calibration . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 653
18.6.2 RTC compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 654
Chapter 19
Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
19.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
19.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
19.1.2 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
19.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
19.2.1 SGT . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 656
19.2.2 SGA . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
19.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
19.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
19.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 657
19.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
19.4.1 SSG Amplitude Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 668
19.4.2 SSG Tone Generation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
19.4.3 SSG Attack and Decay function . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 669
19.4.4 SSG Start and Stop . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 672
19.4.5 Register Reload . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 673
19.4.6 SSG Output Control . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
19.5 Interrupt . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 674
Chapter 20
ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
20.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
20.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
20.2 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
20.2.1 Register Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
20.2.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 677
20.3 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 681
20.3.1 Aligned 2 and 4 Byte Memory write access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
20.3.2 Other Memory write access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 682
20.3.3 Memory read access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
20.3.4 Memory initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
14
Freescale Semiconductor
20.3.5 Interrupt handling . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 683
20.3.6 ECC Algorithm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
20.3.7 ECC Debug Behavior . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 684
Chapter 21
64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
21.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
21.1.1 Glossary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 688
21.1.2 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
21.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 689
21.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 690
21.3 Memory Map and Registers . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
21.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 691
21.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 695
21.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
21.4.1 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
21.4.2 IFR Version ID Word . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
21.4.3 Flash Block Read Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 715
21.4.4 Internal NVM resource . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
21.4.5 Flash Command Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 716
21.4.6 Allowed Simultaneous P-Flash and EEPROM Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 721
21.4.7 Flash Command Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 722
21.4.8 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
21.4.9 Wait Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 738
21.4.10Stop Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
21.5 Security . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
21.5.1 Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 739
21.5.2 Unsecuring the MCU in Special Single Chip Mode using BDM . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
21.5.3 .Mode and Security Effects on Flash Command Availability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
21.6 Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 740
Chapter 22
Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
22.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
22.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
22.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
22.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
22.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
22.2.1 VSENSE — Supply (Battery) Voltage Sense Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 742
22.2.2 VSUP — Voltage Supply Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
22.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
22.3.1 Register Summary . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 743
22.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 744
22.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
15
22.4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 749
22.4.2 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 750
Chapter 23
LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.1 Introduction . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
23.1.1 Features . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
23.1.2 Modes of Operation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 754
23.1.3 Block Diagram . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 755
23.2 External Signal Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
23.2.1 LIN — LIN Bus Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
23.2.2 LGND — LIN Ground Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
23.2.3 VLINSUP — Positive Power Supply . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
23.2.4 LPTxD — LIN Transmit Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
23.2.5 LPRxD — LIN Receive Pin . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 756
23.3 Memory Map and Register Definition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
23.3.1 Module Memory Map . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 757
23.3.2 Register Descriptions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 758
23.4 Functional Description . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
23.4.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
23.4.2 Slew Rate and LIN Mode Selection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 765
23.4.3 Modes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 766
23.4.4 Interrupts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 769
23.5 Application Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
23.5.1 Module Initialization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
23.5.2 Interrupt handling in Interrupt Service Routine (ISR) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 772
Appendix A
MCU Electrical Specifications
A.1 General . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
A.1.1 Parameter Classification . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
A.1.2 Pins . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 776
A.1.3 Current Injection . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 777
A.1.4 Absolute Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
A.1.5 ESD Protection and Latch-up Immunity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 778
A.1.6 Operating Conditions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 779
A.1.7 Power Dissipation and Thermal Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 780
A.1.8 I/O Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 783
A.1.9 Supply Currents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 785
A.1.10 ADC Conversion Result Reference . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 787
Appendix B
ADC Electricals
B.1 ADC Operating Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
16
Freescale Semiconductor
B.1.1 Factors Influencing Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
B.1.2 ADC Accuracy . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 791
Appendix C
PLL Electrical Specifications
C.1 Reset, Oscillator and PLL . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
C.1.1 Phase Locked Loop. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
Appendix D
IRC Electrical Specifications
Appendix E
LCD Electrical Specifications
E.1
LCD Driver . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
Appendix F
MSCAN Electrical Specifications
F.1
MSCAN Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
Appendix G
NVM Electrical Parameters
G.1 NVM Timing Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
G.2 NVM Reliability Parameters. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 804
Appendix H
BATS Electrical Specifications
H.1 Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
H.2 Static Electrical Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 808
H.3 Dynamic Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 809
Appendix I
VREG Electrical Specifications
Appendix J
Electrical Characteristics for the Oscillator (OSCLCPcr)
J.1
OSCLCP Electrical characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 813
Appendix K
OSC32K Electrical Specifications
K.1 DC Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
K.2 Frequency Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
17
Appendix L
SPI Electrical Specifications
L.1
L.2
Master Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
Slave Mode . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 819
Appendix M
LIN/HV PHY Electrical Specifications
M.1 Maximum Ratings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
M.2 Static Electrical Characteristics. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
M.3 Dynamic Electrical Characteristics . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 824
Appendix N
Ordering Information
Appendix O
Package Information
O.1 144 LQFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 830
O.2 100 LQFP . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 833
Appendix P
Detailed Register Address Map
P.1
Detailed Register Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
18
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1
Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families. . . . . 23
Chapter 2
Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 71
Chapter 3
Memory Mapping Control (S12ZMMCV1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 115
Chapter 4
Interrupt (S12ZINTV0) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 127
Chapter 5
Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2) . . . . . . . . . . . . 141
Chapter 6
S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 179
Chapter 7
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit . . . . . . . . . . 229
Chapter 8
Timer Module (TIM16B8CV3) Block Description . . . . . . . . . . 295
Chapter 9
Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 323
Chapter 10
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1) . . . . . . . . . 353
Chapter 11
Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3) . . . . . . . . 421
Chapter 12
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 475
Chapter 13
Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 515
Chapter 14
Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description. . . . . . . . . 541
Chapter 15
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description . . 569
Chapter 16
Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 593
Chapter 17
Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description . . . . . . . . 621
Chapter 18
Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 639
Chapter 19
Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 655
Chapter 20
ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 675
Chapter 21
64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . 687
Chapter 22
Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 741
Chapter 23
LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 753
Appendix A MCU Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 775
Appendix B ADC Electricals. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 789
Appendix C PLL Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 795
Appendix D IRC Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 797
Appendix E LCD Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 799
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
19
Appendix F MSCAN Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 801
Appendix G NVM Electrical Parameters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 803
Appendix H BATS Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 807
Appendix I
VREG Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 811
Appendix J
Electrical Characteristics for the Oscillator (OSCLCPcr) . . . 813
Appendix K OSC32K Electrical Specifications. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 815
Appendix L SPI Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 817
Appendix M LIN/HV PHY Electrical Specifications . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 823
Appendix N Ordering Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 827
Appendix O Package Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 829
Appendix P Detailed Register Address Map. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 837
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
20
Freescale Semiconductor
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
21
PAGE INTENTIONALLY LEFT BLANK
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
22
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1
Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-1. Revision History
Version
Number
Revision
Date
0.05
Sep 2012
•
•
•
•
0.06
Nov 2012
• Update for 1N39G
0.07
July 2013
• Add 32K device
0.08
Jan 2014
• Add ZVHL part
0.09
Jun 2015
• Added reference to safety constrained applications
• Corrected ADC reference result to right justified
1.1
Description of Changes
Update ADC conversion reference IFR location
Correct 100LQFP pinout signals typos
Fix base on review feedback
Add FTMRZ related connection
Introduction
The MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families are optimized automotive 16-bit microcontroller product
families, focused on low-cost, high-performance and application component count reduction. They
integrate many components of the MagniV mixed signal microcontroller S12ZVH-family, including a 5V
regulator system to supply the microcontroller and other components. The MC9S12ZVHY is targeted at
automotive and motorcycle instrument cluster applications requiring stepper motor gauges and segment
LCD displays. Please contact Freescale local representatives for advice on extremely safety constrained
applications. The MC9S12ZVHL is targeted at automotive and motorcycle instrument cluster applications
requiring stepper motor gauges, segment LCD displays and LIN communications.
The devices features a 4x40 liquid crystal display (LCD) controller/driver and a pulse width modulated
motor controller (MC) consisting of up to 16 high current outputs. The devices are capable of stepper
motor stall detection (SSD) via hardware or software, please contact Freescale sales office for detailed
information on software SSD.
The MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families deliver an optimized solution with the integration of several
key system components into a single device, optimizing system architecture and achieving significant PCB
space savings. These families deliver all the advantages and efficiencies of a 16-bit MCU while retaining
the low cost, power consumption, EMC, and code-size efficiency advantages currently enjoyed by users
of Freescale’s existing S12(X) MCU families. The MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families also feature
the revolutionary S12Z CPU with code size and execution efficiencies even higher than our class leading
S12X CPU. They also provides a linear memory map for all members of the family, eliminating the
inconvenience and performance impact of page swapping. In addition to the I/O ports available in each
module, further I/O ports are available with interrupt capability allowing wake-up from stop or wait
modes.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
23
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.2
Features
This section describes the key features of the MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families.
1.2.1
MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families Member Comparison
Table 1-2 provides a summary of feature set differences within the MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL
Families. LINPHY function is only available on MC9S12ZVHL family.
Table 1-2. Derivative Comparison
Feature
MC9S12ZVHY64/ZVHL64
Package
100 pins (LQFP)
CPU
144 pins (LQFP)
MC9S12ZVHY32/ZVHL32
100 pins (LQFP)
144 pins (LQFP)
HCS12Z
HCS12Z
Flash memory (ECC)
64 KB
32 KB
EEPROM (ECC)
2 KB
2KB
RAM (ECC)
4 KB
2 KB
2
2
Stepper Motor Drive (with HW
SSD)
Segment LCD
4 x 32
Simple Sound Generator (SSG)
4 x 40
4 x 32
4 x 40
Yes
Yes
2
2
Only avaiable on ZVHL
Only available on ZVHL
SPI
1
1
IIC
1
1
CAN (digital communication
module)
1
1
SCI
LIN Physical Layer
Timer
Two 8ch x 16-bit
(not all IOC
avaiable on pins)
Two 8ch x 16-bit
Two 8ch x 16-bit
(not all IOC
avaiable on pins)
Two 8ch x 16-bit
PWM
8 ch (8-bit) / 4ch (16-bit)
8 ch (8-bit) / 4ch (16-bit)
RTC
Yes
Yes
10-bit resolution
10-bit resolution
ADC Resolution
ADC Inputs
Frequency modulated PLL
4 pins + internal
signals
8 pins + internal
signals
4 pins + internal
signals
Yes
8 pins + internal
signals
Yes
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
24
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Feature
MC9S12ZVHY64/ZVHL64
MC9S12ZVHY32/ZVHL32
Yes
Yes
1 (with independent clock source)
1 (with independent clock source)
Internal 1 MHz RC oscillator
Autonomous window
watchdog
Key Wakeup I/Os
General purpose I/Os (5 V)(1)
19
24
19
24
up to 73 for ZVHY
up to 78 for ZVHL
up to 100
up to 73 for ZVHY
up to 78 for ZVHL
up to 100
Direct Battery Voltage sense
pin
Yes
Yes
Vsup sense
Yes
Yes
1 General sensor
1 General sensor
VSUP Supply voltage
5.5 V – 18 V (normal operation)
up to 40V (protected operation)
5.5 V – 18 V (normal operation)
up to 40V (protected operation)
VDDX Output current
Determined by power dissipation of
external ballast
Determined by power dissipation of
external ballast
32 MHz
32 MHz
Chip temperature sensor
Maximum Bus Frequency
1. Maximum I/O count based on multiplexing with peripherals.
1.3
Maskset 0N39G and 1N39G device compare
0N39G and 1N39G device module versions differ as shown in Table 1-3.
NOTE User should take care when switching from 0N39G to 1N39G device
Table 1-3. Device Difference for 0N39G and 1N39G
1.4
0N39G
1N39G
SCI
V5
V6
BDC
V1
V2
MCU
no ADC reference voltage to IFR
ADC reference voltage to IFR
Chip-Level Features
On-chip modules available within the family include the following features:
• S12Z CPU core
• Up to 64 KB on-chip flash with ECC
• 2 KB EEPROM with ECC
• Up to 4 KB on-chip SRAM with ECC
• Phase locked loop (IPLL) frequency multiplier with internal filter
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
25
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1.5
1 MHz internal RC oscillator with +/-1.3% accuracy over rated temperature range
4-20 MHz amplitude controlled pierce oscillator
32 KHz oscillator for RTC and LCD
Internal COP (watchdog) module
LCD driver for segment LCD with 40 frontplanes x 4 backplanes
Stepper Motor Controller (MC) with drivers for up to 2 motors
Up to 2 Stepper Stall Detector (SSD) modules (one for each motor)
Real Time Clock (RTC) support the Hour/Minute/Second function and frequency compensation
One Analog-to-Digital Converters (ADC) with 10-bit resolution and up to 8 channels available on
external pins
Two Timer module (TIM) supporting input/output channels that provide a range of 16-bit input
capture & output compare (8 channels)
One Pulse Width Modulation (PWM) modules with up to 8 x 8-bit channels
Simple Sound Generation (SSG) for monotonic tone generation
One Inter-Integrated Circuit (IIC) module
One Serial Peripheral Interface (SPI) module
Two Serial Communication Interface (SCI) module supporting LIN 1.3, 2.0, 2.1 and SAE J2602
communications on ZVHY. One serial communication interface (SCI) module with interface to
internal LIN phyiscal layer transceiver (with RX connected to a timer channel for frequency
calibration purposes, if desired) on ZVHL.
One MSCAN (up to 1 Mbp/s, CAN 2.0 A, B compliant) module
On-chip Voltage Regulator (VREG) for regulation of input supply and all internal voltages
Autonomous Periodic Interrupt (API) (combination with cyclic, watchdog)
Supply voltage sense with low battery warning.
Chip temperature sensor
Module Features
The following sections provide more details of the integrated modules.
1.5.1
S12Z Central Processor Unit (CPU)
The S12Z CPU is a revolutionary high-speed core, with code size and execution efficiencies over the S12X
CPU. The S12Z CPU also provides a linear memory map eliminating the inconvenience & performance
impact of page swapping.
• Harvard Architecture - parallel data and code access
• 3 stage pipeline
• 32-Bit wide instruction and databus
• 32-Bit ALU
• 24-bit addressing, i.e. 16 MB linear address space
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
26
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
•
•
•
•
Instructions and Addressing modes optimized for C-Programming & Compiler
— MAC unit 32bit += 32bit*32bit
— Hardware divider
— Single cycle multi-bit shifts (Barrel shifter)
Special instructions for fixed point match
Unimplemented opcode traps
Unprogrammed byte value (0xFF) defaults to SWI instruction
1.5.1.1
•
Background Debug Controller (BDC) with single-wire interface
— Non-intrusive memory access commands
— Supports in-circuit programming of on-chip nonvolatile memory
1.5.1.2
•
•
•
•
Background Debug Controller (BDC)
Debugger (DBG)
Enhanced DBG module including:
— Four comparators (A, B, C and D) each configurable to monitor PC addresses or addresses of
data accesses
— A and C compare full address bus and full 32-bit data bus with data bus mask register
— B and D compare full address bus only
— Three modes: simple address/data match, inside address range, or outside address range
— Tag-type or force-type hardware breakpoint requests
State sequencer control
64 x 64-bit circular trace buffer to capture change-of-flow addresses or address and data of every
access
— Begin, End and Mid alignment of tracing to trigger
Profiling mode
1.5.2
1.5.2.1
Embedded Memory
Flash
On-chip flash memory:
• Up to 64 KB of program flash memory
— 32 data bits plus 7 syndrome ECC (error correction code) bits allow single bit fault correction
and double fault detection
— Erase sector size 512 bytes
— Automated program and erase algorithm
— User margin level setting for reads
— Protection scheme to prevent accidental program or erase
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
27
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.5.2.2
•
Up to 2 KB EEPROM
— 16 data bits plus 6 syndrome ECC (error correction code) bits allow single bit error correction
and double fault detection
— Erase sector size 4 bytes
— Automated program and erase algorithm
— User margin level setting for reads
1.5.2.3
•
Clocks, Reset & Power Management Unit (CPMU)
Real Time Interrupt (RTI)
Clock Monitor, supervising the correct function of the oscillator (CM)
System reset generation
Autonomous periodic interrupt (API) (combination with cyclic, watchdog)
Low Power Operation
— RUN mode is the main full performance operating mode with the entire device clocked.
— WAIT mode when the internal CPU clock is switched off, so the CPU does not execute
instructions.
— Pseudo STOP - system clocks are stopped but the RTI, COP, API, RTC and LCD modules can
be enabled with clock source from the osc.
— STOP - the oscillator is stopped in this mode, all clocks are switched off and all counters and
dividers remain frozen. The 32K oscillator can be enabled, RTC and LCD can be still function
if enabled. The API and COP can still function if their clock source are from API
clock(ACLK).
1.5.3.1
•
SRAM
Up to 4 KB of general-purpose RAM with ECC
— Single bit error correction and double bit error detection
1.5.3
•
•
•
•
•
EEPROM
Internal Phase-Locked Loop (IPLL)
Phase-locked-loop clock frequency multiplier
— No external components required
— Reference divider and multiplier allow large variety of clock rates
— Automatic bandwidth control mode for low-jitter operation
— Automatic frequency lock detector
— Configurable option to spread spectrum for reduced EMC radiation (frequency modulation)
— Reference clock sources:
– Internal 1 MHz RC oscillator (IRC)
– External 4-20 MHz crystal oscillator/resonator
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
28
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.5.3.2
•
1.5.4
•
1.5.5
•
1.5.6
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
1.5.7
•
Internal RC Oscillator (IRC)
Trimmable internal reference clock.
— Frequency: 1 MHz; Trimmed accuracy over -40C to 150C junction temperature range:
1.3%
Main External Oscillator (XOSCLCP)
Loop control Pierce oscillator using 4 MHz to 20 MHz crystal
— Current gain control on amplitude output
— Signal with low harmonic distortion
— Low power
— Good noise immunity
— Eliminates need for external current limiting resistor
— Transconductance sized for optimum start-up margin for typical crystals
— Oscillator pins shared with GPIO functionality
32K External Oscillator
Low speed oscillator using 32 kHz to 40 kHz crystal
— Low power
— Good noise immunity
— Oscillator pins shared with GPIO functionality
System Integrity Support
Power-On Reset (POR)
Illegal address detection
Low-voltage detection and low voltage reset generation
Clock monitor
High temperature Interrupt
Computer Operating Properly (COP) watchdog
— Configurable as window COP for enhanced failure detection
— Can be initialized out of reset using option bits located in flash memory
Unimplemented opcode traps
Unprogrammed byte value (0xFF) defaults to SWI instruction
ECC support on embedded NVM and SRAM
Real Time Clock (RTC)
Basic Clock functions with separate counters for Hour, Minutes and Seconds.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
29
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
•
•
•
Hardware Compensation to reduce the effects of frequency variation on the 1 Hz clock (to the
counters) caused by temperature changes of crystal characteristics. Correction factor calculated by
firmware. (Programmable correction factor).
16-bit CPU register programming interface with protection against run-away code.
Option to output the buffered 32.768 kHz clock or the compensated 1 Hz clock for calibration.
1.5.8
•
•
•
Timer (TIM)
Up to two timer modules for input capture or output compare
— 8 x 16-bit channels per module
16-bit free-running counter with 8-bit precision prescaler
16-bit pulse accumulator
1.5.9
•
•
•
•
Pulse Width Modulation Module (PWM)
8 channels x 8-bit (4 channels x 16-bit)
Programmable period and duty cycle per channel
Center-aligned or edge-aligned outputs
Programmable clock select logic with a wide range of frequencies
1.5.10
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Programmable amplitude level with maximum 11 bit resolution from zero amplitude to max
amplitude
Sound STOP function to stop sound generation immediately
Registers double-buffered synchronously reload at edge of tone to avoid distortion of output tone.
Interrupt generated when SSG configure registers reload occurs
Input clock prescaler with 11 bit resolution
Module disable for power saving when SSG is not in use
Separate or mixed frequency and amplitude outputs for flexibility in external hardware variation.
Decay/attack function which can decrease/increase sound amplitude automatically without cpu
interaction. The function includs linear, gong and exponential decay/attack profiles
1.5.11
•
•
•
Liquid Crystal Display driver (LCD)
Up to 40 frontplanes and 4 backplanes or general-purpose input or output
5 modes of operation allow for different display sizes to meet application requirements
Unused frontplane and backplane pins can be used as general-purpose I/O
1.5.12
•
Simple Sound Generator (SSG)
LIN physical layer transceiver
Compliant with LIN physical layer 2.2
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
30
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Compliant with the SAE J2602-2 LIN standard for 1N39G
Standby mode with glitch-filtered wake-up
Slew rate selection optimized for the baud rates:
— 10 kBit/s
— 20 kBit/s
— Fast Mode (up to 250 kBit/s)
Selectable pull-up of 34 k or 330 k (in Shutdown Mode, 330 k only)
Current limitation on LIN Bus pin rising edges
Over-current protection with transmitter shutdown
LIN TxD-dominant timeout feature monitoring the LPTxD signal for 1N39G
Automatic transmitter shutdown in case of an over-current or TxD-dominant timeout.
Fulfills the OEM “Hardware Requirements for LIN (CAN and FlexRay) Interfaces in Automotive
Applications” v1.3 for 1N39G
1.5.13
•
•
•
•
•
•
PWM motor controller (MC) with up to 16 high current outputs
Each PWM channel switchable between two drivers in an H-bridge configuration
Left, right and center aligned outputs
Support for sine and cosine drive
Dithering
Output slew rate control
1.5.14
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Stepper Stall Detect (SSD)
Up to two SSD
Programmable Full Step State
Programmable Integration polarity
Blanking (recirculation) state
16-bit Integration Accumulator register
16-Bit Modulus Down Counter with interrupt
1.5.15
•
•
•
•
Stepper Motor Controller (MC)
Multi-Scalable Controller Area Network (MSCAN)
Implementation of the CAN protocol — Version 2.0A/B
Five receive buffers with FIFO storage scheme
Three transmit buffers with internal prioritization using a “local priority” concept
Flexible maskable identifier filter supports two full-size (32-bit) extended identifier filters, or four
16-bit filters, or either 8-bit filters
Programmable wake-up functionality with integrated low-pass filter
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
31
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.5.16
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Compatible with I2C bus standard
Multi-master operation
Software programmable for one of 256 different serial clock frequencies
Software selectable acknowledge bit
Interrupt driven byte-by-byte data transfer
Arbitration lost interrupt with automatic mode switching from master to slave
Calling address identification interrupt
Start and stop signal generation/detection
Repeated start signal generation
Acknowledge bit generation/detection
Bus busy detection
General Call Address detection
Compliant to ten-bit address
1.5.17
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Serial Peripheral Interface Module (SPI)
Configurable 8- or 16-bit data size
Full-duplex or single-wire bidirectional
Double-buffered transmit and receive
Master or slave mode
MSB-first or LSB-first shifting
Serial clock phase and polarity options
1.5.19
•
Serial Communication Interface Module (SCI)
Full-duplex or single-wire operation
Standard mark/space non-return-to-zero (NRZ) format
16-bit baud rate selection
Programmable character length
Programmable polarity for transmitter and receiver
Active edge receive wakeup
Break detection/generation supporting LIN communications
1.5.18
•
•
•
•
•
•
Inter-IC Bus Module (IIC)
Analog-to-Digital Converter Module (ADC)
One ADC
— 10-bit resolution
— Up to 8 external channels & 8 internal channels
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
32
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
•
•
•
— Left or right aligned result data
— Continuous conversion mode
ADC directly writes results to RAM, preventing stall of further conversions
Internal signals monitored with the ADC module
— Vrh, Vrl, Vrl+Vrh/2, Vsup or Vsense monitor, Vbg, TempSense.
External pins can also be used as digital I/O
1.5.20
•
•
•
VSENSE & VSUP pin low or a high voltage interrupt
VSENSE & VSUP pin can be routed via an internal divider to the internal ADC channel
Generation of low or high voltage interrupts
1.5.21
•
Supply Voltage Sensor (BATS)
On-Chip Voltage Regulator system (VREG)
Voltage regulator
— Linear voltage regulator directly supplied by VSUP (protected VBAT)
— Low-voltage detect with low-voltage interrupt VSUP
— Power-On Reset (POR)
— Low-Voltage Reset (LVR)
— External ballast device support to reduce internal power dissipation
— Capable of supplying both the MCU internally plus external components
— Over-temperature interrupt
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
33
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.6
Block Diagram
Figure 1-1. MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families Block Diagram1
RXD0
SCI0
Asynchronous Serial IF TXD0
MISO0
SPI0
BATS
Voltage Supply Monitor
MOSI0
SCK0
SS0
Synchronous Serial IF
IIC0
SDA0
SCL0
S12ZCPU
Interrupt Module
PE[1:0]
BDC
Background
Debug Controller
EXTAL
Low Power Pierce
XTAL Oscillator
Clock Monitor
COP Watchdog
Real Time Interrupt
Auto. Periodic Int.
PLL with Frequency
Modulation option
PTE[3:2]
RESET
TEST
PE[3:2]
Reset Generation
and Test Entry
CAN0
msCAN 2.0B
PTT(KWT) PTAD(KWAD)
PS[7:0]
PP[7:0]
PC[7:0]
PH[7:0]
PG[7:0]
PF[7:0]
PD[7:0]
PB[3:0]
PA[7:0]
RXD1
TXD1
SGA0
SGT0
RXCAN0
TXCAN0
RTC
32.768K OSC
PTU
XIRQ/IRQ function
Motor Driver0
SSD 0
Motor Driver1
SSD 1
TIM0
IOC0_[7:0]
VLCD
LINPHY
LIN
LGND
SCI1
Asynchronous Serial IF
SSG0
32K_XTAL
PTJ
PJ[3:0]
PWM[7:0]
Internal 1 MHz
Oscillator
32K_EXTAL
PS7
PS6
PU[7:0]
PWM0
40 X 4 LCD display
PTE[1:0]
BKGD
DBG
Debug Module
4 Comparators
64 Byte Trace Buffer
PT[7:0]
PTS(KWS)
IOC1_[7:0]
PTP
TIM1
PTC
Voltage Regulator
(Nominal 12 V)
PTH
VSENSE
ECLK
PTG
VSS3
VSS2
VSS1
VDDA
VDDX1
VSUP
BCTL
PAD[7:0]
PTF
AN0_[7:0]
Up to 2 KB EEPROM with ECC
PTD
10-bit 8-channel
Analog-Digital Converter
PTB
Up to 4 KB RAM with ECC
VDDA/VRH
VSSA/VRL
ADC0
PTA
Up to 64 KB Flash with ECC
LIN
LGND
5V IO Supply
VDDX3,2,1/VSSX3,2,1
VDDM1/VSSM1
VDDA/VSSA
1. LINPHY is only avaiable on ZVHL part
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
34
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.6.1
Device Memory Map
Table 1-4 shows the device register memory map.
Table 1-4. Module Register Address Ranges
Address
Module
Size
(Bytes)
0x0000-0x0003
ID Registers
4
0x0004-0x000F
Reserved
12
0x0010-0x001F
INT
16
0x0020-0x006F
Reserved
80
0x0070-0x00FF
MMC
144
0x0100-0x017F
DBG
128
0x0180-0x01FF
Reserved
128
0x0200-0x037F
PIM
384
0x0380-0x039F
FTMRZ
32
0x03A0-0x03BF
Reserved
32
0x03C0-0x03CF
RAM ECC
16
0x03D0-0x03FF
Reserved
48
0x0400-0x042F
TIM1
48
0x0430-0x047F
Reserved
80
0x0480-0x04AF
PWM
48
0x04B0-0x05BF
Reserved
272
0x05C0-0x05EF
TIM0
48
0x05F0-0x05FF
Reserved
16
0x0600-0x063F
ADC0
64
0x0640-0x06BF
Reserved
128
0x06C0-0x06DF
CPMU
32
0x06E0-0x06EF
Reserved
16
0x06F0-0x06F7
BATS
8
0x06F8-0x06FF
Reserved
8
0x0700-0x0707
SCI0
8
0x0708-0x070F
Reserved
8
0x0710-0x0717
SCI1
8
0x0718-0x077F
Reserved
104
0x0780-0x0787
SPI0
8
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
35
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-4. Module Register Address Ranges
Address
Module
Size
(Bytes)
0x0788-0x07BF
Reserved
56
0x07C0-0x07C7
IIC0
8
0x07C8-0x07FF
Reserved
56
0x0800-0x083F
CAN0
64
0x0840-0x097F
Reserved
320
0x0980-0x0987
LINPHY
8
0x0988-0x09FF
Reserved
120
0x0A00-0x0A1F
LCD
32
0x0A20-0x0A3F
Reserved
32
0x0A40-0x0A7F
MC
64
0x0A80-0x0A87
SSD0
8
0x0A88-0x0A8F
Reserved
8
0x0A90-0x0A97
SSD1
8
0x0A98-0x0ADF
Reserved
72
0x0AE0-0x0AEF
RTC
16
0x0AF0-0x0AFF
Reserved
16
0x0B00-0x0B17
SSG0
24
0x0B18-0x0FFF
Reserved
1256
NOTE
Reserved register space shown in the table is not allocated to any module.
This register space is reserved for future use. Writing to these locations has
no effect. Read access to these locations returns zero.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
36
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Register Space
4 KB
RAM
0x00_0000
0x00_1000
max. 1 MB - 4 KB
EEPROM
0x10_0000
max. 1 MB - 48 KB
Reserved
0x1F_4000
Reserved (read only)
0x1F_8000
NVM IFR
0x1F_C000
512 Byte
5 KB
256 Byte
0x20_0000
Unimplemented
6 MB
0x80_0000
Program NVM
max. 8 MB
Unimplemented
address range
Low address aligned
High address aligned
0xFF_FFFF
Figure 1-2. MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families Global Memory Map.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
37
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.6.2
Part ID registers Assignments
The Part ID registers is located in four 8-bit registers at addresses 0x0000-0x0003. The read-only value is
a unique ID for each revision of the chip. Table 1-5 shows the assigned Part ID register value.
Table 1-5. Assigned IDs Numbers
1.7
Device
Mask Set number
Part ID
MC9S12ZVHY64
0N39G
32’h03160000
MC9S12ZVHY32
0N39G
32’h03160000
MC9S12ZVHY64
1N39G
32’h03161000
MC9S12ZVHY32
1N39G
32’h03161000
MC9S12ZVHL64
1N39G
32’h03161001
MC9S12ZVHL32
1N39G
32’h03161001
Signal Description and Device Pinouts
This section describes signals that connect off-chip. It includes a pinout diagram, a table of signal
properties, and detailed discussion of signals. It is built from the signal description sections of the
individual IP blocks on the device.
1.7.1
Pin Assignment Overview
Table 1-6 provides a summary of which ports are available for 100-pin and 144-pin package option.
Table 1-6. Port Availability by Package Option
MC9S12ZVHY/
MC9S12ZVHL
MC9S12ZVHY
MC9S12ZVHL
Port
144 LQFP
100 LQFP
100 LQFP
Port AD
PAD[7:0]
PAD[3:0]
PAD[3:0]
Port A
PA[7:0]
PA[7:2]
PA[7:2]
Port B
PB[3:0]
PB[3:0]
PB[3:0]
Port C
PC[7:0]
PC[5:4]
PC[5:2]
Port D
PD[7:0]
PD[7:3]
PD[7:3]
Port E
PE[3:0]
PE[3:0]
PE[3:0]
Port F
PF[7:0]
PF[7:0]
PF[7:0]
Port G
PG[7:0]
PG[7:0]
PG[7:0]
Port H
PH[7:0]
PH[4:0]
PH[4:0]
Port P
PP[7:0]
PP[1,3,5,7]
PP[0,1,3,5,7]
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
38
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-6. Port Availability by Package Option
MC9S12ZVHY/
MC9S12ZVHL
MC9S12ZVHY
MC9S12ZVHL
Port
144 LQFP
100 LQFP
100 LQFP
Port S
PS[7:0]
PS[7:0]
PS[7:0]
Port T
PT[7:0]
PT[7:6], PT[4:0]
PT[7:6], PT[4:0]
Port U
PU[7:0]
PU[7:0]
PU[7:0]
Port J
PJ[3:0]
—
PJ[1:0]
sum of ports
100
73
78
NOTE
To avoid current drawn from floating inputs, all non-bonded pins should be
configured as output or configured as input with a pull up or pull down
device enabled
1.7.2
1.7.2.1
Detailed Signal Descriptions
RESET — External Reset Signal
The RESET signal is an active low bidirectional control signal. It acts as an input to initialize the MCU to
a known start-up state, and an output when an internal MCU function causes a reset. The RESET pin has
an internal pull-up device.
1.7.2.2
TEST — Test Pin
This input only pin is reserved for factory test. This pin has an internal pull-down device.
NOTE
The TEST pin must be tied to ground in all applications.
1.7.2.3
MODC — Mode C Signal
The MODC signal is used as a MCU operating mode select during reset. The state of this signal is latched
to the MODC bit at the rising edge of RESET. The signal has an internal pull-up device.
1.7.2.4
PAD[7:0] / KWAD[7:0] — Port AD, Input Pins of ADC
PAD[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. The signals can be configured on per signal basis as
interrupt inputs with wake-up capability (KWAD[7:0]). These signals can have a pull-up or pull-down
device selected and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull devices are disabled.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
39
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.7.2.5
PA[7:0] — Port A I/O Signals
PA[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull-down devices are enabled.
1.7.2.6
PB[3:0] — Port B I/O Signals
PB[3:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull-down devices are enabled.
1.7.2.7
PC[7:0] — Port C I/O Signals
PC[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull devices are disabled.
1.7.2.8
PD[7:0] — Port D I/O Signals
PD[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull-down devices are enabled.
1.7.2.9
PE[3:0] — Port E I/O Signals
PE[3:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull-down devices are enabled.
1.7.2.10
PF[7:0] — Port F I/O Signals
PF[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull-down devices are enabled.
1.7.2.11
PJ[3:0] — Port J I/O Signals
PJ[3:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull-down devices are disabled.
1.7.2.12
PG[7:0] — Port G I/O Signals
PG[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull-down devices are enabled.
1.7.2.13
PH[7:0] — Port H I/O Signals
PH[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull-down devices are enabled.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
40
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.7.2.14
PP[7:0] — Port P I/O Signals
PP[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull devices are disabled.
1.7.2.15
PS[7:0] / KWS[7:0] — Port S I/O signals
PS[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. The signals can be configured on per signal basis as
interrupt inputs with wake-up capability (KWS[7:0]). These signals can have a pull-up or pull-down
device selected and enabled on per signal basis. The signals can be configured on per signals basis as open
drain output. Out of reset the pull-up devices are enabled.
1.7.2.16
PT[7:0] / KWT[7:0] — Port T I/O signals
PT[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. The signals can be configured on per signal basis as
interrupt inputs with wake-up capability (KWT[7:0]). These signals can have a pull-up or pull-down
device selected and enabled on per signal basis. Out of reset the pull devices are disabled.
1.7.2.17
PU[7:0] — Port U I/O Signals
PU[7:0] are general-purpose input or output signals. They can have a pull-up or pull-down device selected
and enabled on per signal basis. They can have a slew rate enabled per signal basis also. Out of reset the
pull devices are disabled.
1.7.2.18
AN0_[7:0] — ADC0 Input Signals
AN0_[7:0] are the analog inputs of the Analog-to-Digital Converters.
1.7.2.19
VRH, VRL — ADC0 Reference Signals
VRH and VRL are the reference voltage input pins for the analog-to-digital converter.
1.7.2.20
SPI0 Signals
1.7.2.20.1
SS0 Signal
This signal is associated with the slave select SS functionality of the serial peripheral interface SPI0.
1.7.2.20.2
SCK0 Signal
This signal is associated with the serial clock SCK functionality of the serial peripheral interface SPI0.
1.7.2.20.3
MISO0 Signal
This signal is associated with the MISO functionality of the serial peripheral interface SPI0. This signal
acts as master input during master mode or as slave output during slave mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
41
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.7.2.20.4
MOSI0 Signal
This signal is associated with the MOSI functionality of the serial peripheral interface SPI0. This signal
acts as master output during master mode or as slave input during slave mode
1.7.2.21
1.7.2.21.1
SCI[1:0] Signals
RXD[1:0] Signals
These signals are associated with the receive functionality of the serial communication interfaces
(SCI[1:0]).
1.7.2.21.2
TXD[1:0] Signals
These signals are associated with the transmit functionality of the serial communication interfaces
(SCI[1:0]).
1.7.2.22
1.7.2.22.1
CAN0 Signals
RXCAN0 Signal
This signal is associated with the receive functionality of the scalable controller area network controller
(MSCAN0).
1.7.2.22.2
TXCAN0 Signal
This signal is associated with the transmit functionality of the scalable controller area network controller
(MSCAN0).
1.7.2.23
Timer IOC0_[7:0] & IOC1_[7:0] Signals
The signals IOC0_[7:0] are associated with the input capture or output compare functionality of the timer
(TIM0) module.
The signals IOC1_[7:0] are associated with the input capture or output compare functionality of the timer
(TIM1) module.
1.7.2.24
PWM[7:0] Signals
The signals PWM[7:0] are associated with the PWM module digital channel outputs.
1.7.2.25
1.7.2.25.1
LCD Signals
FP[39:0] Signals
These signals are associated with the segment LCD frontplane driver output.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
42
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.7.2.25.2
BP[3:0] Signals
These signals are associate the segment LCD backplane driver output.
1.7.2.26
1.7.2.26.1
RTC Signals
RTC_CAL Signal
The signal can be the RTC output clock CALCLK for external clock calibration or external 1HZ standard
clock input for on chip clock calibration.
1.7.2.27
1.7.2.27.1
SSG0 Signals
SGT0 Signals
The signal is from SSG0 output, it contain tone or tone mixed with amplitude digital output.
1.7.2.27.2
SGA0 Signals
The signal is from SSG0 output, it contain the amplitude digital output.
1.7.2.28
1.7.2.28.1
IIC0 Signals
SDA0 Signal
This signal is associated with the serial data pin of IIC0.
1.7.2.28.2
SCL0 Signal
This signal is associated with the serial clock pin of IIC0.
1.7.2.29
1.7.2.29.1
MC Signals
M0C0M, M0C0P, M0C1M and M0C1P Signals
These signal are associated with the high current PWM out pin for the motor driver.
1.7.2.29.2
M1C0M, M1C0P, M1C1M and M1C1P Signals
These signal are associated with the high current PWM out pin for the motor driver.
1.7.2.30
1.7.2.30.1
SSD[1:0] Signals
M0COSM, M0COSP, M0SINM and M0SINP Signals
These signal are used to measure the back EMF to calibrate the pointer reset position which are associated
with SSD[0].
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
43
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.7.2.30.2
M1COSM, M1COSP, M1SINM and M1SINP Signals
These signal are used to measure the back EMF to calibrate the pointer reset position which are associated
with SSD[1].
1.7.2.31
Interrupt Signals — IRQ and XIRQ
IRQ is a maskable level or falling edge sensitive input. XIRQ is a non-maskable level-sensitive interrupt.
1.7.2.32
1.7.2.32.1
Oscillator and Clock Signals
4-20MHz main Oscillator Pins — EXTAL and XTAL
EXTAL and XTAL are the crystal driver. On reset, the OSC is not enabled, all the device clocks are derived
from the internal reference clock. EXTAL is the oscillator input. XTAL is the oscillator output.
1.7.2.32.2
32.768kHz Oscillator Pins — 32K_EXTAL and 32K_XTAL
32K_EXTAL and 32K_XTAL are the 32.768KHZ crystal driver. On reset the OSC is not enabled.
32K_EXTAL is the oscillator input. 32K_XTAL is the oscillator output. Figure 1-3 is the 32K OSC
connection diagram. Refer to the Appendix Table K-1., “OSC32K DC Electrical Specifications for the Cx,
Cy and RF requirement. Both RTC and LCD clock source can from the 32K OSC. The OSC enable control
is from the RTC. If the RTCCTL2[CLKSRC] is set, then it will enable the 32K OSC. After enable the OSC,
it needs to wait enough time before enable the RTC and LCD. Refer to Appendix Table K-2., “OSC32K
Frequency Specifications for the startup time requirement.
32K OSC
32K_EXTAL
Rs
32K_XTAL
Cx
Cy
RF
Crystal or Resonator
Figure 1-3. 32K OSC Crystal/Resonator Connection
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
44
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.7.2.32.3
API_EXTCLK
This signal is associated with the output of the API.
1.7.2.32.4
ECLK
This signal is associated with the output of the divided bus clock (ECLK).
NOTE
This feature is only intended for debug purposes at room temperature.
It must not be used for clocking external devices in an application.
1.7.2.33
1.7.2.33.1
BDC and Debug Signals
BKGD — Background Debug signal
The BKGD signal is used as a pseudo-open-drain signal for the background debug communication. The
BKGD signal has an internal pull-up device.
1.7.2.33.2
PDO — Profiling Data Output
This is the profiling data output signal used when the DBG module profiling feature is enabled. This signal
is output only and provides a serial, encoded data stream that can be used by external development tools
to reconstruct the internal CPUcode flow.
1.7.2.33.3
PDOCLK — Profiling Data Output Clock
This is the PDO clock signal used when the DBG module profiling feature is enabled. This signal is output
only. During code profiling this is the clock signal that can be used by external development tools to
sample the PDO signal.
1.7.2.33.4
DBGEEV — External Event Input
This signal is the DBG external event input. It is input only. Within the DBG module, it allows an external
event to force a state sequencer transition, or trace buffer entry, or to gate trace buffer entries. A falling
edge at the external event signal constitutes an event. Rising edges have no effect. The maximum
frequency of events is half the internal core bus frequency.
1.7.2.34
1.7.2.34.1
LIN Physical Layer 0 Signals
LIN
This pad is connected to the single-wire LIN data bus.
1.7.2.34.2
LPTXD0
This is the LIN physical layer transmitter input signal.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
45
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.7.2.34.3
LPRXD0
This is the LIN physical layer receiver output signal.
1.7.2.34.4
LPDC0
This is the LIN LPDR1 register bit, visible at the designated pin for debug purposes.
1.7.3
VSENSE - Voltage Sensor Input
This pin can be connected to the supply (Battery) line for voltage measurements. The voltage present at
this input is scaled down by an internal voltage divider, and can be routed to the internal ADC via an analog
multiplexer. The pin itself is protected against reverse battery connections. To protect the pin from external
fast transients an external resistor is needed.
1.7.4
BCTL
BCTL provides the base current of an external bipolar of the VDDM, VDDA and VDDX supplies.
1.7.5
Power Supply Pins
The power and ground pins are described below. Because fast signal transitions place high, short-duration
current demands on the power supply, use bypass capacitors with high-frequency characteristics and place
them as close to the MCU as possible.
NOTE
All ground pins must be connected together in the application.
1.7.5.1
VDDX1, VDDX2, VDDX3, VSSX1, VSSX2, VSSX3 — Digital I/O Power and
Ground Pins
VDDX1 is a dedicated voltage regulator output for the digital I/O drivers. It must be connected externally
to the VDDX2 and VDDX3 pin, which supplies the VDDX domain pads. The VSSX1, VSSX2 and
VSSX3 pins are the ground pin for the digital I/O drivers. The VDDX1 and VDDX2 are internal connected
by metal, VDDX3 is not connect to VDDX1 or VDDX2 internally.
Bypass requirements on VDDX1/VSSX1, VDDX2/VSSX2 and VDDX3/VSSX3 depend on how heavily
the MCU pins are loaded.
1.7.5.2
VDDA, VSSA — External Power Supply Pins for ADC and VREG
These are the power supply and ground pins for the analog-to-digital converter and the voltage regulator.
1.7.5.3
VDDM1, VSSM1 — External Power Supply Pins for Motor PAD
These are the power supply and ground pins for the motor driver pads. It should be supply by external
power transistor.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
46
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.7.5.4
VLCD- Power Supply Reference Pin for LCD driver
VLCD is the voltage reference pin for the LCD driver. Adjusting the voltage on this pin will chan1ge the
display contrast.
1.7.5.5
VSS1, VSS2 — Core Ground Pin
The VDD voltage supply of nominally 1.8V is generated by the internal voltage regulator. The return
current path is through the VSS1 and VSS2 pin.
1.7.5.6
VSUP — Voltage Supply Pin for Voltage Regulator
VSUP is the 12V supply voltage pin for the on chip voltage regulator. This is the voltage supply input from
which the voltage regulator generates the on chip voltage supplies. It must be protected externally against
a reverse battery connection.VLINSUP is connected to VSUP on this device
1.8
Package and Pinouts
The MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families will be offered in 100 pin and 144 pin LQFP packages.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
47
144
143
142
141
140
139
138
137
136
135
134
133
132
131
130
129
128
127
126
125
124
123
122
121
120
119
118
117
116
115
114
113
112
111
110
109
PG3 / FP27
PG4 / FP28
PG5 / FP29
PG6 / FP30
PG7 / FP31
PH0 / FP32
PH1 / FP33
PH2 / FP34
PH3 / FP35
PH4 / FP36
PH5 / FP37
PH6 / FP38
PH7 / FP39
VSSX3
VDDX3
PB0 / BP0
PB1 / BP1
PB2 / BP2
PB3 / BP3
PP4 / PWM04
PP2 / PWM02
PP0 / PWM00
NC
VSS2
PE3 / 32K_XTAL
PE2 / 32K_EXTAL
VSSA / VRL
VDDA / VRH
PAD7 / AN7 / KWAD7
PAD6 / AN6 / KWAD6
PAD5 / AN5 / KWAD5
PAD4 / AN4 / KWAD4
PAD3 / AN3 / KWAD3
PAD2 / AN2 / KWAD2
PAD1 / AN1 / KWAD1
PAD0 / AN0 / KWAD0
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
144 LQFP
Top view
108
107
106
105
104
103
102
101
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
75
74
73
BKGD / MODC
PC7 / TXD1
PC6 / RXD1
PC5 / SGA0 / IOC0_7
PC4 / SGT0 / IOC0_6
PT4 / PDO / IOC1_4 / KWT4
PT3 / PDOCLK / IOC1_3 / KWT3
PT2 / DBGEEV / IOC1_2 / KWT2
PT1 / RTC_CAL / IOC1_1 / KWT1
PT0 / API_EXTCLK / IOC1_0 / KWT0
VSSX2
VDDX2
PS7 / TXD0 / IRQ / KWS7
PS6 / RXD0 / XIRQ / KWS6
PS5 / (TXCAN0) / SDA0 / KWS5
PS4 / (RXCAN0) / SCL0 / KWS4
PS3 / SS0 / KWS3
PS2 / SCK0 / KWS2
PS1 / MOSI0 / KWS1
PS0 / MISO0 / KWS0
NC
BCTL
VSENSE
NC
NC
NC
PJ3
NC
PJ2
VSS1
PJ1
NC
PJ0
NC
NC
VSUP
FP17 / PF1
FP16 / PF0
FP15 / PD7
FP14 / PD6
FP13 / PD5
FP12 / PD4
FP11 / PD3
FP10 / PD2
FP9 / PD1
FP8 / PD0
FP7 / (PWM06) / PA7
FP6 / (PWM04) / PA6
FP5 / (PWM02) / PA5
FP4 / (PWM00) / PA4
FP3 / (SDA0) / PA3
FP2 / (SCL0) / PA2
FP1 / PA1
FP0 / PA0
TEST
PWM01 / PP1
PWM03 / PP3
(RXD1) / PWM05 / PP5
(TXD1) / PWM07 / PP7
NC
NC
RXCAN0 / PC0
TXCAN0 / PC1
IOC0_4 / LPRXD0 / PC2
IOC0_5 / LPTXD0 / PC3
RESET
EXTAL / PE0
XTAL / PE1
VSSX1
VDDX1
PWM06 / PP6
KWT5 / IOC1_5 / PT5
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
FP26 / PG2
FP25 / PG1
FP24 / PG0
VLCD
FP23 / PF7
KWT7 / IOC1_7 / PT7
NC
NC
M0COSM / M0C0M / IOC0_0 / PU0
M0COSP / M0C0P / PU1
M0SINM / M0C1M / IOC0_1 / PU2
M0SINP / M0C1P / / PU3
VDDM1
VSSM1
M1COSM / M1C0M / IOC0_2 / PU4
M1COSP / M1C0P / PU5
M1SINM / M1C1M / IOC0_3 / PU6
M1SINP / M1C1P / PU7
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
NC
LGND
LIN
KWT6 / IOC1_6 / ECLK / PT6
FP22 / PF6
FP21 / PF5
FP20 / PF4
FP19 / PF3
FP18 / PF2
Figure 1-4. MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families 144-pin LQFP pin out
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
48
Freescale Semiconductor
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
PG4 / FP28
PG5 / FP29
PG6 / FP30
PG7 / FP31
PH0 / FP32
PH1 / FP33
PH2 / FP34
PH3 / FP35
PH4 / FP36
VSSX3
VDDX3
PB0 / BP0
PB1 / BP1
PB2 / BP2
PB3 / BP3
NC
VSS2
PE3 / 32K_XTAL
PE2 / 32K_EXTAL
VSSA / VRL
VDDA / VRH
PAD3 / AN3 / KWAD3
PAD2 / AN2 / KWAD2
PAD1 / AN1 / KWAD1
PAD0 / AN0 / KWAD0
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
100 LQFP
Top view
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
BKGD / MODC
PC5 / SGA0 / IOC0_7
PC4 / SGT0 / IOC0_6
PT4 / PDO / IOC1_4 / KWT4
PT3 / PDOCLK / IOC1_3 / KWT3
PT2 / DBGEEV / IOC1_2 / KWT2
PT1 / RTC_CAL / IOC1_1 / KWT1
PT0 / API_EXTCLK / IOC1_0 / KWT0
VSSX2
VDDX2
PS7 / TXD0 / IRQ / KWS7
PS6 / RXD0 / XIRQ / KWS6
PS5 / (TXCAN0) / SDA0 / KWS5
PS4 / (RXCAN0) / SCL0 / KWS4
PS3 / SS0 / KWS3
PS2 / SCK0 / KWS2
PS1 / MOSI0 / KWS1
PS0 / MISO0 / KWS0
NC
BCTL
VSENSE
VSS1
NC
NC
VSUP
FP17 / PF1
FP16 / PF0
FP15 / PD7
FP14 / PD6
FP13 / PD5
FP12 / PD4
FP11 / PD3
FP7 / (PWM06) / PA7
FP6 / (PWM04) / PA6
FP5 / (PWM02) / PA5
FP4 / (PWM00) / PA4
FP3 / (SDA0) / PA3
FP2 / (SCL0) / PA2
TEST
PWM01 / PP1
PWM03 / PP3
(RXD1) / PWM05 / PP5
(TXD1) / PWM07 / PP7
NC
NC
RESET
EXTAL / PE0
XTAL / PE1
VSSX1
VDDX1
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
FP27 / PG3
FP26 / PG2
FP25 / PG1
FP24 / PG0
VLCD
FP23 / PF7
KWT7 / IOC1_7 / PT7
M0COSM / M0C0M / IOC0_0 / PU0
M0COSP / M0C0P / PU1
M0SINM / M0C1M / IOC0_1 / PU2
M0SINP / M0C1P / PU3
VDDM1
VSSM1
M1COSM / M1C0M / IOC0_2 / PU4
M1COSP / M1C0P / PU5
M1SINM / M1C1M / IOC0_3 / PU6
M1SINP / M1C1P / PU7
VSS3
NC*
KWT6 / IOC1_6 / ECLK / PT6
FP22 / PF6
FP21 / PF5
FP20 / PF4
FP19 / PF3
FP18 / PF2
Figure 1-5. MC9S12ZVHY 100-pin LQFP pin out
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
49
100
99
98
97
96
95
94
93
92
91
90
89
88
87
86
85
84
83
82
81
80
79
78
77
76
PG4 / FP28
PG5 / FP29
PG6 / FP30
PG7 / FP31
PH0 / FP32
PH1 / FP33
PH2 / FP34
PH3 / FP35
PH4 / FP36
VSSX3
VDDX3
PB0 / BP0
PB1 / BP1
PB2 / BP2
PB3 / BP3
PP0 / PWM00
VSS2
PE3 / 32K_XTAL
PE2 / 32K_EXTAL
VSSA / VRL
VDDA / VRH
PAD3 / AN3 / KWAD3
PAD2 / AN2 / KWAD2
PAD1 / AN1 / KWAD1
PAD0 / AN0 / KWAD0
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
75
74
73
72
71
70
69
68
67
66
65
64
63
62
61
60
59
58
57
56
55
54
53
52
51
100 LQFP
Top view
BKGD / MODC
PC5 / SGA0 / IOC0_7
PC4 / SGT0 / IOC0_6
PT4 / PDO / IOC1_4 / KWT4
PT3 / PDOCLK / IOC1_3 / KWT3
PT2 / DBGEEV / IOC1_2 / KWT2
PT1 / RTC_CAL / IOC1_1 / KWT1
PT0 / API_EXTCLK / IOC1_0 / KWT0
VSSX2
VDDX2
PS7 / TXD0 / LPDC0 / IRQ / KWS7
PS6 / RXD0 / XIRQ / KWS6
PS5 / (TXCAN0) / SDA0 / KWS5
PS4 / (RXCAN0) / SCL0 / KWS4
PS3 / SS0 / KWS3
PS2 / SCK0 / KWS2
PS1 / MOSI0 / KWS1
PS0 / MISO0 / KWS0
NC
BCTL
VSENSE
VSS1
PJ1
PJ0
VSUP
FP17 / PF1
FP16 / PF0
FP15 / PD7
FP14 / PD6
FP13 / PD5
FP12 / PD4
FP11 / PD3
FP7 / (PWM06) / PA7
FP6 / (PWM04) / PA6
FP5 / (PWM02) / PA5
FP4 / (PWM00) / PA4
FP3 / (SDA0) / PA3
FP2 / (SCL0) / PA2
TEST
PWM01 / PP1
PWM03 / PP3
(RXD1) / PWM05 / PP5
(TXD1) / PWM07 / PP7
IOC0_4 / LPRXD0 / PC2
IOC0_5 / LPTXD0 / PC3
RESET
EXTAL / PE0
XTAL / PE1
VSSX1
VDDX1
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
FP27 / PG3
FP26 / PG2
FP25 / PG1
FP24 / PG0
VLCD
FP23 / PF7
KWT7 / IOC1_7 / PT7
M0COSM / M0C0M / IOC0_0 / PU0
M0COSP / M0C0P / PU1
M0SINM / M0C1M / IOC0_1 / PU2
M0SINP / M0C1P / PU3
VDDM1
VSSM1
M1COSM / M1C0M / IOC0_2 / PU4
M1COSP / M1C0P / PU5
M1SINM / M1C1M / IOC0_3 / PU6
M1SINP / M1C1P / PU7
LGND
LIN
KWT6 / IOC1_6 / ECLK / PT6
FP22 / PF6
FP21 / PF5
FP20 / PF4
FP19 / PF3
FP18 / PF2
Figure 1-6. MC9S12ZVHL 100-pin LQFP pin out
Table 1-7. Pin Summary
LQFP
Option
Function
144
100
Pin
1st
Func.
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
5th
Func.
1
2
PG2
FP26
—
—
—
—
Power
Supply
VDDX
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
PERG/
PPSG
Pull
Down
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
50
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-7. Pin Summary
LQFP
Option
Function
144
100
Pin
1st
Func.
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
5th
Func.
2
3
PG1
FP25
—
—
—
—
3
4
PG0
FP24
—
—
—
4
5
VLCD
—
—
—
5
6
PF7
FP23
—
6
7
PT7
IOC1_7
7
—
—
8
—
9
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERG/
PPSG
Pull
Down
—
VDDX
PERG/
PPSG
Pull
Down
—
—
VDDX
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERF/
PPSF
Pull
Down
KWT7
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/
PPST
Disabled
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
8
PU0
IOC0_0
M0C0M
M0COSM
—
—
VDDM
PERU/
PPSU
Disabled
10
9
PU1
—
M0C0P
M0COSP
—
—
VDDM
PERU/
PPSU
Disabled
11
10
PU2
IOC0_1
M0C1M
M0SINM
—
—
VDDM
PERU/
PPSU
Disabled
12
11
PU3
—
M0C1P
M0SINP
—
—
VDDM
PERU/
PPSU
Disabled
13
12
VDDM1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
14
13
VSSM1
—
—
—
—
—
VDDM
—
—
15
14
PU4
IOC0_2
M1C0M
M1COSM
—
—
VDDM
PERU/
PPSU
Disabled
16
15
PU5
—
M1C0P
M1COSP
—
—
VDDM
PERU/
PPSU
Disabled
17
16
PU6
IOC0_3
M1C1M
M1SINM
—
—
VDDM
PERU/
PPSU
Disabled
18
17
PU7
—
M1C1P
M1SINP
—
—
VDDM
PERU/
PPSU
Disabled
19
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
21
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
22
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
23
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
51
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-7. Pin Summary
LQFP
Option
Function
144
100
Pin
1st
Func.
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
5th
Func.
24
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
25
—
—
—
—
—
—
26
—
—
—
—
—
27
—
—
—
—
28
—
—
—
29
18
LGDN
30
19
31
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
LIN(1)
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
20
PT6
ECLK
IOC1_6
KWT6
—
—
VDDX
PERT/
PPST
Disabled
32
21
PF6
FP22
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERF/
PPSF
Pull
Down
33
22
PF5
FP21
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERF/
PPSF
Pull
Down
34
23
PF4
FP20
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERF/
PPSF
Pull
Down
35
24
PF3
FP19
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERF/
PPSF
Pull
Down
36
25
PF2
FP18
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERF/
PPSF
Pull
Down
37
26
PF1
FP17
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERF/
PPSF
Pull
Down
38
27
PF0
FP16
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERF/
PPSF
Pull
Down
39
28
PD7
FP15
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERD/
PPSD
Pull
Down
40
29
PD6
FP14
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERD/
PPSD
Pull
Down
41
30
PD5
FP13
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERD/
PPSD
Pull
Down
42
31
PD4
FP12
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERD/
PPSD
Pull
Down
43
32
PD3
FP11
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERD/
PPSD
Pull
Down
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
52
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-7. Pin Summary
LQFP
Option
Function
144
100
Pin
1st
Func.
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
5th
Func.
44
—
PD2
FP10
—
—
—
—
45
—
PD1
FP9
—
—
—
46
—
PD0
FP8
—
—
47
33
PA7
(PWM6)
FP7
48
34
PA6
(PWM4)
49
35
PA5
50
36
51
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERD/
PPSD
Pull
Down
—
VDDX
PERD/
PPSD
Pull
Down
—
—
VDDX
PERD/
PPSD
Pull
Down
—
—
—
VDDX
PERA/
PPSA
Pull
Down
FP6
—
—
—
VDDX
PERA/
PPSA
Pull
Down
(PWM2)
FP5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERA/
PPSA
Pull
Down
PA4
(PWM0)
FP4
—
—
—
VDDX
PERA/
PPSA
Pull
Down
37
PA3
(SDA0)
FP3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERA/
PPSA
Pull
Down
52
38
PA2
(SCL0)
FP2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERA/
PPSA
Pull
Down
53
—
PA1
FP1
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERA/
PPSA
Pull
Down
54
—
PA0
FP0
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERA/
PPSA
Pull
Down
55
39
TEST
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
—
—
56
40
PP1
PWM1
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERP/
PPSP
Disabled
57
41
PP3
PWM3
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERP/
PPSP
Disabled
58
42
PP5
PWM5
(RXD1)
—
—
—
VDDX
PERP/
PPSP
Disabled
59
43
PP7
PWM7
(TXD1)
—
—
—
VDDX
PERP/
PPSP
Disabled
60
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
61
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
62
—
PC0
RXCAN0
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERC/
PPSC
Disabled
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
53
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-7. Pin Summary
LQFP
Option
Function
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
144
100
Pin
1st
Func.
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
5th
Func.
63
—
PC1
TXCAN0
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERC/
PPSC
Disabled
64
44(2)
PC2
LPRXD0
IOC0_4
—
—
—
VDDX
PERC/
PPSC
Disabled
65
45(2)
PC3
LPTXD0
IOC0_5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERC/
PPSC
Disabled
66
46
RESET
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
TEST pin
Pull Up
67
47
PE0
EXTAL
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERE/
PPSE
Pull
Down
68
48
PE1
XTAL
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERE/
PPSE
Pull
Down
69
49
VSSX1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
70
50
VDDX1
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
—
—
71
—
PP6
PWM6
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERP/
PPSP
Disabled
72
—
PT5
IOC1_5
KWT5
—
—
—
VDDX
PERT/
PPST
Disabled
73
51
VSUP
—
—
—
—
—
VSUP
—
—
74
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
75
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
76
52(2)
PJ0
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/
PPSJ
Disabled
77
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
78
53(2)
PJ1
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/
PPSJ
Disabled
79
54
VSS1
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
80
—
PJ2
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/
PPSJ
Disabled
81
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
82
—
PJ3
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERJ/
PPSJ
Disabled
83
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
84
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
CTRL
Reset
State
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
54
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-7. Pin Summary
LQFP
Option
Function
144
100
Pin
1st
Func.
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
5th
Func.
85
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
86
55
VSENS
E
—
—
—
—
87
56
BCTL
—
—
—
88
57
—
—
—
89
58
PS0
MISO0
90
59
PS1
91
60
92
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
KWS0
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/
PPSS
Pull Up
MOSI0
KWS1
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/
PPSS
Pull Up
PS2
SCK0
KWS2
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/
PPSS
Pull Up
61
PS3
SS0
KWS3
—
—
—
VDDX
PERS/
PPSS
Pull Up
93
62
PS4
(RXCAN
0)
SCL0
KWS4
—
—
VDDX
PERS/
PPSS
Pull Up
94
63
PS5
(TXCAN
0)
SDA0
KWS5
—
—
VDDX
PERS/
PPSS
Pull Up
95
64
PS6
RXD0
XIRQ
KWS6
—
—
VDDX
PERS/
PPSS
Pull Up
96
65
PS7
TXD0
LPDC0
IRQ
KWS7
—
VDDX
PERS/
PPSS
Pull Up
97
66
VDDX2
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
—
—
98
67
VSSX2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
99
68
PT0
API_EXT
CLK
IOC1_0
KWT0
—
—
VDDX
PERT/
PPST
Disabled
100
69
PT1
RTC_CA
L
IOC1_1
KWT1
—
—
VDDX
PERT/
PPST
Disabled
101
70
PT2
DBGEEV
IOC1_2
KWT2
—
—
VDDX
PERT/
PPST
Disabled
102
71
PT3
PDOCLK
IOC1_3
KWT3
—
—
VDDX
PERT/
PPST
Disabled
103
72
PT4
PDO
IOC1_2
KWT2
—
—
VDDX
PERT/
PPST
Disabled
104
73
PC4
SGT0
IOC0_6
—
—
—
VDDX
PERC/
PPSC
Disabled
(3)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
55
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-7. Pin Summary
LQFP
Option
Function
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
144
100
Pin
1st
Func.
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
5th
Func.
105
74
PC5
SGA0
IOC0_7
—
—
—
VDDX
PERC/
PPSC
Disabled
106
—
PC6
RXD1
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERC/
PPSC
Disabled
107
—
PC7
TXD1
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERC/
PPSC
Disabled
108
75
BKGD
MODC
—
—
—
—
VDDX
109
76
PAD0
AN0_0
KWAD0
—
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/
PPS1AD
Disabled
110
77
PAD1
AN0_1
KWAD1
—
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/
PPS1AD
Disabled
111
78
PAD2
AN0_2
KWAD2
—
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/
PPS1AD
Disabled
112
79
PAD3
AN0_3
KWAD3
—
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/
PPS1AD
Disabled
113
—
PAD4
AN0_4
KWAD4
—
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/
PPS1AD
Disabled
114
—
PAD5
AN0_5
KWAD5
—
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/
PPS1AD
Disabled
115
—
PAD6
AN0_6
KWAD6
—
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/
PPS1AD
Disabled
116
—
PAD7
AN0_7
KWAD7
—
—
—
VDDA
PER1AD/
PPS1AD
Disabled
117
80
VDDA/V
RH
—
—
—
—
—
VDDA
—
—
118
81
VSSA/V
RL
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
119
82
PE2
32K_EX
TAL
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERE/
PPSE
Pull
Down
120
83
PE3
32K_XT
AL
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERE/
PPSE
Pull
Down
121
84
VSS2
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
122
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
VDD
—
—
123
85(2)
PP0
PWM0
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERP/
PPSP
Disabled
CTRL
Reset
State
Pull Up
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
56
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-7. Pin Summary
LQFP
Option
Function
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
144
100
Pin
1st
Func.
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
5th
Func.
124
—
PP2
PWM2
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERP/
PPSP
Disabled
125
—
PP4
PWM4
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERP/
PPSP
Disabled
126
86
PB3
BP3
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERB/
PPSB
Pull
Down
127
87
PB2
BP2
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERB/
PPSB
Pull
Down
128
88
PB1
BP1
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERB/
PPSB
Pull
Down
129
89
PB0
BP0
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERB/
PPSB
Pull
Down
130
90
VDDX3
—
—
—
—
—
VDDX
—
—
131
91
VSSX3
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
132
—
PH7
FP39
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERH/
PPSH
Pull
Down
133
—
PH6
FP38
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERH/
PPSH
Pull
Down
134
—
PH5
FP37
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERH/
PPSH
Pull
Down
135
92
PH4
FP36
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERH/
PPSH
Pull
Down
136
93
PH3
FP35
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERH/
PPSH
Pull
Down
137
94
PH2
FP34
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERH/
PPSH
Pull
Down
138
95
PH1
FP33
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERH/
PPSH
Pull
Down
139
96
PH0
FP32
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERH/
PPSH
Pull
Down
140
97
PG7
FP31
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERG/
PPSG
Pull
Down
141
98
PG6
FP30
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERG/
PPSG
Pull
Down
142
99
PG5
FP29
—
—
—
—
VDDX
PERG/
PPSG
Pull
Down
CTRL
Reset
State
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
57
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-7. Pin Summary
LQFP
Option
Function
144
100
Pin
1st
Func.
2nd
Func.
3rd
Func.
4th
Func.
5th
Func.
143
100
PG4
FP28
—
—
—
—
144
1
PG3
FP27
—
—
—
—
Power
Supply
Internal Pull
Resistor
CTRL
Reset
State
VDDX
PERG/
PPSG
Pull
Down
VDDX
PERG/
PPSG
Pull
Down
1. NC on ZVHY, don’t connect to VDD/VSS
2. Pin not avaiable on ZVHY
3. Function not avaiable on ZVHY
1.9
Modes of Operation
The MCU can operate in different modes. These are described in 1.9.1 Chip Configuration Modes.
The MCU can operate in different power modes to facilitate power saving when full system performance
is not required. These are described in 1.9.3 Low Power Modes.
Some modules feature a software programmable option to freeze the module status whilst the background
debug module is active to facilitate debugging. This is referred to as freeze mode at module level.
1.9.1
Chip Configuration Modes
The different modes and the security state of the MCU affect the debug features (enabled or disabled).
The operating mode out of reset is determined by the state of the MODC signal during reset (Table 1-8).
The MODC bit in the MODE register shows the current operating mode and provides limited mode
switching during operation. The state of the MODC signal is latched into this bit on the rising edge of
RESET
Table 1-8. Chip Modes
Chip Modes
1.9.1.1
MODC
Normal single chip
1
Special single chip
0
Normal Single-Chip Mode
This mode is intended for normal device operation. The opcode from the on-chip memory is being
executed after reset (requires the reset vector to be programmed correctly). The processor program is
executed from internal memory.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
58
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.9.1.2
Special Single-Chip Mode
This mode is used for debugging operation, boot-strapping, or security related operations. The background
debug mode BDM is active on leaving reset in this mode.
1.9.2
Debugging Modes
The background debug mode (BDM) can be activated by the BDC module or directly when resetting into
Special Single-Chip mode. Detailed information can be found in the BDC module section.
Writing to internal memory locations using the debugger, whilst code is running or at a breakpoint, can
change the flow of application code.
The MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families supports BDC communication throughout the device Stop
mode. During Stop
mode, writes to control registers can alter the operation and lead to unexpected results. It is thus
recommended not to reconfigure the peripherals during STOP using the debugger.
1.9.3
Low Power Modes
The device has two dynamic-power modes (run and wait) and two static low-power modes stop and pseudo
stop). For a detailed description refer to Chapter 7, “S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit
(S12CPMU_UHV_V5).
• Dynamic power mode: Run
— Run mode is the main full performance operating mode with the entire device clocked. The user
can configure the device operating speed through selection of the clock source and the phase
locked loop (PLL) frequency. To save power, unused peripherals must not be enabled.
• Dynamic power mode: Wait
— This mode is entered when the CPU executes the WAI instruction. In this mode the CPU does
not execute instructions. The internal CPU clock is switched off. All peripherals can be active
in system wait mode. For further power consumption reduction, the peripherals can
individually turn off their local clocks. Asserting RESET, XIRQ, IRQ, or any other interrupt
that is not masked ends system wait mode.
• Static power mode Pseudo-stop:
— In this mode the system clocks are stopped but the oscillator is still running and the real time
interrupt (RTI), watchdog (COP), RTC, LCD and Autonomous Periodic Interrupt (API) may
be enabled. Other peripherals are turned off. This mode consumes more current than system
STOP mode but, as the oscillator continues to run, the full speed wake up time from this mode
is significantly shorter.
• Static power mode: Stop
— The oscillator is stopped in this mode. By default, clocks are switched off and the counters and
dividers remain frozen. The Autonomous Periodic Interrupt (API), Key Wake-Up, RTC, CAN
and the CAN physical layer transceiver modules may be enabled to wake the device.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
59
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
— If the BDC is enabled, in Stop mode, the VREG remains in full performance mode and the
CPMU continues operation as in run mode..With BDC enabled and BDCCIS bit set, then all
clocks remain active during Stop mode to allow BDC access to internal peripherals. If the BDC
is enabled and BDCCIS is clear, then the BDCSI clock remains active, but bus and core clocks
are disabled. With the BDC enabled during Stop, the VREG full performance mode and clock
activity lead to higher current consumption than with BDC disabled
— If the BDC is enabled in Stop mode, then the voltage monitoring remains enabled.
1.10
Security
The MCU security mechanism prevents unauthorized access to the flash memory. It must be emphasized
that part of the security must lie with the application code. An extreme example would be application code
that dumps the contents of the internal memory. This would defeat the purpose of security. Also, if an
application has the capability of downloading code through a serial port and then executing that code (e.g.
an application containing bootloader code), then this capability could potentially be used to read the
EEPROM and Flash memory contents even when the microcontroller is in the secure state. In this
example, the security of the application could be enhanced by requiring a response authentication before
any code can be downloaded.
Device security details are also described in the flash block description (Section 21.5, “Security”).
1.10.1
Features
The security features of the S12Z chip family are:
• Prevent external access of the non-volatile memories (Flash, EEPROM) content
• Restrict execution of NVM commands
1.10.2
Securing the Microcontroller
The chip can be secured by programming the security bits located in the options/security byte in the Flash
memory array. These non-volatile bits keep the device secured through reset and power-down.
This byte can be erased and programmed like any other Flash location. Two bits of this byte are used for
security (SEC[1:0]). The contents of this byte are copied into the Flash security register (FSEC) during a
reset sequence.
The meaning of the security bits SEC[1:0] is shown in Table 1-9. For security reasons, the state of device
security is controlled by two bits. To put the device in unsecured mode, these bits must be programmed to
SEC[1:0] = ‘10’. All other combinations put the device in a secured mode. The recommended value to put
the device in secured state is the inverse of the unsecured state, i.e. SEC[1:0] = ‘01’.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
60
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-9. Security Bits
SEC[1:0]
Security State
00
1 (secured)
01
1 (secured)
10
0 (unsecured)
11
1 (secured)
NOTE
Please refer to the Section 21.5, “Security” for more security byte details.
1.10.3
Operation of the Secured Microcontroller
By securing the device, unauthorized access to the EEPROM and Flash memory contents is prevented.
Secured operation has the following effects on the microcontroller:
1.10.3.1
•
•
Background Debug Controller (BDC) operation is completely disabled.
Execution of Flash and EEPROM commands is restricted (described in flash block description).
1.10.3.2
•
•
Normal Single Chip Mode (NS)
Special Single Chip Mode (SS)
Background Debug Controller (BDC) commands are restricted
Execution of Flash and EEPROM commands is restricted (described in flash block description).
In special single chip mode the device is in active BDM after reset. In special single chip mode on a secure
device, only the BDC mass erase and BDC control and status register commands are possible. BDC access
to memory mapped resources is disabled. The BDC can only be used to erase the EEPROM and Flash
memory without giving access to their contents.
1.10.4
Unsecuring the Microcontroller
Unsecuring the microcontroller can be done using three different methods:
1. Backdoor key access
2. Reprogramming the security bits
3. Complete memory erase
1.10.4.1
Unsecuring the MCU Using the Backdoor Key Access
In normal single chip mode, security can be temporarily disabled using the backdoor key access method.
This method requires that:
• The backdoor key has been programmed to a valid value.
• The KEYEN[1:0] bits within the Flash options/security byte select ‘enabled’.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
61
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
•
The application program programmed into the microcontroller has the capability to write to the
backdoor key locations.
The backdoor key values themselves would not normally be stored within the application data, which
means the application program would have to be designed to receive the backdoor key values from an
external source (e.g. through a serial port).
The backdoor key access method allows debugging of a secured microcontroller without having to erase
the Flash. This is particularly useful for failure analysis.
NOTE
No word backdoor key word is allowed to have the value 0x0000 or
0xFFFF.
1.10.5
Reprogramming the Security Bits
In normal single chip mode, security can also be disabled by erasing and reprogramming the security bits
within Flash options/security byte to the unsecured value. Because the erase operation will erase the entire
sector from (0xFF_FE00–0xFF_FFFF), the backdoor key and the interrupt vectors will also be erased; this
method is not recommended for normal single chip mode. The application software can only erase and
program the Flash options/security byte if the Flash sector containing the Flash options/security byte is not
protected (see Flash protection). Thus Flash protection is a useful means of preventing this method. The
microcontroller will enter the unsecured state after the next reset following the programming of the
security bits to the unsecured value.
This method requires that:
• The application software previously programmed into the microcontroller has been designed to
have the capability to erase and program the Flash options/security byte.
• The Flash sector containing the Flash options/security byte is not protected.
1.10.6
Complete Memory Erase
The microcontroller can be unsecured by erasing the entire EEPROM and Flash memory contents. If
ERASE_FLASH is successfully completed, then the Flash unsecures the device and programs the security
byte automatically.
1.11
1.11.1
Resets and Interrupts
Resets
Table 1-10. lists all reset sources and the vector locations. Resets are explained in detail in the Chapter 7,
“S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)”.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
62
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-10. Reset Sources and Vector Locations
1.11.2
Vector Address
Reset Source
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
0xFFFFFC
Power-On Reset (POR)
None
None
Low Voltage Reset (LVR)
None
None
External pin RESET
None
None
Clock monitor reset
None
CPMUOSC(OSCE)
COP watchdog reset
None
CR[2:0] in CPMUCOP register
Interrupt Vectors
Table 1-11 lists all interrupt sources and vectors in the default order of priority. The interrupt module
description provides an Interrupt Vector Base register (IVBR) to relocate the vectors.
Table 1-11. Interrupt Vector Locations (Sheet 1 of 4)
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
Unimplemented page1 op-code trap
(SPARE)
None
None
-
-
Vector base + 0x1F4
Unimplemented page2 op-code trap
(TRAP)
None
None
-
-
Vector base + 0x1F0
Software interrupt instruction (SWI)
None
None
-
-
Vector base + 0x1EC
System call interrupt instruction
(SYS)
None
None
-
-
Vector base + 0x1E8
Machine exception
None
None
-
-
Vector Address(1)
Interrupt Source
Vector base + 0x1F8
Vector base + 0x1E4
Reserved
Vector base + 0x1E0
Reserved
Wake up
Wake up
from STOP from WAIT
Vector base + 0x1DC
Spurious interrupt
—
None
-
-
Vector base + 0x1D8
XIRQ interrupt request
X bit
None
Yes
Yes
Vector base + 0x1D4
IRQ interrupt request
I bit
IRQCR(IRQEN)
Yes
Yes
Vector base + 0x1D0
RTI time-out interrupt
I bit
CPMUINT (RTIE)
See CPMU
section
Yes
Vector base + 0x1CC
TIM0 timer channel 0
I bit
TIM0TIE (C0I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x1C8
TIM0 timer channel 1
I bit
TIM0TIE (C1I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x1C4
TIM0 timer channel 2
I bit
TIM0TIE (C2I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x1C0
TIM0 timer channel 3
I bit
TIM0TIE (C3I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x1BC
TIM0 timer channel 4
I bit
TIM0TIE (C4I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x1B8
TIM0 timer channel 5
I bit
TIM0TIE (C5I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x1B4
TIM0 timer channel 6
I bit
TIM0TIE (C6I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x1B0
TIM0 timer channel 7
I bit
TIM0TIE (C7I)
No
Yes
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
63
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-11. Interrupt Vector Locations (Sheet 2 of 4)
Wake up
Wake up
from STOP from WAIT
Vector Address(1)
Interrupt Source
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
Vector base + 0x1AC
TIM0 timer overflow
I bit
TIM0TSCR2(TOI)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x1A8
TIM0 Pulse accumulator A overflow
I bit
TIM0PACTL(PAOVI)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x1A4
TIM0 Pulse accumulator input edge
I bit
TIM0PACTL(PAI)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x1A0
SPI0
I bit
SPI0CR1 (SPIE, SPTIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x19C
SCI0
I bit
SCI0CR2
Yes
Yes
Vector base + 0x198
SCI1
I bit
SCI1CR2
Yes
Yes
Vector base + 0x194
Reserved
Vector base + 0x190
Reserved
Vector base + 0x18C
ADC0 Error
I bit
ADC0EIE(IA_EIE,CMD_EIE,
EOL_EIE,TRIG_EIE,RSTAR_
EIE,LDOK_EIE)
ADC0IE(CONIF_OIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x188
ADC0 conversion sequence abort
I bit
ADC0IE(SEQAR_IE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x184
ADC0 conversion complete
I bit
ADC0CONIE[15:0]
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x180
Oscillator status interrupt
I bit
CPMUINT (OSCIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x17C
PLL lock interrupt
I bit
CPMUINT (LOCKIE)
No
Yes
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x178
to
Vector base + 0x174
Vector base + 0x170
Reserved
RAM error
I bit
Vector base + 0x16C
to
Vector base + 0x168
ECCIE (SBEEIE)
Reserved
Vector base + 0x164
FLASH error
I bit
FERCNFG (SFDIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x160
FLASH command
I bit
FCNFG (CCIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x15C
CAN0 wake-up
I bit
CAN0RIER (WUPIE)
Yes
Yes
Vector base + 0x158
CAN0 errors
I bit
CAN0RIER (CSCIE, OVRIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x154
CAN0 receive
I bit
CAN0RIER (RXFIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x150
CAN0 transmit
I bit
CAN0RIER (TXEIE[2:0])
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x14C
to
Vector base + 0x148
Vector base + 0x144
Reserved
LINPHY0 over-current interrupt
Vector base + 0x140 BATS supply voltage monitor interrupt
Vector base + 0x13C
to
Vector base + 0x130
I bit
LP0IE (LP0ERR)
Yes
Yes
I bit
BATIE (BVHIE,BVLIE)
No
Yes
Reserved
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
64
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-11. Interrupt Vector Locations (Sheet 3 of 4)
Vector Address(1)
Interrupt Source
CCR
Mask
Local Enable
Vector base + 0x12C
Port T interrupt
I bit
PIET(PIET[7:0])
Wake up
Wake up
from STOP from WAIT
Yes
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Yes
Yes
No
Yes
Reserved
Vector base + 0x128
Vector base + 0x124
Port S interrupt
I bit
Vector base + 0x120
to
Vector base + 0x108
PIES(PIES[7:0])
Reserved
Vector base + 0x104
Low-voltage interrupt (LVI)
I bit
Vector base + 0x100
Autonomous periodical interrupt
(API)
I bit
Vector base + 0xFC
High temperature interrupt
I bit
Vector base + 0xF8
CPMUCTRL (LVIE)
CPMUAPICTRL (APIE)
CPMUHTCTL(HTIE)
Reserved
Vector base + 0xF4
Port AD interrupt
I bit
Vector base + 0xF0
to
Vector base + 0xB8
PIEADL(PIEADL[7:0])
Reserved
Vector base + 0xB4
IIC
I bit
Vector base + 0xB0
IIC0IBCR(IBIE)
Reserved
Vector base + 0xAC
TIM1 timer channel 0
I bit
TIM1TIE (C0I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0xA8
TIM1 timer channel 1
I bit
TIM1TIE (C1I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0xA4
TIM1 timer channel 2
I bit
TIM1TIE (C2I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0xA0
TIM1 timer channel 3
I bit
TIM1TIE (C3I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x9C
TIM1 timer channel 4
I bit
TIM1TIE (C4I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x98
TIM1 timer channel 5
I bit
TIM1TIE (C5I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x94
TIM1 timer channel 6
I bit
TIM1TIE (C6I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x90
TIM1 timer channel 7
I bit
TIM1TIE (C7I)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x8C
TIM1 timer overflow
I bit
TIM1TSCR2(TOI)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x88
TIM1 Pulse accumulator A overflow
I bit
TIM1PACTL(PAOVI)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x84
TIM1 Pulse accumulator input edge
I bit
TIM1PACTL(PAI)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x80
to
Vector base + 0x7C
Reserved
Vector base + 0x78
Motor Control Timer Overflow
I bit
MCCTL1(MCOCIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x74
SSD0
I bit
MDC0CTL(MCZIE,AOVIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x70
SSD1
I bit
MDC1CTL(MCZIE,AOVIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x6C
to
Vector base + 0x68
Reserved
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
65
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-11. Interrupt Vector Locations (Sheet 4 of 4)
Wake up
Wake up
from STOP from WAIT
Vector Address(1)
Interrupt Source
CCR
Mask
Vector base + 0x64
RTC
I bit
RTCCTL4(HRIE,MINIE,SECI
E,COMPIE,TB0IE)
Yes
Yes
Vector base + 0x60
SSG0 Ready For Next Data(RNDI)
I bit
SSG0IE(RNDIE)
No
Yes
Vector base + 0x5C
to
Vector base + 0x10
1. 15 bits vector address based
1.11.3
Local Enable
Reserved
Effects of Reset
When a reset occurs, MCU registers and control bits are initialized. For RTC block, some registers are
power on reset only. Refer to the respective block sections for register reset states.
On each reset, the Flash module executes a reset sequence to load Flash configuration registers
1.11.3.1
Flash Configuration Reset Sequence Phase
On each reset, the Flash module will hold CPU activity while loading Flash module registers from the
Flash memory. If double faults are detected in the reset phase, Flash module protection and security may
be active on leaving reset. This is explained in more detail in the Section 21.6, “Initialization” of flash
block.
1.11.3.2
Reset While Flash Command Active
If a reset occurs while any Flash command is in progress, that command will be immediately aborted. The
state of the word being programmed or the sector/block being erased is not guaranteed.
1.11.3.3
I/O Pins
Refer to Chapter 2, “Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1) for reset configurations of all peripheral
module ports.
1.11.3.4
RAM
The system RAM arrays, including their ECC syndromes, are initialized following a power on reset, but
not out of warm reset. All other RAM arrays are not initialized out of any type of reset.
With the exception of resets resulting from low voltage conditions, the RAM content is unaltered by a reset
occurrence.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
66
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.12
COP Configuration
The COP time-out rate bits CR[2:0] and the WCOP bit in the CPMUCOP register are loaded from the
Flash configuration field byte at global address 0xFF_FE0E during the reset sequence. See Table 1-12 and
Table 1-13 for coding
Table 1-12. Initial COP Rate Configuration
NV[2:0] in
FOPT Register
CR[2:0] in
COPCTL Register
000
111
001
110
010
101
011
100
100
011
101
010
110
001
111
000
Table 1-13. Initial WCOP Configuration
1.13
NV[3] in
FOPT Register
WCOP in
COPCTL Register
1
0
0
1
ADC0 Internal Channels
Table 1-14 lists the internal sources which are connected to these special conversion channels.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
67
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
Table 1-14. ADC0 Channel Assignment
ADC0CMD_1 CH_SEL[5:0]
1.14
[5]
[4]
[3]
[2]
[1]
[0]
Analog Input
Channel
Usage
0
0
1
0
0
0
Internal_0
ADC temperature sensor
0
0
1
0
0
1
Internal_1
Bandgap Voltage VBG or
Vreg temperature sensor
VHT
0
0
1
0
1
0
Internal_2
RESERVED
0
0
1
0
1
1
Internal_3
RESERVED
0
0
1
1
0
0
Internal_4
VSENSE or VSUP
selectable in BATS
module
0
0
1
1
0
1
Internal_5
RESERVED
0
0
1
1
1
0
Internal_6
RESERVED
0
0
1
1
1
1
Internal_7
RESERVED
The ADC0 VRH/VRL
The ADC0 offers two possible sources for both reference voltages VRH[1:0] and VRL[1:0]. On the
MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families only VRH[1], VRL[1] sources are connected at device level(to
VDDA, VSSA respectively), the VRH[0], VRL[0] sources are not connected. Thus the application must
set both VRH_SEL and VRL_SEL in the ADC0CCMD_1 to 1.
1.15
The ADC0 Conversion Resolution
The MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families only support 10 and 8 bit converstion resolution, although
ADC block guide still has 12 bit related descrition.
1.16
ADC Result Reference
MCUs of the MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families are able to measure the internal reference voltage
VBG(see Table 1-14). VBG is a constant voltage with a narrow distribution over temperature and external
voltage supply (see Table A-16).
A 10-bit right justified1 ADC conversion result of VBG is provided at address 0x1F_C040/0x1F_C041 in
the NVM’s IFR for reference.The measurement conditions of the reference conversion are listed in
Section A.1.10, “ADC Conversion Result Reference””. By measuring the voltage VBG (see Table 1-14)
1. The format of the stored VBG reference value is still subject to change.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
68
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
and comparing the result to the reference value in the IFR, it is possible to determine the ADC’s reference
voltage VRH in the application environment:
StoredReference
V RH = ------------------------------------------------------- 5V
ConvertedReference
The exact absolute value of an analog conversion can be determined as follows:
StoredReference 5V
Result = ConvertedADInput -----------------------------------------------------------------nConvertedReference 2
With:
ConvertedADInput:
ConvertedReference:
StoredReference:
n:
1.17
Result of the analog to digital conversion of the desired pin
Result of channel “Internal_1” conversion
Value in IFR location 0x1F_C040/0x1F_C041
ADC resolution (10 bit)
BDC Clock Source Connectivity
The BDC clock, BDCCLK, is mapped to the IRCCLK generated in CPMU module. The BDC clock,
BDCFCLK, is mapped to the bus clock.
1.18
FTMRZ Connectivity
The soc_erase_all_req input to the flash module is driven directly by a BDC erase flash request resulting
from the BDC ERASE_FLASH command.
The FTMRZ FCLKDIV register is forced to 0x05 by the BDC ERASE_FLASH command. This
configures the clock frequency correctly for the initial bus frequency on leaving reset. The bus frequency
must not be changed before launching the ERASE_FLASH command.
1.19
RTC Clock Source
The RTC has three clock source, the 32K OSC, main OSC or IRC, refer to Section 18.4.2, “RTC Control
Register 2 (RTCCTL2)” for more information. When select main OSC, user need to config the registers
in CPMU block, refer to CPMU block guide for more detailed information. And main OSC will be stop if
silicon enter full stop mode. And if select the 1 MHz internal IRC clock, then the clock will be off when
enter full stop or pseudo stop mode, the RTC function will be stop.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
69
Chapter 1 Device Overview MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families
1.20
LCD Clock Source Connectivity
The LCD’s clock is connected to the RTC’s RTCCLK output. User need to set the RTCCTL2[RTCPS] in
Section 18.4.2, “RTC Control Register 2 (RTCCTL2)” to get the expect RTCCLK frequency if it uses the
main OSC as clock source.
1.21
32K OSC enable control
The 32K OSC enable is controlled by the RTCCTL2[CLKSRC] in Section 18.4.2, “RTC Control Register
2 (RTCCTL2)”. Setting the bits to 2’b01 enable the 32K OSC, it also selects the 32K OSC as the source
for LCD and RTC clock. RTCCTL2 is write one time only in NSC mode, once enable the 32K OSC, it will
be not able to switch off.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
70
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2
Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Revision History
Rev. No.
(Item No.)
Date (Submitted
By)
V0.01
Mar 2012
• Initial Version
V0.02
Mar 2012
• fix typos
V0.04
Oct 2012
• fix typos, add XIRQ function explain
V0.05
Jan 2014
• add the ZVHL LINPHY related function
2.1
2.1.1
Sections
Affected
Substantial Change(s)
Introduction
Overview
The MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL Families port integration module establishes the interface between
the peripheral modules and the I/O pins for all ports. It controls the electrical pin properties as well as the
signal prioritization and multiplexing on shared pins.
This document covers:
• 8-pin port A associated with the LCD FP[7:0] and rerouting of PWM0, PWM2, PWM4, PWM6
channels and rerouting of IIC
• 4-pin port B associated with the LCD BP[3:0]
• 8-pin port C associated with TIM0_IOC[7:4], MSCAN0, SCI1, SSG0 and LINPHY0’s
LPTXD0&LPRXD0
• 8-pin port D associated with LCD FP[15:8]
• 4-pin port E associated with the external 4-16MHZ oscillator and 32.768KHZ oscillator
• 8-pin port F associated with LCD FP[23:16]
• 8-pin port G associated with LCD FP[31:24]
• 8-pin port H associated with LCD FP[39:32]
• 4-pin Port J
• 8-pin port P associated with 8 PWM channels; associated with the rerouting SCI1 function also.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
71
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
•
•
•
•
8-pin port S associated with SCI0, IIC0, SPI0 modules and rerouting of MSCAN0. PS7 and PS6
also associated with IRQ, XIRQ interrupt inputs; associated with the key wakeup functions.
LINPHY0’s LPDC0 is routing to this PS7 also.
8-pin port T with the key wakeup function and 8 TIM1 channels, also associated with
— API_EXTCLK
— DBG external signals PDO, PDOCLK and DBGEEV
— ECLK output
8-pin port AD associated with 8 ADC0 channels; associated with the key wakeup function also
8-pin port U associated with SSD0, SSD1, 2 Motor controls and 4 TIM0 channels
Most I/O pins can be configured by register bits to select data direction and to enable and select pullup or
pulldown devices.
NOTE
This document assumes the availability of all features (144-pin package
option). Some functions are not available on lower pin count package
options. Refer to the pin-out summary in the SOC Guide.
2.1.2
Features
The PIM includes these distinctive registers:
• Data registers and data direction registers for ports A, B, C, D, E, F, G, H, T, S, P, AD, U and J when
used as general-purpose I/O
• Control registers to enable pull devices and select pullups/pulldowns on ports A, B, C, D, E, F, G,
H, T, S, P, AD, U and J
• Single control register bit to enable pullups on BKGD pin
• Control register to enable open-drain (wired-or) mode on port S and port A (only PA3, PA2)
• Control register to enable digital input buffers on port AD
• Control register to enable the slew rate control on Port U.
• Interrupt flag register for pin interrupts on port S, T and AD
• Control register to configure IRQ pin operation
• Control register to enable ECLK output
• Control register to enable the RTC_CAL input or output
• Routing registers to support signal relocation on external pins and control internal routings:
— IIC0 to alternative pins
— SCI1 to alternative pins
— MSCAN0 to alternative pins
— PWM0, PWM2, PWM4, PWM6 to alternative pins
— rerouting the RTC_CAL to TIM1 channel
— rerouting the RXD0 and RXD1 to TIM1 channel for the baud rate detection
— Various SCI0-LINPHY0 routing options supporting standalone use and conformance testing
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
72
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
A standard port pin has the following minimum features:
• Input/output selection
• 5V output drive
• 5V digital and analog input
• Input with selectable pullup or pulldown device
Optional features supported on dedicated pins:
•
Open drain for wired-or connections
•
Interrupt input with glitch filtering
•
Slew rate control on motor pads
2.2
External Signal Description
This section lists and describes the signals that do connect off-chip.
Table 2-1 shows all pins with the pins and functions that are controlled by the PIM. Routing options are
denoted in parenthesis.
NOTE
If there is more than one function associated with a pin, the output priority
is indicated by the position in the table from top (highest priority) to bottom
(lowest priority).
Table 2-1. Pin Functions and Priorities
Port
Pin Name
Pin Function
& Priority(1)
I/O
-
BKGD
MODC(2)
I
BKGD
Description
MODC input during RESET
Routing Register
Pin
Function
after Reset
BKGD
I/O S12ZBDC communication
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
73
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Port
Pin Name
Pin Function
& Priority(1)
I/O
A
PA7
FP7
O
LCD FP7 signal
O
PWM channel 6
(PWM6)
PTA[7]
PA6
FP6
O
LCD FP6 signal
(PWM4)
O
PWM channel 4
O
LCD FP5 signal
(PWM2)
O
PWM channel 2
PA3
FP4
O
LCD FP4 signal
O
PWM channel 0
PA2
PA1
FP3
I/O SDA of IIC0 signal
PB3
PTA[2]
I/O General-purpose
BP3
PTB[3]
PB2
BP2
PTB[2]
PB1
BP1
PTB[1]
PB0
BP0
PTB[0]
PWM2RR
PWM6RR
O
IIC0RR
LCD FP2 signal
I/O SCL of IIC0 signal
PTA[0]
B
O
(SCL0)
FP0
PWM4RR
LCD FP3 signal
I/O General-purpose
PTA[1]
PA0
O
PTA[3]
FP1
PWM6RR
I/O General-purpose
(SDA0)
FP2
GPIO
I/O General-purpose
(PWM0)
PTA[4]
Pin
Function
after Reset
I/O General-purpose
FP5
PTA[5]
PA4
Routing Register
I/O General-purpose
PTA[6]
PA5
Description
IIC0RR
LCD FP1 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP0 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD BP3 signals
GPIO
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD BP2 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD BP1 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD BP0 signal
I/O General-purpose
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
74
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Port
Pin Name
Pin Function
& Priority(1)
I/O
C
PC7
TXD1
O
PTC[7]
I/O General-purpose
PC6
RXD1
PC5
PC4
PC3
PC2
I
IOC0_7
O
TIM0 channel 7
SGA of SSG0
SGA0
O
PTC[5]
I/O General-purpose
IOC0_6
O
TIM0 channel 6
SGT0
O
SGT of SSG0
PTC[4]
I/O General-purpose
IOC0_5
O
TIM0 channel 5
LPTXD0
I
TXD of LINPHY0
PTC[3]
I/O General-purpose
IOC0_4
O
TIM0 channel 4
LPRXD0
O
RXD of LINPHY0
TXCAN0
PC0
RXCAN0
PTC[1]
FP15
PTD[7]
PD6
FP14
PTD[6]
PD5
FP13
PTD[5]
PD4
FP12
PTD[4]
PD3
FP11
PTD[3]
PD2
FP10
PTD[2]
PD1
FP9
PTD[1]
PD0
FP8
PTD[0]
GPIO
S0L00RR2-0
S0L00RR2-0
I/O General-purpose
PC1
PD7
Pin
Function
after Reset
RXD of SCI1
I/O General-purpose
PTC[0]
Routing Register
TXD of SCI1
PTC[6]
PTC[2]
D
Description
O
TX of MSCAN0
C0RR
I/O General-purpose
I
RX of MSCAN0
C0RR
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP15 signal
GPIO
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP14 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP13 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP12 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP11 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP10 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP9 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP8 signal
I/O General-purpose
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
75
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Port
Pin Name
Pin Function
& Priority(1)
I/O
PE3
32K_XTAL
-
PE2
32K_EXTAL
PTE[3]
E
PTE[2]
PE1
XTAL
PE0
EXTAL
PTE[1]
PTE[0]
F
PF7
PF6
PF5
PF4
PF3
PF2
PF1
PF0
FP23
Description
Routing Register
Pin
Function
after Reset
32K OSC signal
I/O General-purpose
-
32K OSC signal
I/O General-purpose
-
CPMU OSC signal
GPIO
I/O General-purpose
-
CPMU OSC signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP23 signal
PTF[7]
I/O General-purpose
FP22
O
PTF[6]
I/O General-purpose
FP21
O
PTF[5]
I/O General-purpose
FP20
O
PTF[4]
I/O General-purpose
FP19
O
PTF[3]
I/O General-purpose
FP18
O
PTF[2]
I/O General-purpose
FP17
O
PTF[1]
I/O General-purpose
FP16
O
PTF[0]
I/O General-purpose
GPIO
LCD FP22 signal
LCD FP21 signal
LCD FP20 signal
LCD FP19 signal
LCD FP18 signal
LCD FP17 signal
LCD FP16 signal
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
76
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Port
Pin Name
Pin Function
& Priority(1)
I/O
G
PG7
FP31
O
PTG[7]
PG6
FP30
PTG[6]
PG5
FP29
PTG[5]
PG4
FP28
PTG[4]
PG3
FP27
PTG[3]
PG2
FP26
PTG[2]
PG1
FP25
PTG[1]
PG0
FP24
PTG[0]
H
PH7
FP39
PTH[7]
PH6
FP38
PTH[6]
PH5
FP37
PTH[5]
PH4
FP36
PTH[4]
PH3
FP35
PTH[3]
PH2
FP34
PTH[2]
PH1
FP33
PTH[1]
PH0
J
FP32
Description
LCD FP31 signal
Routing Register
Pin
Function
after Reset
GPIO
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP30 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP29 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP28 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP27 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP26 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP25 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP24 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP39 signal
GPIO
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP38 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP37 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP36 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP35 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP34 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP33 signal
I/O General-purpose
O
LCD FP32 signal
PTH[0]
I/O General-purpose
PJ3
PTJ[3]
I/O General-purpose
PJ2
PTJ[2]
I/O General-purpose
PJ1
PTJ[1]
I/O General-purpose
PJ0
PTJ[0]
I/O General-purpose
GPIO
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
77
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Port
Pin Name
Pin Function
& Priority(1)
I/O
P
PP7
(TXD1)
O
TXD of SCI1
PWM7
O
PWM channel 7
PP[7]
I/O General-purpose
PWM6
O
PP[6]
I/O General-purpose
PP6
PP5
Description
Pin
Function
after Reset
SCI1RR
GPIO
PWM channel 6
(RXD1)
O
RXD of SCI1
PWM5
O
PWM channel 5
PP[5]
I/O General-purpose
PP4
PWM4
O
PP[4]
I/O General-purpose
PP3
PWM3
O
PP[3]
I/O General-purpose
PP2
PWM2
O
PP[2]
I/O General-purpose
PP1
PWM1
O
PP[1]
I/O General-purpose
PWM0
O
PP[0]
I/O General-purpose
PP0
Routing Register
SCI1RR
PWM channel 4
PWM channel 3
PWM channel 2
PWM channel 1
PWM channel 0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
78
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Port
Pin Name
Pin Function
& Priority(1)
I/O
S
PS7
IRQ
O
LPDC0
TXD0
PTS[7]/KWS[7]
PS6
PTS[4]/KWS[4]
PTS[3]/KWS[3]
SCK0
S0L0RR2-0
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
SDA of IIC0
I/O TX of MSCAN0
C0RR
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
SCL of IIC0
I/O RX of MSCAN0
C0RR
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I/O SPI0 serial clock
PTS[2]/KWS[2]
MOSI0
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I/O SPI0 master out/slave in
PTS[1]/KWS[1]
PS0
XIRQ interrupt input(3)
I/O SPI0 slave select
SS0
PS1
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
O
(RXCAN)
PS2
S0L0RR2-0
O
SCL0
PS3
I/O TXD of SCI0
I/O RXD of SCI0
(TXCAN0)
PS4
S0L0RR2-0
RXD0
PTS[5]/KWS[5]
Pin
Function
after Reset
GPIO
I/O LINPHY0 TXD direct control by register bit
LP0DR[LP0DR1]
O
SDA0
Routing Register
IRQ interrupt input
XIRQ
PTS[6]/KWS[6]
PS5
Description
MISO0
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I/O SPI0 master in/slave out
PTS[0]/KWS[0]
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
79
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Port
Pin Name
Pin Function
& Priority(1)
I/O
T
PT7
IOC1_7
O
PTT[7]/KWT[7]
PT6
IOC1_6
IOC1_5
IOC1_4
IOC1_3
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
DBG profiling data output
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I/O TIM1 channel 3
PDOCLK
PTT[3]/KWT[3]
IOC1_2
O
DBG profiling clock
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I/O TIM1 channel 2
DBGEEV
PTT[2]/KWT[2]
PT0
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
O
PTT[4]/KWT[4]
PT1
Free running clock output
I/O TIM1 channel 4
PDO
PT2
GPIO
I/O TIM1 channel 5
PTT[5]/KWT[5]
PT3
TIM1 channel 7
Pin
Function
after Reset
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
O
PTT[6]/KWT[6]
PT4
Routing Register
I/O TIM1 channel 6
ECLK
PT5
Description
IOC1_1
I
DBG external event input
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I/O TIM1 channel 1
RTC_CAL
I/O RTC CALCLK output or external 1HZ input
PTT[1]/KWT[1]
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
(IOC1_0)
I/O TIM1 channel 0
API_EXTCLK
O
PTT[0]/KWT[0]
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
T1IC0RR1-0
API clock output
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
80
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Port
Pin Name
Pin Function
& Priority(1)
I/O
PAD7
AN0_7
I
PTADL[7]/
KWADL[7]
PAD6
AN0_6
PAD5
AN0_5
PAD4
AD
AN0_4
PAD3
AN0_3
PAD2
AN0_2
PAD1
AN0_1
PAD0
AN0_0
ADC0 analog input 3
GPIO
ADC0 analog input 2
ADC0 analog input 1
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I
PTADL[0]/
KWADL[0]
ADC0 analog input 4
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I
PTADL[1]/
KWADL[1]
ADC0 analog input 5
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I
PTADL[2]/
KWADL[2]
ADC0 analog input 6
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I
PTADL[3]/
KWADL[3]
ADC0 analog input 7
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I
PTADL[4]/
KWADL[4]
Pin
Function
after Reset
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I
PTADL[5]/
KWADL[5]
Routing Register
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
I
PTADL[6]/
KWADL[6]
Description
ADC0 analog input 0
I/O General-purpose; with interrupt and wakeup
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
81
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Port
Pin Name
Pin Function
& Priority(1)
U
PU[7]
M1SINP
PU[6]
PU[5]
O
I/O General purpose
M1SINM
I/O SSD1 Sine- Node
M1C1M
O
IOC0_3
I/O TIM0 channel 3
PTU[6]
I/O General purpose
M1COSP
PU[2]
PU[1]
PU[0]
Routing Register
I/O SSD1 Sine+ Node
PTU[7]
Pin
Function
after Reset
GPIO
Motor control output for motor 1
Motor control output for motor 1
I/O SSD1 Cosine+ Node
O
PTU[5]
PU[3]
Description
M1C1P
M1C0P
PU[4]
I/O
Motor control output for motor 1
I/O General purpose
M1COSM
I/O SSD1 Cosine- Node
M1C0M
O
Motor control output for motor 1
IOC0_2
I/O TIM0 channel2
PTU[4]
I/O General purpose
M0SINP
I/O SSD0 Sine+ Node
M0C1P
O
PTU[3]
I/O General purpose
M0SINM
I/O SSD0 Sine- Node
M0C1M
O
IOC0_1
I/O TIM0 channel 1
PTU[2]
I/O General purpose
M0COSP
Motor control output for motor 0
Motor control output for motor 0
I/O SSD0 Cosine+ Node
M0C0P
O
PTU[1]
I/O General purpose
M0COSM
Motor control output for motor 0
I/O SSD0 Cosine- Node
M0C0M
O
IOC0_0
I/O TIM0 channel 0
Motor control output for motor 0
PTU[0]
I/O General purpose
1. Signals in parenthesis denote alternative module routing pins
2. Function active when RESET asserted.
3. The interrupt is enabled by clearing the X mask bit in the CPU CCR. The pin is forced to input upon first clearing of the X bit
and is held in this state until reset. A stop or wait recovery with the X bit set (refer to S12ZCPU reference manual) is not
available.
2.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all port integration module registers.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
82
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.3.1
Register Map
Global
Address
Register
Name
0x0200
MODRR0
0x0201
MODRR1
0x0202
MODRR2
0x0203
MODRR3
0x0204–
0x0207
Reserved
0x0208
ECLKCTL
0x0209
IRQCR
0x020A
PIMMISC
0x020B–
0x020D
Reserved
0x020E
0x020F
Reserved
R
Reserved
0x0220
PTA
0x0221
PTB
0x0222
PTIA
5
4
0
0
0
0
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
SCI1RR
IIC0RR
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
R
W
R
3
C0RR
R
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
PWM6RR PWM4RR PWM2RR PWM0RR
0
0
T1IC0RR1 T1IC0RR0
S0L0RR2
S0L0RR1
S0L0RR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
W
R
W
R
W
R
NECLK
IRQE
IRQEN
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CALCLKE
N
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTA7
PTA6
PTA5
PTA4
PTA3
PTA2
PTA1
PTA0
0
0
0
0
PTB3
PTB2
PTB1
PTB0
PTIA7
PTIA6
PTIA5
PTIA4
PTIA3
PTIA2
PTIA1
PTIA0
W
R
W
R
R
W
0x0210–
0x021F
6
W
W
Reserved
Bit 7
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
83
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Global
Address
Register
Name
0x0223
PTIB
0x0224
DDRA
0x0225
DDRB
0x0226
PERA
0x0227
PERB
0x0228
PPSA
0x0229
PPSB
0x022A–
0x023D
Reserved
0x023E
WOMA
0x023F
Reserved
0x0240
PTC
0x0241
PTD
0x0242
PTIC
0x0243
PTID
0x0244
DDRC
0x0245
DDRD
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
PTIB3
PTIB2
PTIB1
PTIB0
DDRA7
DDRA6
DDRA5
DDRA4
DDRA3
DDRA2
DDRA1
DDRA0
0
0
0
0
DDRB3
DDRB2
DDRB1
DDRB0
PERA7
PERA6
PERA5
PERA4
PERA3
PERA2
PERA1
PERA0
0
0
0
0
PERB3
PERB2
PERB1
PERB0
PPSA7
PPSA6
PPSA5
PPSA4
PPSA3
PPSA2
PPSA1
PPSA0
0
0
0
0
PPSB3
PPSB2
PPSB1
PPSB0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
WOMA3
WOMA2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTC7
PTC6
PTC5
PTC4
PTC3
PTC2
PTC1
PTC0
PTD7
PTD6
PTD5
PTD4
PTD3
PTD2
PTD1
PTD0
PTIC7
PTIC6
PTIC5
PTIC4
PTIC3
PTIC2
PTIC1
PTIC0
PTID7
PTID6
PTID5
PTID4
PTID3
PTID2
PTID1
PTID0
DDRC7
DDRC6
DDRC5
DDRC4
DDRC3
DDRC2
DDRC1
DDRC0
DDRD7
DDRD6
DDRD5
DDRD4
DDRD3
DDRD2
DDRD1
DDRD0
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
84
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Global
Address
Register
Name
0x0246
PERC
0x0247
PERD
0x0248
PPSC
0x0249
PPSD
0x024A–
0x025F
Reserved
0x0260
PTE
0x0261
PTF
0x0262
PTIE
0x0263
PTIF
0x0264
DDRE
0x0265
DDRF
0x0266
PERE
0x0267
PERF
0x0268
PPSE
0x0269
PPSF
0x026A–
0x027F
Reserved
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
PERC7
PERC6
PERC5
PERC4
PERC3
PERC2
PERC1
PERC0
PERD7
PERD6
PERD5
PERD4
PERD3
PERD2
PERD1
PERD0
PPSC7
PPSC6
PPSC5
PPSC4
PPSC3
PPSC2
PPSC1
PPSC0
PPSD7
PPSD6
PPSD5
PPSD4
PPSD3
PPSD2
PPSD1
PPSD0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTE3
PTE2
PTE1
PTE0
PTF7
PTF6
PTF5
PTF4
PTF3
PTF2
PTF1
PTF0
0
0
0
0
PTIE3
PTIE2
PTIE1
PTIE0
PTIF7
PTIF6
PTIF5
PTIF4
PTIF3
PTIF2
PTIF1
PTIF0
0
0
0
0
DDRE3
DDRE2
DDRE1
DDRE0
DDRF7
DDRF6
DDRF5
DDRF4
DDRF3
DDRF2
DDRF1
DDRF0
0
0
0
0
PERE3
PERE2
PERE1
PERE0
PERF7
PERF6
PERF5
PERF4
PERF3
PERF2
PERF1
PERF0
0
0
0
0
PPSE3
PPSE2
PPSE1
PPSE0
PPSF7
PPSF6
PPSF5
PPSF4
PPSF3
PPSF2
PPSF1
PPSF0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
85
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Global
Address
Register
Name
0x0280
Reserved
0x0281
PTADL
0x0282
Reserved
0x0283
PTIADL
0x0284
Reserved
0x0285
DDRADL
0x0286
Reserved
0x0287
PERADL
0x0288
Reserved
0x0289
PPSADL
0x028A–
0x028B
Reserved
0x028C
Reserved
0x028D
PIEADL
0x028E
Reserved
0x028F
PIFADL
0x0290–
0x0298
Reserved
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTADL7
PTADL6
PTADL5
PTADL4
PTADL3
PTADL2
PTADL1
PTADL0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTIADL6
PTIADL5
PTIADL4
PTIADL3
PTIADL2
PTIADL1
PTIADL0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
R
W
R
W
R PTIADL7
W
R
0
W
R
W
R
DDRADL7 DDRADL6 DDRADL5 DDRADL4 DDRADL3 DDRADL2 DDRADL1 DDRADL0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
R
W
R
PERADL7 PERADL6 PERADL5 PERADL4 PERADL3 PERADL2 PERADL1 PERADL0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
R
W
R
PPSADL7 PPSADL6 PPSADL5 PPSADL4 PPSADL3 PPSADL2 PPSADL1 PPSADL0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PIEADL7
PIEADL6
PIEADL5
PIEADL4
PIEADL3
PIEADL2
PIEADL1
PIEADL0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PIFADL7
PIFADL6
PIFADL5
PIFADL4
PIFADL3
PIFADL2
PIFADL1
PIFADL0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
86
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Global
Address
Register
Name
0x0299
DIENADL
0x029A–
0x02BF
Reserved
0x02C0
PTT
Bit 7
R
W
R
0x02C2
PTIT
DDRT
R
PERT
R
R
R
W
0x02C4
PPST
R
W
0x02C5
Reserved
0x02C6
PIET
0x02C7
PIFT
0x02C8–
0x02CF
Reserved
0x02D0
PTS
0x02D1
PTIS
0x02D2
DDRS
0x02D3
PERS
0x02D4
PPSS
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
DIENADL7 DIENADL6 DIENADL5 DIENADL4 DIENADL3 DIENADL2 DIENADL1 DIENADL0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTT7
PTT6
PTT5
PTT4
PTT3
PTT2
PTT1
PTT0
PTIT7
PTIT6
PTIT5
PTIT4
PTIT3
PTIT2
PTIT1
PTIT0
DDRT7
DDRT6
DDRT5
DDRT4
DDRT3
DDRT2
DDRT1
DDRT0
PERT7
PERT6
PERT5
PERT4
PERT3
PERT2
PERT1
PERT0
PPST7
PPST6
PPST5
PPST4
PPST3
PPST2
PPST1
PPST0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PIET7
PIET6
PIET5
PIET4
PIET3
PIET2
PIET1
PIET0
PIFT7
PIFT6
PIFT5
PIFT4
PIFT3
PIFT2
PIFT1
PIFT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTS7
PTS6
PTS5
PTS4
PTS3
PTS2
PTS1
PTS0
PTIS7
PTIS6
PTIS5
PTIS4
PTIS3
PTIS2
PTIS1
PTIS0
DDRS7
DDRS6
DDRS5
DDRS4
DDRS3
DDRS2
DDRS1
DDRS0
PERS7
PERS6
PERS5
PERS4
PERS3
PERS2
PERS1
PERS0
PPSS7
PPSS6
PPSS5
PPSS4
PPSS3
PPSS2
PPSS1
PPSS0
W
W
0x02C3
5
W
W
0x02C1
6
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
87
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Global
Address
Register
Name
0x02D5
Reserved
0x02D6
PIES
0x02D7
PIFS
0x02D8–
0x02DE
Reserved
0x02DF
WOMS
0x02E0–
0x02EF
Reserved
0x02F0
PTP
0x02F1
PTIP
0x02F2
DDRP
0x02F3
PERP
0x02F4
PPSP
0x02F5–
0x02FF
Reserved
0x0300
PTH
0x0301
PTIH
0x0302
DDRH
0x0303
PERH
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PIES7
PIES6
PIES5
PIES4
PIES3
PIES2
PIES1
PIES0
PIFS7
PIFS6
PIFS5
PIFS4
PIFS3
PIFS2
PIFS1
PIFS0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
WOMS7
WOMS6
WOMS5
WOMS4
WOMS3
WOMS2
WOMS1
WOMS0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTP7
PTP6
PTP5
PTP4
PTP3
PTP2
PTP1
PTP0
PTIP7
PTIP6
PTIP5
PTIP4
PTIP3
PTIP2
PTIP1
PTIP0
DDRP7
DDRP6
DDRP5
DDRP4
DDRP3
DDRP2
DDRP1
DDRP0
PERP7
PERP6
PERP5
PERP4
PERP3
PERP2
PERP1
PERP0
PPSP7
PPSP6
PPSP5
PPSP4
PPSP3
PPSP2
PPSP1
PPSP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTH7
PTH6
PTH5
PTH4
PTH3
PTH2
PTH1
PTH0
PTIH7
PTIH6
PTIH5
PTIH4
PTIH3
PTIH2
PTIH1
PTIH0
DDRH7
DDRH6
DDRH5
DDRH4
DDRH3
DDRH2
DDRH1
DDRH0
PERH7
PERH6
PERH5
PERH4
PERH3
PERH2
PERH1
PERH0
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
88
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Global
Address
Register
Name
0x0304
PPSH
0x0305–
0x030F
Reserved
0x0310
PTJ
0x0311
PTIJ
0x0312
DDRJ
0x0313
PERJ
0x0314
PPSJ
0x0315–
0x031F
Reserved
0x0320
PTG
0x0321
PTIG
0x0322
DDRG
0x0323
PERG
0x0324
PPSG
0x0325–
0x032F
Reserved
0x0350
PTU
0x0351
PTIU
R
W
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
PPSH7
PPSH6
PPSH5
PPSH4
PPSH3
PPSH2
PPSH1
PPSH0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTJ3
PTJ2
PTJ1
PTJ0
0
0
0
0
PTIJ3
PTIJ2
PTIJ1
PTIJ0
0
0
0
0
DDRJ3
DDRJ2
DDRJ1
DDRJ0
0
0
0
0
PERJ3
PERJ2
PERJ1
PERJ0
0
0
0
0
PPSJ3
PPSJ2
PPSJ1
PPSJ0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTG7
PTG6
PTG5
PTG4
PTG3
PTG2
PTG1
PTG0
PTIG7
PTIG6
PTIG5
PTIG4
PTIG3
PTIG2
PTIG1
PTIG0
DDRG7
DDRG6
DDRG5
DDRG4
DDRG3
DDRG2
DDRG1
DDRG0
PERG7
PERG6
PERG5
PERG4
PERG3
PERG2
PERG1
PERG0
PPSG7
PPSG6
PPSG5
PPSG4
PPSG3
PPSG2
PPSG1
PPSG0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PTU7
PTU6
PTU5
PTU4
PTU3
PTU2
PTU1
PTU0
PTIU7
PTIU6
PTIU5
PTIU4
PTIU3
PTIU2
PTIU1
PTIU0
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
89
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Global
Address
Register
Name
0x0352
DDRU
0x0353
PERU
0x0354
PPSU
0x0355–
0x035D
Reserved
0x035E
SRRU
0x035F
Reserved
0x0360–
0x037F
Reserved
2.3.2
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
DDRU7
DDRU6
DDRU5
DDRU4
DDRU3
DDRU2
DDRU1
DDRU0
PERU7
PERU6
PERU5
PERU4
PERU3
PERU2
PERU1
PERU0
PPSU7
PPSU6
PPSU5
PPSU4
PPSU3
PPSU2
PPSU1
PPSU0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SRRU7
SRRU6
SRRU5
SRRU4
SRRU3
SRRU2
SRRU1
SRRU0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
Register Descriptions
This section describes the details of all configuration registers.
• If not stated differently, writing to reserved bits has no effect and read returns zero.
• All register read accesses are synchronous to internal clocks.
• All registers can be written at any time, however a specific configuration might not become active.
E.g. a pullup device does not become active while the port is used as a push-pull output.
• General-purpose data output availability depends on prioritization; input data registers always
reflect the pin status independent of the use.
• Pull-device availability, pull-device polarity, wired-or mode, key-wake up functionality are
independent of the prioritization unless noted differently.
• The description of registers PTx, PTIx, DDRx, DIENx, PERx, PPSx, SRRx, WOMx, PIEx and
PIFx generically assumes a fully implemented 8-bit register. For availability of individual bits refer
to Section 2.3.1, “Register Map“”.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
90
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.3.2.1
Module Routing Register 0 (MODRR0)
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0200
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
—
—
—
—
CAN0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
3
C0RR
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-1. Module Routing Register 0 (MODRR0)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Once in normal, anytime in special mode
.
Table 2-2. Module Routing Register0 Field Descriptions
Field
3
C0RR
Description
Module Routing Register — CAN0 routing
1 TXCAN0 on PS5 and RXCAN0 on PS4
0 TXCAN0 on PC1 and RXCAN0 on PC0
2.3.2.2
Module Routing Register 1 (MODRR1)
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0201
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
PWM6RR
PWM4RR
PWM2RR
PWM0RR
—
—
—
—
PWM6
PWM4
PWM2
PWM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-2. Module Routing Register 1 (MODRR1)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Once in normal, anytime in special mode
Table 2-3. MODRR1 Routing Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3
Module Routing Register — PWM6 routing
PWM6RR
1 PWM6 to PA7
0 PWM6 to PP6
2
Module Routing Register — PWM4 routing
PWM4RR
1 PWM4 to PA6
0 PWM4 to PP4
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
91
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Table 2-3. MODRR1 Routing Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1
Module Routing Register — PWM2 routing
PWM2RR
1 PWM2 to PA5
0 PWM2 to PP2
0
Module Routing Register — PWM0 routing
PWM0RR
1 PWM0 to PA4
0 PWM0 to PP0
2.3.2.3
Module Routing Register 2 (MODRR2)
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0202
R
7
6
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
5
4
SCI1RR
IIC0RR
SCI1
IIC0
0
0
3
2
0
0
1
0
T1IC0RR1
T1IC0RR0
TIM1 IC0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-3. Module Routing Register 2 (MODRR2)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Once in normal, anytime in special mode
Table 2-4. MODRR2 Routing Register Field Descriptions
Field
5
SCI1RR
Description
Module Routing Register — SCI1 routing
1 TXD1 on PP7; RXD1 on PP5
0 TXD1 on PC7; RXD1 on PC6
4
IIC0RR
Module Routing Register — IIC0 routing
1 SCL0 on PA2; SDA0 on PA3
0 SCL0 on PS4; SDA0 on PS5
1-0
Module Routing Register — TIM1 IC0 routing
T1IC0RR1-0
11 TIM1 input capture channel 0 is connected to RXD1
10 TIM1 input capture channel 0 is connected to RXD0
01 TIM1 input capture channel 0 is connected to RTC’s CALCLK
00 TIM1 input capture channel 0 is connected to PT0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
92
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.3.2.4
Module Routing Register 3 (MODRR3)1
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0200
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
—
—
—
—
—
SCI0-LINPHY0 (see Figure 2-5)
0
0
0
0
0
0
S0L0RR2-0
W
Reset
1
0
0
Figure 2-4. Module Routing Register 3 (MODRR3)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Once in normal, anytime in special mode
Field
2-0
S0L0RR2-0
Description
Module Routing Register — SCI0-LINPHY0 routing
Selection of SCI0-LINPHY0 interface routing options to support probing and conformance testing. Refer to
Figure 2-5 for an illustration and Table 2-5 for preferred settings. SCI0 must be enabled for TXD0 routing to take
effect on pins. LINPHY0 must be enabled for LPRXD0 and LPDC0 routings to take effect on pins.
1. This register is only avaiable on ZVHL
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
93
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
S0L0RR0
S0L0RR1
S0L0RR2
0
1
PS7 / TXD0 / LPDC0
PC3 / LPTXD0
1
TXD0
0
0
LPTXD0
1
LPDR1
LINPHY0
SCI0
0
RXD0
LIN
LPRXD0
1
0
1
PC2 / LPRXD0
PS6 / RXD0
Figure 2-5. SCI0-to-LINPHY0 Routing Options Illustration
Table 2-5. Preferred Interface Configurations
S0L0RR[2:0]
000
Signal Routing
TXD0 -> LPTXD0
LPRXD0 -> RXD0
Description
Default setting:
SCI0 connects to LINPHY0, interface internal only
001
LPDR1 -> LPTXD0
LPRXD -> RXD0
Direct control setting:
LP0DR[LPDR1] register bit controls LPTXD0, interface internal
only
100
TXD0 -> LPTXD0, PS7
LPRXD0 -> RXD0, PC2
Probe setting:
SCI0 connects to LINPHY0, interface accessible on 2 external pins
110
TXD0 -> PS7
PC3 -> LPTXD0
PS6 -> RXD0
LPRXD0 -> PC2
Conformance test setting:
Interface opened and all 4 signals routed externally
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
94
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
NOTE
For standalone usage of SCI0 on external pins set
[S0L0RR2:S0L0RR0]=0b110 and disable the LINPHY0 (LPCR[LPE]=0).
This releases PC3 and PC2 to other associated functions and maintains
TXD0 and RXD0 signals on PS7 and PS6, respectively, if no other function
with higher priority takes precedence.
2.3.2.5
ECLK Control Register (ECLKCTL)
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0208
7
R
W
Reset:
NECLK
1
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-6. ECLK Control Register (ECLKCTL)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-6. ECLKCTL Register Field Descriptions
Field
7
NECLK
Description
No ECLK — Disable ECLK output
This bit controls the availability of a free-running clock on the ECLK pin. This clock has a fixed rate equivalent to the
internal bus clock.
1 ECLK disabled
0 ECLK enabled
2.3.2.6
IRQ Control Register (IRQCR)
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0209
R
W
Reset
7
6
IRQE
IRQEN
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-7. IRQ Control Register (IRQCR)
1. Read: Anytime
Write:
IRQE: Once in normal mode, anytime in special mode
IRQEN: Anytime
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
95
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Table 2-7. IRQCR Register Field Descriptions
Field
7
IRQE
Description
IRQ select edge sensitive only —
1 IRQ pin configured to respond only to falling edges. Falling edges on the IRQ pin are detected anytime when
IRQE=1 and will be cleared only upon a reset or the servicing of the IRQ interrupt.
0 IRQ configured for low level recognition
6
IRQEN
IRQ enable —
1 IRQ pin is connected to interrupt logic
0 IRQ pin is disconnected from interrupt logic
2.3.2.7
PIM Miscellaneous Register (PIMMISC)
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x020A
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
1. Read: Anytime
Write:Anytime
0
CALCLKEN
0
Figure 2-8. PIM Miscellaneous Register (PIMMISC)
Table 2-8. PIM Miscellaneous Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
0
RTC_CAL output Enable — Activate the RTC CALCLK output on PT1
CALCLKE
N
1 CALCLK output on PT1 enabled
0 CALCLK output on PT1 disabled
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
96
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.3.2.8
Reserved Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x020E
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
W
Reset
Figure 2-9. Reserved Register
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Only in special mode
These reserved registers are designed for factory test purposes only and are
not intended for general user access. Writing to these registers when in
special modes can alter the modules functionality
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x020F
7
R
Reserved
W
Reset
6
5
4
3
2
1
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
0
Reserved
x
Figure 2-10. Reserved Register
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Only in special mode
These reserved registers are designed for factory test purposes only and are
not intended for general user access. Writing to these registers when in
special modes can alter the modules functionality
2.3.2.9
Port C Polarity Select Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0248 PPSC
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPSx7
PPSx6
PPSx5
PPSx4
PPSx3
PPSx2
PPSx1
PPSx0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Figure 2-11. Port C Polarity Select Register
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
97
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Table 2-9. Port C Polarity Select Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-1
PPSC
Description
Pull C Polarity Select — Configure pull device on input pin
This bits select a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
1 pulldown device selected
0 pullup device selected
0
PPSC
Port C Pull Polarity Select — Configure pull device on input pin
This bit selects a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
If MSCAN0 is active and routing to this pin, a pullup device can be activated on the RXCAN0 input; attempting to
select a pulldown disables the pull-device.
1 pulldown device selected
0 pullup device selected
2.3.2.10
Port S Polarity Select Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x02D4 PPSS
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPSx7
PPSx6
PPSx5
PPSx4
PPSx3
PPSx2
PPSx1
PPSx0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Figure 2-12. Port S Polarity Select Register
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
98
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Table 2-10. Port S Polarity Select Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-5
PPSS
Description
Pull S Polarity Select — Configure pull device and pin interrupt edge polarity on input pin
This bits select a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
1 pulldown device selected; rising edge selected
0 pullup device selected; falling edge selected
4
PPSS
Port S Pull Polarity Select — Configure pull device and pin interrupt edge polarity on input pin
This bit selects a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
If MSCAN0 is active and routing to this pin, a pullup device can be activated on the RXCAN0 input; attempting to
select a pulldown disables the pull-device.
1 pulldown device selected; rising edge selected
0 pullup device selected; falling edge selected
3-0
PPSS
Port S Pull Polarity Select — Configure pull device and pin interrupt edge polarity on input pin
This bit selects a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
This bit also selects the polarity of the active interrupt edge.
1 pulldown device selected; rising edge selected
0 pullup device selected; falling edge selected
2.3.2.11
Port Data Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0220 PTA
0x0221 PTB
0x0240 PTC
0x0241 PTD
0x0260 PTE
0x0261 PTF
0x0281 PTADL
0x02C0 PTT
0x02D0 PTS
0x02F0 PTP
0x0300 PTH
0x0310 PTJ
0x0320 PTG
0x0350 PTU
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTx7
PTx6
PTx5
PTx4
PTx3
PTx2
PTx1
PTx0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-13. Port Data Register
1. Read: Anytime. The data source is depending on the data direction value.
Write: Anytime
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
99
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Table 2-11. Port Data Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PTx
Description
Port — General purpose input/output data
This register holds the value driven out to the pin if the pin is used as a general purpose output.
When not used with the alternative function (refer to Table 2-1), these pins can be used as general purpose I/O.
If the associated data direction bits of these pins are set to 1, a read returns the value of the port register, otherwise
the buffered pin input state is read.
2.3.2.12
Port Input Register
Access: User read only(1)
Address 0x0222 PTIA
0x0223 PTIB
0x0242 PTIC
0x0243 PTID
0x0262 PTIE
0x0263 PTIF
0x0283 PTIADL
0x02C1 PTIT
0x02D1 PTIS
0x02F1 PTIP
0x0301 PTIH
0x0311 PTIJ
0x0321 PTIG
0x0351 PTIU
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTIx7
PTIx6
PTIx5
PTIx4
PTIx3
PTIx2
PTIx1
PTIx0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-14. Port Input Register
1. Read: Anytime
Write:Never
Table 2-12. Port Input Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PTIx
Description
Port Input — Data input
A read always returns the buffered input state of the associated pin. It can be used to detect overload or short circuit
conditions on output pins.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
100
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.3.2.13
Data Direction Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0224 DDRA
0x0225 DDRB
0x0244 DDRC
0x0245 DDRD
0x0264 DDRE
0x0265 DDRF
0x0285 DDRADL
0x02C2 DDRT
0x02D2 DDRS
0x02F2 DDRP
0x0302 DDRH
0x0312 DDRJ
0x0322 DDRG
0x0352 DDRU
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DDRx7
DDRx6
DDRx5
DDRx4
DDRx3
DDRx2
DDRx1
DDRx0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-15. Data Direction Register
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-13. Data Direction Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DDRx
Description
Data Direction — Select general-purpose data direction
This bit determines whether the pin is a general-purpose input or output.
1 Associated pin is configured as output
0 Associated pin is configured as input
NOTE
Due to internal synchronization circuits, it can take up to two bus clock
cycles until the correct value is read on port data and port input registers,
when changing the data direction register.
The general-purpose data direction configuration can be overruled by an enabled peripheral function
shared on the same pin (Table 2-22). If more then one peripheral function is available and enabled at the
same time, the highest ranked module according the predefined priority scheme in Table 2-1 will take
precedence on the pin.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
101
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.3.2.14
Digital Input Enable Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0299 DIENADL
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DIENx7
DIENx6
DIENx5
DIENx4
DIENx3
DIENx2
DIENx1
DIENx0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Figure 2-16. Digital Input Enable Register
Table 2-14. Digital Input Enable Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DIENx
Description
Digital Input Enable — Input buffer control
This bit controls the digital input function. If set to 1 the input buffers are enabled and the pin can be used with the
digital function. If the pin is used with an analog function this bit shall be cleared to avoid shoot-through current.
1 Associated pin is configured as digital input
0 Associated pin digital input is disabled
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
102
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.3.2.15
Pull Device Enable Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0226 PERA
0x0227 PERB
0x0246 PERC
0x0247 PERD
0x0266 PERE
0x0267 PERF
0x0287 PERADL
0x02C3 PERT
0x02D3 PERS
0x02F3 PERP
0x0303 PERH
0x0313 PERJ
0x0323 PERG
0x0353 PERU
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PERx7
PERx6
PERx5
PERx4
PERx3
PERx2
PERx1
PERx0
Ports B, E:
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Ports C, P T,
ADL, J, U:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Others:
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
R
W
Reset
Figure 2-17. Pull Device Enable Register
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-15. Pull Device Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PERx
Description
Pull Enable — Activate pull device on input pin
This bit controls whether a pull device on the associated port input or open-drain output pin is active. If a pin is used
as push-pull output this bit has no effect. The polarity is selected by the related polarity select register bit. On opendrain output pins only a pullup device can be enabled.
1 Pull device enabled
0 Pull device disabled
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
103
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.3.2.16
Polarity Select Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x0228 PPSA
0x0229 PPSB
0x0248 PPSC
0x0249 PPSD
0x0268 PPSE
0x0269 PPSF
0x0289 PPSADL
0x02C4 PPST
0x02D4 PPSS
0x02F4 PPSP
0x0304 PPSH
0x0314 PPSJ
0x0324 PPSG
0x0354 PPSU
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PPSx7
PPSx6
PPSx5
PPSx4
PPSx3
PPSx2
PPSx1
PPSx0
Ports B, E:
0
0
0
0
1
1
1
1
Ports A, D,
F, G, H:
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
Others:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Reset
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Figure 2-18. Polarity Select Register
Table 2-16. Polarity Select Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PPSx
Description
Pull Polarity Select — Configure pull device and pin interrupt edge polarity on input pin
This bit selects a pullup or a pulldown device if enabled on the associated port input pin.
If a port has interrupt functionality this bit also selects the polarity of the active edge.
If MSCAN0 is active a pullup device can be activated on the RXCAN0 input; attempting to select a pulldown disables
the pull-device.
1 Pulldown device selected; rising edge selected
0 Pullup device selected; falling edge selected
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
104
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.3.2.17
Wired-Or Mode Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x023E WOMA
0x02DF WOMS
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WOMx7
WOMx6
WOMx5
WOMx4
WOMx3
WOMx2
WOMx1
WOMx0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-19. Wired-Or Mode Register
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-17. Wired-Or Mode Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
WOMx
Description
Wired-Or Mode — Enable open-drain output
This bit configures the output pin as wired-or. If enabled the output is driven active low only (open-drain) while the
active high drive is turned off. This allows a multipoint connection of several serial modules. These bits have no
influence on pins used as inputs. Enable the IIC0, it will force the corresponding pins to be open drain output.
1 Output buffers operate as open-drain outputs
0 Output buffers operate as push-pull outputs
2.3.2.18
Port Interrupt Enable Register
Read: Anytime
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x02C6 PIET
0x02D6 PIES
0x028D PIEADL
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIEx7
PIEx6
PIEx5
PIEx4
PIEx3
PIEx2
PIEx1
PIEx0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Figure 2-20. Port Interrupt Enable Register
Table 2-18. Port Interrupt Enable Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PIEx
Description
Port Interrupt Enable — Activate pin interrupt
This bit enables or disables the edge sensitive pin interrupt on the associated pin. An interrupt can be generated if
the pin is operating in input or output mode when in use with the general-purpose or related peripheral function.
1 Interrupt is enabled
0 Interrupt is disabled (interrupt flag masked)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
105
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.3.2.19
Port Interrupt Flag Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x02C7 PIFT
0x02D7 PIFS
0x028F PIFADL
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PIFx7
PIFx6
PIFx5
PIFx4
PIFx3
PIFx2
PIFx1
PIFx0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 2-21. Port Interrupt Flag Register
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 2-19. Port Interrupt Flag Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
PIFx
Description
Port Interrupt Flag — Signal pin event
The flag asserts after a valid active edge was detected on the related pin (see Section 2.4.4, “Pin interrupts and
Wakeup“”). This can be a rising or a falling edge based on the state of the polarity select register.
Writing a logic “1” to the corresponding bit field clears the flag.
1 Active edge on the associated bit has occurred (an interrupt will occur if the associated enable bit is set)
0 No active edge occurred
2.3.2.20
Port Slew Rate Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Address 0x035E SRRU
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SRRx7
SRRx6
SRRx5
SRRx4
SRRx3
SRRx2
SRRx1
SRRx0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Figure 2-22. Port Slew Rate Register
Table 2-20. Port Interrupt Flag Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
SRRx
Description
Port Slew Rate— Slew Rate control(1)
1 Enable the slew rate control and disable the digital input buffer
0 Disable the slew rate control and enable the digital input buffer
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
106
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
1. When change SRRx from non-zero value to zero value or vice versa, It will need to wait about 300 nanoseconds delay
before the slew rate control to be real function as setting. When enter STOP, to save the power, the slew rate control will
be force to off state. After wakeup from STOP, it will also need to wait about 300 nanoseconds before slew rate control
to be function as setting. To enable the TIM0 ICx functions which shared with motor pads, the corresponding SRRx bit
should be set to zero.
2.3.2.21
PIM Reserved Register
Access: User read(1)
Address (any reserved)
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
Figure 2-23. PIM Reserved Register
1. Read: Always reads 0x00
Write: Unimplemented
2.4
Functional Description
2.4.1
General
Each pin except BKGD can act as general-purpose I/O. In addition each pin can act as an output or input
of a peripheral module.
2.4.2
Registers
Table 2-21 lists the configuration registers which are available on each port. These registers except the pin
input registers can be written at any time, however a specific configuration might not become active.
For example selecting a pullup device: This device does not become active while the port is used as a pushpull output.
Table 2-21. Register availability per port(1)
Port
Data
Input
Data
Direction
Pull
Enable
Polarity
Select
WiredOr Mode
Slew
Rate
Enable
Interrupt
Enable
Interrupt
Flag
A
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes(2)
-
-
-
B
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
-
-
C
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
-
-
D
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
-
-
E
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
-
-
F
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
-
-
J
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
-
-
G
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
-
-
H
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
-
-
P
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
-
-
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
107
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Table 2-21. Register availability per port(1)
Port
Data
Input
Data
Direction
Pull
Enable
Polarity
Select
WiredOr Mode
Slew
Rate
Enable
Interrupt
Enable
Interrupt
Flag
S
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
yes
yes
T
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
yes
yes
AD
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
-
-
yes
yes
-
yes
-
-
U
yes
yes
yes
yes
yes
1. Each cell represents one register with individual configuration bits
2. Only PA3/PA2
Table 2-22 shows the effect of enabled peripheral features on I/O state and enabled pull devices.
Table 2-22. Effect of Enabled Features
Enabled
Feature
Related Pin(s)
Effect on
I/O state
Effect on enabled
pull device
CPMU OSC
EXTAL, XTAL
CPMU takes control
Forced off
32K OSC
32K_EXTAL,
32K_XTAL
OSC takes control if CLKSRC Forced off
in Section 18.4.2, “RTC Control
Register 2 (RTCCTL2)“ is set
LCD
FP[39:0], BP[3:0]
LCD takes control
Forced off
TIMx
OCx
Forced output
Forced off
ICx
None (DDR maintains control)
None (PER/PPS maintain control)
SPIx
MISO, MOSI, SCK, SS Controlled input/output
Forced off if output
SCIx
TXD
Forced output
Forced off
RXD
Forced input
None (PER/PPS maintain control)
TXCAN
Forced output
Forced off
RXCAN
Forced input
Pulldown forced off
IICx
SCL, SDA
Controlled input/output
Forced off if output
S12ZDBG
PDO, PDOCLK
Forced output
Forced off
SSGx
SGA, SGT
Forced output
Forced off
PWM channel
PWMx
Forced output
Forced off
MC
MxCxM, MxCxP
Forced output
Forced off
SSDx
MxCOSM, MxCOSP,
MxSINM, MxSINP
Controlled input/output
Forced off if output
API
API_EXTCLK
Forced output
Forced off
ADCx
ANx
None (DDR maintains
control(1))
None (PER/PPS maintain control)
LINPHYx
LPTXD0
Forced input
None (PER/PPS maintain control)
LPRXD0
Forced output
Forced off
CANx
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
108
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
1. To use the digital input function the related bit in Digital Input Enable Register (DIENADx) must be set to logic level
“1”. To use the digital input function the related bit in Slew Rate Register (SRRx) must be set to logic level “0”.
2.4.2.1
Data register (PTx)
This register holds the value driven out to the pin if the pin is used as a general-purpose I/O.
Writing to this register has only an effect on the pin if the pin is used as general-purpose output. When
reading this address, the synchronized state of the pin is returned if the associated data direction register
bits are configured as input.
If the data direction register bits are configured as output, the contents of the data register is returned. This
is independent of any other configuration (Figure 2-24).
2.4.2.2
Input register (PTIx)
This register is read-only and always returns the synchronized state of the pin (Figure 2-24).
2.4.2.3
Data direction register (DDRx)
This register defines whether the pin is used as an general-purpose input or an output.
If a peripheral module controls the pin the contents of the data direction register is ignored (Figure 2-24).
Independent of the pin usage with a peripheral module this register determines the source of data when
reading the associated data register address (Section 2.4.2.1, “Data register (PTx)“”).
NOTE
Due to internal synchronization circuits, it can take up to 2 bus clock cycles
until the correct value is read on port data or port input registers, when
changing the data direction register.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
109
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
PTI
0
1
PT
0
PIN
1
DDR
0
1
Module
data out
output enable
module enable
Figure 2-24. Illustration of I/O pin functionality
2.4.2.4
Pull device enable register (PERx)
This register turns on a pullup or pulldown device on the related pins determined by the associated polarity
select register (Section 2.4.2.5, “Polarity select register (PPSx)“”).
The pull device becomes active only if the pin is used as an input or as a wired-or output. Some peripheral
module only allow certain configurations of pull devices to become active. Refer to the respective bit
descriptions.
2.4.2.5
Polarity select register (PPSx)
This register selects either a pullup or pulldown device if enabled.
It becomes only active if the pin is used as an input. A pullup device can be activated if the pin is used as
a wired-or output.
On pins with interrupt functionality this register selects the active edge polarity of the input signal.
2.4.2.6
Wired-or mode register (WOMx)
If the pin is used as an output this register turns off the active-high drive. This allows wired-or type
connections of outputs.
2.4.2.7
Interrupt enable register (PIEx)
If the pin is used as an interrupt input this register serves as a mask to the interrupt flag to enable/disable
the interrupt.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
110
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
2.4.2.8
Interrupt flag register (PIFx)
If the pin is used as an interrupt input this register holds the interrupt flag after a valid pin event.
2.4.2.9
Digital input enable register (DIENADx)
This register controls the digital input buffer. If DIENADx is set to logic level “1”, then it will enable the
digital input buffer.
2.4.2.10
Slew rate register (SRRx)
This register selects the slew rate function on the motor pad. It also controls the digital input buffer. If
SRRx is set to logic level “1”, then it will disable the digital input buffer.
2.4.2.11
Module routing register (MODRRx)
Routing registers allow software re-configuration of specific peripheral inputs and outputs:
• MODRR0 supports CAN0 rerouting
• MODRR1 supports PWM channel rerouting
• MODRR2 supports TIM1IC0, IIC0 and SCI1 rerouting
• MODRR3 supports LINPHY0 and SCI0 rerouting
2.4.3
Interrupts
This section describes the interrupts generated by the PIM and their individual sources. Vector addresses
and interrupt priorities are defined at MCU level.
Table 2-23. PIM Interrupt Sources
Module Interrupt Sources
2.4.3.1
Local Enable
XIRQ
None
IRQ
IRQCR[IRQEN]
Port S pin interrupt
PIES[PIES7-PIES0]
Port T pin interrupt
PIET[PIET7-PIET0]
Port AD pin interrupt
PIEADL[PIEADL7-PIEADL0]
XIRQ, IRQ Interrupts
The XIRQ pin allows requesting non-maskable interrupts after reset initialization. During reset, the X bit
in the condition code register is set and any interrupts are masked until software enables them.
The IRQ pin allows requesting asynchronous interrupts. The interrupt input is disabled out of reset. To
enable the interrupt the IRQCR[IRQEN] bit must be set and the I bit cleared in the condition code register.
The interrupt can be configured for level-sensitive or falling-edge-sensitive triggering. If IRQCR[IRQEN]
is cleared while an interrupt is pending, the request will deassert.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
111
Chapter 2 Port Integration Module (S12ZVHYPIMV1)
Both interrupts are capable to wake-up the device from stop mode. Means for glitch filtering are not
provided on these pins.
2.4.4
Pin interrupts and Wakeup
Ports S, T and AD offer pin interrupt and key-wakeup capability. The related interrupt enable (PIE) as well
as the sensitivity to rising or falling edges (PPS) can be individually configured on per-pin basis. All
bits/pins in a port share the same interrupt vector. Interrupts can be used with the pins configured as inputs
or outputs.
An interrupt is generated when a bit in the port interrupt flag (PIF) and its corresponding port interrupt
enable (PIE) are both set. The pin interrupt feature is also capable to wake up the CPU when it is in stop
or wait mode(key-wakeup).
A digital filter on each pin prevents short pulses from generating an interrupt. A valid edge on an input is
detected if 4 consecutive samples of a passive level are followed by 4 consecutive samples of an active
level. Else the sampling logic is restarted.
In run and wait mode the filters are continuously clocked by the bus clock. Pulses with a duration of
tPULSE < nP_MASK/fbus are assuredly filtered out while pulses with a duration of tPULSE > nP_PASS/fbus
guarantee a pin interrupt.
In stop mode the filter clock is generated by an RC-oscillator. The minimum pulse length varies over
process conditions, temperature and voltage(Figure 2-25). Pulses with a duration of tPULSE < tP_MASK are
assuredly filtered out while pulses with a duration of tPULSE > tP_PASS guarantee a wakeup event.
Please refer to the appendix table “Pin Interrupt Characteristics” for pulse length limits.
To maximize current saving the RC oscillator is active only if the following condition is true on any
individual pin:
Sample count IPL[2:0]).
3. The I-bit in the condition code register (CCW) of the CPU must be cleared.
4. There is no access violation interrupt request pending.
5. There is no SYS, SWI, SPARE, TRAP, Machine Exception or XIRQ request pending.
NOTE
All non I-bit maskable interrupt requests always have higher priority than Ibit maskable interrupt requests. If an I-bit maskable interrupt request is
interrupted by a non I-bit maskable interrupt request, the currently active
interrupt processing level (IPL) remains unaffected. It is possible to nest
non I-bit maskable interrupt requests, e.g., by nesting SWI, SYS or TRAP
calls.
4.4.2.1
Interrupt Priority Stack
The current interrupt processing level (IPL) is stored in the condition code register (CCW) of the CPU.
This way the current IPL is automatically pushed to the stack by the standard interrupt stacking procedure.
The new IPL is copied to the CCW from the priority level of the highest priority active interrupt request
channel which is configured to be handled by the CPU. The copying takes place when the interrupt vector
is fetched. The previous IPL is automatically restored from the stack by executing the RTI instruction.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
136
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 4 Interrupt (S12ZINTV0)
4.4.3
Priority Decoder
The INT module contains a priority decoder to determine the relative priority for all interrupt requests
pending for the CPU.
A CPU interrupt vector is not supplied until the CPU requests it. Therefore, it is possible that a higher
priority interrupt request could override the original exception which caused the CPU to request the vector.
In this case, the CPU will receive the highest priority vector and the system will process this exception first
instead of the original request.
If the interrupt source is unknown (for example, in the case where an interrupt request becomes inactive
after the interrupt has been recognized, but prior to the vector request), the vector address supplied to the
CPU defaults to that of the spurious interrupt vector.
NOTE
Care must be taken to ensure that all exception requests remain active until
the system begins execution of the applicable service routine; otherwise, the
exception request may not get processed at all or the result may be a
spurious interrupt request (vector at address (vector base + 0x0001DC)).
4.4.4
Reset Exception Requests
The INT module supports one system reset exception request. The different reset types are mapped to this
vector (for details please refer to the Clock and Power Management Unit module (CPMU)):
1. Pin reset
2. Power-on reset
3. Low-voltage reset
4. Clock monitor reset request
5. COP watchdog reset request
4.4.5
Exception Priority
The priority (from highest to lowest) and address of all exception vectors issued by the INT module upon
request by the CPU are shown in Table 4-8. Generally, all non-maskable interrupts have higher priorities
than maskable interrupts. Please note that between the four software interrupts (Unimplemented op-code
trap page1/page2 requests, SWI request, SYS request) there is no real priority defined since they cannot
occur simultaneously (the S12Z CPU executes one instruction at a time).
Table 4-8. Exception Vector Map and Priority
Vector Address(1)
0xFFFFFC
Source
Pin reset, power-on reset, low-voltage reset, clock monitor reset, COP watchdog reset
(Vector base + 0x0001F8)
Unimplemented page1 op-code trap (SPARE) vector request
(Vector base + 0x0001F4)
Unimplemented page2 op-code trap (TRAP) vector request
(Vector base + 0x0001F0)
Software interrupt instruction (SWI) vector request
(Vector base + 0x0001EC)
System call interrupt instruction (SYS) vector request
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
137
Chapter 4 Interrupt (S12ZINTV0)
Table 4-8. Exception Vector Map and Priority
Vector Address(1)
Source
(Vector base + 0x0001E8)
Machine exception vector request
(Vector base + 0x0001E4)
Reserved
(Vector base + 0x0001E0)
Reserved
(Vector base + 0x0001DC)
Spurious interrupt
(Vector base + 0x0001D8)
XIRQ interrupt request
(Vector base + 0x0001D4)
IRQ interrupt request
(Vector base + 0x000010
Device specific I-bit maskable interrupt sources (priority determined by the associated
..
configuration registers, in descending order)
Vector base + 0x0001D0)
1. 24 bits vector address based
4.4.6
Interrupt Vector Table Layout
The interrupt vector table contains 128 entries, each 32 bits (4 bytes) wide. Each entry contains a 24-bit
address (3 bytes) which is stored in the 3 low-significant bytes of the entry. The content of the most
significant byte of a vector-table entry is ignored. Figure 4-13 illustrates the vector table entry format.
Bits
[31:24]
[23:0]
(unused)
ISR Address
Figure 4-13. Interrupt Vector Table Entry
4.5
4.5.1
Initialization/Application Information
Initialization
After system reset, software should:
• Initialize the interrupt vector base register if the interrupt vector table is not located at the default
location (0xFFFE00–0xFFFFFB).
• Initialize the interrupt processing level configuration data registers (INT_CFADDR,
INT_CFDATA0–7) for all interrupt vector requests with the desired priority levels. It might be a
good idea to disable unused interrupt requests.
• Enable I-bit maskable interrupts by clearing the I-bit in the CCW.
• Enable the X-bit maskable interrupt by clearing the X-bit in the CCW (if required).
4.5.2
Interrupt Nesting
The interrupt request priority level scheme makes it possible to implement priority based interrupt request
nesting for the I-bit maskable interrupt requests.
• I-bit maskable interrupt requests can be interrupted by an interrupt request with a higher priority,
so that there can be up to seven nested I-bit maskable interrupt requests at a time (refer to Figure 414 for an example using up to three nested interrupt requests).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
138
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 4 Interrupt (S12ZINTV0)
I-bit maskable interrupt requests cannot be interrupted by other I-bit maskable interrupt requests per
default. In order to make an interrupt service routine (ISR) interruptible, the ISR must explicitly clear the
I-bit in the CCW (CLI). After clearing the I-bit, I-bit maskable interrupt requests with higher priority can
interrupt the current ISR.
An ISR of an interruptible I-bit maskable interrupt request could basically look like this:
• Service interrupt, e.g., clear interrupt flags, copy data, etc.
• Clear I-bit in the CCW by executing the CPU instruction CLI (thus allowing interrupt requests with
higher priority)
• Process data
• Return from interrupt by executing the instruction RTI
0
Stacked IPL
IPL in CCW
0
0
4
0
0
0
4
7
4
3
1
0
7
6
Processing Levels
RTI
L7
5
4
RTI
3
2
L3 (Pending)
L4
1
L1 (Pending)
0
RTI
RTI
Reset
Figure 4-14. Interrupt Processing Example
4.5.3
4.5.3.1
Wake Up from Stop or Wait Mode
CPU Wake Up from Stop or Wait Mode
Every I-bit maskable interrupt request which is configured to be handled by the CPU is capable of waking
the MCU from stop or wait mode. Additionally machine exceptions can wake-up the MCU from stop or
wait mode.
To determine whether an I-bit maskable interrupts is qualified to wake up the CPU or not, the same settings
as in normal run mode are applied during stop or wait mode:
• If the I-bit in the CCW is set, all I-bit maskable interrupts are masked from waking up the MCU.
• An I-bit maskable interrupt is ignored if it is configured to a priority level below or equal to the
current IPL in CCW.
The X-bit maskable interrupt request can wake up the MCU from stop or wait mode at anytime, even if
the X-bit in CCW is set1. If the X-bit maskable interrupt request is used to wake-up the MCU with the XS12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
139
Chapter 4 Interrupt (S12ZINTV0)
bit in the CCW set, the associated ISR is not called. The CPU then resumes program execution with the
instruction following the WAI or STOP instruction. This feature works following the same rules like any
interrupt request, i.e. care must be taken that the X-bit maskable interrupt request used for wake-up
remains active at least until the system begins execution of the instruction following the WAI or STOP
instruction; otherwise, wake-up may not occur.
1. The capability of the XIRQ pin to wake-up the MCU with the X bit set may not be available if, for example, the XIRQ pin is
shared with other peripheral modules on the device. Please refer to the Port Integration Module (PIM) section of the MCU
reference manual for details.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
140
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5
Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
Table 5-1. Revision History
Revision
Number
Revision
Date
Sections
Affected
V2.04
03.Dec.2012
Section 5.1.3.3
Included BACKGROUND/ Stop mode dependency
V2.05
22.Jan.2013
Section 5.3.2.2
Improved NORESP description and added STEP1/ Wait mode dependency
V2.06
22.Mar.2013
Section 5.3.2.2
Improved NORESP description of STEP1/ Wait mode dependency
V2.07
11.Apr.2013
V2.08
31.May.2013
Section 5.4.4.4
Section 5.4.7.1
Removed misleading WAIT and BACKGROUND interdepency description
Added subsection dedicated to Long-ACK
V2.09
29.Aug.2013
Section 5.4.4.12
Noted that READ_DBGTB is only available for devices featuring a trace
buffer.
V2.10
21.Oct.2013
Section 5.1.3.3.2 Improved description of NORESP dependence on WAIT and BACKROUND
V2.11
02.Feb.2015
Section 5.1.3.3.1 Corrected name of clock that can stay active in Stop mode
Section 5.3.2
5.1
Description of Changes
Section 5.1.3.3.1 Improved STOP and BACKGROUND interdepency description
Introduction
The background debug controller (BDC) is a single-wire, background debug system implemented in onchip hardware for minimal CPU intervention. The device BKGD pin interfaces directly to the BDC.
The S12ZBDC maintains the standard S12 serial interface protocol but introduces an enhanced handshake
protocol and enhanced BDC command set to support the linear instruction set family of S12Z devices and
offer easier, more flexible internal resource access over the BDC serial interface.
5.1.1
Glossary
Table 5-2. Glossary Of Terms
Term
Definition
DBG
On chip Debug Module
BDM
Active Background Debug Mode
CPU
S12Z CPU
SSC
Special Single Chip Mode (device operating mode)
NSC
Normal Single Chip Mode (device operating mode)
BDCSI
Background Debug Controller Serial Interface. This refers to the single pin BKGD serial interface.
EWAIT
Optional S12 feature which allows external devices to delay external accesses until deassertion of EWAIT
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
141
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
5.1.2
Features
The BDC includes these distinctive features:
• Single-wire communication with host development system
• SYNC command to determine communication rate
• Genuine non-intrusive handshake protocol
• Enhanced handshake protocol for error detection and stop mode recognition
• Active out of reset in special single chip mode
• Most commands not requiring active BDM, for minimal CPU intervention
• Full global memory map access without paging
• Simple flash mass erase capability
5.1.3
Modes of Operation
S12 devices feature power modes (run, wait, and stop) and operating modes (normal single chip, special
single chip). Furthermore, the operation of the BDC is dependent on the device security status.
5.1.3.1
BDC Modes
The BDC features module specific modes, namely disabled, enabled and active. These modes are
dependent on the device security and operating mode. In active BDM the CPU ceases execution, to allow
BDC system access to all internal resources including CPU internal registers.
5.1.3.2
Security and Operating mode Dependency
In device run mode the BDC dependency is as follows
• Normal modes, unsecure device
General BDC operation available. The BDC is disabled out of reset.
• Normal modes, secure device
BDC disabled. No BDC access possible.
• Special single chip mode, unsecure
BDM active out of reset. All BDC commands are available.
• Special single chip mode, secure
BDM active out of reset. Restricted command set available.
When operating in secure mode, BDC operation is restricted to allow checking and clearing security by
mass erasing the on-chip flash memory. Secure operation prevents BDC access to on-chip memory other
than mass erase. The BDC command set is restricted to those commands classified as Always-available.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
142
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
5.1.3.3
5.1.3.3.1
Low-Power Modes
Stop Mode
The execution of the CPU STOP instruction leads to stop mode only when all bus masters (CPU, or others,
depending on the device) have finished processing. The operation during stop mode depends on the
ENBDC and BDCCIS bit settings as summarized in Table 5-3
Table 5-3. BDC STOP Operation Dependencies
ENBDC
BDCCIS
Description Of Operation
0
0
BDC has no effect on STOP mode.
0
1
BDC has no effect on STOP mode.
1
0
Only BDCCLK clock continues
1
1
All clocks continue
A disabled BDC has no influence on stop mode operation. In this case the BDCSI clock is disabled in stop
mode thus it is not possible to enable the BDC from within stop mode.
STOP Mode With BDC Enabled And BDCCIS Clear
If the BDC is enabled and BDCCIS is clear, then the BDC prevents the BDCCLK clock (Figure 5-5) from
being disabled in stop mode. This allows BDC communication to continue throughout stop mode in order
to access the BDCCSR register. All other device level clock signals are disabled on entering stop mode.
NOTE
This is intended for application debugging, not for fast flash programming.
Thus the CLKSW bit must be clear to map the BDCSI to BDCCLK.
With the BDC enabled, an internal acknowledge delays stop mode entry and exit by 2 BDCSI clock + 2
bus clock cycles. If no other module delays stop mode entry and exit, then these additional clock cycles
represent a difference between the debug and not debug cases. Furthermore if a BDC internal access is
being executed when the device is entering stop mode, then the stop mode entry is delayed until the internal
access is complete (typically for 1 bus clock cycle).
Accesses to the internal memory map are not possible when the internal device clocks are disabled. Thus
attempted accesses to memory mapped resources are suppressed and the NORESP flag is set. Resources
can be accessed again by the next command received following exit from Stop mode.
A BACKGROUND command issued whilst in stop mode remains pending internally until the device
leaves stop mode. This means that subsequent active BDM commands, issued whilst BACKGROUND is
pending, set the ILLCMD flag because the device is not yet in active BDM.
If ACK handshaking is enabled, then the first ACK, following a stop mode entry is long to indicate a stop
exception. The BDC indicates a stop mode occurrence by setting the BDCCSR bit STOP. If the host
attempts further communication before the ACK pulse generation then the OVRUN bit is set.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
143
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
STOP Mode With BDC Enabled And BDCCIS Set
If the BDC is enabled and BDCCIS is set, then the BDC prevents core clocks being disabled in stop mode.
This allows BDC communication, for access of internal memory mapped resources, but not CPU registers,
to continue throughout stop mode.
A BACKGROUND command issued whilst in stop mode remains pending internally until the device
leaves stop mode. This means that subsequent active BDM commands, issued whilst BACKGROUND is
pending, set the ILLCMD flag because the device is not yet in active BDM.
If ACK handshaking is enabled, then the first ACK, following a stop mode entry is long to indicate a stop
exception. The BDC indicates a stop mode occurrence by setting the BDCCSR bit STOP. If the host
attempts further communication before the ACK pulse generation then the OVRUN bit is set.
5.1.3.3.2
Wait Mode
The device enters wait mode when the CPU starts to execute the WAI instruction. The second part of the
WAI instruction (return from wait mode) can only be performed when an interrupt occurs. Thus on
entering wait mode the CPU is in the middle of the WAI instruction and cannot permit access to CPU
internal resources, nor allow entry to active BDM. Thus only commands classified as Non-Intrusive or
Always-Available are possible in wait mode.
On entering wait mode, the WAIT flag in BDCCSR is set. If the ACK handshake protocol is enabled then
the first ACK generated after WAIT has been set is a long-ACK pulse. Thus the host can recognize a wait
mode occurrence. The WAIT flag remains set and cannot be cleared whilst the device remains in wait
mode. After the device leaves wait mode the WAIT flag can be cleared by writing a “1” to it.
A BACKGROUND command issued whilst in wait mode sets the NORESP bit and the BDM active
request remains pending internally until the CPU leaves wait mode due to an interrupt. The device then
enters BDM with the PC pointing to the address of the first instruction of the ISR.
With ACK disabled, further Non-Intrusive or Always-Available commands are possible, in this pending
state, but attempted Active-Background commands set NORESP and ILLCMD because the BDC is not in
active BDM state.
With ACK enabled, if the host attempts further communication before the ACK pulse generation then the
OVRUN bit is set.
Similarly the STEP1 command issued from a WAI instruction cannot be completed by the CPU until the
CPU leaves wait mode due to an interrupt. The first STEP1 into wait mode sets the BDCCSR WAIT bit.
If the part is still in Wait mode and a further STEP1 is carried out then the NORESP and ILLCMD bits are
set because the device is no longer in active BDM for the duration of WAI execution.
5.1.4
Block Diagram
A block diagram of the BDC is shown in Figure 5-1.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
144
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
HOST
SYSTEM
BKGD
SERIAL INTERFACE CONTROL
AND SHIFT REGISTER
CLOCK DOMAIN
CONTROL
INSTRUCTION
DECODE AND
FSM
BDCSI
CORE CLOCK
ADDRESS
BUS INTERFACE
AND
CONTROL LOGIC
BDCCSR REGISTER
AND DATAPATH
CONTROL
DATA
BUS CONTROL
CPU CONTROL
ERASE FLASH
FLASH ERASED
FLASH SECURE
Figure 5-1. BDC Block Diagram
5.2
External Signal Description
A single-wire interface pin (BKGD) is used to communicate with the BDC system. During reset, this pin
is a device mode select input. After reset, this pin becomes the dedicated serial interface pin for the BDC.
BKGD is a pseudo-open-drain pin with an on-chip pull-up. Unlike typical open-drain pins, the external
RC time constant on this pin due to external capacitance, plays almost no role in signal rise time. The
custom protocol provides for brief, actively driven speed-up pulses to force rapid rise times on this pin
without risking harmful drive level conflicts. Refer to Section 5.4.6” for more details.
5.3
5.3.1
Memory Map and Register Definition
Module Memory Map
Table 5-4 shows the BDC memory map.
Table 5-4. BDC Memory Map
Global Address
Module
Size
(Bytes)
Not Applicable
BDC registers
2
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
145
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
5.3.2
Register Descriptions
The BDC registers are shown in Figure 5-2. Registers are accessed only by host-driven communications
to the BDC hardware using READ_BDCCSR and WRITE_BDCCSR commands. They are not accessible
in the device memory map.
Global
Address
Register
Name
Bit 7
Not
Applicable
BDCCSRH R
Not
Applicable
BDCCSRL
W
R
W
ENBDC
WAIT
6
BDMACT
STOP
5
4
0
BDCCIS
RAMWF
OVRUN
= Unimplemented, Reserved
3
2
STEAL
CLKSW
NORESP
RDINV
0
1
Bit 0
UNSEC
ERASE
ILLACC
ILLCMD
= Always read zero
Figure 5-2. BDC Register Summary
5.3.2.1
BDC Control Status Register High (BDCCSRH)
Register Address: This register is not in the device memory map. It is accessible using BDC inherent addressing commands
7
R
W
ENBDC
6
BDMACT
5
BDCCIS
4
0
3
2
STEAL
CLKSW
1
0
UNSEC
ERASE
Reset
Secure AND SSC-Mode
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unsecure AND SSC-Mode
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
0
Secure AND NSC-Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Unsecure AND NSC-Mode
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
= Unimplemented, Reserved
0
= Always read zero
Figure 5-3. BDC Control Status Register High (BDCCSRH)
Read: All modes through BDC operation only.
Write: All modes through BDC operation only, when not secured, but subject to the following:
— Bits 7,3 and 2 can only be written by WRITE_BDCCSR commands.
— Bit 5 can only be written by WRITE_BDCCSR commands when the device is not in stop mode.
— Bits 6, 1 and 0 cannot be written. They can only be updated by internal hardware.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
146
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
Table 5-5. BDCCSRH Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
ENBDC
Enable BDC — This bit controls whether the BDC is enabled or disabled. When enabled, active BDM can be
entered and non-intrusive commands can be carried out. When disabled, active BDM is not possible and the
valid command set is restricted. Further information is provided in Table 5-7.
0 BDC disabled
1 BDC enabled
Note: ENBDC is set out of reset in special single chip mode.
6
BDMACT
BDM Active Status — This bit becomes set upon entering active BDM. BDMACT is cleared as part of the active
BDM exit sequence.
0 BDM not active
1 BDM active
Note: BDMACT is set out of reset in special single chip mode.
5
BDCCIS
BDC Continue In Stop — If ENBDC is set then BDCCIS selects the type of BDC operation in stop mode (as
shown in Table 5-3). If ENBDC is clear, then the BDC has no effect on stop mode and no BDC communication
is possible.If ACK pulse handshaking is enabled, then the first ACK pulse following stop mode entry is a long
ACK. This bit cannot be written when the device is in stop mode.
0 Only the BDCCLK clock continues in stop mode
1 All clocks continue in stop mode
3
STEAL
Steal enabled with ACK— This bit forces immediate internal accesses with the ACK handshaking protocol
enabled. If ACK handshaking is disabled then BDC accesses steal the next bus cycle.
0 If ACK is enabled then BDC accesses await a free cycle, with a timeout of 512 cycles
1 If ACK is enabled then BDC accesses are carried out in the next bus cycle
2
CLKSW
Clock Switch — The CLKSW bit controls the BDCSI clock source. This bit is initialized to “0” by each reset and
can be written to “1”. Once it has been set, it can only be cleared by a reset. When setting CLKSW a minimum
delay of 150 cycles at the initial clock speed must elapse before the next command can be sent. This guarantees
that the start of the next BDC command uses the new clock for timing subsequent BDC communications.
0 BDCCLK used as BDCSI clock source
1 Device fast clock used as BDCSI clock source
Note: Refer to the device specification to determine which clock connects to the BDCCLK and fast clock inputs.
1
UNSEC
Unsecure — If the device is unsecure, the UNSEC bit is set automatically.
0 Device is secure.
1 Device is unsecure.
Note: When UNSEC is set, the device is unsecure and the state of the secure bits in the on-chip Flash EEPROM
can be changed.
0
ERASE
Erase Flash — This bit can only be set by the dedicated ERASE_FLASH command. ERASE is unaffected by
write accesses to BDCCSR. ERASE is cleared either when the mass erase sequence is completed, independent
of the actual status of the flash array or by a soft reset.
Reading this bit indicates the status of the requested mass erase sequence.
0 No flash mass erase sequence pending completion
1 Flash mass erase sequence pending completion.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
147
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
5.3.2.2
BDC Control Status Register Low (BDCCSRL)
Register Address: This register is not in the device memory map. It is accessible using BDC inherent addressing commands
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WAIT
STOP
RAMWF
OVRUN
NORESP
RDINV
ILLACC
ILLCMD
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 5-4. BDC Control Status Register Low (BDCCSRL)
Read: BDC access only.
Write: Bits [7:5], [3:0] BDC access only, restricted to flag clearing by writing a “1” to the bit position.
Write: Bit 4 never. It can only be cleared by a SYNC pulse.
If ACK handshaking is enabled then BDC commands with ACK causing a BDCCSRL[3:1] flag setting
condition also generate a long ACK pulse. Subsequent commands that are executed correctly generate a
normal ACK pulse. Subsequent commands that are not correctly executed generate a long ACK pulse. The
first ACK pulse after WAIT or STOP have been set also generates a long ACK. Subsequent ACK pulses
are normal, whilst STOP and WAIT remain set.
Long ACK pulses are not immediately generated if an overrun condition is caused by the host driving the
BKGD pin low whilst a target ACK is pending, because this would conflict with an attempted host
transmission following the BKGD edge. When a whole byte has been received following the offending
BKGD edge, the OVRUN bit is still set, forcing subsequent ACK pulses to be long.
Unimplemented BDC opcodes causing the ILLCMD bit to be set do not generate a long ACK because this
could conflict with further transmission from the host. If the ILLCMD is set for another reason, then a long
ACK is generated for the current command if it is a BDC command with ACK.
Table 5-6. BDCCSRL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
WAIT
WAIT Indicator Flag — Indicates that the device entered wait mode. Writing a “1” to this bit whilst in wait mode
has no effect. Writing a “1” after exiting wait mode, clears the bit.
0 Device did not enter wait mode
1 Device entered wait mode.
6
STOP
STOP Indicator Flag — Indicates that the CPU requested stop mode following a STOP instruction. Writing a
“1” to this bit whilst not in stop mode clears the bit. Writing a “1” to this bit whilst in stop mode has no effect.
This bit can only be set when the BDC is enabled.
0 Device did not enter stop mode
1 Device entered stop mode.
5
RAMWF
RAM Write Fault — Indicates an ECC double fault during a BDC write access to RAM.
Writing a “1” to this bit, clears the bit.
0 No RAM write double fault detected.
1 RAM write double fault detected.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
148
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
Table 5-6. BDCCSRL Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
4
OVRUN
Overrun Flag — Indicates unexpected host activity before command completion.
This occurs if a new command is received before the current command completion.
With ACK enabled this also occurs if the host drives the BKGD pin low whilst a target ACK pulse is pending
To protect internal resources from misinterpreted BDC accesses following an overrun, internal accesses are
suppressed until a SYNC clears this bit.
A SYNC clears the bit.
0 No overrun detected.
1 Overrun detected when issuing a BDC command.
3
NORESP
No Response Flag — Indicates that the BDC internal action or data access did not complete. This occurs in the
following scenarios:
a) If no free cycle for an access is found within 512 core clock cycles. This could typically happen if a code loop
without free cycles is executing with ACK enabled and STEAL clear.
b) With ACK disabled or STEAL set, when an internal access is not complete before the host starts
data/BDCCSRL retrieval or an internal write access is not complete before the host starts the next BDC
command.
c) Attempted internal memory or SYNC_PC accesses during STOP mode set NORESP if BDCCIS is clear.
In the above cases, on setting NORESP, the BDC aborts the access if permitted. (For devices supporting
EWAIT, BDC external accesses with EWAIT assertions, prevent a command from being aborted until EWAIT
is deasserted).
d) If a BACKGROUND command is issued whilst the device is in wait mode the NORESP bit is set but the
command is not aborted. The active BDM request is completed when the device leaves wait mode.
Furthermore subsequent CPU register access commands during wait mode set the NORESP bit, should it
have been cleared.
e) If a command is issued whilst awaiting return from Wait mode. This can happen when using STEP1 to step
over a CPU WAI instruction, if the CPU has not returned from Wait mode before the next BDC command is
received.
f) If STEP1 is issued with the BDC enabled as the device enters Wait mode regardless of the BDMACT state.
When NORESP is set a value of 0xEE is returned for each data byte associated with the current access.
Writing a “1” to this bit, clears the bit.
0 Internal action or data access completed.
1 Internal action or data access did not complete.
2
RDINV
Read Data Invalid Flag — Indicates invalid read data due to an ECC error during a BDC initiated read access.
The access returns the actual data read from the location.
Writing a “1” to this bit, clears the bit.
0 No invalid read data detected.
1 Invalid data returned during a BDC read access.
1
ILLACC
Illegal Access Flag — Indicates an attempted illegal access. This is set in the following cases:
When the attempted access addresses unimplemented memory
When the access attempts to write to the flash array
When a CPU register access is attempted with an invalid CRN (Section 5.4.5.1).
Illegal accesses return a value of 0xEE for each data byte
Writing a “1” to this bit, clears the bit.
0 No illegal access detected.
1 Illegal BDC access detected.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
149
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
Table 5-6. BDCCSRL Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
0
ILLCMD
Illegal Command Flag — Indicates an illegal BDC command. This bit is set in the following cases:
When an unimplemented BDC command opcode is received.
When a DUMP_MEM{_WS}, FILL_MEM{_WS} or READ_SAME{_WS} is attempted in an illegal sequence.
When an active BDM command is received whilst BDM is not active
When a non Always-available command is received whilst the BDC is disabled or a flash mass erase is ongoing.
When a non Always-available command is received whilst the device is secure
Read commands return a value of 0xEE for each data byte
Writing a “1” to this bit, clears the bit.
0 No illegal command detected.
1 Illegal BDC command detected.
5.4
5.4.1
Functional Description
Security
If the device resets with the system secured, the device clears the BDCCSR UNSEC bit. In the secure state
BDC access is restricted to the BDCCSR register. A mass erase can be requested using the
ERASE_FLASH command. If the mass erase is completed successfully, the device programs the security
bits to the unsecure state and sets the BDC UNSEC bit. If the mass erase is unsuccessful, the device
remains secure and the UNSEC bit is not set.
For more information regarding security, please refer to device specific security information.
5.4.2
Enabling BDC And Entering Active BDM
BDM can be activated only after being enabled. BDC is enabled by setting the ENBDC bit in the BDCCSR
register, via the single-wire interface, using the command WRITE_BDCCSR.
After being enabled, BDM is activated by one of the following1:
• The BDC BACKGROUND command
• A CPU BGND instruction
• The DBG Breakpoint mechanism
Alternatively BDM can be activated directly from reset when resetting into Special Single Chip Mode.
The BDC is ready for receiving the first command 10 core clock cycles after the deassertion of the internal
reset signal. This is delayed relative to the external pin reset as specified in the device reset documentation.
On S12Z devices an NVM initialization phase follows reset. During this phase the BDC commands
classified as always available are carried out immediately, whereas other BDC commands are subject to
delayed response due to the NVM initialization phase.
NOTE
After resetting into SSC mode, the initial PC address must be supplied by
the host using the WRITE_Rn command before issuing the GO command.
1. BDM active immediately out of special single-chip reset.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
150
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
When BDM is activated, the CPU finishes executing the current instruction. Thereafter only BDC
commands can affect CPU register contents until the BDC GO command returns from active BDM to user
code or a device reset occurs. When BDM is activated by a breakpoint, the type of breakpoint used
determines if BDM becomes active before or after execution of the next instruction.
NOTE
Attempting to activate BDM using a BGND instruction whilst the BDC is
disabled, the CPU requires clock cycles for the attempted BGND execution.
However BACKGROUND commands issued whilst the BDC is disabled
are ignored by the BDC and the CPU execution is not delayed.
5.4.3
Clock Source
The BDC clock source can be mapped to a constant frequency clock source or a PLL based fast clock. The
clock source for the BDC is selected by the CLKSW bit as shown in Figure 5-5. The BDC internal clock
is named BDCSI clock. If BDCSI clock is mapped to the BDCCLK by CLKSW then the serial interface
communication is not affected by bus/core clock frequency changes. If the BDC is mapped to BDCFCLK
then the clock is connected to a PLL derived source at device level (typically bus clock), thus can be
subject to frequency changes in application. Debugging through frequency changes requires SYNC pulses
to re-synchronize. The sources of BDCCLK and BDCFCLK are specified at device level.
BDC accesses of internal device resources always use the device core clock. Thus if the ACK handshake
protocol is not enabled, the clock frequency relationship must be taken into account by the host.
When changing the clock source via the CLKSW bit a minimum delay of 150 cycles at the initial clock
speed must elapse before a SYNC can be sent. This guarantees that the start of the next BDC command
uses the new clock for timing subsequent BDC communications.
BDCCLK
BDCFCLK
0
BDCSI Clock
BDC serial interface
and FSM
1
CLKSW
Core clock
BDC device resource
interface
Figure 5-5. Clock Switch
5.4.4
BDC Commands
BDC commands can be classified into three types as shown in Table 5-7.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
151
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
Table 5-7. BDC Command Types
Command Type
Secure
Status
BDC
Status
Always-available
Secure or
Unsecure
Enabled or
Disabled
Non-intrusive
Active background
Unsecure
Unsecure
Enabled
Active
CPU Status
Command Set
—
•
•
•
•
Read/write access to BDCCSR
Mass erase flash memory using ERASE_FLASH
SYNC
ACK enable/disable
Code
execution
allowed
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Read/write access to BDCCSR
Memory access
Memory access with status
Mass erase flash memory using ERASE_FLASH
Debug register access
BACKGROUND
SYNC
ACK enable/disable
Code
execution
halted
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Read/write access to BDCCSR
Memory access
Memory access with status
Mass erase flash memory using ERASE_FLASH
Debug register access
Read or write CPU registers
Single-step the application
Exit active BDM to return to the application program (GO)
SYNC
ACK enable/disable
Non-intrusive commands are used to read and write target system memory locations and to enter active
BDM. Target system memory includes all memory and registers within the global memory map, including
external memory.
Active background commands are used to read and write all memory locations and CPU resources.
Furthermore they allow single stepping through application code and to exit from active BDM.
Non-intrusive commands can only be executed when the BDC is enabled and the device unsecure. Active
background commands can only be executed when the system is not secure and is in active BDM.
Non-intrusive commands do not require the system to be in active BDM for execution, although, they can
still be executed in this mode. When executing a non-intrusive command with the ACK pulse handshake
protocol disabled, the BDC steals the next bus cycle for the access. If an operation requires multiple cycles,
then multiple cycles can be stolen. Thus if stolen cycles are not free cycles, the application code execution
is delayed. The delay is negligible because the BDC serial transfer rate dictates that such accesses occur
infrequently.
For data read commands, the external host must wait at least 16 BDCSI clock cycles after sending the
address before attempting to obtain the read data. This is to be certain that valid data is available in the
BDC shift register, ready to be shifted out. For write commands, the external host must wait 16 bdcsi
cycles after sending the data to be written before attempting to send a new command. This is to avoid
disturbing the BDC shift register before the write has been completed. The external host must wait at least
for 16 bdcsi cycles after a control command before starting any new serial command.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
152
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
If the ACK pulse handshake protocol is enabled and STEAL is cleared, then the BDC waits for the first
free bus cycle to make a non-intrusive access. If no free bus cycle occurs within 512 core clock cycles then
the BDC aborts the access, sets the NORESP bit and uses a long ACK pulse to indicate an error condition
to the host.
Table 5-8 summarizes the BDC command set. The subsequent sections describe each command in detail
and illustrate the command structure in a series of packets, each consisting of eight bit times starting with
a falling edge. The bar across the top of the blocks indicates that the BKGD line idles in the high state. The
time for an 8-bit command is 8 16 target BDCSI clock cycles.
The nomenclature below is used to describe the structure of the BDC commands. Commands begin with
an 8-bit hexadecimal command code in the host-to-target direction (most significant bit first)
/
d
dack
ad24
rd8
rd16
rd24
rd32
rd64
rd.sz
wd8
wd16
wd32
wd.sz
ss
sz
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
=
crn
WS
=
=
separates parts of the command
delay 16 target BDCSI clock cycles (DLY)
delay (16 cycles) no ACK; or delay (=> 32 cycles) then ACK.(DACK)
24-bit memory address in the host-to-target direction
8 bits of read data in the target-to-host direction
16 bits of read data in the target-to-host direction
24 bits of read data in the target-to-host direction
32 bits of read data in the target-to-host direction
64 bits of read data in the target-to-host direction
read data, size defined by sz, in the target-to-host direction
8 bits of write data in the host-to-target direction
16 bits of write data in the host-to-target direction
32 bits of write data in the host-to-target direction
write data, size defined by sz, in the host-to-target direction
the contents of BDCCSRL in the target-to-host direction
memory operand size (00 = byte, 01 = word, 10 = long)
(sz = 11 is reserved and currently defaults to long)
core register number, 32-bit data width
command suffix signaling the operation is with status
Table 5-8. BDC Command Summary
Command
Mnemonic
Command
Classification
ACK
Command
Structure
Description
SYNC
Always
Available
N/A
N/A(1)
Request a timed reference pulse to
determine the target BDC communication
speed
ACK_DISABLE
Always
Available
No
0x03/d
Disable the communication handshake.
This command does not issue an ACK
pulse.
ACK_ENABLE
Always
Available
Yes
0x02/dack
Enable the communication handshake.
Issues an ACK pulse after the command is
executed.
Non-Intrusive
Yes
0x04/dack
Halt the CPU if ENBDC is set. Otherwise,
ignore as illegal command.
BACKGROUND
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
153
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
Table 5-8. BDC Command Summary (continued)
Command
Mnemonic
Command
Classification
ACK
Command
Structure
DUMP_MEM.sz
Non-Intrusive
Yes
(0x32+4 x sz)/dack/rd.sz
Dump (read) memory based on operand
size (sz). Used with READ_MEM to dump
large blocks of memory. An initial
READ_MEM is executed to set up the
starting address of the block and to retrieve
the first result. Subsequent DUMP_MEM
commands retrieve sequential operands.
DUMP_MEM.sz_WS
Non-Intrusive
No
(0x33+4 x sz)/d/ss/rd.sz
Dump (read) memory based on operand
size (sz) and report status. Used with
READ_MEM{_WS} to dump large blocks of
memory. An initial READ_MEM{_WS} is
executed to set up the starting address of
the block and to retrieve the first result.
Subsequent DUMP_MEM{_WS}
commands retrieve sequential operands.
FILL_MEM.sz
Non-Intrusive
Yes
(0x12+4 x sz)/wd.sz/dack
Fill (write) memory based on operand size
(sz). Used with WRITE_MEM to fill large
blocks of memory. An initial WRITE_MEM
is executed to set up the starting address of
the block and to write the first operand.
Subsequent FILL_MEM commands write
sequential operands.
FILL_MEM.sz_WS
Non-Intrusive
No
(0x13+4 x sz)/wd.sz/d/ss
Fill (write) memory based on operand size
(sz) and report status. Used with
WRITE_MEM{_WS} to fill large blocks of
memory. An initial WRITE_MEM{_WS} is
executed to set up the starting address of
the block and to write the first operand.
Subsequent FILL_MEM{_WS} commands
write sequential operands.
GO
Active
Background
Yes
0x08/dack
Resume CPU user code execution
GO_UNTIL(2)
Active
Background
Yes
0x0C/dack
Go to user program. ACK is driven upon
returning to active background mode.
Non-Intrusive
Yes
0x00/dack
No operation
Active
Background
Yes
(0x60+CRN)/dack/rd32
READ_MEM.sz
Non-Intrusive
Yes
(0x30+4 x sz)/ad24/dack/rd.sz Read the appropriately-sized (sz) memory
value from the location specified by the 24bit address
READ_MEM.sz_WS
Non-Intrusive
No
(0x31+4 x sz)/ad24/d/ss/rd.sz Read the appropriately-sized (sz) memory
value from the location specified by the 24bit address and report status
READ_DBGTB
Non-Intrusive
Yes
NOP
READ_Rn
(0x07)/dack/rd32/dack/rd32
Description
Read the requested CPU register
Read 64-bits of DBG trace buffer
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
154
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
Table 5-8. BDC Command Summary (continued)
Command
Mnemonic
Command
Classification
ACK
Command
Structure
READ_SAME.sz
Non-Intrusive
Yes
(0x50+4 x sz)/dack/rd.sz
Read from location. An initial READ_MEM
defines the address, subsequent
READ_SAME reads return content of
same address
READ_SAME.sz_WS
Non-Intrusive
No
(0x51+4 x sz)/d/ss/rd.sz
Read from location. An initial READ_MEM
defines the address, subsequent
READ_SAME reads return content of
same address
Always
Available
No
0x2D/rd16
SYNC_PC
Non-Intrusive
Yes
0x01/dack/rd24
WRITE_MEM.sz
Non-Intrusive
Yes
(0x10+4 x
sz)/ad24/wd.sz/dack
WRITE_MEM.sz_WS
Non-Intrusive
No
Active
Background
Yes
(0x40+CRN)/wd32/dack
WRITE_BDCCSR
Always
Available
No
0x0D/wd16
ERASE_FLASH
Always
Available
No
0x95/d
READ_BDCCSR
WRITE_Rn
Description
Read the BDCCSR register
Read current PC
Write the appropriately-sized (sz) memory
value to the location specified by the 24-bit
address
(0x11+4 x sz)/ad24/wd.sz/d/ss Write the appropriately-sized (sz) memory
value to the location specified by the 24-bit
address and report status
Write the requested CPU register
Write the BDCCSR register
Mass erase internal flash
STEP1 (TRACE1)
Active
Yes
0x09/dack
Execute one CPU command.
Background
1. The SYNC command is a special operation which does not have a command code.
2. The GO_UNTIL command is identical to the GO command if ACK is not enabled.
5.4.4.1
SYNC
The SYNC command is unlike other BDC commands because the host does not necessarily know the
correct speed to use for serial communications until after it has analyzed the response to the SYNC
command.
To issue a SYNC command, the host:
1. Ensures that the BKGD pin is high for at least 4 cycles of the slowest possible BDCSI clock
without reset asserted.
2. Drives the BKGD pin low for at least 128 cycles of the slowest possible BDCSI clock.
3. Drives BKGD high for a brief speed-up pulse to get a fast rise time. (This speedup pulse is typically
one cycle of the host clock which is as fast as the maximum target BDCSI clock).
4. Removes all drive to the BKGD pin so it reverts to high impedance.
5. Listens to the BKGD pin for the sync response pulse.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
155
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
Upon detecting the sync request from the host (which is a much longer low time than would ever occur
during normal BDC communications), the target:
1. Discards any incomplete command
2. Waits for BKGD to return to a logic high.
3. Delays 16 cycles to allow the host to stop driving the high speed-up pulse.
4. Drives BKGD low for 128 BDCSI clock cycles.
5. Drives a 1-cycle high speed-up pulse to force a fast rise time on BKGD.
6. Removes all drive to the BKGD pin so it reverts to high impedance.
7. Clears the OVRRUN flag (if set).
The host measures the low time of this 128-cycle SYNC response pulse and determines the correct speed
for subsequent BDC communications. Typically, the host can determine the correct communication speed
within a few percent of the actual target speed and the serial protocol can easily tolerate this speed error.
If the SYNC request is detected by the target, any partially executed command is discarded. This is referred
to as a soft-reset, equivalent to a timeout in the serial communication. After the SYNC response, the target
interprets the next negative edge (issued by the host) as the start of a new BDC command or the start of
new SYNC request.
A SYNC command can also be used to abort a pending ACK pulse. This is explained in Section 5.4.8.
5.4.4.2
ACK_DISABLE
Disable host/target handshake protocol
Always Available
0x03
host
target
D
L
Y
Disables the serial communication handshake protocol. The subsequent commands, issued after the
ACK_DISABLE command, do not execute the hardware handshake protocol. This command is not
followed by an ACK pulse.
5.4.4.3
ACK_ENABLE
Enable host/target handshake protocol
Always Available
0x02
host
target
D
A
C
K
Enables the hardware handshake protocol in the serial communication. The hardware handshake is
implemented by an acknowledge (ACK) pulse issued by the target MCU in response to a host command.
The ACK_ENABLE command is interpreted and executed in the BDC logic without the need to interface
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
156
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
with the CPU. An ACK pulse is issued by the target device after this command is executed. This command
can be used by the host to evaluate if the target supports the hardware handshake protocol. If the target
supports the hardware handshake protocol, subsequent commands are enabled to execute the hardware
handshake protocol, otherwise this command is ignored by the target. Table 5-8 indicates which
commands support the ACK hardware handshake protocol.
For additional information about the hardware handshake protocol, refer to Section 5.4.7,” and
Section 5.4.8.”
5.4.4.4
BACKGROUND
Enter active background mode (if enabled)
Non-intrusive
0x04
host
target
D
A
C
K
Provided ENBDC is set, the BACKGROUND command causes the target MCU to enter active BDM as
soon as the current CPU instruction finishes. If ENBDC is cleared, the BACKGROUND command is
ignored.
A delay of 16 BDCSI clock cycles is required after the BACKGROUND command to allow the target
MCU to finish its current CPU instruction and enter active background mode before a new BDC command
can be accepted.
The host debugger must set ENBDC before attempting to send the BACKGROUND command the first
time. Normally the host sets ENBDC once at the beginning of a debug session or after a target system reset.
During debugging, the host uses GO commands to move from active BDM to application program
execution and uses the BACKGROUND command or DBG breakpoints to return to active BDM.
A BACKGROUND command issued during stop or wait modes cannot immediately force active BDM
because the WAI instruction does not end until an interrupt occurs. For the detailed mode dependency
description refer to Section 5.1.3.3.
The host can recognize this pending BDM request condition because both NORESP and WAIT are set, but
BDMACT is clear. Whilst in wait mode, with the pending BDM request, non-intrusive BDC commands
are allowed.
5.4.4.5
DUMP_MEM.sz, DUMP_MEM.sz_WS
DUMP_MEM.sz
Read memory specified by debug address register, then
increment address
0x32
Non-intrusive
Data[7-0]
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
157
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
DUMP_MEM.sz
host
target
D
A
C
K
0x36
host
target
D
A
C
K
0x3A
host
target
D
A
C
K
target
host
Data[15-8]
Data[7-0]
target
host
target
host
Data[31-24]
Data[23-16]
Data[15-8]
Data[7-0]
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
DUMP_MEM.sz_WS
Read memory specified by debug address register with status,
then increment address
0x33
host
target
BDCCSRL
D
L
Y
0x37
host
target
D
L
Y
0x3B
host
target
D
L
Y
target
host
Non-intrusive
Data[7-0]
target
host
BDCCSRL
Data[15-8]
Data[7-0]
target
host
target
host
BDCCSRL
Data[31-24]
Data23-16]
Data[15-8]
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
Data[7-0]
target
host
DUMP_MEM{_WS} is used with the READ_MEM{_WS} command to access large blocks of memory.
An initial READ_MEM{_WS} is executed to set-up the starting address of the block and to retrieve the
first result. The DUMP_MEM{_WS} command retrieves subsequent operands. The initial address is
incremented by the operand size (1, 2, or 4) and saved in a temporary register. Subsequent
DUMP_MEM{_WS} commands use this address, perform the memory read, increment it by the current
operand size, and store the updated address in the temporary register. If the with-status option is specified,
the BDCCSRL status byte is returned before the read data. This status byte reflects the state after the
memory read was performed. If enabled, an ACK pulse is driven before the data bytes are transmitted. The
effect of the access size and alignment on the next address to be accessed is explained in more detail in
Section 5.4.5.2”.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
158
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
NOTE
DUMP_MEM{_WS} is a valid command only when preceded by SYNC,
NOP, READ_MEM{_WS}, or another DUMP_MEM{_WS} command.
Otherwise, an illegal command response is returned, setting the ILLCMD
bit. NOP can be used for inter-command padding without corrupting the
address pointer.
The size field (sz) is examined each time a DUMP_MEM{_WS} command is processed, allowing the
operand size to be dynamically altered. The examples show the DUMP_MEM.B{_WS},
DUMP_MEM.W{_WS} and DUMP_MEM.L{_WS} commands.
5.4.4.6
FILL_MEM.sz, FILL_MEM.sz_WS
FILL_MEM.sz
Write memory specified by debug address register, then
increment address
Non-intrusive
0x12
Data[7-0]
host
target
host
target
0x16
Data[15-8]
Data[7-0]
host
target
host
target
host
target
0x1A
Data[31-24]
Data[23-16]
Data[15-8]
Data[7-0]
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
D
A
C
K
D
A
C
K
D
A
C
K
FILL_MEM.sz_WS
Write memory specified by debug address register with
status, then increment address
Non-intrusive
BDCCSRL
0x13
Data[7-0]
host
target
host
target
0x17
Data[15-8]
Data[7-0]
host
target
host
target
host
target
D
L
Y
target
host
BDCCSRL
D
L
Y
target
host
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
159
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
FILL_MEM.sz_WS
0x1B
Data[31-24]
Data[23-16]
Data[15-8]
Data[7-0]
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
BDCCSRL
D
L
Y
target
host
FILL_MEM{_WS} is used with the WRITE_MEM{_WS} command to access large blocks of memory.
An initial WRITE_MEM{_WS} is executed to set up the starting address of the block and write the first
datum. If an initial WRITE_MEM{_WS} is not executed before the first FILL_MEM{_WS}, an illegal
command response is returned. The FILL_MEM{_WS} command stores subsequent operands. The initial
address is incremented by the operand size (1, 2, or 4) and saved in a temporary register. Subsequent
FILL_MEM{_WS} commands use this address, perform the memory write, increment it by the current
operand size, and store the updated address in the temporary register. If the with-status option is specified,
the BDCCSRL status byte is returned after the write data. This status byte reflects the state after the
memory write was performed. If enabled an ACK pulse is generated after the internal write access has been
completed or aborted. The effect of the access size and alignment on the next address to be accessed is
explained in more detail in Section 5.4.5.2”
NOTE
FILL_MEM{_WS} is a valid command only when preceded by SYNC,
NOP, WRITE_MEM{_WS}, or another FILL_MEM{_WS} command.
Otherwise, an illegal command response is returned, setting the ILLCMD
bit. NOP can be used for inter command padding without corrupting the
address pointer.
The size field (sz) is examined each time a FILL_MEM{_WS} command is processed, allowing the
operand size to be dynamically altered. The examples show the FILL_MEM.B{_WS},
FILL_MEM.W{_WS} and FILL_MEM.L{_WS} commands.
5.4.4.7
GO
Go
Non-intrusive
0x08
host
target
D
A
C
K
This command is used to exit active BDM and begin (or resume) execution of CPU application code. The
CPU pipeline is flushed and refilled before normal instruction execution resumes. Prefetching begins at
the current address in the PC. If any register (such as the PC) is altered by a BDC command whilst in BDM,
the updated value is used when prefetching resumes. If enabled, an ACK is driven on exiting active BDM.
If a GO command is issued whilst the BDM is inactive, an illegal command response is returned and the
ILLCMD bit is set.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
160
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
5.4.4.8
GO_UNTIL
Go Until
Active Background
0x0C
D
A
C
K
host
target
This command is used to exit active BDM and begin (or resume) execution of application code. The CPU
pipeline is flushed and refilled before normal instruction execution resumes. Prefetching begins at the
current address in the PC. If any register (such as the PC) is altered by a BDC command whilst in BDM,
the updated value is used when prefetching resumes.
After resuming application code execution, if ACK is enabled, the BDC awaits a return to active BDM
before driving an ACK pulse. timeouts do not apply when awaiting a GO_UNTIL command ACK.
If a GO_UNTIL is not acknowledged then a SYNC command must be issued to end the pending
GO_UNTIL.
If a GO_UNTIL command is issued whilst BDM is inactive, an illegal command response is returned and
the ILLCMD bit is set.
If ACK handshaking is disabled, the GO_UNTIL command is identical to the GO command.
5.4.4.9
NOP
No operation
Active Background
0x00
D
A
C
K
host
target
NOP performs no operation and may be used as a null command where required.
5.4.4.10
READ_Rn
Read CPU register
Active Background
0x60+CRN
host
target
Data [31-24] Data [23-16]
D
A
C
K
target
host
target
host
Data [15-8]
Data [7-0]
target
host
target
host
This command reads the selected CPU registers and returns the 32-bit result. Accesses to CPU registers
are always 32-bits wide, regardless of implemented register width. Bytes that are not implemented return
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
161
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
zero. The register is addressed through the CPU register number (CRN). See Section 5.4.5.1 for the CRN
address decoding. If enabled, an ACK pulse is driven before the data bytes are transmitted.
If the device is not in active BDM, this command is illegal, the ILLCMD bit is set and no access is
performed.
5.4.4.11
READ_MEM.sz, READ_MEM.sz_WS
READ_MEM.sz
Read memory at the specified address
0x30
Address[23-0]
host
target
host
target
0x34
Address[23-0]
host
target
host
target
Non-intrusive
Data[7-0]
D
A
C
K
target
host
Data[15-8]
Data[7-0]
target
host
target
host
Data[31-24]
Data[23-16]
Data[15-8]
Data[7-0]
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
D
A
C
K
0x38
Address[23-0]
host
target
host
target
D
A
C
K
READ_MEM.sz_WS
Read memory at the specified address with status
0x31
Address[23-0]
host
target
host
target
0x35
Address[23-0]
host
target
host
target
0x39
Address[23-0]
host
target
host
target
Non-intrusive
BDCCSRL
D
L
Y
D
L
Y
D
L
Y
target
host
Data[7-0]
target
host
BDCCSRL
Data [15-8]
Data [7-0]
target
host
target
host
BDCCSRL
Data[31-24]
Data[23-16]
Data [15-8]
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
Data [7-0]
target
host
Read data at the specified memory address. The address is transmitted as three 8-bit packets (msb to lsb)
immediately after the command.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
162
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
The hardware forces low-order address bits to zero longword accesses to ensure these accesses are on 0modulo-size alignments. Byte alignment details are described in Section 5.4.5.2”. If the with-status option
is specified, the BDCCSR status byte is returned before the read data. This status byte reflects the state
after the memory read was performed. If enabled, an ACK pulse is driven before the data bytes are
transmitted.
The examples show the READ_MEM.B{_WS}, READ_MEM.W{_WS} and READ_MEM.L{_WS}
commands.
5.4.4.12
READ_DBGTB
Read DBG trace buffer
TB Line [31- TB Line [23- TB Line [15- TB Line [724]
16]
8]
0]
0x07
host
target
Non-intrusive
D
A
C
K
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
TB Line [63- TB Line [55- TB Line [47- TB Line [3956]
48]
40]
32]
D
A
C
K
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
This command is only available on devices, where the DBG module includes a trace buffer. Attempted use
of this command on devices without a traace buffer return 0x00.
Read 64 bits from the DBG trace buffer. Refer to the DBG module description for more detailed
information. If enabled an ACK pulse is generated before each 32-bit longword is ready to be read by the
host. After issuing the first ACK a timeout is still possible whilst accessing the second 32-bit longword,
since this requires separate internal accesses. The first 32-bit longword corresponds to trace buffer line
bits[31:0]; the second to trace buffer line bits[63:32]. If ACK handshaking is disabled, the host must wait
16 clock cycles (DLY) after completing the first 32-bit read before starting the second 32-bit read.
5.4.4.13
READ_SAME.sz, READ_SAME.sz_WS
READ_SAME
Read same location specified by previous READ_MEM{_WS}
0x54
host
target
D
A
C
K
Data[15-8]
Data[7-0]
target
host
target
host
Non-intrusive
READ_SAME_WS
Read same location specified by previous READ_MEM{_WS}
Non-intrusive
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
163
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
READ_SAME_WS
0x55
D
L
Y
host
target
BDCCSRL
Data [15-8]
target
host
target
host
Data [7-0]
target
host
Read from location defined by the previous READ_MEM. The previous READ_MEM command defines
the address, subsequent READ_SAME commands return contents of same address. The example shows
the sequence for reading a 16-bit word size. Byte alignment details are described in Section 5.4.5.2”. If
enabled, an ACK pulse is driven before the data bytes are transmitted.
NOTE
READ_SAME{_WS} is a valid command only when preceded by SYNC,
NOP, READ_MEM{_WS}, or another READ_SAME{_WS} command.
Otherwise, an illegal command response is returned, setting the ILLCMD
bit. NOP can be used for inter-command padding without corrupting the
address pointer.
5.4.4.14
READ_BDCCSR
Read BDCCSR Status Register
0x2D
D
L
Y
host
target
Always Available
BDCCSR
[15:8]
BDCCSR
[7-0]
target
host
target
host
Read the BDCCSR status register. This command can be executed in any mode.
5.4.4.15
SYNC_PC
Sample current PC
0x01
host
target
D
A
C
K
Non-intrusive
PC
data[23–16]
PC
data[15–8]
PC
data[7–0]
target
host
target
host
target
host
This command returns the 24-bit CPU PC value to the host. Unsuccessful SYNC_PC accesses return 0xEE
for each byte. If enabled, an ACK pulse is driven before the data bytes are transmitted. The value of 0xEE
is returned if a timeout occurs, whereby NORESP is set. This can occur if the CPU is executing the WAI
instruction, or the STOP instruction with BDCCIS clear, or if a CPU access is delayed by EWAIT. If the
CPU is executing the STOP instruction and BDCCIS is set, then SYNC_PC returns the PC address of the
instruction following STOP in the code listing.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
164
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
This command can be used to dynamically access the PC for performance monitoring as the execution of
this command is considerably less intrusive to the real-time operation of an application than a
BACKGROUND/read-PC/GO command sequence. Whilst the BDC is not in active BDM, SYNC_PC
returns the PC address of the instruction currently being executed by the CPU. In active BDM, SYNC_PC
returns the address of the next instruction to be executed on returning from active BDM. Thus following
a write to the PC in active BDM, a SYNC_PC returns that written value.
5.4.4.16
WRITE_MEM.sz, WRITE_MEM.sz_WS
WRITE_MEM.sz
Write memory at the specified address
Non-intrusive
0x10
Address[23-0]
Data[7–0]
host
target
host target
host
target
0x14
Address[23-0]
Data[15–8]
Data[7–0]
host
target
host target
host
target
host
target
0x18
Address[23-0]
host
target
host target
D
A
C
K
D
A
C
K
Data[31–24] Data[23–16]
host
target
Data[15–8]
Data[7–0]
host
target
host
target
host
target
D
A
C
K
WRITE_MEM.sz_WS
Write memory at the specified address with status
Non-intrusive
BDCCSRL
0x11
Address[23-0]
Data[7–0]
host
target
host
target
host
target
0x15
Address[23-0]
Data[15–8]
Data[7–0]
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
0x19
Address[23-0]
host
target
host
target
D
L
Y
target
host
Data[31–24] Data[23–16]
host
target
host
target
BDCCSRL
D
L
Y
target
host
Data[15–8]
Data[7–0]
host
target
host
target
BDCCSRL
D
L
Y
target
host
Write data to the specified memory address. The address is transmitted as three 8-bit packets (msb to lsb)
immediately after the command.
If the with-status option is specified, the status byte contained in BDCCSRL is returned after the write data.
This status byte reflects the state after the memory write was performed. The examples show the
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
165
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
WRITE_MEM.B{_WS}, WRITE_MEM.W{_WS}, and WRITE_MEM.L{_WS} commands. If enabled
an ACK pulse is generated after the internal write access has been completed or aborted.
The hardware forces low-order address bits to zero longword accesses to ensure these accesses are on 0modulo-size alignments. Byte alignment details are described in Section 5.4.5.2”.
5.4.4.17
WRITE_Rn
Write general-purpose CPU register
0x40+CRN
Active Background
Data [31–24] Data [23–16] Data [15–8]
host
target
host
target
host
target
host
target
Data [7–0]
host
target
D
A
C
K
If the device is in active BDM, this command writes the 32-bit operand to the selected CPU generalpurpose register. See Section 5.4.5.1 for the CRN details. Accesses to CPU registers are always 32-bits
wide, regardless of implemented register width. If enabled an ACK pulse is generated after the internal
write access has been completed or aborted.
If the device is not in active BDM, this command is rejected as an illegal operation, the ILLCMD bit is set
and no operation is performed.
5.4.4.18
WRITE_BDCCSR
Write BDCCSR
Always Available
0x0D
host
target
BDCCSR
Data [15-8]
BDCCSR
Data [7-0]
host
target
host
target
D
L
Y
16-bit write to the BDCCSR register. No ACK pulse is generated. Writing to this register can be used to
configure control bits or clear flag bits. Refer to the register bit descriptions.
5.4.4.19
ERASE_FLASH
Erase FLASH
Always Available
0x95
host
target
D
L
Y
Mass erase the internal flash. This command can always be issued. On receiving this command twice in
succession, the BDC sets the ERASE bit in BDCCSR and requests a flash mass erase. Any other BDC
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
166
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
command following a single ERASE_FLASH initializes the sequence, such that thereafter the
ERASE_FLASH must be applied twice in succession to request a mass erase. If 512 BDCSI clock cycles
elapse between the consecutive ERASE_FLASH commands then a timeout occurs, which forces a soft
reset and initializes the sequence. The ERASE bit is cleared when the mass erase sequence has been
completed. No ACK is driven.
During the mass erase operation, which takes many clock cycles, the command status is indicated by the
ERASE bit in BDCCSR. Whilst a mass erase operation is ongoing, Always-available commands can be
issued. This allows the status of the erase operation to be polled by reading BDCCSR to determine when
the operation is finished.
The status of the flash array can be verified by subsequently reading the flash error flags to determine if
the erase completed successfully.
ERASE_FLASH can be aborted by a SYNC pulse forcing a soft reset.
NOTE: Device Bus Frequency Considerations
The ERASE_FLASH command requires the default device bus clock
frequency after reset. Thus the bus clock frequency must not be changed
following reset before issuing an ERASE_FLASH command.
5.4.4.20
STEP1
Step1
Active Background
0x09
host
target
D
A
C
K
This command is used to step through application code. In active BDM this command executes the next
CPU instruction in application code. If enabled an ACK is driven.
If a STEP1 command is issued and the CPU is not halted, the command is ignored.
Using STEP1 to step through a CPU WAI instruction is explained in Section 5.1.3.3.2.
5.4.5
BDC Access Of Internal Resources
Unsuccessful read accesses of internal resources return a value of 0xEE for each data byte. This enables a
debugger to recognize a potential error, even if neither the ACK handshaking protocol nor a status
command is currently being executed. The value of 0xEE is returned in the following cases.
• Illegal address access, whereby ILLACC is set
• Invalid READ_SAME or DUMP_MEM sequence
• Invalid READ_Rn command (BDM inactive or CRN incorrect)
• Internal resource read with timeout, whereby NORESP is set
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
167
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
5.4.5.1
BDC Access Of CPU Registers
The CRN field of the READ_Rn and WRITE_Rn commands contains a pointer to the CPU registers. The
mapping of CRN to CPU registers is shown in Table 5-9. Accesses to CPU registers are always 32-bits
wide, regardless of implemented register width. This means that the BDC data transmission for these
commands is 32-bits long. The valid bits of the transfer are listed in the Valid Data Bits column. The other
bits of the transmission are redundant.
Attempted accesses of CPU registers using a CRN of 0xD,0xE or 0xF is invalid, returning the value 0xEE
for each byte and setting the ILLACC bit.
Table 5-9. CPU Register Number (CRN) Mapping
CPU Register
Valid Data Bits
Command
Opcode
Command
Opcode
D0
[7:0]
WRITE_D0
0x40
READ_D0
0x60
D1
[7:0]
WRITE_D1
0x41
READ_D1
0x61
D2
[15:0]
WRITE_D2
0x42
READ_D2
0x62
D3
[15:0]
WRITE_D3
0x43
READ_D3
0x63
D4
[15:0]
WRITE_D4
0x44
READ_D4
0x64
D5
[15:0]
WRITE_D5
0x45
READ_D5
0x65
D6
[31:0]
WRITE_D6
0x46
READ_D6
0x66
D7
[31:0]
WRITE_D7
0x47
READ_D7
0x67
X
[23:0]
WRITE_X
0x48
READ_X
0x68
Y
[23:0]
WRITE_Y
0x49
READ_Y
0x69
SP
[23:0]
WRITE_SP
0x4A
READ_SP
0x6A
5.4.5.2
PC
[23:0]
WRITE_PC
0x4B
READ_PC
0x6B
CCR
[15:0]
WRITE_CCR
0x4C
READ_CCR
0x6C
BDC Access Of Device Memory Mapped Resources
The device memory map is accessed using READ_MEM, DUMP_MEM, WRITE_MEM, FILL_MEM
and READ_SAME, which support different access sizes, as explained in the command descriptions.
When an unimplemented command occurs during a DUMP_MEM, FILL_MEM or READ_SAME
sequence, then that sequence is ended.
Illegal read accesses return a value of 0xEE for each byte. After an illegal access FILL_MEM and
READ_SAME commands are not valid, and it is necessary to restart the internal access sequence with
READ_MEM or WRITE_MEM. An illegal access does not break a DUMP_MEM sequence. After read
accesses that cause the RDINV bit to be set, DUMP_MEM and READ_SAME commands are valid, it is
not necessary to restart the access sequence with a READ_MEM.
The hardware forces low-order address bits to zero for longword accesses to ensure these accesses are
realigned to 0-modulo-size alignments.
Word accesses map to 2-bytes from within a 4-byte field as shown in Table 5-10. Thus if address bits [1:0]
are both logic “1” the access is realigned so that it does not straddle the 4-byte boundary but accesses data
from within the addressed 4-byte field.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
168
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
Table 5-10. Field Location to Byte Access Mapping
Address[1:0]
Access Size
00
01
10
11
00
32-bit
Data[31:24]
Data[23:16]
Data [15:8]
Data [7:0]
01
32-bit
Data[31:24]
Data[23:16]
Data [15:8]
Data [7:0]
Realigned
10
32-bit
Data[31:24]
Data[23:16]
Data [15:8]
Data [7:0]
Realigned
11
32-bit
Data[31:24]
Data[23:16]
Data [15:8]
Data [7:0]
Realigned
00
16-bit
Data [15:8]
Data [7:0]
01
16-bit
10
16-bit
Data [15:8]
Data [7:0]
11
16-bit
Data [15:8]
Data [7:0]
00
8-bit
01
8-bit
10
8-bit
11
8-bit
Data [15:8]
Note
Data [7:0]
Realigned
Data [7:0]
Data [7:0]
Data [7:0]
Data [7:0]
Denotes byte that is not transmitted
5.4.5.2.1
FILL_MEM and DUMP_MEM Increments and Alignment
FILL_MEM and DUMP_MEM increment the previously accessed address by the previous access size to
calculate the address of the current access. On misaligned longword accesses, the address bits [1:0] are
forced to zero, therefore the following FILL_MEM or DUMP_MEM increment to the first address in the
next 4-byte field. This is shown in Table 5-11, the address of the first DUMP_MEM.32 following
READ_MEM.32 being calculated from 0x004000+4.
When misaligned word accesses are realigned, then the original address (not the realigned address) is
incremented for the following FILL_MEM, DUMP_MEM command.
Misaligned word accesses can cause the same locations to be read twice as shown in rows 6 and 7. The
hardware ensures alignment at an attempted misaligned word access across a 4-byte boundary, as shown
in row 7. The following word access in row 8 continues from the realigned address of row 7.
d
Table 5-11. Consecutive Accesses With Variable Size
Row
Command
Address
Address[1:0]
00
01
10
11
1
READ_MEM.32
0x004003
11
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
2
DUMP_MEM.32
0x004004
00
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
3
DUMP_MEM.16
0x004008
00
Accessed
Accessed
4
DUMP_MEM.16
0x00400A
10
Accessed
Accessed
5
DUMP_MEM.08
0x00400C
00
6
DUMP_MEM.16
0x00400D
01
7
DUMP_MEM.16
0x00400E
10
8
DUMP_MEM.16
0x004010
01
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
169
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
5.4.5.2.2
READ_SAME Effects Of Variable Access Size
READ_SAME uses the unadjusted address given in the previous READ_MEM command as a base
address for subsequent READ_SAME commands. When the READ_MEM and READ_SAME size
parameters differ then READ_SAME uses the original base address buts aligns 32-bit and 16-bit accesses,
where those accesses would otherwise cross the aligned 4-byte boundary. Table 5-12 shows some
examples of this.
d
Table 5-12. Consecutive READ_SAME Accesses With Variable Size
Row
5.4.6
Command
Base Address
00
01
10
11
1
READ_MEM.32
0x004003
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
2
READ_SAME.32
—
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
3
READ_SAME.16
—
Accessed
Accessed
4
READ_SAME.08
—
Accessed
5
READ_MEM.08
0x004000
Accessed
6
READ_SAME.08
—
Accessed
7
READ_SAME.16
—
Accessed
Accessed
8
READ_SAME.32
—
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
9
READ_MEM.08
0x004002
Accessed
10
READ_SAME.08
—
Accessed
11
READ_SAME.16
—
Accessed
Accessed
12
READ_SAME.32
—
Accessed
Accessed
13
READ_MEM.08
0x004003
Accessed
14
READ_SAME.08
—
Accessed
15
READ_SAME.16
—
16
READ_SAME.32
—
17
READ_MEM.16
18
READ_SAME.08
19
20
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
0x004001
Accessed
Accessed
—
Accessed
READ_SAME.16
—
Accessed
Accessed
READ_SAME.32
—
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
21
READ_MEM.16
0x004003
22
READ_SAME.08
—
23
READ_SAME.16
—
24
READ_SAME.32
—
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
Accessed
BDC Serial Interface
The BDC communicates with external devices serially via the BKGD pin. During reset, this pin is a mode
select input which selects between normal and special modes of operation. After reset, this pin becomes
the dedicated serial interface pin for the BDC.
The BDC serial interface uses an internal clock source, selected by the CLKSW bit in the BDCCSR
register. This clock is referred to as the target clock in the following explanation.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
170
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
The BDC serial interface uses a clocking scheme in which the external host generates a falling edge on the
BKGD pin to indicate the start of each bit time. This falling edge is sent for every bit whether data is
transmitted or received. Data is transferred most significant bit (MSB) first at 16 target clock cycles per
bit. The interface times out if during a command 512 clock cycles occur between falling edges from the
host. The timeout forces the current command to be discarded.
The BKGD pin is a pseudo open-drain pin and has a weak on-chip active pull-up that is enabled at all
times. It is assumed that there is an external pull-up and that drivers connected to BKGD do not typically
drive the high level. Since R-C rise time could be unacceptably long, the target system and host provide
brief drive-high (speedup) pulses to drive BKGD to a logic 1. The source of this speedup pulse is the host
for transmit cases and the target for receive cases.
The timing for host-to-target is shown in Figure 5-6 and that of target-to-host in Figure 5-7 and
Figure 5-8. All cases begin when the host drives the BKGD pin low to generate a falling edge. Since the
host and target operate from separate clocks, it can take the target up to one full clock cycle to recognize
this edge; this synchronization uncertainty is illustrated in Figure 5-6. The target measures delays from this
perceived start of the bit time while the host measures delays from the point it actually drove BKGD low
to start the bit up to one target clock cycle earlier. Synchronization between the host and target is
established in this manner at the start of every bit time.
Figure 5-6 shows an external host transmitting a logic 1 and transmitting a logic 0 to the BKGD pin of a
target system. The host is asynchronous to the target, so there is up to a one clock-cycle delay from the
host-generated falling edge to where the target recognizes this edge as the beginning of the bit time. Ten
target clock cycles later, the target senses the bit level on the BKGD pin. Internal glitch detect logic
requires the pin be driven high no later than eight target clock cycles after the falling edge for a logic 1
transmission.
Since the host drives the high speedup pulses in these two cases, the rising edges look like digitally driven
signals.
BDCSI clock
(TARGET MCU)
HOST
TRANSMIT 1
HOST
TRANSMIT 0
10 CYCLES
SYNCHRONIZATION
UNCERTAINTY
EARLIEST START
OF NEXT BIT
TARGET SENSES BIT LEVEL
PERCEIVED START
OF BIT TIME
Figure 5-6. BDC Host-to-Target Serial Bit Timing
Figure 5-7 shows the host receiving a logic 1 from the target system. The host holds the BKGD pin low
long enough for the target to recognize it (at least two target clock cycles). The host must release the low
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
171
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
drive at the latest after 6 clock cycles, before the target drives a brief high speedup pulse seven target clock
cycles after the perceived start of the bit time. The host should sample the bit level about 10 target clock
cycles after it started the bit time.
BDCSI clock
(TARGET MCU)
HOST DRIVE
TO BKGD PIN
TARGET MCU
SPEEDUP PULSE
HIGH-IMPEDANCE
HIGH-IMPEDANCE
HIGH-IMPEDANCE
PERCEIVED START
OF BIT TIME
R-C RISE
BKGD PIN
10 CYCLES
10 CYCLES
EARLIEST START
OF NEXT BIT
HOST SAMPLES BKGD PIN
Figure 5-7. BDC Target-to-Host Serial Bit Timing (Logic 1)
Figure 5-8 shows the host receiving a logic 0 from the target. The host initiates the bit time but the target
finishes it. Since the target wants the host to receive a logic 0, it drives the BKGD pin low for 13 target
clock cycles then briefly drives it high to speed up the rising edge. The host samples the bit level about 10
target clock cycles after starting the bit time.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
172
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
BDCSI clock
(TARGET MCU)
HOST DRIVE
TO BKGD PIN
HIGH-IMPEDANCE
SPEEDUP
PULSE
TARGET MCU
DRIVE AND
SPEED-UP PULSE
PERCEIVED START
OF BIT TIME
BKGD PIN
10 CYCLES
EARLIEST START
OF NEXT BIT
10 CYCLES
HOST SAMPLES BKGD PIN
Figure 5-8. BDC Target-to-Host Serial Bit Timing (Logic 0)
5.4.7
Serial Interface Hardware Handshake (ACK Pulse) Protocol
BDC commands are processed internally at the device core clock rate. Since the BDCSI clock can be
asynchronous relative to the bus frequency, a handshake protocol is provided so the host can determine
when an issued command has been executed. This section describes the hardware handshake protocol.
The hardware handshake protocol signals to the host controller when a BDC command has been executed
by the target. This protocol is implemented by a low pulse (16 BDCSI clock cycles) followed by a brief
speedup pulse on the BKGD pin, generated by the target MCU when a command, issued by the host, has
been successfully executed (see Figure 5-9). This pulse is referred to as the ACK pulse. After the ACK
pulse has finished, the host can start the bit retrieval if the last issued command was a read command, or
start a new command if the last command was a write command or a control command.
BDCSI clock
(TARGET MCU)
TARGET
TRANSMITS
ACK PULSE
HIGH-IMPEDANCE
16 CYCLES
HIGH-IMPEDANCE
32 CYCLES
SPEED UP PULSE
MINIMUM DELAY
FROM THE BDC COMMAND
BKGD PIN
EARLIEST
START OF
NEXT BIT
16th CYCLE OF THE
LAST COMMAND BIT
Figure 5-9. Target Acknowledge Pulse (ACK)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
173
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
The handshake protocol is enabled by the ACK_ENABLE command. The BDC sends an ACK pulse when
the ACK_ENABLE command has been completed. This feature can be used by the host to evaluate if the
target supports the hardware handshake protocol. If an ACK pulse is issued in response to this command,
the host knows that the target supports the hardware handshake protocol.
Unlike the normal bit transfer, where the host initiates the transmission by issuing a negative edge on the
BKGD pin, the serial interface ACK handshake pulse is initiated by the target MCU by issuing a negative
edge on the BKGD pin. Figure 5-9 specifies the timing when the BKGD pin is being driven. The host must
follow this timing constraint in order to avoid the risk of an electrical conflict at the BKGD pin.
When the handshake protocol is enabled, the STEAL bit in BDCCSR selects if bus cycle stealing is used
to gain immediate access. If STEAL is cleared, the BDC is configured for low priority bus access using
free cycles, without stealing cycles. This guarantees that BDC accesses remain truly non-intrusive to not
affect the system timing during debugging. If STEAL is set, the BDC gains immediate access, if necessary
stealing an internal bus cycle.
NOTE
If bus steals are disabled then a loop with no free cycles cannot allow access.
In this case the host must recognize repeated NORESP messages and then
issue a BACKGROUND command to stop the target and access the data.
Figure 5-10 shows the ACK handshake protocol without steal in a command level timing diagram. The
READ_MEM.B command is used as an example. First, the 8-bit command code is sent by the host,
followed by the address of the memory location to be read. The target BDC decodes the command. Then
an internal access is requested by the BDC. When a free bus cycle occurs the READ_MEM.B operation
is carried out. If no free cycle occurs within 512 core clock cycles then the access is aborted, the NORESP
flag is set and the target generates a Long-ACK pulse.
Having retrieved the data, the BDC issues an ACK pulse to the host controller, indicating that the
addressed byte is ready to be retrieved. After detecting the ACK pulse, the host initiates the data read part
of the command.
TARGET
BKGD PIN
READ_MEM.B
ADDRESS[23–0]
HOST
HOST
BYTE IS
RETRIEVED
TARGET
NEW BDC COMMAND
HOST
TARGET
BDC ISSUES THE
ACK PULSE (NOT TO SCALE)
BDC DECODES
THE COMMAND
MCU EXECUTES THE
READ_MEM.B
COMMAND
Figure 5-10. Handshake Protocol at Command Level
Alternatively, setting the STEAL bit configures the handshake protocol to make an immediate internal
access, independent of free bus cycles.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
174
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
The ACK handshake protocol does not support nested ACK pulses. If a BDC command is not
acknowledged by an ACK pulse, the host needs to abort the pending command first in order to be able to
issue a new BDC command. The host can decide to abort any possible pending ACK pulse in order to be
sure a new command can be issued. Therefore, the protocol provides a mechanism in which a command,
and its corresponding ACK, can be aborted.
Commands With-Status do not generate an ACK, thus if ACK is enabled and a With-Status command is
issued, the host must use the 512 cycle timeout to calculate when the data is ready for retrieval.
5.4.7.1
Long-ACK Hardware Handshake Protocol
If a command results in an error condition, whereby a BDCCSRL flag is set, then the target generates a
“Long-ACK” low pulse of 64 BDCSI clock cycles, followed by a brief speed pulse. This indicates to the
host that an error has occurred. The host can subsequently read BDCCSR to determine the type of error.
Whether normal ACK or Long-ACK, the ACK pulse is not issued earlier than 32 BDCSI clock cycles after
the BDC command was issued. The end of the BDC command is assumed to be the 16th BDCSI clock
cycle of the last bit. The 32 cycle minimum delay differs from the 16 cycle delay time with ACK disabled.
If a BDC access request does not gain access within 512 core clock cycles, the request is aborted, the
NORESP flag is set and a Long-ACK pulse is transmitted to indicate an error case.
Following a STOP or WAI instruction, if the BDC is enabled, the first ACK, following stop or wait mode
entry is a long ACK to indicate an exception.
5.4.8
Hardware Handshake Abort Procedure
The abort procedure is based on the SYNC command. To abort a command that has not responded with an
ACK pulse, the host controller generates a sync request (by driving BKGD low for at least 128 BDCSI
clock cycles and then driving it high for one BDCSI clock cycle as a speedup pulse). By detecting this long
low pulse in the BKGD pin, the target executes the SYNC protocol, see Section 5.4.4.1”, and assumes that
the pending command and therefore the related ACK pulse are being aborted. After the SYNC protocol
has been completed the host is free to issue new BDC commands.
The host can issue a SYNC close to the 128 clock cycles length, providing a small overhead on the pulse
length to assure the sync pulse is not misinterpreted by the target. See Section 5.4.4.1”.
Figure 5-11 shows a SYNC command being issued after a READ_MEM, which aborts the READ_MEM
command. Note that, after the command is aborted a new command is issued by the host.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
175
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
READ_MEM.B CMD
IS ABORTED BY THE SYNC REQUEST
(NOT TO SCALE)
BKGD PIN
READ_MEM.B
HOST
ADDRESS[23-0]
SYNC RESPONSE
FROM THE TARGET
(NOT TO SCALE)
READ_BDCCSR
TARGET
HOST
TARGET
NEW BDC COMMAND
HOST
TARGET
NEW BDC COMMAND
BDC DECODES
AND TRYS TO EXECUTE
Figure 5-11. ACK Abort Procedure at the Command Level (Not To Scale)
Figure 5-12 shows a conflict between the ACK pulse and the SYNC request pulse. The target is executing
a pending BDC command at the exact moment the host is being connected to the BKGD pin. In this case,
an ACK pulse is issued simultaneously to the SYNC command. Thus there is an electrical conflict between
the ACK speedup pulse and the SYNC pulse. As this is not a probable situation, the protocol does not
prevent this conflict from happening.
AT LEAST 128 CYCLES
BDCSI clock
(TARGET MCU)
TARGET MCU
DRIVES TO
BKGD PIN
ACK PULSE
HIGH-IMPEDANCE
ELECTRICAL CONFLICT
HOST
DRIVES SYNC
TO BKGD PIN
SPEEDUP PULSE
HOST AND TARGET
DRIVE TO BKGD PIN
HOST SYNC REQUEST PULSE
BKGD PIN
16 CYCLES
Figure 5-12. ACK Pulse and SYNC Request Conflict
5.4.9
Hardware Handshake Disabled (ACK Pulse Disabled)
The default state of the BDC after reset is hardware handshake protocol disabled. It can also be disabled
by the ACK_DISABLE BDC command. This provides backwards compatibility with the existing host
devices which are not able to execute the hardware handshake protocol. For host devices that support the
hardware handshake protocol, true non-intrusive debugging and error flagging is offered.
If the ACK pulse protocol is disabled, the host needs to use the worst case delay time at the appropriate
places in the protocol.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
176
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
If the handshake protocol is disabled, the access is always independent of free cycles, whereby BDC has
higher priority than CPU. Since at least 2 bytes (command byte + data byte) are transferred over BKGD
the maximum intrusiveness is only once every few hundred cycles.
After decoding an internal access command, the BDC then awaits the next internal core clock cycle. The
relationship between BDCSI clock and core clock must be considered. If the host retrieves the data
immediately, then the BDCSI clock frequency must not be more than 4 times the core clock frequency, in
order to guarantee that the BDC gains bus access within 16 the BDCSI cycle DLY period following an
access command. If the BDCSI clock frequency is more than 4 times the core clock frequency, then the
host must use a suitable delay time before retrieving data (see 5.5.1/5-178). Furthermore, for stretched read
accesses to external resources via a device expanded bus (if implemented) the potential extra stretch cycles
must be taken into consideration before attempting to obtain read data.
If the access does not succeed before the host starts data retrieval then the NORESP flag is set but the
access is not aborted. The NORESP state can be used by the host to recognize an unexpected access
conflict due to stretched expanded bus accesses. Although the NORESP bit is set when an access does not
succeed before the start of data retrieval, the access may succeed in following bus cycles if the internal
access has already been initiated.
5.4.10
Single Stepping
When a STEP1 command is issued to the BDC in active BDM, the CPU executes a single instruction in
the user code and returns to active BDM. The STEP1 command can be issued repeatedly to step through
the user code one instruction at a time.
If an interrupt is pending when a STEP1 command is issued, the interrupt stacking operation occurs but
no user instruction is executed. In this case the stacking counts as one instruction. The device re-enters
active BDM with the program counter pointing to the first instruction in the interrupt service routine.
When stepping through the user code, the execution of the user code is done step by step but peripherals
are free running. Some peripheral modules include a freeze feature, whereby their clocks are halted when
the device enters active BDM. Timer modules typically include the freeze feature. Serial interface modules
typically do not include the freeze feature. Hence possible timing relations between CPU code execution
and occurrence of events of peripherals no longer exist.
If the handshake protocol is enabled and BDCCIS is set then stepping over the STOP instruction causes
the Long-ACK pulse to be generated and the BDCCSR STOP flag to be set. When stop mode is exited due
to an interrupt the device enters active BDM and the PC points to the start of the corresponding interrupt
service routine. Stepping can be continued.
Stepping over a WAI instruction, the STEP1 command cannot be finished because active BDM cannot be
entered after CPU starts to execute the WAI instruction.
Stepping over the WAI instruction causes the BDCCSR WAIT and NORESP flags to be set and, if the
handshake protocol is enabled, then the Long-ACK pulse is generated. Then the device enters wait mode,
clears the BDMACT bit and awaits an interrupt to leave wait mode. In this time non-intrusive BDC
commands are possible, although the STEP1 has actually not finished. When an interrupt occurs the device
leaves wait mode, enters active BDM and the PC points to the start of the corresponding interrupt service
routine. A further ACK related to stepping over the WAI is not generated.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
177
Chapter 5 Background Debug Controller (S12ZBDCV2)
5.4.11
Serial Communication Timeout
The host initiates a host-to-target serial transmission by generating a falling edge on the BKGD pin. If
BKGD is kept low for more than 128 target clock cycles, the target understands that a SYNC command
was issued. In this case, the target waits for a rising edge on BKGD in order to answer the SYNC request
pulse. When the BDC detects the rising edge a soft reset is generated, whereby the current BDC command
is discarded. If the rising edge is not detected, the target keeps waiting forever without any timeout limit.
If a falling edge is not detected by the target within 512 clock cycles since the last falling edge, a timeout
occurs and the current command is discarded without affecting memory or the operating mode of the
MCU. This is referred to as a soft-reset. This timeout also applies if 512 cycles elapse between 2
consecutive ERASE_FLASH commands. The soft reset is disabled whilst the internal flash mass erase
operation is pending completion.
timeouts are also possible if a BDC command is partially issued, or data partially retrieved. Thus if a time
greater than 512 BDCSI clock cycles is observed between two consecutive negative edges, a soft-reset
occurs causing the partially received command or data retrieved to be discarded. The next negative edge
at the BKGD pin, after a soft-reset has occurred, is considered by the target as the start of a new BDC
command, or the start of a SYNC request pulse.
5.5
5.5.1
Application Information
Clock Frequency Considerations
Read commands without status and without ACK must consider the frequency relationship between
BDCSI and the internal core clock. If the core clock is slow, then the internal access may not have been
carried out within the standard 16 BDCSI cycle delay period (DLY). The host must then extend the DLY
period or clock frequencies accordingly. Taking internal clock domain synchronizers into account, the
minimum number of BDCSI periods required for the DLY is expressed by:
#DLY > 3(f(BDCSI clock) / f(core clock)) + 4
and the minimum core clock frequency with respect to BDCSI clock frequency is expressed by
Minimum f(core clock) = (3/(#DLY cycles -4))f(BDCSI clock)
For the standard 16 period DLY this yields f(core clock)>= (1/4)f(BDCSI clock)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
178
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6
S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-1. Revision History Table
Revision
Number
Revision
Date
2.04
19.APR.2012
2.05
23.MAY.2012
General
2.06
10.SEP.2012
Section 6.4.5.3
2.07
18.OCT.2012
General
2.08
16.NOV.2012
Section 6.5.1
2.09
19.DEC.2012
General
2.10
28.JUN.2013
General
Section 6.3.2.21
Section 6.3.2.1
Section 6.3.2.5
2.11
15.JUL.2013
Section 6.3.2
6.1
Sections
Affected
Description Of Changes
Section 6.4.5.2.1 Documented DBGTB read dependency on PROFILE bit
Formatting changes to support DBGV3 from single source
Added NOTE about PC trace buffer entries for Comp D timestamps
Formatting corrections
Modified step over breakpoint information
Formatting corrections
Emphasized need to set TSOURCE for tracing or profiling
Corrected DBGCDM write access dependency
Corrrected ARM versus PTACT dependency
Modified DBGTBH read access dependencies
Added explicit names to state control register bit fields
Introduction
The DBG module provides on-chip breakpoints and trace buffer with flexible triggering capability to allow
non-intrusive debug of application software. The DBG module is optimized for the S12Z architecture and
allows debugging of CPU module operations.
Typically the DBG module is used in conjunction with the BDC module, whereby the user configures the
DBG module for a debugging session over the BDC interface. Once configured the DBG module is armed
and the device leaves active BDM returning control to the user program, which is then monitored by the
DBG module. Alternatively the DBG module can be configured over a serial interface using SWI routines.
6.1.1
Glossary
Table 6-2. Glossary Of Terms
Term
Definition
COF
Change Of Flow.
Change in the program flow due to a conditional branch, indexed jump or interrupt
PC
Program Counter
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
179
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-2. Glossary Of Terms
Term
Definition
BDM
Background Debug Mode.
In this mode CPU application code execution is halted.
Execution of BDC “active BDM” commands is possible.
BDC
WORD
Data Line
CPU
Trigger
Background Debug Controller
6.1.2
16-bit data entity
64-bit data entity
S12Z CPU module
A trace buffer input that triggers tracing start, end or mid point
Overview
The comparators monitor the bus activity of the CPU. A single comparator match or a series of matches
can trigger bus tracing and/or generate breakpoints. A state sequencer determines if the correct series of
matches occurs. Similarly an external event can trigger bus tracing and/or generate breakpoints.
The trace buffer is visible through a 2-byte window in the register address map and can be read out using
standard 16-bit word reads.
6.1.3
•
•
•
•
•
Features
Four comparators (A, B, C, and D)
— Comparators A and C compare the full address bus and full 32-bit data bus
— Comparators A and C feature a data bus mask register
— Comparators B and D compare the full address bus only
— Each comparator can be configured to monitor PC addresses or addresses of data accesses
— Each comparator can select either read or write access cycles
— Comparator matches can force state sequencer state transitions
Three comparator modes
— Simple address/data comparator match mode
— Inside address range mode, Addmin Address Addmax
— Outside address range match mode, Address Addminor Address Addmax
State sequencer control
— State transitions forced by comparator matches
— State transitions forced by software write to TRIG
— State transitions forced by an external event
The following types of breakpoints
— CPU breakpoint entering active BDM on breakpoint (BDM)
— CPU breakpoint executing SWI on breakpoint (SWI)
Trace control
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
180
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
•
•
— Tracing session triggered by state sequencer
— Begin, End, and Mid alignment of tracing to trigger
Four trace modes
— Normal: change of flow (COF) PC information is stored (see Section 6.4.5.2.1) for change of
flow definition.
— Loop1: same as Normal but inhibits consecutive duplicate source address entries
— Detail: address and data for all read/write access cycles are stored
— Pure PC: All program counter addresses are stored.
2 Pin (data and clock) profiling interface
— Output of code flow information
6.1.4
Modes of Operation
The DBG module can be used in all MCU functional modes.
The DBG module can issue breakpoint requests to force the device to enter active BDM or an SWI ISR.
The BDC BACKGROUND command is also handled by the DBG to force the device to enter active BDM.
When the device enters active BDM through a BACKGROUND command with the DBG module armed,
the DBG remains armed.
6.1.5
Block Diagram
B
EXTERNAL EVENT
TRIG
COMPARATOR A
COMPARATOR B
COMPARATOR C
COMPARATOR D
COMPARATOR
MATCH CONTROL
CPU BUS
BUS INTERFACE
REGISTERS
MATCH0
MATCH1
STATE SEQUENCER
AND
EVENT CONTROL
BREAKPOINT
REQUESTS
MATCH2
MATCH3
TRACE
CONTROL
TRIGGER
TRACE BUFFER
PROFILE
OUTPUT
READ TRACE DATA (DBG READ DATA BUS)
Figure 6-1. Debug Module Block Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
181
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.2
6.2.1
External Signal Description
External Event Input
The DBG module features an external event input signal, DBGEEV. The mapping of this signal to a device
pin is specified in the device specific documentation. This function can be enabled and configured by the
EEVE field in the DBGC1 control register. This signal is input only and allows an external event to force
a state sequencer transition, or trace buffer entry, or to gate trace buffer entries. With the external event
function enabled, a falling edge at the external event pin constitutes an event. Rising edges have no effect.
If configured for gating trace buffer entries, then a low level at the pin allows entries, but a high level
suppresses entries. The maximum frequency of events is half the internal core bus frequency. The function
is explained in the EEVE field description.
NOTE
Due to input pin synchronization circuitry, the DBG module sees external
events 2 bus cycles after they occur at the pin. Thus an external event
occurring less than 2 bus cycles before arming the DBG module is perceived
to occur whilst the DBG is armed.
When the device is in stop mode the synchronizer clocks are disabled and
the external events are ignored.
6.2.2
Profiling Output
The DBG module features a profiling data output signal PDO. The mapping of this signal to a device pin
is specified in the device specific documentation. The device pin is enabled for profiling by setting the
PDOE bit. The profiling function can be enabled by the PROFILE bit in the DBGTCRL control register.
This signal is output only and provides a serial, encoded data stream that can be used by external
development tools to reconstruct the internal CPU code flow, as specified in Section 6.4.6. During code
profiling the device PDOCLK output is used as a clock signal.
6.3
6.3.1
Memory Map and Registers
Module Memory Map
A summary of the registers associated with the DBG module is shown in Figure 6-2. Detailed descriptions
of the registers and bits are given in the subsections that follow.
Address
Name
Bit 7
0x0100
DBGC1
R
W
0x0101
DBGC2
R
W
ARM
0
6
0
TRIG
0
5
4
3
2
reserved
BDMBP
BRKCPU
reserved
0
0
CDCM
1
Bit 0
EEVE
ABCM
Figure 6-2. Quick Reference to DBG Registers
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
182
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Address
0x0102
Name
Bit 7
R
DBGTCRH
reserved
W
6
5
TSOURCE
4
3
TRANGE
2
1
TRCMOD
0x0103
DBGTCRL
R
W
0
0
0
0
0x0104
DBGTB
R
W
Bit 15
Bit 14
Bit 13
0x0105
DBGTB
R
W
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
0x0106
DBGCNT
R
W
0
0x0107
DBGSCR1
R
W
C3SC1
C3SC0
C2SC1
C2SC0
0x0108
DBGSCR2
R
W
C3SC1
C3SC0
C2SC1
0x0109
DBGSCR3
R
W
C3SC1
C3SC0
0x010A
DBGEFR
0x010B
DBGSR
R
W
0x010C0x010F
Reserved
0x0110
Bit 0
TALIGN
DSTAMP
PDOE
PROFILE
STAMP
Bit 12
Bit 11
Bit 10
Bit 9
Bit 8
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
C1SC1
C1SC0
C0SC1
C0SC0
C2SC0
C1SC1
C1SC0
C0SC1
C0SC0
C2SC1
C2SC0
C1SC1
C1SC0
C0SC1
C0SC0
TRIGF
0
EEVF
ME3
ME2
ME1
ME0
TBF
0
0
PTACT
0
SSF2
SSF1
SSF0
R
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
DBGACTL
R
W
0
NDB
INST
RW
RWE
reserved
COMPE
0x01110x0114
Reserved
R
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0115
DBGAAH
R
W
DBGAA[23:16]
0x0116
DBGAAM
R
W
DBGAA[15:8]
0x0117
DBGAAL
R
W
DBGAA[7:0]
0x0118
DBGAD0
R
W
Bit 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
Bit 24
0x0119
DBGAD1
R
W
Bit 23
22
21
20
19
18
17
Bit 16
0x011A
DBGAD2
R
W
Bit 15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Bit 8
CNT
R PTBOVF
W
0
0
Figure 6-2. Quick Reference to DBG Registers
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
183
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Address
Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x011B
DBGAD3
R
W
0x011C
DBGADM0
R
W
Bit 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
Bit 24
0x011D
DBGADM1
R
W
Bit 23
22
21
20
19
18
17
Bit 16
0x011E
DBGADM2
R
W
Bit 15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Bit 8
0x011F
DBGADM3
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0120
DBGBCTL
R
W
0
0
RW
RWE
reserved
COMPE
0x01210x0124
Reserved
R
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0125
DBGBAH
R
W
DBGBA[23:16]
0x0126
DBGBAM
R
W
DBGBA[15:8]
0x0127
DBGBAL
R
W
DBGBA[7:0]
0x01280x012F
Reserved
R
W
0
0
0
0
0
0x0130
DBGCCTL
R
W
0
RW
RWE
reserved
COMPE
0x01310x0134
Reserved
R
W
0
0
0
0
0
0x0135
DBGCAH
R
W
DBGCA[23:16]
0x0136
DBGCAM
R
W
DBGCA[15:8]
0x0137
DBGCAL
R
W
DBGCA[7:0]
0x0138
DBGCD0
R
W
Bit 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
Bit 24
0x0139
DBGCD1
R
W
Bit 23
22
21
20
19
18
17
Bit 16
0x013A
DBGCD2
R
W
Bit 15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Bit 8
INST
0
0
0
NDB
INST
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-2. Quick Reference to DBG Registers
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
184
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Address
Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x013B
DBGCD3
R
W
0x013C
DBGCDM0
R
W
Bit 31
30
29
28
27
26
25
Bit 24
0x013D
DBGCDM1
R
W
Bit 23
22
21
20
19
18
17
Bit 16
0x013E
DBGCDM2
R
W
Bit 15
14
13
12
11
10
9
Bit 8
0x013F
DBGCDM3
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0140
DBGDCTL
R
W
0
0
RW
RWE
reserved
COMPE
0x01410x0144
Reserved
R
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0145
DBGDAH
R
W
DBGDA[23:16]
0x0146
DBGDAM
R
W
DBGDA[15:8]
0x0147
DBGDAL
R
W
DBGDA[7:0]
0x01480x017F
Reserved
R
W
0
0
0
0
0
INST
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-2. Quick Reference to DBG Registers
6.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section consists of the DBG register descriptions in address order. When ARM is set in DBGC1, the
only bits in the DBG module registers that can be written are ARM, and TRIG
6.3.2.1
Debug Control Register 1 (DBGC1)
Address: 0x0100
7
0x0100
Reset
ARM
0
6
0
TRIG
0
5
4
3
2
reserved
BDMBP
BRKCPU
reserved
0
0
0
0
1
0
EEVE
0
0
Figure 6-3. Debug Control Register (DBGC1)
Read: Anytime
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
185
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Write: Bit 7 Anytime with the exception that it cannot be set if PTACT is set. An ongoing profiling session
must be finished before DBG can be armed again.
Bit 6 can be written anytime but always reads back as 0.
Bits 5:0 anytime DBG is not armed and PTACT is clear.
NOTE
On a write access to DBGC1 and simultaneous hardware disarm from an
internal event, the hardware disarm has highest priority, clearing the ARM
bit and generating a breakpoint, if enabled.
NOTE
When disarming the DBG by clearing ARM with software, the contents of
bits[5:0] are not affected by the write, since up until the write operation,
ARM = 1 preventing these bits from being written. These bits must be
cleared using a second write if required.
Table 6-3. DBGC1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
ARM
Arm Bit — The ARM bit controls whether the DBG module is armed. This bit can be set and cleared by register
writes and is automatically cleared when the state sequencer returns to State0 on completing a debugging
session. On setting this bit the state sequencer enters State1.
0 Debugger disarmed. No breakpoint is generated when clearing this bit by software register writes.
1 Debugger armed
6
TRIG
Immediate Trigger Request Bit — This bit when written to 1 requests an immediate transition to final state
independent of comparator status. This bit always reads back a 0. Writing a 0 to this bit has no effect.
0 No effect.
1 Force state sequencer immediately to final state.
4
BDMBP
Background Debug Mode Enable — This bit determines if a CPU breakpoint causes the system to enter
Background Debug Mode (BDM) or initiate a Software Interrupt (SWI). If this bit is set but the BDC is not enabled,
then no breakpoints are generated.
0 Breakpoint to Software Interrupt if BDM inactive. Otherwise no breakpoint.
1 Breakpoint to BDM, if BDC enabled. Otherwise no breakpoint.
3
BRKCPU
CPU Breakpoint Enable — The BRKCPU bit controls whether the debugger requests a breakpoint to CPU upon
transitions to State0. If tracing is enabled, the breakpoint is generated on completion of the tracing session. If
tracing is not enabled, the breakpoint is generated immediately. Please refer to Section 6.4.7 for further details.
0 Breakpoints disabled
1 Breakpoints enabled
1–0
EEVE
External Event Enable — The EEVE bits configure the external event function. Table 6-4 explains the bit
encoding.
Table 6-4. EEVE Bit Encoding
EEVE
Description
00
External event function disabled
01
External event forces a trace buffer entry if tracing is enabled
10
External event is mapped to the state sequencer, replacing comparator channel 3
11
External event pin gates trace buffer entries
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
186
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.3.2.2
Debug Control Register2 (DBGC2)
Address: 0x0101
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
1
CDCM
W
Reset
2
0
0
ABCM
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 6-4. Debug Control Register2 (DBGC2)
Read: Anytime.
Write: Anytime the module is disarmed and PTACT is clear.
This register configures the comparators for range matching.
Table 6-5. DBGC2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3–2
CDCM[1:0]
C and D Comparator Match Control — These bits determine the C and D comparator match mapping as
described in Table 6-6.
1–0
ABCM[1:0]
A and B Comparator Match Control — These bits determine the A and B comparator match mapping as
described in Table 6-7.
Table 6-6. CDCM Encoding
CDCM
Description
00
Match2 mapped to comparator C match....... Match3 mapped to comparator D match.
01
Match2 mapped to comparator C/D inside range....... Match3 disabled.
10
Match2 mapped to comparator C/D outside range....... Match3 disabled.
11
Reserved(1)
1. Currently defaults to Match2 mapped to inside range: Match3 disabled.
Table 6-7. ABCM Encoding
ABCM
Description
00
Match0 mapped to comparator A match....... Match1 mapped to comparator B match.
01
Match0 mapped to comparator A/B inside range....... Match1 disabled.
10
Match0 mapped to comparator A/B outside range....... Match1 disabled.
11
Reserved(1)
1. Currently defaults to Match0 mapped to inside range: Match1 disabled
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
187
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.3.2.3
Debug Trace Control Register High (DBGTCRH)
Address: 0x0102
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
reserved
TSOURCE
0
0
4
3
TRANGE
0
2
1
TRCMOD
0
0
0
TALIGN
0
0
0
Figure 6-5. Debug Trace Control Register (DBGTCRH)
Read: Anytime.
Write: Anytime the module is disarmed and PTACT is clear.
WARNING
DBGTCR[7] is reserved. Setting this bit maps the tracing to an unimplemented bus, thus
preventing proper operation.
This register configures the trace buffer for tracing and profiling.
Table 6-8. DBGTCRH Field Descriptions
Field
6
TSOURCE
Description
Trace Control Bits — The TSOURCE enables the tracing session.
0 No CPU tracing/profiling selected
1 CPU tracing/profiling selected
5–4
TRANGE
Trace Range Bits — The TRANGE bits allow filtering of trace information from a selected address range when
tracing from the CPU in Detail mode. These bits have no effect in other tracing modes. To use a comparator for
range filtering, the corresponding COMPE bit must remain cleared. If the COMPE bit is set then the comparator
is used to generate events and the TRANGE bits have no effect. See Table 6-9 for range boundary definition.
3–2
TRCMOD
Trace Mode Bits — See Section 6.4.5.2 for detailed Trace Mode descriptions. In Normal Mode, change of flow
information is stored. In Loop1 Mode, change of flow information is stored but redundant entries into trace
memory are inhibited. In Detail Mode, address and data for all memory and register accesses is stored. See
Table 6-10.
1–0
TALIGN
Trigger Align Bits — These bits control whether the trigger is aligned to the beginning, end or the middle of a
tracing or profiling session. See Table 6-11.
Table 6-9. TRANGE Trace Range Encoding
TRANGE
Tracing Range
00
Trace from all addresses (No filter)
01
Trace only in address range from $00000 to Comparator D
10
Trace only in address range from Comparator C to $FFFFFF
11
Trace only in range from Comparator C to Comparator D
Table 6-10. TRCMOD Trace Mode Bit Encoding
TRCMOD
Description
00
Normal
01
Loop1
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
188
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-10. TRCMOD Trace Mode Bit Encoding
TRCMOD
Description
10
Detail
11
Pure PC
Table 6-11. TALIGN Trace Alignment Encoding
TALIGN
Description
00
Trigger ends data trace
01
Trigger starts data trace
10
32 lines of data trace follow trigger
11(1)
1. Tracing/Profiling disabled.
6.3.2.4
Reserved
Debug Trace Control Register Low (DBGTCRL)
Address: 0x0103
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
3
2
1
0
DSTAMP
PDOE
PROFILE
STAMP
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 6-6. Debug Trace Control Register Low (DBGTCRL)
Read: Anytime.
Write: Anytime the module is disarmed and PTACT is clear.
This register configures the profiling and timestamp features
Table 6-12. DBGTCRL Field Descriptions
Field
3
DSTAMP
2
PDOE
1
PROFILE
Description
Comparator D Timestamp Enable — This bit, when set, enables Comparator D matches to generate
timestamps in Detail, Normal and Loop1 trace modes.
0 Comparator D match does not generate timestamp
1 Comparator D match generates timestamp if timestamp function is enabled
Profile Data Out Enable — This bit, when set, configures the device profiling pins for profiling.
0 Device pins not configured for profiling
1 Device pins configured for profiling
Profile Enable — This bit, when set, enables the profile function, whereby a subsequent arming of the DBG
activates profiling.
When PROFILE is set, the TRCMOD bits are ignored.
0 Profile function disabled
1 Profile function enabled
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
189
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-12. DBGTCRL Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
0
STAMP
Timestamp Enable — This bit, when set, enables the timestamp function. The timestamp function adds a
timestamp to each trace buffer entry in Detail, Normal and Loop1 trace modes.
0 Timestamp function disabled
1 Timestamp function enabled
6.3.2.5
Debug Trace Buffer Register (DBGTB)
Address: 0x0104, 0x0105
15
R
W
14
13
12
11
10
9
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
POR
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
Other
Resets
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
—
Figure 6-7. Debug Trace Buffer Register (DBGTB)
Read: Only when unlocked AND not armed and the TSOURCE bit is set, otherwise an error code (0xEE)
is returned. Only aligned word read operations are supported. Misaligned word reads or byte reads return
the error code 0xEE for each byte. The PROFILE bit must be clear to read profiling data,
Write: Aligned word writes when the DBG is disarmed and both PTACT and PROFILE are clear unlock
the trace buffer for reading but do not affect trace buffer contents.
Table 6-13. DBGTB Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15–0
Bit[15:0]
Trace Buffer Data Bits — The Trace Buffer Register is a window through which the lines of the trace buffer may
be read 16 bits at a time. Each valid read of DBGTB increments an internal trace buffer pointer which points to
the next address to be read. When the ARM bit is written to 1 the trace buffer is locked to prevent reading. The
trace buffer can only be unlocked for reading by writing to DBGTB with an aligned word write when the module
is disarmed. The DBGTB register can be read only as an aligned word. Byte reads or misaligned access of these
registers returns 0xEE and does not increment the trace buffer pointer. Similarly word reads while the debugger
is armed or trace buffer is locked return 0xEEEE. The POR state is undefined Other resets do not affect the trace
buffer contents.
6.3.2.6
Debug Count Register (DBGCNT)
Address: 0x0106
7
R
6
5
4
0
3
2
1
0
—
0
—
0
—
0
CNT
W
Reset
POR
0
0
—
0
—
0
—
0
—
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 6-8. Debug Count Register (DBGCNT)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
190
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Read: Anytime.
Write: Never.
Table 6-14. DBGCNT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6–0
CNT[6:0]
Count Value — The CNT bits [6:0] indicate the number of valid data lines stored in the trace buffer. Table 6-15
shows the correlation between the CNT bits and the number of valid data lines in the trace buffer. When the CNT
rolls over to zero, the TBF bit in DBGSR is set. Thereafter incrementing of CNT continues if configured for endalignment or mid-alignment.
The DBGCNT register is cleared when ARM in DBGC1 is written to a one. The DBGCNT register is cleared by
power-on-reset initialization but is not cleared by other system resets. If a reset occurs during a debug session,
the DBGCNT register still indicates after the reset, the number of valid trace buffer entries stored before the reset
occurred. The DBGCNT register is not decremented when reading from the trace buffer.
Table 6-15. CNT Decoding Table
6.3.2.7
TBF (DBGSR)
CNT[6:0]
Description
0
0000000
No data valid
0
0000001
32 bits of one line valid
0
0000010
0000100
0000110
..
1111100
1 line valid
2 lines valid
3 lines valid
..
62 lines valid
0
1111110
63 lines valid
1
0000000
64 lines valid; if using Begin trigger alignment,
ARM bit is cleared and the tracing session ends.
1
0000010
..
1111110
64 lines valid,
oldest data has been overwritten by most recent data
Debug State Control Register 1 (DBGSCR1)
Address: 0x0107
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
C3SC1
C3SC0
C2SC1
C2SC0
C1SC1
C1SC0
C0SC1
C0SC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-9. Debug State Control Register 1 (DBGSCR1)
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG is not armed and PTACT is clear.
The state control register 1 selects the targeted next state whilst in State1. The matches refer to the outputs
of the comparator match control logic as depicted in Figure 6-1 and described in Section 6.3.2.12”.
Comparators must be enabled by setting the comparator enable bit in the associated DBGXCTL control
register.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
191
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-16. DBGSCR1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1–0
C0SC[1:0]
Channel 0 State Control.
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State1 following a match0.
3–2
C1SC[1:0]
Channel 1 State Control.
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State1 following a match1.
5–4
C2SC[1:0]
Channel 2 State Control.
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State1 following a match2.
7–6
C3SC[1:0]
Channel 3 State Control.
If EEVE !=10, these bits select the targeted next state whilst in State1 following a match3.
If EEVE = 10, these bits select the targeted next state whilst in State1 following an external event.
Table 6-17. State1 Match State Sequencer Transitions
CxSC[1:0]
Function
00
Match has no effect
01
Match forces sequencer to State2
10
Match forces sequencer to State3
11
Match forces sequencer to Final State
In the case of simultaneous matches, the match on the higher channel number (3...0) has priority.
6.3.2.8
Debug State Control Register 2 (DBGSCR2)
Address: 0x0108
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
C3SC1
C3SC0
C2SC1
C2SC0
C1SC1
C1SC0
C0SC1
C0SC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-10. Debug State Control Register 2 (DBGSCR2)
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG is not armed and PTACT is clear.
The state control register 2 selects the targeted next state whilst in State2. The matches refer to the outputs
of the comparator match control logic as depicted in Figure 6-1 and described in Section 6.3.2.12”.
Comparators must be enabled by setting the comparator enable bit in the associated DBGXCTL control
register.
Table 6-18. DBGSCR2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1–0
C0SC[1:0]
Channel 0 State Control.
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State2 following a match0.
3–2
C1SC[1:0]
Channel 1 State Control.
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State2 following a match1.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
192
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-18. DBGSCR2 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
5–4
C2SC[1:0]
Channel 2 State Control.
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State2 following a match2.
7–6
C3SC[1:0]
Channel 3 State Control.
If EEVE !=10, these bits select the targeted next state whilst in State2 following a match3.
If EEVE =10, these bits select the targeted next state whilst in State2 following an external event.
Table 6-19. State2 Match State Sequencer Transitions
CxSC[1:0]
Function
00
Match has no effect
01
Match forces sequencer to State1
10
Match forces sequencer to State3
11
Match forces sequencer to Final State
In the case of simultaneous matches, the match on the higher channel number (3...0) has priority.
6.3.2.9
Debug State Control Register 3 (DBGSCR3)
Address: 0x0109
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
C3SC1
C3SC0
C2SC1
C2SC0
C1SC1
C1SC0
C0SC1
C0SC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-11. Debug State Control Register 3 (DBGSCR3)
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG is not armed and PTACT is clear.
The state control register three selects the targeted next state whilst in State3. The matches refer to the
outputs of the comparator match control logic as depicted in Figure 6-1 and described in Section 6.3.2.12”.
Comparators must be enabled by setting the comparator enable bit in the associated DBGxCTL control
register.
Table 6-20. DBGSCR3 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1–0
C0SC[1:0]
Channel 0 State Control.
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State3 following a match0.
3–2
C1SC[1:0]
Channel 1 State Control.
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State3 following a match1.
5–4
C2SC[1:0]
Channel 2 State Control.
These bits select the targeted next state whilst in State3 following a match2.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
193
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-20. DBGSCR3 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
7–6
C3SC[1:0]
Description
Channel 3 State Control.
If EEVE !=10, these bits select the targeted next state whilst in State3 following a match3.
If EEVE =10, these bits select the targeted next state whilst in State3 following an external event.
Table 6-21. State3 Match State Sequencer Transitions
CxSC[1:0]
Function
00
Match has no effect
01
Match forces sequencer to State1
10
Match forces sequencer to State2
11
Match forces sequencer to Final State
In the case of simultaneous matches, the match on the higher channel number (3....0) has priority.
6.3.2.10
Debug Event Flag Register (DBGEFR)
Address: 0x010A
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PTBOVF
TRIGF
0
EEVF
ME3
ME2
ME1
ME0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 6-12. Debug Event Flag Register (DBGEFR)
Read: Anytime.
Write: Never
DBGEFR contains flag bits each mapped to events whilst armed. Should an event occur, then the
corresponding flag is set. With the exception of TRIGF, the bits can only be set when the ARM bit is set.
The TRIGF bit is set if a TRIG event occurs when ARM is already set, or if the TRIG event occurs
simultaneous to setting the ARM bit.All other flags can only be cleared by arming the DBG module. Thus
the contents are retained after a debug session for evaluation purposes.
A set flag does not inhibit the setting of other flags.
Table 6-22. DBGEFR Field Descriptions
Field
7
PTBOVF
6
TRIGF
Description
Profiling Trace Buffer Overflow Flag — Indicates the occurrence of a trace buffer overflow event during a
profiling session.
0 No trace buffer overflow event
1 Trace buffer overflow event
TRIG Flag — Indicates the occurrence of a TRIG event during the debug session.
0 No TRIG event
1 TRIG event
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
194
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-22. DBGEFR Field Descriptions
Field
4
EEVF
3–0
ME[3:0]
6.3.2.11
Description
External Event Flag — Indicates the occurrence of an external event during the debug session.
0 No external event
1 External event
Match Event[3:0]— Indicates a comparator match event on the corresponding comparator channel.
Debug Status Register (DBGSR)
Address: 0x010B
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TBF
0
0
PTACT
0
SSF2
SSF1
SSF0
—
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
POR
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 6-13. Debug Status Register (DBGSR)
Read: Anytime.
Write: Never.
Table 6-23. DBGSR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
TBF
Trace Buffer Full — The TBF bit indicates that the trace buffer has been filled with data since it was last armed.
If this bit is set, then all trace buffer lines contain valid data, regardless of the value of DBGCNT bits CNT[6:0].
The TBF bit is cleared when ARM in DBGC1 is written to a one. The TBF is cleared by the power on reset
initialization. Other system generated resets have no affect on this bit
4
PTACT
Profiling Transmission Active — The PTACT bit, when set, indicates that the profiling transmission is still
active. When clear, PTACT then profiling transmission is not active. The PTACT bit is set when profiling begins
with the first PTS format entry to the trace buffer. The PTACT bit is cleared when the profiling transmission ends.
2–0
SSF[2:0]
State Sequencer Flag Bits — The SSF bits indicate the current State Sequencer state. During a debug session
on each transition to a new state these bits are updated. If the debug session is ended by software clearing the
ARM bit, then these bits retain their value to reflect the last state of the state sequencer before disarming. If a
debug session is ended by an internal event, then the state sequencer returns to State0 and these bits are
cleared to indicate that State0 was entered during the session. On arming the module the state sequencer enters
State1 and these bits are forced to SSF[2:0] = 001. See Table 6-24.
Table 6-24. SSF[2:0] — State Sequence Flag Bit Encoding
SSF[2:0]
Current State
000
State0 (disarmed)
001
State1
010
State2
011
State3
100
Final State
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
195
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-24. SSF[2:0] — State Sequence Flag Bit Encoding
6.3.2.12
SSF[2:0]
Current State
101,110,111
Reserved
Debug Comparator A Control Register (DBGACTL)
Address: 0x0110
7
R
0
W
Reset
0
6
5
NDB
INST
0
0
4
0
0
3
2
1
0
RW
RWE
reserved
COMPE
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 6-14. Debug Comparator A Control Register
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
Table 6-25. DBGACTL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
NDB
Not Data Bus — The NDB bit controls whether the match occurs when the data bus matches the comparator
register value or when the data bus differs from the register value. This bit is ignored if the INST bit in the
same register is set.
0 Match on data bus equivalence to comparator register contents
1 Match on data bus difference to comparator register contents
5
INST
Instruction Select — This bit configures the comparator to compare PC or data access addresses.
0 Comparator compares addresses of data accesses
1 Comparator compares PC address
3
RW
2
RWE
0
COMPE
Read/Write Comparator Value Bit — The RW bit controls whether read or write is used in compare for the
associated comparator. The RW bit is ignored if RWE is clear or INST is set.
0 Write cycle is matched
1 Read cycle is matched
Read/Write Enable Bit — The RWE bit controls whether read or write comparison is enabled for the
associated comparator. This bit is ignored when INST is set.
0 Read/Write is not used in comparison
1 Read/Write is used in comparison
Enable Bit — Determines if comparator is enabled
0 The comparator is not enabled
1 The comparator is enabled
Table 6-26 shows the effect for RWE and RW on the comparison conditions. These bits are ignored if
INST is set, because matches based on opcodes reaching the execution stage are data independent.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
196
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-26. Read or Write Comparison Logic Table
6.3.2.13
RWE Bit
RW Bit
RW Signal
Comment
0
x
0
RW not used in comparison
0
x
1
RW not used in comparison
1
0
0
Write match
1
0
1
No match
1
1
0
No match
1
1
1
Read match
Debug Comparator A Address Register (DBGAAH, DBGAAM, DBGAAL)
Address: 0x0115, DBGAAH
23
22
21
R
19
18
17
16
DBGAA[23:16]
W
Reset
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Address: 0x0116, DBGAAM
15
R
DBGAA[15:8]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
Address: 0x0117, DBGAAL
7
R
DBGAA[7:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-15. Debug Comparator A Address Register
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
Table 6-27. DBGAAH, DBGAAM, DBGAAL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
23–16
DBGAA
[23:16]
Comparator Address Bits [23:16]— These comparator address bits control whether the comparator compares
the address bus bits [23:16] to a logic one or logic zero.
0 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic one
15–0
DBGAA
[15:0]
Comparator Address Bits [15:0]— These comparator address bits control whether the comparator compares
the address bus bits [15:0] to a logic one or logic zero.
0 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic one
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
197
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.3.2.14
Debug Comparator A Data Register (DBGAD)
Address: 0x0118, 0x0119, 0x011A, 0x011B
31
R
W
W
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Bit 31 Bit 30 Bit 29 Bit 28 Bit 27 Bit 26 Bit 25 Bit 24 Bit 23 Bit 22 Bit 21 Bit 20 Bit 19 Bit 18 Bit 17 Bit 16
Reset
R
30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-16. Debug Comparator A Data Register (DBGAD)
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
This register can be accessed with a byte resolution, whereby DBGAD0, DBGAD1, DBGAD2, DBGAD3
map to DBGAD[31:0] respectively.
Table 6-28. DBGAD Field Descriptions
Field
Description
31–16
Bits[31:16]
(DBGAD0,
DBGAD1)
Comparator Data Bits — These bits control whether the comparator compares the data bus bits to a logic one
or logic zero. The comparator data bits are only used in comparison if the corresponding data mask bit is logic 1.
0 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic one
15–0
Bits[15:0]
(DBGAD2,
DBGAD3)
Comparator Data Bits — These bits control whether the comparator compares the data bus bits to a logic one
or logic zero. The comparator data bits are only used in comparison if the corresponding data mask bit is logic 1.
0 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic one
6.3.2.15
Debug Comparator A Data Mask Register (DBGADM)
Address: 0x011C, 0x011D, 0x011E, 0x011F
31
R
W
Reset
R
W
Reset
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Bit 31 Bit 30 Bit 29 Bit 28 Bit 27 Bit 26 Bit 25 Bit 24 Bit 23 Bit 22 Bit 21 Bit 20 Bit 19 Bit 18 Bit 17 Bit 16
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-17. Debug Comparator A Data Mask Register (DBGADM)
Read: Anytime.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
198
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
This register can be accessed with a byte resolution, whereby DBGADM0, DBGADM1, DBGADM2,
DBGADM3 map to DBGADM[31:0] respectively.
Table 6-29. DBGADM Field Descriptions
Field
Description
31–16
Bits[31:16]
(DBGADM0,
DBGADM1)
Comparator Data Mask Bits — These bits control whether the comparator compares the data bus bits to the
corresponding comparator data compare bits.
0 Do not compare corresponding data bit
1 Compare corresponding data bit
15-0
Bits[15:0]
(DBGADM2,
DBGADM3)
Comparator Data Mask Bits — These bits control whether the comparator compares the data bus bits to the
corresponding comparator data compare bits.
0 Do not compare corresponding data bit
1 Compare corresponding data bit
6.3.2.16
Debug Comparator B Control Register (DBGBCTL)
Address: 0x0120
R
7
6
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
5
INST
0
4
0
0
3
2
1
0
RW
RWE
reserved
COMPE
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 6-18. Debug Comparator B Control Register
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
Table 6-30. DBGBCTL Field Descriptions
Field(1)
5
INST
3
RW
2
RWE
Description
Instruction Select — This bit configures the comparator to compare PC or data access addresses.
0 Comparator compares addresses of data accesses
1 Comparator compares PC address
Read/Write Comparator Value Bit — The RW bit controls whether read or write is used in compare for the
associated comparator. The RW bit is ignored if RWE is clear or INST is set.
0 Write cycle is matched
1 Read cycle is matched
Read/Write Enable Bit — The RWE bit controls whether read or write comparison is enabled for the
associated comparator. This bit is ignored when INST is set.
0 Read/Write is not used in comparison
1 Read/Write is used in comparison
0
COMPE
Enable Bit — Determines if comparator is enabled
0 The comparator is not enabled
1 The comparator is enabled
1. If the ABCM field selects range mode comparisons, then DBGACTL bits configure the comparison, DBGBCTL is ignored.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
199
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-31 shows the effect for RWE and RW on the comparison conditions. These bits are ignored if
INST is set, as matches based on instructions reaching the execution stage are data independent.
Table 6-31. Read or Write Comparison Logic Table
6.3.2.17
RWE Bit
RW Bit
RW Signal
Comment
0
x
0
RW not used in comparison
0
x
1
RW not used in comparison
1
0
0
Write match
1
0
1
No match
1
1
0
No match
1
1
1
Read match
Debug Comparator B Address Register (DBGBAH, DBGBAM, DBGBAL)
Address: 0x0125, DBGBAH
23
22
21
R
19
18
17
16
DBGBA[23:16]
W
Reset
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Address: 0x0126, DBGBAM
15
R
DBGBA[15:8]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
Address: 0x0127, DBGBAL
7
R
DBGBA[7:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-19. Debug Comparator B Address Register
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
Table 6-32. DBGBAH, DBGBAM, DBGBAL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
23–16
DBGBA
[23:16]
Comparator Address Bits [23:16]— These comparator address bits control whether the comparator compares
the address bus bits [23:16] to a logic one or logic zero.
0 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic one
15–0
DBGBA
[15:0]
Comparator Address Bits[15:0]— These comparator address bits control whether the comparator compares
the address bus bits [15:0] to a logic one or logic zero.
0 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic one
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
200
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.3.2.18
Debug Comparator C Control Register (DBGCCTL)
Address: 0x0130
7
R
0
W
Reset
6
5
NDB
INST
0
0
0
4
0
0
3
2
1
0
RW
RWE
reserved
COMPE
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 6-20. Debug Comparator C Control Register
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
Table 6-33. DBGCCTL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
NDB
Not Data Bus — The NDB bit controls whether the match occurs when the data bus matches the comparator
register value or when the data bus differs from the register value. This bit is ignored if the INST bit in the
same register is set.
0 Match on data bus equivalence to comparator register contents
1 Match on data bus difference to comparator register contents
5
INST
Instruction Select — This bit configures the comparator to compare PC or data access addresses.
0 Comparator compares addresses of data accesses
1 Comparator compares PC address
3
RW
2
RWE
0
COMPE
Read/Write Comparator Value Bit — The RW bit controls whether read or write is used in compare for the
associated comparator. The RW bit is ignored if RWE is clear or INST is set.
0 Write cycle is matched
1 Read cycle is matched
Read/Write Enable Bit — The RWE bit controls whether read or write comparison is enabled for the
associated comparator. This bit is not used if INST is set.
0 Read/Write is not used in comparison
1 Read/Write is used in comparison
Enable Bit — Determines if comparator is enabled
0 The comparator is not enabled
1 The comparator is enabled
Table 6-34 shows the effect for RWE and RW on the comparison conditions. These bits are ignored if
INST is set, because matches based on opcodes reaching the execution stage are data independent.
Table 6-34. Read or Write Comparison Logic Table
RWE Bit
RW Bit
RW Signal
Comment
0
x
0
RW not used in comparison
0
x
1
RW not used in comparison
1
0
0
Write match
1
0
1
No match
1
1
0
No match
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
201
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-34. Read or Write Comparison Logic Table
6.3.2.19
RWE Bit
RW Bit
RW Signal
Comment
1
1
1
Read match
Debug Comparator C Address Register (DBGCAH, DBGCAM, DBGCAL)
Address: 0x0135, DBGCAH
23
22
21
R
19
18
17
16
DBGCA[23:16]
W
Reset
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Address: 0x0136, DBGCAM
15
R
DBGCA[15:8]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
Address: 0x0137, DBGCAL
7
R
DBGCA[7:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-21. Debug Comparator C Address Register
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
Table 6-35. DBGCAH, DBGCAM, DBGCAL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
23–16
DBGCA
[23:16]
Comparator Address Bits [23:16]— These comparator address bits control whether the comparator compares
the address bus bits [23:16] to a logic one or logic zero.
0 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic one
15–0
DBGCA
[15:0]
Comparator Address Bits[15:0]— These comparator address bits control whether the comparator compares
the address bus bits [15:0] to a logic one or logic zero.
0 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic one
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
202
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.3.2.20
Debug Comparator C Data Register (DBGCD)
Address: 0x0138, 0x0139, 0x013A, 0x013B
31
R
W
W
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Bit 31 Bit 30 Bit 29 Bit 28 Bit 27 Bit 26 Bit 25 Bit 24 Bit 23 Bit 22 Bit 21 Bit 20 Bit 19 Bit 18 Bit 17 Bit 16
Reset
R
30
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-22. Debug Comparator C Data Register (DBGCD)
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
This register can be accessed with a byte resolution, whereby DBGCD0, DBGCD1, DBGCD2, DBGCD3
map to DBGCD[31:0] respectively.
XGATE data accesses have a maximum width of 16-bits and are mapped to DBGCD[15:0].
Table 6-36. DBGCD Field Descriptions
Field
Description
31–16
Bits[31:16]
(DBGCD0,
DBGCD1)
Comparator Data Bits — These bits control whether the comparator compares the data bus bits to a logic one
or logic zero. The comparator data bits are only used in comparison if the corresponding data mask bit is logic 1.
0 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic one
15–0
Bits[15:0]
(DBGCD2,
DBGCD3)
Comparator Data Bits — These bits control whether the comparator compares the data bus bits to a logic one
or logic zero. The comparator data bits are only used in comparison if the corresponding data mask bit is logic 1.
0 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding data bit to a logic one
6.3.2.21
Debug Comparator C Data Mask Register (DBGCDM)
Address: 0x013C, 0x013D, 0x013E, 0x013F
31
R
W
Reset
R
W
Reset
30
29
28
27
26
25
24
23
22
21
20
19
18
17
16
Bit 31 Bit 30 Bit 29 Bit 28 Bit 27 Bit 26 Bit 25 Bit 24 Bit 23 Bit 22 Bit 21 Bit 20 Bit 19 Bit 18 Bit 17 Bit 16
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Bit 8
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Bit 15 Bit 14 Bit 13 Bit 12 Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-23. Debug Comparator C Data Mask Register (DBGCDM)
Read: Anytime.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
203
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
This register can be accessed with a byte resolution, whereby DBGCDM0, DBGCDM1, DBGCDM2,
DBGCDM3 map to DBGCDM[31:0] respectively.
XGATE data accesses have a maximum width of 16-bits and are mapped to DBGCDM[15:0].
Table 6-37. DBGCDM Field Descriptions
Field
Description
31–16
Bits[31:16]
(DBGCDM0,
DBGCDM1)
Comparator Data Mask Bits — These bits control whether the comparator compares the data bus bits to the
corresponding comparator data compare bits.
0 Do not compare corresponding data bit
1 Compare corresponding data bit
15–0
Bits[15:0]
(DBGCDM2,
DBGCDM3)
Comparator Data Mask Bits — These bits control whether the comparator compares the data bus bits to the
corresponding comparator data compare bits.
0 Do not compare corresponding data bit
1 Compare corresponding data bit
6.3.2.22
Debug Comparator D Control Register (DBGDCTL)
Address: 0x0140
R
7
6
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
5
INST
0
4
0
0
3
2
1
0
RW
RWE
reserved
COMPE
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 6-24. Debug Comparator D Control Register
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
Table 6-38. DBGDCTL Field Descriptions
Field(1)
5
INST
3
RW
2
RWE
0
COMPE
Description
Instruction Select — This bit configures the comparator to compare PC or data access addresses.
0 Comparator compares addresses of data accesses
1 Comparator compares PC address
Read/Write Comparator Value Bit — The RW bit controls whether read or write is used in compare for the
associated comparator. The RW bit is ignored if RWE is clear or INST is set.
0 Write cycle is matched
1 Read cycle is matched
Read/Write Enable Bit — The RWE bit controls whether read or write comparison is enabled for the
associated comparator. This bit is ignored if INST is set.
0 Read/Write is not used in comparison
1 Read/Write is used in comparison
Enable Bit — Determines if comparator is enabled
0 The comparator is not enabled
1 The comparator is enabled
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
204
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
1. If the CDCM field selects range mode comparisons, then DBGCCTL bits configure the comparison, DBGDCTL is ignored.
Table 6-39 shows the effect for RWE and RW on the comparison conditions. These bits are ignored if
INST is set, because matches based on opcodes reaching the execution stage are data independent.
Table 6-39. Read or Write Comparison Logic Table
6.3.2.23
RWE Bit
RW Bit
RW Signal
Comment
0
x
0
RW not used in comparison
0
x
1
RW not used in comparison
1
0
0
Write match
1
0
1
No match
1
1
0
No match
1
1
1
Read match
Debug Comparator D Address Register (DBGDAH, DBGDAM, DBGDAL)
Address: 0x0145, DBGDAH
23
22
21
R
19
18
17
16
DBGDA[23:16]
W
Reset
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
Address: 0x0146, DBGDAM
15
R
DBGDA[15:8]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
Address: 0x0147, DBGDAL
7
R
DBGDA[7:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 6-25. Debug Comparator D Address Register
Read: Anytime.
Write: If DBG not armed and PTACT is clear.
Table 6-40. DBGDAH, DBGDAM, DBGDAL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
23–16
DBGDA
[23:16]
Comparator Address Bits [23:16]— These comparator address bits control whether the comparator compares
the address bus bits [23:16] to a logic one or logic zero.
0 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic one
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
205
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-40. DBGDAH, DBGDAM, DBGDAL Field Descriptions
Field
15–0
DBGDA
[15:0]
6.4
Description
Comparator Address Bits[15:0]— These comparator address bits control whether the comparator compares
the address bus bits [15:0] to a logic one or logic zero.
0 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic zero
1 Compare corresponding address bit to a logic one
Functional Description
This section provides a complete functional description of the DBG module.
6.4.1
DBG Operation
The DBG module operation is enabled by setting ARM in DBGC1. When armed it supports storing of data
in the trace buffer and can be used to generate breakpoints to the CPU. The DBG module is made up of
comparators, control logic, the trace buffer, and the state sequencer, Figure 6-1.
The comparators monitor the bus activity of the CPU. Comparators can be configured to monitor opcode
addresses (effectively the PC address) or data accesses. Comparators can be configured during data
accesses to mask out individual data bus bits and to use R/W access qualification in the comparison.
Comparators can be configured to monitor a range of addresses.
When configured for data access comparisons, the match is generated if the address (and optionally data)
of a data access matches the comparator value.
Configured for monitoring opcode addresses, the match is generated when the associated opcode reaches
the execution stage of the instruction queue, but before execution of that opcode.
When a match with a comparator register value occurs, the associated control logic can force the state
sequencer to another state (see Figure 6-26).
The state sequencer can transition freely between the states 1, 2 and 3. On transition to Final State bus
tracing can be triggered. On completion of tracing the state sequencer enters State0. If tracing is disabled
or End aligned tracing is enabled then the state sequencer transitions immediately from Final State to
State0. The transition to State0 generates breakpoints if breakpoints are enabled.
Independent of the comparators, state sequencer transitions can be forced by the external event input or by
writing to the TRIG bit in the DBGC1 control register.
The trace buffer is visible through a 2-byte window in the register address map and can be read out using
standard 16-bit word reads.
6.4.2
Comparator Modes
The DBG contains four comparators, A, B, C, and D. Each comparator compares the address stored in
DBGXAH, DBGXAM, and DBGXAL with the PC (opcode addresses) or selected address bus (data
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
206
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
accesses). Furthermore, comparators A and C can compare the data buses to values stored in DBGXD3-0
and allow data bit masking.
The comparators can monitor the buses for an exact address or an address range. The comparator
configuration is controlled by the control register contents and the range control by the DBGC2 contents.
The comparator control register also allows the type of data access to be included in the comparison
through the use of the RWE and RW bits. The RWE bit controls whether the access type is compared for
the associated comparator and the RW bit selects either a read or write access for a valid match.
The INST bit in each comparator control register is used to determine the matching condition. By setting
INST, the comparator matches opcode addresses, whereby the databus, data mask, RW and RWE bits are
ignored. The comparator register must be loaded with the exact opcode address.
The comparator can be configured to match memory access addresses by clearing the INST bit.
Each comparator match can force a transition to another state sequencer state (see Section 6.4.3”).
Once a successful comparator match has occurred, the condition that caused the original match is not
verified again on subsequent matches. Thus if a particular data value is matched at a given address, this
address may not contain that data value when a subsequent match occurs.
Comparators C and D can also be used to select an address range to trace from, when tracing CPU accesses
in Detail mode. This is determined by the TRANGE bits in the DBGTCRH register. The TRANGE
encoding is shown in Table 6-9. If the TRANGE bits select a range definition using comparator D and the
COMPE bit is clear, then comparator D is configured for trace range definition. By setting the COMPE bit
the comparator is configured for address bus comparisons, the TRANGE bits are ignored and the tracing
range function is disabled. Similarly if the TRANGE bits select a range definition using comparator C and
the COMPE bit is clear, then comparator C is configured for trace range definition.
Match[0, 1, 2, 3] map directly to Comparators [A, B, C, D] respectively, except in range modes (see
Section 6.3.2.2”). Comparator priority rules are described in the event priority section (Section 6.4.3.5”).
6.4.2.1
Exact Address Comparator Match
With range comparisons disabled, the match condition is an exact equivalence of address bus with the
value stored in the comparator address registers. Qualification of the type of access (R/W) is also possible.
Code may contain various access forms of the same address, for example a 16-bit access of ADDR[n] or
byte access of ADDR[n+1] both access n+1. The comparators ensure that any access of the address defined
by the comparator address register generates a match, as shown in the example of Table 6-41. Thus if the
comparator address register contains ADDR[n+1] any access of ADDR[n+1] matches. This means that a
16-bit access of ADDR[n] or 32-bit access of ADDR[n-1] also match because they also access
ADDR[n+1]. The right hand columns show the contents of DBGxA that would match for each access.
Table 6-41. Comparator Address Bus Matches
Access
Address
ADDR[n]
ADDR[n+1]
ADDR[n+2]
ADDR[n+3]
32-bit
ADDR[n]
Match
Match
Match
Match
16-bit
ADDR[n]
Match
Match
No Match
No Match
16-bit
ADDR[n+1]
No Match
Match
Match
No Match
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
207
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-41. Comparator Address Bus Matches
Access
Address
ADDR[n]
ADDR[n+1]
ADDR[n+2]
ADDR[n+3]
8-bit
ADDR[n]
Match
No Match
No Match
No Match
If the comparator INST bit is set, the comparator address register contents are compared with the PC, the
data register contents and access type bits are ignored. The comparator address register must be loaded
with the address of the first opcode byte.
6.4.2.2
Address and Data Comparator Match
Comparators A and C feature data comparators, for data access comparisons. The comparators do not
evaluate if accessed data is valid. Accesses across aligned 32-bit boundaries are split internally into
consecutive accesses. The data comparator mapping to accessed addresses for the CPU is shown in
Table 6-42, whereby the Address column refers to the lowest 2 bits of the lowest accessed address. This
corresponds to the most significant data byte.
Table 6-42. Comparator Data Byte Alignment
Address[1:0]
Data Comparator
00
DBGxD0
01
DBGxD1
10
DBGxD2
11
DBGxD3
The fixed mapping of data comparator bytes to addresses within a 32-bit data field ensures data matches
independent of access size. To compare a single data byte within the 32-bit field, the other bytes within
that field must be masked using the corresponding data mask registers. This ensures that any access of that
byte (32-bit,16-bit or 8-bit) with matching data causes a match. If no bytes are masked then the data
comparator always compares all 32-bits and can only generate a match on a 32-bit access with correct 32bit data value. In this case, 8-bit or 16-bit accesses within the 32-bit field cannot generate a match even if
the contents of the addressed bytes match because all 32-bits must match. In Table 6-43 the Access
Address column refers to the address bits[1:0] of the lowest accessed address (most significant data byte).
Table 6-43. Data Register Use Dependency On CPU Access Type
Memory Address[2:0]
Case
Access
Address
Access
Size
000
001
010
011
1
00
32-bit
DBGxD0
DBGxD1
DBGxD2
DBGxD3
2
01
32-bit
DBGxD1
DBGxD2
DBGxD3
DBGxD0
3
10
32-bit
DBGxD3
DBGxD0
DBGxD1
4
11
32-bit
DBGxD3
DBGxD0
DBGxD1
5
00
16-bit
6
01
16-bit
7
10
16-bit
8
11
16-bit
DBGxD2
DBGxD0
100
101
110
DBGxD2
DBGxD1
DBGxD1
DBGxD2
DBGxD2
DBGxD3
DBGxD3
DBGxD0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
208
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Memory Address[2:0]
Case
Access
Address
Access
Size
000
9
00
8-bit
DBGxD0
10
01
8-bit
11
10
8-bit
12
11
8-bit
13
00
8-bit
001
010
011
100
101
110
DBGxD1
DBGxD2
DBGxD3
DBGxD0
Denotes byte that is not accessed.
For a match of a 32-bit access with data compare, the address comparator must be loaded with the address
of the lowest accessed byte. For Case1 Table 6-43 this corresponds to 000, for Case2 it corresponds to 001.
To compare all 32-bits, it is required that no bits are masked.
6.4.2.3
Data Bus Comparison NDB Dependency
The NDB control bit allows data bus comparators to be configured to either match on equivalence or on
difference. This allows monitoring of a difference in the contents of an address location from an expected
value.
When matching on an equivalence (NDB=0), each individual data bus bit position can be masked out by
clearing the corresponding mask bit, so that it is ignored in the comparison. A match occurs when all data
bus bits with corresponding mask bits set are equivalent. If all mask register bits are clear, then a match is
based on the address bus only, the data bus is ignored.
When matching on a difference, mask bits can be cleared to ignore bit positions. A match occurs when any
data bus bit with corresponding mask bit set is different. Clearing all mask bits, causes all bits to be ignored
and prevents a match because no difference can be detected. In this case address bus equivalence does not
cause a match. Bytes that are not accessed are ignored. Thus when monitoring a multi byte field for a
difference, partial accesses of the field only return a match if a difference is detected in the accessed bytes.
Table 6-44. NDB and MASK bit dependency
6.4.2.4
NDB
DBGADM
Comment
0
0
Do not compare data bus bit.
0
1
Compare data bus bit. Match on equivalence.
1
0
Do not compare data bus bit.
1
1
Compare data bus bit. Match on difference.
Range Comparisons
Range comparisons are accurate to byte boundaries. Thus for data access comparisons a match occurs if
at least one byte of the access is in the range (inside range) or outside the range (outside range). For opcode
comparisons only the address of the first opcode byte is compared with the range.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
209
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
When using the AB comparator pair for a range comparison, the data bus can be used for qualification by
using the comparator A data and data mask registers. Similarly when using the CD comparator pair for a
range comparison, the data bus can be used for qualification by using the comparator C data and data mask
registers. The DBGACTL/DBGCCTL RW and RWE bits can be used to qualify the range comparison on
either a read or a write access. The corresponding DBGBCTL/DBGDCTL bits are ignored. The
DBGACTL/DBGCCTL COMPE/INST bits are used for range comparisons. The DBGBCTL/DBGDCTL
COMPE/INST bits are ignored in range modes.
6.4.2.4.1
Inside Range (CompAC_Addr address CompBD_Addr)
In the Inside Range comparator mode, either comparator pair A and B or comparator pair C and D can be
configured for range comparisons by the control register (DBGC2). The match condition requires a
simultaneous valid match for both comparators. A match condition on only one comparator is not valid.
6.4.2.4.2
Outside Range (address < CompAC_Addr or address > CompBD_Addr)
In the Outside Range comparator mode, either comparator pair A and B or comparator pair C and D can
be configured for range comparisons. A single match condition on either of the comparators is recognized
as valid. Outside range mode in combination with opcode address matches can be used to detect if opcodes
are from an unexpected range.
NOTE
When configured for data access matches, an outside range match would
typically occur at any interrupt vector fetch or register access. This can be
avoided by setting the upper or lower range limit to $FFFFFF or $000000
respectively. Interrupt vector fetches do not cause opcode address matches.
6.4.3
Events
Events are used as qualifiers for a state sequencer change of state. The state control register for the current
state determines the next state for each event. An event can immediately initiate a transition to the next
state sequencer state whereby the corresponding flag in DBGSR is set.
6.4.3.1
6.4.3.1.1
Comparator Match Events
Opcode Address Comparator Match
The comparator is loaded with the address of the selected instruction and the comparator control register
INST bit is set. When the opcode reaches the execution stage of the instruction queue a match occurs just
before the instruction executes, allowing a breakpoint immediately before the instruction boundary. The
comparator address register must contain the address of the first opcode byte for the match to occur.
Opcode address matches are data independent thus the RWE and RW bits are ignored. CPU compares are
disabled when BDM becomes active.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
210
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.4.3.1.2
Data Access Comparator Match
Data access matches are generated when an access occurs at the address contained in the comparator
address register. The match can be qualified by the access data and by the access type (read/write). The
breakpoint occurs a maximum of 2 instructions after the access in the CPU flow. Note, if a COF occurs
between access and breakpoint, the opcode address of the breakpoint can be elsewhere in the memory map.
Opcode fetches are not classed as data accesses. Thus data access matches are not possible on opcode
fetches.
6.4.3.2
External Event
The DBGEEV input signal can force a state sequencer transition, independent of internal comparator
matches. The DBGEEV is an input signal mapped directly to a device pin and configured by the EEVE
field in DBGC1. The external events can change the state sequencer state, or force a trace buffer entry, or
gate trace buffer entries.
If configured to change the state sequencer state, then the external match is mapped to DBGSCRx bits
C3SC[1:0]. In this configuration, internal comparator channel3 is de-coupled from the state sequencer but
can still be used for timestamps. The DBGEFR bit EEVF is set when an external event occurs.
6.4.3.3
Setting The TRIG Bit
Independent of comparator matches it is possible to initiate a tracing session and/or breakpoint by writing
the TRIG bit in DBGC1 to a logic “1”. This forces the state sequencer into the Final State. If configured
for End aligned tracing or for no tracing, the transition to Final State is followed immediately by a
transition to State0. If configured for Begin- or Mid Aligned tracing, the state sequencer remains in Final
State until tracing is complete, then it transitions to State0.
Breakpoints, if enabled, are issued on the transition to State0.
6.4.3.4
Profiling Trace Buffer Overflow Event
During code profiling a trace buffer overflow forces the state sequencer into the disarmed State0 and, if
breakpoints are enabled, issues a breakpoint request to the CPU.
6.4.3.5
Event Priorities
If simultaneous events occur, the priority is resolved according to Table 6-45. Lower priority events are
suppressed. It is thus possible to miss a lower priority event if it occurs simultaneously with an event of a
higher priority. The event priorities dictate that in the case of simultaneous matches, the match on the
higher comparator channel number (3,2,1,0) has priority.
If a write access to DBGC1 with the ARM bit position set occurs simultaneously to a hardware disarm
from an internal event, then the ARM bit is cleared due to the hardware disarm.
Table 6-45. Event Priorities
Priority
Source
Action
Highest
TB Overflow
Immediate force to state 0, generate breakpoint and terminate tracing
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
211
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-45. Event Priorities
TRIG
Force immediately to final state
DBGEEV
Force to next state as defined by state control registers (EEVE=2’b10)
Match3
Force to next state as defined by state control registers
Match2
Force to next state as defined by state control registers
Match1
Force to next state as defined by state control registers
Match0
Force to next state as defined by state control registers
Lowest
6.4.4
State Sequence Control
State 0
(Disarmed)
ARM = 1
State1
Final State
State2
State3
Figure 6-26. State Sequencer Diagram
The state sequencer allows a defined sequence of events to provide a breakpoint and/or a trigger point for
tracing of data in the trace buffer. When the DBG module is armed by setting the ARM bit in the DBGC1
register, the state sequencer enters State1. Further transitions between the states are controlled by the state
control registers and depend upon event occurrences (see Section 6.4.3). From Final State the only
permitted transition is back to the disarmed State0. Transition between the states 1 to 3 is not restricted.
Each transition updates the SSF[2:0] flags in DBGSR accordingly to indicate the current state. If
breakpoints are enabled, then an event based transition to State0 generates the breakpoint request. A
transition to State0 resulting from writing “0” to the ARM bit does not generate a breakpoint request.
6.4.4.1
Final State
On entering Final State a trigger may be issued to the trace buffer according to the trigger position control
as defined by the TALIGN field (see Section 6.3.2.3”).
If tracing is enabled and either Begin or Mid aligned triggering is selected, the state sequencer remains in
Final State until completion of the trace. On completion of the trace the state sequencer returns to State0
and the debug module is disarmed; if breakpoints are enabled, a breakpoint request is generated.
If tracing is disabled or End aligned triggering is selected, then when the Final State is reached the state
sequencer returns to State0 immediately and the debug module is disarmed. If breakpoints are enabled, a
breakpoint request is generated on transitions to State0.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
212
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.4.5
Trace Buffer Operation
The trace buffer is a 64 lines deep by 64-bits wide RAM array. If the TSOURCE bit is set the DBG module
can store trace information in the RAM array in a circular buffer format. Data is stored in mode dependent
formats, as described in the following sections. After each trace buffer entry, the counter register
DBGCNT is incremented. Trace buffer rollover is possible when configured for End- or Mid-Aligned
tracing, such that older entries are replaced by newer entries. Tracing of CPU activity is disabled when the
BDC is active.
The RAM array can be accessed through the register DBGTB using 16-bit wide word accesses. After each
read, the internal RAM pointer is incremented so that the next read will receive fresh information. Reading
the trace buffer whilst the DBG is armed returns invalid data and the trace buffer pointer is not
incremented.
In Detail mode the address range for CPU access tracing can be limited to a range specified by the
TRANGE bits in DBGTCRH. This function uses comparators C and D to define an address range inside
which accesses should be traced. Thus traced accesses can be restricted, for example, to particular register
or RAM range accesses.
The external event pin can be configured to force trace buffer entries in Normal or Loop1 trace modes. All
tracing modes support trace buffer gating. In Pure PC and Detail modes external events do not force trace
buffer entries.
If the external event pin is configured to gate trace buffer entries then any trace mode is valid.
6.4.5.1
Trace Trigger Alignment
Using the TALIGN bits (see Section 6.3.2.3”) it is possible to align the trigger with the end, the middle, or
the beginning of a tracing session.
If End or Mid-Alignment is selected, tracing begins when the ARM bit in DBGC1 is set and State1 is
entered. The transition to Final State if End-Alignment is selected, ends the tracing session. The transition
to Final State if Mid-Alignment is selected signals that another 32 lines are traced before ending the tracing
session. Tracing with Begin-Alignment starts at the trigger and ends when the trace buffer is full.
Table 6-46. Tracing Alignment
TALIGN
Tracing Begin
Tracing End
00
On arming
At trigger
01
At trigger
When trace buffer is full
10
On arming
When 32 trace buffer lines have
been filled after trigger
11
6.4.5.1.1
Reserved
Storing with Begin-Alignment
Storing with Begin-Alignment, data is not stored in the trace buffer until the Final State is entered. Once
the trigger condition is met the DBG module remains armed until 64 lines are stored in the trace buffer.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
213
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Using Begin-Alignment together with opcode address comparisons, if the instruction is about to be
executed then the trace is started. If the trigger is at the address of a COF instruction, whilst tracing COF
addresses, then that COF address is stored to the trace buffer. If breakpoints are enabled, the breakpoint is
generated upon entry into State0 on completion of the tracing session; thus the breakpoint does not occur
at the instruction boundary.
6.4.5.1.2
Storing with Mid-Alignment
Storing with Mid-Alignment, data is stored in the trace buffer as soon as the DBG module is armed. When
the trigger condition is met, another 32 lines are traced before ending the tracing session, irrespective of
the number of lines stored before the trigger occurred, then the DBG module is disarmed and no more data
is stored. Using Mid-Alignment with opcode address triggers, if the instruction is about to be executed then
the trace is continued for another 32 lines. If breakpoints are enabled, the breakpoint is generated upon
entry into State0 on completion of the tracing session; thus the breakpoint does not occur at the instruction
boundary. When configured for Compressed Pure-PC tracing, the MAT info bit is set to indicate the last
PC entry before a trigger event.
6.4.5.1.3
Storing with End-Alignment
Storing with End-Alignment, data is stored in the trace buffer until the Final State is entered. Following
this trigger, the DBG module immediately transitions to State0. If the trigger is at the address of a COF
instruction the trigger event is not stored in the trace buffer.
6.4.5.2
Trace Modes
The DBG module can operate in four trace modes. The mode is selected using the TRCMOD bits in the
DBGTCRH register. Normal, Loop1 and Detail modes can be configured to store a timestamp with each
entry, by setting the STAMP bit. The modes are described in the following subsections.
In addition to the listed trace modes it is also possible to use code profiling to fill the trace buffer with a
highly compressed COF format. This can be subsequently read out in the same fashion as the listed trace
modes (see Section 6.4.6).
6.4.5.2.1
Normal Mode
In Normal Mode, change of flow (COF) program counter (PC) addresses are stored.
CPU COF addresses are defined as follows:
• Source address of taken conditional branches (bit-conditional, and loop primitives)
• Destination address of indexed JMP and JSR instruction.s
• Destination address of RTI and RTS instructions.
• Vector address of interrupts
BRA, BSR, BGND as well as non-indexed JMP and JSR instructions are not classified as change of flow
and are not stored in the trace buffer.
COF addresses stored include the full address bus of CPU and an information byte, which contains bits to
indicate whether the stored address was a source, destination or vector address.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
214
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
NOTE
When a CPU indexed jump instruction is executed, the destination address
is stored to the trace buffer on instruction completion, indicating the COF
has taken place. If an interrupt occurs simultaneously then the next
instruction carried out is actually from the interrupt service routine. The
instruction at the destination address of the original program flow gets
executed after the interrupt service routine.
In the following example an IRQ interrupt occurs during execution of the
indexed JMP at address MARK1. The NOP at the destination (SUB_1) is
not executed until after the IRQ service routine but the destination address
is entered into the trace buffer to indicate that the indexed JMP COF has
taken place.
MARK1:
MARK2:
LD
JMP
NOP
SUB_1:
NOP
ADDR1:
NOP
DBNE
IRQ_ISR: LD
ST
RTI
X,#SUB_1
(0,X)
; IRQ interrupt occurs during execution of this
;
; JMP Destination address TRACE BUFFER ENTRY 1
; RTI Destination address TRACE BUFFER ENTRY 3
;
; Source address TRACE BUFFER ENTRY 4
D0,PART5
D1,#$F0
D1,VAR_C1
; IRQ Vector $FFF2 = TRACE BUFFER ENTRY 2
;
The execution flow taking into account the IRQ is as follows
LD
MARK1:
JMP
IRQ_ISR: LD
ST
RTI
SUB_1:
NOP
NOP
ADDR1:
DBNE
X,#SUB_1
(0,X)
D1,#$F0
D1,VAR_C1
;
;
;
;
;
D0,PART5
The Normal Mode trace buffer format is shown in the following tables. Whilst tracing in Normal or Loop1
modes each array line contains 2 data entries, thus in this case the DBGCNT[0] is incremented after each
separate entry. Information byte bits indicate if an entry is a source, destination or vector address.
The external event input can force trace buffer entries independent of COF occurrences, in which case the
EEVI bit is set and the PC value of the last instruction is stored to the trace buffer. If the external event
coincides with a COF buffer entry a single entry is made with the EEVI bit set.
Normal mode profiling with timestamp is possible when tracing from a single source by setting the
STAMP bit in DBGTCRL. This results in a different format (see Table 6-48).
Table 6-47. Normal and Loop1 Mode Trace Buffer Format without Timestamp
Mode
8-Byte Wide Trace Buffer Line
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
215
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-47. Normal and Loop1 Mode Trace Buffer Format without Timestamp
CPU
CINF1
CPCH1
CPCM1
CPCL1
CINF0
CPCH0
CPCM0
CPCL0
CINF3
CPCH3
CPCM3
CPCL3
CINF2
CPCH2
CPCM2
CPCL2
Table 6-48. Normal and Loop1 Mode Trace Buffer Format with Timestamp
Mode
CPU
8-Byte Wide Trace Buffer Line
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Timestamp
Timestamp
Reserved
Reserved
CINF0
CPCH0
CPCM0
CPCL0
Timestamp
Timestamp
Reserved
Reserved
CINF1
CPCH1
CPCM1
CPCL1
CINF contains information relating to the CPU.
CPU Information Byte CINF For Normal And Loop1 Modes
Bit 7
Bit 6
CET
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
CTI
EEVI
0
TOVF
Figure 6-27. CPU Information Byte CINF
Table 6-49. CINF Bit Descriptions
Field
Description
7–6
CET
CPU Entry Type Field — Indicates the type of stored address of the trace buffer entry as described in Table 6-50
3
CTI
Comparator Timestamp Indicator — This bit indicates if the trace buffer entry corresponds to a comparator
timestamp.
0 Trace buffer entry initiated by trace mode specification conditions or timestamp counter overflow
1 Trace buffer entry initiated by comparator D match
2
EEVI
External Event Indicator — This bit indicates if the trace buffer entry corresponds to an external event.
0 Trace buffer entry not initiated by an external event
1 Trace buffer entry initiated by an external event
0
TOVF
Timestamp Overflow Indicator — Indicates if the trace buffer entry corresponds to a timestamp overflow
0 Trace buffer entry not initiated by a timestamp overflow
1 Trace buffer entry initiated by a timestamp overflow
Table 6-50. CET Encoding
CET
Entry Type Description
00
Non COF opcode address (entry forced by an external event)
01
Vector destination address
10
Source address of COF opcode
11
Destination address of COF opcode
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
216
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.4.5.2.2
Loop1 Mode
Loop1 Mode, similarly to Normal Mode also stores only COF address information to the trace buffer, it
however allows the filtering out of redundant information.
The intent of Loop1 Mode is to prevent the trace buffer from being filled entirely with duplicate
information from a looping construct such as delays using the DBNE instruction. The DBG monitors trace
buffer entries and prevents consecutive duplicate address entries resulting from repeated branches.
Loop1 Mode only inhibits consecutive duplicate source address entries that would typically be stored in
most tight looping constructs. It does not inhibit repeated entries of destination addresses or vector
addresses, since repeated entries of these could indicate a bug in application code that the DBG module is
designed to help find.
The trace buffer format for Loop1 Mode is the same as that of Normal Mode.
6.4.5.2.3
Detail Mode
When tracing CPU activity in Detail Mode, address and data of data and vector accesses are traced. The
information byte indicates the size of access and the type of access (read or write).
ADRH, ADRM, ADRL denote address high, middle and low byte respectively. The numerical suffix
indicates which tracing step. DBGCNT increments by 2 for each line completed.
If timestamps are enabled then each CPU entry can span 2 trace buffer lines, whereby the second line
includes the timestamp. If a valid PC occurs in the same cycle as the timestamp, it is also stored to the trace
buffer and the PC bit is set. The second line featuring the timestamp is only stored if no further data access
occurs in the following cycle. This is shown in Table 6-52, where data accesses 2 and 3 occur in
consecutive cycles, suppressing the entry2 timestamp. If 2 lines are used for an entry, then DBGCNT
increments by 4. A timestamp line is indicated by bit1 in the TSINF byte. The timestamp counter is only
reset each time a timestamp line entry is made. It is not reset when the data and address trace buffer line
entry is made.
Table 6-51. Detail Mode Trace Buffer Format without Timestamp
Mode
CPU
Detail
8-Byte Wide Trace Buffer Line
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CDATA31
CDATA21
CDATA11
CDATA01
CINF1
CADRH1
CADRM1
CADRL1
CDATA32
CDATA22
CDATA12
CDATA02
CINF2
CADRH2
CADRM2
CADRL2
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
217
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Table 6-52. Detail Mode Trace Buffer Format with Timestamp
8-Byte Wide Trace Buffer Line
Mode
CPU
Detail
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CDATA31
CDATA21
CDATA11
CDATA01
CINF1
CADRH1
CADRM1
CADRL1
Timestamp
Timestamp
Reserved
Reserved
TSINF1
CPCH1
CPCM1
CPCL1
CDATA32
CDATA22
CDATA12
CDATA02
CINF2
CADRH2
CADRM2
CADRL2
CDATA33
CDATA23
CDATA13
CDATA03
CINF3
CADRH3
CADRM3
CADRL3
Timestamp
Timestamp
Reserved
Reserved
TSINF3
CPCH3
CPCM3
CPCL3
Detail Mode data entries store the bytes aligned to the address of the MSB accessed (Byte1 Table 6-53).
Thus accesses split across 32-bit boundaries are wrapped around.
Table 6-53. Detail Mode Data Byte Alignment
Access
Address
Access
Size
CDATA31
CDATA21
CDATA11
CDATA01
00
32-bit
Byte1
Byte2
Byte3
Byte4
01
32-bit
Byte4
Byte1
Byte2
Byte3
10
32-bit
Byte3
Byte4
Byte1
Byte2
11
32-bit
Byte2
Byte3
Byte4
Byte1
00
24-bit
Byte1
Byte2
Byte3
01
24-bit
Byte1
Byte2
Byte3
10
24-bit
Byte3
Byte1
Byte2
11
24-bit
Byte2
Byte3
00
16-bit
Byte1
Byte2
01
16-bit
10
16-bit
11
16-bit
Byte2
00
8-bit
Byte1
01
8-bit
10
8-bit
11
8-bit
Byte1
Byte1
Byte2
Byte1
Byte2
Byte1
Byte1
Byte1
Byte1
Denotes byte that is not accessed.
Information Bytes
BYTE
Bit 7
CINF
TSINF
Bit 6
CSZ
0
0
Bit 5
Bit 4
CRW
0
0
0
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
CTI
PC
1
TOVF
Figure 6-28. Information Bytes CINF and XINF
When tracing in Detail Mode, CINF provides information about the type of CPU access being made.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
218
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
TSINF provides information about a timestamp. Bit1 indicates if the byte is a TSINF byte.
Table 6-54. CINF Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–6
CSZ
Access Type Indicator — This field indicates the CPU access size.
00 8-bit Access
0116-bit Access
10 24-bit Access
11 32-bit Access
5
CRW
Read/Write Indicator — Indicates if the corresponding stored address corresponds to a read or write access.
0 Write Access
1 Read Access
Table 6-55. TSINF Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3
CTI
Comparator Timestamp Indicator — This bit indicates if the trace buffer entry corresponds to a comparator
timestamp.
0 Trace buffer entry initiated by trace mode specification conditions or timestamp counter overflow
1 Trace buffer entry initiated by comparator D match
2
PC
Program Counter Valid Indicator — Indicates if the PC entry is valid on the timestamp line.
0 Trace buffer entry does not include PC value
1 Trace buffer entry includes PC value
0
TOVF
6.4.5.2.4
Timestamp Overflow Indicator — Indicates if the trace buffer entry corresponds to a timestamp overflow
0 Trace buffer entry not initiated by a timestamp overflow
1 Trace buffer entry initiated by a timestamp overflow
Pure PC Mode
In Pure PC Mode, the PC addresses of all opcodes loaded into the execution stage, including illegal
opcodes, are stored.
Tracing from a single source, compression is implemented to increase the effective trace depth. A
compressed entry consists of the lowest PC byte only. A full entry consists of all PC bytes. If the PC
remains in the same 256 byte range, then a compressed entry is made, otherwise a full entry is made. The
full entry is always the last entry of a record.
Each trace buffer line consists of 7 payload bytes, PLB0-6, containing full or compressed CPU PC
addresses and 1 information byte to indicate the type of entry (compressed or base address) for each
payload byte.
Each trace buffer line is filled from right to left. The final entry on each line is always a base address, used
as a reference for the previous entries on the same line. Whilst tracing, a base address is typically stored
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
219
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
in bytes[6:4], the other payload bytes may be compressed or complete addresses as indicated by the info
byte bits.
Table 6-56. Pure PC Mode Trace Buffer Format Single Source
Mode
CPU
8-Byte Wide Trace Buffer Line
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CXINF
BASE
BASE
BASE
PLB3
PLB2
PLB1
PLB0
If the info bit for byte3 indicates a full CPU PC address, whereby bytes[5:3] are used, then the info bit
mapped to byte[4] is redundant and the byte[6] is unused because a line overflow has occurred. Similarly
a base address stored in bytes[4:2] causes line overflow, so bytes[6:5] are unused.
CXINF[6:4] indicate how many bytes in a line contain valid data, since tracing may terminate before a
complete line has been filled.
CXINF Information Byte Source Tracing
7
CXINF
MAT
6
5
PLEC
4
3
2
1
0
NB3
NB2
NB1
NB0
Figure 6-29. Pure PC Mode CXINF
Table 6-57. CXINF Field Descriptions
Field
Description
MAT
Mid Aligned Trigger— This bit indicates a mid aligned trigger position. When a mid aligned trigger occurs, the
next trace buffer entry is a base address and the counter is incremented to a new line, independent of the number
of bytes used on the current line. The MAT bit is set on the current line, to indicate the position of the trigger.
When configured for begin or end aligned trigger, this bit has no meaning.
NOTE: In the case when ARM and TRIG are simultaneously set together in the same cycle that a new PC value
is registered, then this PC is stored to the same trace buffer line and MAT set.
0 Line filled without mid aligned trigger occurrence
1 Line last entry is the last PC entry before a mid aligned trigger
PLEC[2:0]
NBx
Payload Entry Count— This field indicates the number of valid bytes in the trace buffer line
Binary encoding is used to indicate up to 7 valid bytes.
Payload Compression Indicator— This field indicates if the corresponding payload byte is the lowest byte of a
base PC entry
0 Corresponding payload byte is a not the lowest byte of a base PC entry
1 Corresponding payload byte is the lowest byte of a base PC entry
Pure PC mode tracing does not support timestamps or external event entries.
6.4.5.3
Timestamp
When set, the STAMP bit in DBGTCRL configures the DBG to add a timestamp to trace buffer entries in
Normal, Loop1 and Detail trace buffer modes. The timestamp is generated from a 16-bit counter and is
stored to the trace buffer line each time a trace buffer entry is made.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
220
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
The number of core clock cycles since the last entry equals the timestamp + 1. The core clock runs at twice
the frequency of the bus clock. The timestamp of the first trace buffer entry is 0x0000. With timestamps
enabled trace buffer entries are initiated in the following ways:
• according to the trace mode specification, for example COF PC addresses in Normal mode
• on a timestamp counter overflow
If the timestamp counter reaches 0xFFFF then a trace buffer entry is made, with timestamp=
0xFFFF and the timestamp overflow bit TOVF is set.
• on a match of comparator D
If STAMP and DSTAMP are set then comparator D is used for forcing trace buffer entries with
timestamps. The state control register settings determine if comparator D is also used to trigger the
state sequencer. Thus if the state control register configuration does not use comparator D, then it
is used solely for the timestamp function. If comparator D initiates a timestamp then the CTI bit is
set in the INFO byte. This can be used in Normal/Loop1 mode to indicate when a particular data
access occurs relative to the PC flow. For example when the timing of an access may be unclear
due to the use of indexes.
NOTE
If comparator D is configured to match a PC address then associated
timestamps trigger a trace buffer entry during execution of the previous
instruction. Thus the PC stored to the trace buffer is that of the previous
instruction.The comparator must contain the PC address of the instruction’s
first opcode byte
Timestamps are disabled in Pure PC mode.
6.4.5.4
Reading Data from Trace Buffer
The data stored in the trace buffer can be read using either the background debug controller (BDC) module
or the CPU provided the DBG module is not armed and is configured for tracing by TSOURCE. When the
ARM bit is set the trace buffer is locked to prevent reading. The trace buffer can only be unlocked for
reading by an aligned word write to DBGTB when the module is disarmed. The trace buffer can only be
read through the DBGTB register using aligned word reads. Reading the trace buffer while the DBG
module is armed, or trace buffer locked returns 0xEE and no shifting of the RAM pointer occurs. Any byte
or misaligned reads return 0xEE and do not cause the trace buffer pointer to increment to the next trace
buffer address.
Reading the trace buffer is prevented by internal hardware whilst profiling is active because the RAM
pointer is used to indicate the next row to be transmitted. Thus attempted reads of DBGTB do not return
valid data when the PROFILE bit is set. To initialize the pointer and read profiling data, the PROFILE bit
must be cleared and remain cleared.
The trace buffer data is read out first-in first-out. By reading CNT in DBGCNT the number of valid 64-bit
lines can be determined. DBGCNT does not decrement as data is read.
Whilst reading, an internal pointer is used to determine the next line to be read. After a tracing session, the
pointer points to the oldest data entry, thus if no overflow has occurred, the pointer points to line0. The
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
221
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
pointer is initialized by each aligned write to DBGTB to point to the oldest data again. This enables an
interrupted trace buffer read sequence to be easily restarted from the oldest data entry. After reading all
trace buffer lines, the next read wraps around and returns the contents of line0.
The least significant word of each 64-bit wide array line is read out first. All bytes, including those
containing invalid information are read out.
6.4.5.5
Trace Buffer Reset State
The trace buffer contents are not initialized by a system reset. Thus should a system reset occur, the trace
session information from immediately before the reset occurred can be read out. The DBGCNT bits are
not cleared by a system reset. Thus should a reset occur, the number of valid lines in the trace buffer is
indicated by DBGCNT. The internal pointer is cleared by a system reset. It can be initialized by an aligned
word write to DBGTB following a reset during debugging, so that it points to the oldest valid data again.
Debugging occurrences of system resets is best handled using mid or end trigger alignment since the reset
may occur before the trace trigger, which in the begin trigger alignment case means no information would
be stored in the trace buffer.
6.4.6
6.4.6.1
Code Profiling
Code Profiling Overview
Code profiling supplies encoded COF information on the PDO pin and the reference clock on the
PDOCLK pin. If the TSOURCE bit is set then code profiling is enabled by setting the PROFILE bit. The
associated device pin is configured for code profiling by setting the PDOE bit. Once enabled, code
profiling is activated by arming the DBG. During profiling, if PDOE is set, the PDO operates as an output
pin at a half the internal bus frequency, driving both high and low.
Independent of PDOE status, profiling data is stored to the trace buffer and can be read out in the usual
manner when the debug session ends and the PROFILE bit has been cleared.
The external debugger uses both edges of the clock output to strobe the data on PDO. The first PDOCLK
edge is used to sample the first data bit on PDO.
Figure 6-30. Profiling Output Interface
CLOCK
PDOCLK
DATA
TBUF
PDO
DEV TOOL
DBG
MCU
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
222
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Figure 6-31 shows the profiling clock, PDOCLK, whose edges are offset from the bus clock, to ease setup
and hold time requirements relative to PDO, which is synchronous to the bus clock.
Figure 6-31. PDO Profiling Clock Control
STROBE
BUS CLOCK
PDO
CLOCK ENABLE
PDOCLK
The trace buffer is used as a temporary storage medium to store COF information before it is transmitted.
COF information can be transmitted whilst new information is written to the trace buffer. The trace buffer
data is transmitted at PDO least significant bit first. After the first trace buffer entry is made, transmission
begins in the first clock period in which no further data is written to the trace buffer.
If a trace buffer line transmission completes before the next trace buffer line is ready, then the clock output
is held at a constant level until the line is ready for transfer.
6.4.6.2
Profiling Configuration, Alignment and Mode Dependencies
The PROFILE bit must be set and the DBG armed to enable profiling. Furthermore the PDOE bit must be
set to configure the PDO and PDOCLK pins for profiling.
If TALIGN is configured for End-Aligned tracing then profiling begins as soon as the module is armed.
If TALIGN is configured for Begin-aligned tracing, then profiling begins when the state sequencer enters
Final State and continues until a software disarm or trace buffer overflow occurs; thus profiling does not
terminate after 64 line entries have been made.
Mid-Align tracing is not supported whilst profiling; if the TALIGN bits are configured for Mid-Align
tracing when PROFILE is set, then the alignment defaults to end alignment.
Profiling entries continue until either a trace buffer overflow occurs or the DBG is disarmed by a state
machine transition to State0. The profiling output transmission continues, even after disarming, until all
trace buffer entries have been transmitted. The PTACT bit indicates if a profiling transmission is still
active. The PTBOVF indicates if a trace buffer overflow has occurred.
The profiling timestamp feature is used only for the PTVB and PTW formats, thus differing from
timestamps offered in other modes.
Profiling does not support trace buffer gating. The external pin gating feature is ignored during profiling.
When the DBG module is disarmed but profiling transmission is ongoing, register write accesses are
suppressed.
When the DBG module is disarmed but profiling transmission is still ongoing, reading from the DBGTB
returns the code 0xEE.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
223
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.4.6.3
Code Profiling Internal Data Storage Format
When profiling starts, the first trace buffer entry is made to provide the start address. This uses a 4 byte
format (PTS), including the INFO byte and a 3-byte PC start address. In order to avoid trace buffer
overflow a fully compressed format is used for direct (conditional branch) COF information.
Table 6-58. Profiling Trace buffer line format
Format
8-Byte Wide Trace Buffer Line
7
6
5
4
3
1
PC Start Address
PTS
PTIB
2
Indirect
Indirect
PTHF
0
INFO
Indirect
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
INFO
0
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
INFO
PTVB
Timestamp
Timestamp
Vector
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
INFO
PTW
Timestamp
Timestamp
0
Direct
Direct
Direct
Direct
INFO
The INFO byte indicates the line format used. Up to 4 bytes of each line are dedicated to branch COFs.
Further bytes are used for storing indirect COF information (indexed jumps and interrupt vectors). Indexed
jumps force a full line entry with the PTIB format and require 3-bytes for the full 24-bit destination
address. Interrupts force a full line entry with the PTVB format, whereby vectors are stored as a single byte
and a 16-bit timestamp value is stored simultaneously to indicate the number of bus cycles relative to the
previous COF. At each trace buffer entry the 16-bit timestamp counter is cleared. The device vectors use
address[8:0] whereby address[1:0] are constant zero for vectors. Thus the value stored to the PTVB vector
byte is equivalent to (Vector Address[8:1]).
After the PTS entry, the pointer increments and the DBG begins to fill the next line with direct COF
information. This continues until the direct COF field is full or an indirect COF occurs, then the INFO byte
and, if needed, indirect COF information are entered on that line and the pointer increments to the next line.
If a timestamp overflow occurs, indicating a 65536 bus clock cycles without COF, then an entry is made
with the TSOVF bit set, INFO[6] (Table 6-59) and profiling continues.
If a trace buffer overflow occurs, a final entry is made with the TBOVF bit set, profiling is terminated and
the DBG is disarmed. Trace buffer overflow occurs when the trace buffer contains 64 lines pending
transmission.
Whenever the DBG is disarmed during profiling, a final entry is made with the TERM bit set to indicate
the final entry.
When a final entry is made then by default the PTW line format is used, except if a COF occurs in the same
cycle in which case the corresponding PTIB/PTVB/PTHF format is used. Since the development tool
receives the INFO byte first, it can determine in advance the format of data it is about to receive. The
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
224
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
transmission of the INFO byte starts when a line is complete. Whole bytes are always transmitted. The
grey shaded bytes of Table 6-58 are not transmitted.
Figure 6-32. INFO byte encoding
7
6
5
4
0
TSOVF
TBOVF
TERM
3
2
1
0
Line Format
Table 6-59. Profiling Format Encoding
6.4.6.4
INFO[3:0]
Line Format
Source
Description
0000
PTS
CPU
Initial CPU entry
0001
PTIB
CPU
Indexed jump with up to 31 direct COFs
0010
PTHF
CPU
31 direct COFs without indirect COF
0011
PTVB
CPU
Vector with up to 31 direct COFs
0111
PTW
CPU
Error (Error codes in INFO[7:4])
Others
Reserved
CPU
Reserved
INFO[7:4]
Bit Name
INFO[7]
Reserved
Description
CPU
Reserved
INFO[6]
TSOVF
CPU
Timestamp Overflow
INFO[5]
TBOVF
CPU
Trace Buffer Overflow
INFO[4]
TERM
CPU
Profiling terminated by disarming
Vector[7:0]
Vector[7:0]
CPU
Device Interrupt Vector Address [8:1]
Direct COF Compression
Each branch COF is stored to the trace buffer as a single bit (0=branch not taken, 1=branch taken) until an
indirect COF (indexed jump, return, or interrupt) occurs. The branch COF entries are stored in the byte
fields labelled “Direct” in Table 6-58. These entries start at byte1[0] and continue through to byte4[7], or
until an indirect COF occurs, whichever occurs sooner. The entries use a format whereby the left most
asserted bit is always the stop bit, which indicates that the bit to its right is the first direct COF and byte1[0]
is the last COF that occurred before the indirect COF. This is shown in Table 6-60, whereby the Bytes 4 to
1 of the trace buffer are shown for 3 different cases. The stop bit field for each line is shaded.
In line0, the left most asserted bit is Byte4[7]. This indicates that all remaining 31 bits in the 4-byte field
contain valid direct COF information, whereby each 1 represents branch taken and each 0 represents
branch not taken. The stop bit of line1 indicates that all 30 bits to it’s right are valid, after the 30th direct
COF entry, an indirect COF occurred, that is stored in bytes 7 to 5. In this case the bit to the left of the stop
bit is redundant. Line2 indicates that an indirect COF occurred after 8 direct COF entries. The indirect COF
address is stored in bytes 7 to 5. All bits to the left of the stop bit are redundant.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
225
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
Line
Byte4
Byte3
Byte2
Byte1
Line0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
Line1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
0
Line2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
1
Table 6-60. Profiling Direct COF Format
6.4.7
Breakpoints
Breakpoints can be generated by state sequencer transitions to State0. Transitions to State0 are forced by
the following events
• Through comparator matches via Final State.
• Through software writing to the TRIG bit in the DBGC1 register via Final State.
• Through the external event input (DBGEEV) via Final State.
• Through a profiling trace buffer overflow event.
Breakpoints are not generated by software writes to DBGC1 that clear the ARM bit.
6.4.7.1
Breakpoints From Comparator Matches or External Events
Breakpoints can be generated when the state sequencer transitions to State0 following a comparator match
or an external event.
If a tracing session is selected by TSOURCE, the transition to State0 occurs when the tracing session has
completed, thus if Begin or Mid aligned triggering is selected, the breakpoint is requested only on
completion of the subsequent trace. If End aligned tracing or no tracing session is selected, the transition
to State0 and associated breakpoints are immediate.
6.4.7.2
Breakpoints Generated Via The TRIG Bit
When TRIG is written to “1”, the Final State is entered. If a tracing session is selected by TSOURCE,
State0 is entered and breakpoints are requested only when the tracing session has completed, thus if Begin
or Mid aligned triggering is selected, the breakpoint is requested only on completion of the subsequent
trace. If no tracing session is selected, the state sequencer enters State0 immediately and breakpoints are
requested. TRIG breakpoints are possible even if the DBG module is disarmed.
6.4.7.3
DBG Breakpoint Priorities
If a TRIG occurs after Begin or Mid aligned tracing has already been triggered by a comparator instigated
transition to Final State, then TRIG no longer has an effect. When the associated tracing session is
complete, the breakpoint occurs. Similarly if a TRIG is followed by a subsequent comparator match, it has
no effect, since tracing has already started.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
226
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
6.4.7.3.1
DBG Breakpoint Priorities And BDC Interfacing
Breakpoint operation is dependent on the state of the S12ZBDC module. BDM cannot be entered from a
breakpoint unless the BDC is enabled (ENBDC bit is set in the BDC). If BDM is already active,
breakpoints are disabled. In addition, while executing a BDC STEP1 command, breakpoints are disabled.
When the DBG breakpoints are mapped to BDM (BDMBP set), then if a breakpoint request, either from
a BDC BACKGROUND command or a DBG event, coincides with an SWI instruction in application
code, (i.e. the DBG requests a breakpoint at the next instruction boundary and the next instruction is an
SWI) then the CPU gives priority to the BDM request over the SWI request.
On returning from BDM, the SWI from user code gets executed. Breakpoint generation control is
summarized in Table 6-61.
Table 6-61. Breakpoint Mapping Summary
6.5
6.5.1
BRKCPU
BDMBP Bit
(DBGC1[4])
BDC
Enabled
BDM
Active
Breakpoint
Mapping
0
X
X
X
No Breakpoint
1
0
X
0
Breakpoint to SWI
1
0
1
1
No Breakpoint
1
1
0
X
No Breakpoint
1
1
1
0
Breakpoint to BDM
1
1
1
1
No Breakpoint
Application Information
Avoiding Unintended Breakpoint Re-triggering
Returning from an instruction address breakpoint using an RTI or BDC GO command without PC
modification, returns to the instruction that generated the breakpoint. If an active breakpoint or trigger still
exists at that address, this can re-trigger, disarming the DBG. If configured for BDM breakpoints, the user
must apply the BDC STEP1 command to increment the PC past the current instruction.
If configured for SWI breakpoints, the DBG can be re configured in the SWI routine. If a comparator
match occurs at an SWI vector address then a code SWI and DBG breakpoint SWI could occur
simultaneously. In this case the SWI routine is executed twice before returning.
6.5.2
Debugging Through Reset
To debug through reset, the debugger can recognize a reset occurrence and pull the device BKGD pin low.
This forces the device to leave reset in special single chip (SSC) mode, because the BKGD pin is used as
the MODC signal in the reset phase. When the device leaves reset in SSC mode, CPU execution is halted
and the device is in active BDM. Thus the debugger can configure the DBG for tracing and breakpoints
before returning to application code execution. In this way it is possible to analyze the sequence of events
emerging from reset. The recommended handling of the internal reset scenario is as follows:
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
227
Chapter 6 S12Z Debug (S12ZDBGV2) Module
•
•
•
•
When a reset occurs the debugger pulls BKGD low until the reset ends, forcing SSC mode entry.
Then the debugger reads the reset flags to determine the cause of reset.
If required, the debugger can read the trace buffer to see what happened just before reset. Since the
trace buffer and DBGCNT register are not affected by resets other than POR.
The debugger configures and arms the DBG to start tracing on returning to application code.
•
•
The debugger then sets the PC according to the reset flags.
Then the debugger returns to user code with GO or STEP1.
6.5.3
Breakpoints from other S12Z sources
The DBG is neither affected by CPU BGND instructions, nor by BDC BACKGROUND commands.
6.5.4
Code Profiling
The code profiling data output pin PDO is mapped to a device pin that can also be used as GPIO in an
application. If profiling is required and all pins are required in the application, it is recommended to use
the device pin for a simple output function in the application, without feedback to the chip. In this way the
application can still be profiled, since the pin has no effect on code flow.
The PDO provides a simple bit stream that must be strobed at both edges of the profiling clock when
profiling. The external development tool activates profiling by setting the DBG ARM bit, with PROFILE
and PDOE already set. Thereafter the first bit of the profiling bit stream is valid at the first rising edge of
the profiling clock. No start bit is provided. The external development tool must detect this first rising edge
after arming the DBG. To detect the end of profiling, the DBG ARM bit can be monitored using the BDC.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
228
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 7
S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit
(S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
Table 7-1. Revision
Rev. No.
(Item No)
V05.11
V05.12
V05.13
7.1
Date
(Submitted By)
Sections Affected
History
Substantial Change(s)
• changed frequency upper limit of external Pierce Oscillator
(XOSCLCP) from 16MHz to 20MHz
• fPLLRST changed to fVCORST
• correct bit numbering for CSAD Bit
• corrected typo in heading of CPMUOSC2 Field Description
21 Aug.2013
• corrected description of CSAD bit
• Refined description of STOP mode entry. Added reference to
device specification because BDC running in Stop mode does
not lead to CPMU going in Stop Mode.
20 Feb.2014
•
•
•
•
•
•
Improved Figure: Start up of clock system after Reset
Improved Figure: Full stop mode using Oscillator
Improved Figure: Enabling the external oscillator
Improved Table: Trimming effect of ACLKTR
Improved Table: Trimming effect of HTTR
Register Description for CPMUHTCTL: Added note on how to
compute VHT
• Functional Description PBE Mode: Added Note that the clock
system might stall if osc monitor reset disabled (OMRE=0)
• Signal Descriptions: changed recommended resistor for BCTL
pin to 1K
21 Oct. 2014
Introduction
This specification describes the function of the Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit
(S12CPMU_UHV_V5).
• The Pierce oscillator (XOSCLCP) provides a robust, low-noise and low-power external clock
source. It is designed for optimal start-up margin with typical crystal oscillators.
• The Voltage regulator (VREGAUTO) operates from the range 6V to 18V. It provides all the
required chip internal voltages and voltage monitors.
• The Phase Locked Loop (PLL) provides a highly accurate frequency multiplier with internal filter.
• The Internal Reference Clock (IRC1M) provides a 1MHz internal clock.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
229
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
7.1.1
Features
The Pierce Oscillator (XOSCLCP) contains circuitry to dynamically control current gain in the output
amplitude. This ensures a signal with low harmonic distortion, low power and good noise immunity.
• Supports crystals or resonators from 4MHz to 20MHz.
• High noise immunity due to input hysteresis and spike filtering.
• Low RF emissions with peak-to-peak swing limited dynamically
• Transconductance (gm) sized for optimum start-up margin for typical crystals
• Dynamic gain control eliminates the need for external current limiting resistor
• Integrated resistor eliminates the need for external bias resistor
• Low power consumption: Operates from internal 1.8V (nominal) supply, Amplitude control limits
power
• Optional oscillator clock monitor reset
• Optional full swing mode for higher immunity against noise injection on the cost of higher power
consumption and increased emission
The Voltage Regulator (VREGAUTO) has the following features:
• Input voltage range from 6 to 18V (nominal operating range)
• Low-voltage detect (LVD) with low-voltage interrupt (LVI)
• Power-on reset (POR)
• Low-voltage reset (LVR)
• On Chip Temperature Sensor and Bandgap Voltage measurement via internal ADC channel.
• Voltage Regulator providing Full Performance Mode (FPM) and Reduced Performance Mode
(RPM)
• External ballast device support to reduce internal power dissipation
• Capable of supplying both the MCU internally plus external components
• Over-temperature interrupt
The Phase Locked Loop (PLL) has the following features:
• Highly accurate and phase locked frequency multiplier
• Configurable internal filter for best stability and lock time
• Frequency modulation for defined jitter and reduced emission
• Automatic frequency lock detector
• Interrupt request on entry or exit from locked condition
• PLL clock monitor reset
• Reference clock either external (crystal) or internal square wave (1MHz IRC1M) based.
• PLL stability is sufficient for LIN communication in slave mode, even if using IRC1M as reference
clock
The Internal Reference Clock (IRC1M) has the following features:
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
230
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
•
•
Frequency trimming
(A factory trim value for 1MHz is loaded from Flash Memory into the CPMUIRCTRIMH and
CPMUIRCTRIML registers after reset, which can be overwritten by application if required)
Temperature Coefficient (TC) trimming.
(A factory trim value is loaded from Flash Memory into the IRCTRIM register to turn off TC
trimming after reset. Application can trim the TC if required by overwriting the IRCTRIM
register).
Other features of the S12CPMU_UHV_V5 include
• Oscillator clock monitor to detect loss of crystal
• Autonomous periodical interrupt (API)
• Bus Clock Generator
— Clock switch to select either PLLCLK or external crystal/resonator based Bus Clock
— PLLCLK divider to adjust system speed
• System Reset generation from the following possible sources:
— Power-on reset (POR)
— Low-voltage reset (LVR)
— COP system watchdog, COP reset on time-out, windowed COP
— Loss of oscillation (Oscillator clock monitor fail)
— Loss of PLL clock (PLL clock monitor fail)
— External pin RESET
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
231
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
7.1.2
Modes of Operation
This subsection lists and briefly describes all operating modes supported by the S12CPMU_UHV_V5.
7.1.2.1
Run Mode
The voltage regulator is in Full Performance Mode (FPM).
NOTE
The voltage regulator is active, providing the nominal supply voltages with
full current sourcing capability (see also Appendix for VREG electrical
parameters). The features ACLK clock source, Low Voltage Interrupt (LVI),
Low Voltage Reset (LVR) and Power-On Reset (POR) are available.
The Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is on.
The Internal Reference Clock (IRC1M) is on.
The API is available.
•
•
•
PLL Engaged Internal (PEI)
— This is the default mode after System Reset and Power-On Reset.
— The Bus Clock is based on the PLLCLK.
— After reset the PLL is configured for 50MHz VCOCLK operation.
Post divider is 0x03, so PLLCLK is VCOCLK divided by 4, that is 12.5MHz and Bus Clock is
6.25MHz.
The PLL can be re-configured for other bus frequencies.
— The reference clock for the PLL (REFCLK) is based on internal reference clock IRC1M.
PLL Engaged External (PEE)
— The Bus Clock is based on the PLLCLK.
— This mode can be entered from default mode PEI by performing the following steps:
– Configure the PLL for desired bus frequency.
– Program the reference divider (REFDIV[3:0] bits) to divide down oscillator frequency if
necessary.
– Enable the external oscillator (OSCE bit).
– Wait for oscillator to start up (UPOSC=1) and PLL to lock (LOCK=1).
PLL Bypassed External (PBE)
— The Bus Clock is based on the Oscillator Clock (OSCCLK).
— The PLLCLK is always on to qualify the external oscillator clock. Therefore it is necessary to
make sure a valid PLL configuration is used for the selected oscillator frequency.
— This mode can be entered from default mode PEI by performing the following steps:
– Make sure the PLL configuration is valid for the selected oscillator frequency.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
232
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
– Enable the external oscillator (OSCE bit).
– Wait for oscillator to start up (UPOSC=1).
– Select the Oscillator Clock (OSCCLK) as source of the Bus Clock (PLLSEL=0).
— The PLLCLK is on and used to qualify the external oscillator clock.
7.1.2.2
Wait Mode
For S12CPMU_UHV_V5 Wait Mode is the same as Run Mode.
7.1.2.3
Stop Mode
Stop mode can be entered by executing the CPU STOP instruction. See device level specification for more
details.
The voltage regulator is in Reduced Performance Mode (RPM).
NOTE
The voltage regulator output voltage may degrade to a lower value than in
Full Performance Mode (FPM), additionally the current sourcing capability
is substantially reduced (see also Appendix for VREG electrical
parameters). Only clock source ACLK is available and the Power On Reset
(POR) circuitry is functional. The Low Voltage Interrupt (LVI) and Low
Voltage Reset (LVR) are disabled.
The API is available.
The Phase Locked Loop (PLL) is off.
The Internal Reference Clock (IRC1M) is off.
Core Clock and Bus Clock are stopped.
Depending on the setting of the PSTP and the OSCE bit, Stop Mode can be differentiated between Full
Stop Mode (PSTP = 0 or OSCE=0) and Pseudo Stop Mode (PSTP = 1 and OSCE=1). In addition, the
behavior of the COP in each mode will change based on the clocking method selected by
COPOSCSEL[1:0].
• Full Stop Mode (PSTP = 0 or OSCE=0)
External oscillator (XOSCLCP) is disabled.
— If COPOSCSEL1=0:
The COP and RTI counters halt during Full Stop Mode.
After wake-up from Full Stop Mode the Core Clock and Bus Clock are running on PLLCLK
(PLLSEL=1). COP and RTI are running on IRCCLK (COPOSCSEL0=0, RTIOSCSEL=0).
— If COPOSCSEL1=1:
The clock for the COP is derived from ACLK (trimmable internal RC-Oscillator clock). During
Full Stop Mode the ACLK for the COP can be stopped (COP static) or running (COP active)
depending on the setting of bit CSAD. When bit CSAD is set the ACLK clock source for the
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
233
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
•
COP is stopped during Full Stop Mode and COP continues to operate after exit from Full Stop
Mode. For this COP configuration (ACLK clock source, CSAD set) a latency time (please refer
to CSAD bit description for details) occurs when entering or exiting (Full, Pseudo) Stop Mode.
When bit CSAD is clear the ACLK clock source is on for the COP during Full Stop Mode and
COP is operating.
During Full Stop Mode the RTI counter halts.
After wake-up from Full Stop Mode the Core Clock and Bus Clock are running on PLLCLK
(PLLSEL=1). The COP runs on ACLK and RTI is running on IRCCLK (COPOSCSEL0=0,
RTIOSCSEL=0).
Pseudo Stop Mode (PSTP = 1 and OSCE=1)
External oscillator (XOSCLCP) continues to run.
— If COPOSCSEL1=0:
If the respective enable bits are set (PCE=1 and PRE=1) the COP and RTI will continue to run
with a clock derived from the oscillator clock.
The clock configuration bits PLLSEL, COPOSCSEL0, RTIOSCSEL are unchanged.
— If COPOSCSEL1=1:
If the respective enable bit for the RTI is set (PRE=1) the RTI will continue to run with a clock
derived from the oscillator clock.
The clock for the COP is derived from ACLK (trimmable internal RC-Oscillator clock). During
Pseudo Stop Mode the ACLK for the COP can be stopped (COP static) or running (COP active)
depending on the setting of bit CSAD. When bit CSAD is set the ACLK for the COP is stopped
during Pseudo Stop Mode and COP continues to operate after exit from Pseudo Stop Mode.
For this COP configuration (ACLK clock source, CSAD set) a latency time (please refer to
CSAD bit description for details) occurs when entering or exiting (Pseudo, Full) Stop Mode.
When bit CSAD is clear the ACLK clock source is on for the COP during Pseudo Stop Mode
and COP is operating.
The clock configuration bits PLLSEL, COPOSCSEL0, RTIOSCSEL are unchanged.
NOTE
When starting up the external oscillator (either by programming OSCE bit
to 1 or on exit from Full Stop Mode with OSCE bit already 1) the software
must wait for a minimum time equivalent to the startup-time of the external
oscillator tUPOSC before entering Pseudo Stop Mode.
7.1.2.4
Freeze Mode (BDM active)
For S12CPMU_UHV_V5 Freeze Mode is the same as Run Mode except for RTI and COP which can be
frozen in Active BDM Mode with the RSBCK bit in the CPMUCOP register. After exiting BDM Mode
RTI and COP will resume its operations starting from this frozen status.
Additionally the COP can be forced to the maximum time-out period in Active BDM Mode. For details
please see also the RSBCK and CR[2:0] bit description field of Table 7-14 in Section 7.3.2.10,
“S12CPMU_UHV_V5 COP Control Register (CPMUCOP)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
234
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
7.1.3
S12CPMU_UHV_V5 Block Diagram
VSUP
vsup
monitor
ADC
VDDA
VSSA
VDDX
VSSX
VSS
Low Voltage Detect VDDA
Low Voltage Detect
Voltage
VDDX, VDD, VDDF
Regulator
LVRF
6V to 18V
Power-On Detect
(VREGAUTO)
PORF
PMRF
BCTL
LVIE Low Voltage Interrupt
LVDS
S12CPMU_UHV
COP time-out
COPRF
OMRF
osc monitor fail
Power-On Reset
System Reset
Reset
Generator
PLL monitor fail
RESET
OSCCLK
OSCCLK
Monitor
EXTAL
Loop
Controlled
REFDIV[3:0]
IRCTRIM[9:0]
Pierce
XTAL Oscillator
(XOSCLCP)
Internal
Reference
Reference
4MHz-20MHz
Divider
Clock
(IRC1M)
PSTP
OSCMOD
IRCCLK
OSCCLK
REFCLK
FBCLK
Phase
locked
Loop with
internal
Filter (PLL)
Post
Divider
1,2,.32
divide
by 4
ACLK
CSAD
divide
by 2
IRCCLK
COPOSCSEL1
SYNDIV[5:0]
HTDS
Watchdog
OSCCLK
UPOSC=0 clears
PCE
LOCKIE
Bus Clock
divide
by 2
PLL lock interrupt
Autonomous API_EXTCLK
Periodic
Interrupt (API)
ACLK
APICLK
APIE
RTIE
COP time-out
to Reset
Generator IRCCLK
CPMUCOP
HT Interrupt
HTIE
High
Temperature
Sense
RTICLK
COPOSCSEL0
ECLK2X
(Core Clock)
VCOCLK
RC
Osc.
COPCLK COP
ECLK
divide
by 2 (Bus Clock)
PLLCLK
VCOFRQ[1:0]
Divide by
2*(SYNDIV+1)
UPOSC
PLLSEL
POSTDIV[4:0]
REFFRQ[1:0]
LOCK
Oscillator status Interrupt
OSCIE
UPOSC UPOSC=0 sets PLLSEL bit
OSCE
Lock
detect
IRCCLK
OSCCLK
RTIOSCSEL
API Interrupt
RTI Interrupt
Real Time
Interrupt (RTI)
PRE
CPMURTI
Figure 7-1. Block diagram of S12CPMU_UHV_V5
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
235
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
Figure 7-2 shows a block diagram of the XOSCLCP.
OSCMOD
Clock monitor fail
Monitor
Peak
Detector
+
_
Gain Control
OSCCLK
VDD=1.8V
VSS
Rf
Quartz Crystals
EXTAL
or
Ceramic Resonators
XTAL
C1
C2
VSS
VSS
Figure 7-2. XOSCLCP Block Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
236
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
7.2
Signal Description
This section lists and describes the signals that connect off chip as well as internal supply nodes and special
signals.
7.2.1
RESET
Pin RESET is an active-low bidirectional pin. As an input it initializes the MCU asynchronously to a
known start-up state. As an open-drain output it indicates that an MCU-internal reset has been triggered.
7.2.2
EXTAL and XTAL
These pins provide the interface for a crystal to control the internal clock generator circuitry. EXTAL is
the input to the crystal oscillator amplifier. XTAL is the output of the crystal oscillator amplifier. If
XOSCLCP is enabled, the MCU internal OSCCLK_LCP is derived from the EXTAL input frequency. If
OSCE=0, the EXTAL pin is pulled down by an internal resistor of approximately 200 k and the XTAL
pin is pulled down by an internal resistor of approximately 700 k.
NOTE
Freescale recommends an evaluation of the application board and chosen
resonator or crystal by the resonator or crystal supplier.
The loop controlled circuit (XOSCLCP) is not suited for overtone
resonators and crystals.
7.2.3
VSUP — Regulator Power Input Pin
Pin VSUP is the power input of VREGAUTO. All currents sourced into the regulator loads flow through
this pin.
A suitable reverse battery protection network can be used to connect VSUP to the car battery supply
network.
7.2.4
VDDA, VSSA — Regulator Reference Supply Pins
Pins VDDA and VSSA,are used to supply the analog parts of the regulator. Internal precision reference
circuits are supplied from these signals.
An off-chip decoupling capacitor (220 nF(X7R ceramic)) between VDDA and VSSA is required and can
improve the quality of this supply.
VDDA has to be connected externally to VDDX.
7.2.5
VDDX, VSSX — Pad Supply Pins
VDDX is the supply domain for the digital Pads.
An off-chip decoupling capacitor (10F plus 220 nF(X7R ceramic)) between VDDX and VSSX is
required.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
237
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
This supply domain is monitored by the Low Voltage Reset circuit.
VDDX has to be connected externally to VDDA.
7.2.6
BCTL — Base Control Pin for external PNP
BCTL is the ballast connection for the on chip voltage regulator. It provides the base current of an external
JT (PNP) of the VDDX and VDDA supplies. An additional 1K resistor between emitter and base of the
BJT is required. See the device specification if this pin is available on this device.
7.2.7
VSS — Core Logic Ground Pin
VSS is the core logic supply return pin. It must be grounded.
7.2.8
VDD — Internal Regulator Output Supply (Core Logic)
Node VDD is a device internal supply output of the voltage regulator that provides the power supply for
the internal core logic.
This supply domain is monitored by the Low Voltage Reset circuit and The Power On Reset circuit.
7.2.9
VDDF — Internal Regulator Output Supply (NVM Logic)
Node VDDF is a device internal supply output of the voltage regulator that provides the power supply for
the NVM logic.
This supply domain is monitored by the Low Voltage Reset circuit.
7.2.10
API_EXTCLK — API external clock output pin
This pin provides the signal selected via APIES and is enabled with APIEA bit. See the device
specification if this clock output is available on this device and to which pin it might be connected.
7.2.11
TEMPSENSE — Internal Temperature Sensor Output Voltage
Depending on the VSEL setting either the voltage level generated by the temperature sensor or the VREG
bandgap voltage is driven to a special channel input of the ADC Converter. See device level specification
for connectivity of ADC special channels.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
238
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
7.3
Memory Map and Registers
This section provides a detailed description of all registers accessible in the S12CPMU_UHV_V5.
7.3.1
Module Memory Map
The S12CPMU_UHV_V5 registers are shown in Figure 7-3.
Address
Offset
Register
Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0000
R
CPMU
RESERVED00 W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0001
R
CPMU
RESERVED01 W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0002
R
CPMU
RESERVED02 W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
0
PORF
LVRF
OMRF
PMRF
0x0003
CPMURFLG
0x0004
CPMU
SYNR
0x0005
CPMU
REFDIV
0x0006
CPMU
POSTDIV
0x0007
CPMUIFLG
0x0008
CPMUINT
0x0009
CPMUCLKS
0x000A
CPMUPLL
0x000B
CPMURTI
0x000C
CPMUCOP
0x000D
RESERVED
CPMUTEST0
0x000E
RESERVED
CPMUTEST1
W
R
W
R
W
R
0
VCOFRQ[1:0]
REFFRQ[1:0]
0
SYNDIV[5:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PLLSEL
PSTP
CSAD
COP
OSCSEL1
0
0
FM1
FM0
RTDEC
RTR6
RTR5
WCOP
RSBCK
0
0
0
0
0
REFDIV[3:0]
POSTDIV[4:0]
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
RTIF
RTIE
W
R
W
R
W
R
0
COPRF
LOCK
0
0
0
PRE
PCE
RTI
OSCSEL
COP
OSCSEL0
0
0
0
0
RTR4
RTR3
RTR2
RTR1
RTR0
0
0
CR2
CR1
CR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
LOCKIF
LOCKIE
WRTMASK
OSCIF
OSCIE
UPOSC
0
W
R
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 7-3. CPMU Register Summary
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
239
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
Address
Offset
Register
Name
0x000F
CPMU
ARMCOP
0x0010
CPMU
HTCTL
0x0011
CPMU
LVCTL
0x0012
CPMU
APICTL
0x0013 CPMUACLKTR
0x0014
CPMUAPIRH
0x0015
CPMUAPIRL
0x0016
RESERVED
CPMUTEST3
0x0017
CPMUHTTR
0x0018
CPMU
IRCTRIMH
0x0019
CPMU
IRCTRIML
0x001A
CPMUOSC
0x001B
CPMUPROT
0x001C
RESERVED
CPMUTEST2
0x001D
CPMU
VREGCTL
0x001E
CPMUOSC2
0x001F
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
R
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
R
0
0
HTIE
HTIF
0
0
0
LVIE
LVIF
0
0
APIE
APIF
ACLKTR5
ACLKTR4
ACLKTR3
0
0
APIR15
APIR14
APIR13
APIR12
APIR11
APIR10
APIR9
APIR8
APIR7
APIR6
APIR5
APIR4
APIR3
APIR2
APIR1
APIR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
HTTR3
HTTR2
HTTR1
HTTR0
W
R
VSEL
0
HTE
HTDS
0
0
LVDS
APIES
APIEA
APIFE
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
APICLK
ACLKTR2 ACLKTR1 ACLKTR0
W
R
W
HTOE
R
W
R
W
R
IRCTRIM[9:8]
IRCTRIM[7:0]
W
R
0
TCTRIM[4:0]
OSCE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
CPMU
RESERVED1F W
0
PROT
0
EXTXON
INTXON
OMRE
OSCMOD
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 7-3. CPMU Register Summary
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
240
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
7.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes all the S12CPMU_UHV_V5 registers and their individual bits.
Address order is as listed in Figure 7-3
7.3.2.1
S12CPMU_UHV_V5 Reset Flags Register (CPMURFLG)
This register provides S12CPMU_UHV_V5 reset flags.
Module Base + 0x0003
7
R
0
W
Reset
0
6
5
PORF
LVRF
Note 1
Note 2
4
3
0
COPRF
0
Note 3
2
0
0
1
0
OMRF
PMRF
Note 4
Note 5
1. PORF is set to 1 when a power on reset occurs. Unaffected by System Reset.
2. LVRF is set to 1 when a low voltage reset occurs. Unaffected by System Reset. Set by power on reset.
3. COPRF is set to 1 when COP reset occurs. Unaffected by System Reset. Cleared by power on reset.
4. OMRF is set to 1 when an oscillator clock monitor reset occurs. Unaffected by System Reset. Cleared by power on reset.
5. PMRF is set to 1 when a PLL clock monitor reset occurs. Unaffected by System Reset. Cleared by power on reset.
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 7-4. S12CPMU_UHV_V5 Flags Register (CPMURFLG)
Read: Anytime
Write: Refer to each bit for individual write conditions
Table 7-2. CPMURFLG Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
PORF
Power on Reset Flag — PORF is set to 1 when a power on reset occurs. This flag can only be cleared by writing
a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect.
0 Power on reset has not occurred.
1 Power on reset has occurred.
5
LVRF
Low Voltage Reset Flag — LVRF is set to 1 when a low voltage reset occurs on the VDD, VDDF or VDDX
domain. This flag can only be cleared by writing a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect.
0 Low voltage reset has not occurred.
1 Low voltage reset has occurred.
3
COPRF
COP Reset Flag — COPRF is set to 1 when a COP (Computer Operating Properly) reset occurs. Refer to 7.5.5,
“Computer Operating Properly Watchdog (COP) Reset and 7.3.2.10, “S12CPMU_UHV_V5 COP Control
Register (CPMUCOP) for details.This flag can only be cleared by writing a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect.
0 COP reset has not occurred.
1 COP reset has occurred.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
241
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
Table 7-2. CPMURFLG Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
1
OMRF
Oscillator Clock Monitor Reset Flag — OMRF is set to 1 when a loss of oscillator (crystal) clock occurs. Refer
to7.5.3, “Oscillator Clock Monitor Reset for details.This flag can only be cleared by writing a 1. Writing a 0 has
no effect.
0 Loss of oscillator clock reset has not occurred.
1 Loss of oscillator clock reset has occurred.
0
PMRF
PLL Clock Monitor Reset Flag — PMRF is set to 1 when a loss of PLL clock occurs. This flag can only be
cleared by writing a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect.
0 Loss of PLL clock reset has not occurred.
1 Loss of PLL clock reset has occurred.
7.3.2.2
S12CPMU_UHV_V5 Synthesizer Register (CPMUSYNR)
The CPMUSYNR register controls the multiplication factor of the PLL and selects the VCO frequency
range.
Module Base + 0x0004
7
R
W
Reset
6
5
4
3
VCOFRQ[1:0]
0
2
1
0
0
0
0
SYNDIV[5:0]
1
0
1
1
Figure 7-5. S12CPMU_UHV_V5 Synthesizer Register (CPMUSYNR)
Read: Anytime
Write: If PROT=0 (CPMUPROT register) and PLLSEL=1 (CPMUCLKS register), then write anytime.
Else write has no effect.
NOTE
Writing to this register clears the LOCK and UPOSC status bits.
If PLL has locked (LOCK=1)
f VCO = 2 f REF SYNDIV + 1
NOTE
fVCO must be within the specified VCO frequency lock range. Bus
frequency fbus must not exceed the specified maximum.
The VCOFRQ[1:0] bits are used to configure the VCO gain for optimal stability and lock time. For correct
PLL operation the VCOFRQ[1:0] bits have to be selected according to the actual target VCOCLK
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual, Rev. 1.05
242
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 7 S12 Clock, Reset and Power Management Unit (S12CPMU_UHV_V5)
frequency as shown in Table 7-3. Setting the VCOFRQ[1:0] bits incorrectly can result in a non functional
PLL (no locking and/or insufficient stability).
Table 7-3. VCO Clock Frequency Selection
7.3.2.3
VCOCLK Frequency Ranges
VCOFRQ[1:0]
32MHz $00
1
Always low
$00
(indicates no duty)
>$00
0
Always high
XX
$00(1)
(indicates no period)
1
Always high
XX
$001
(indicates no period)
0
Always low
>= PWMPERx
XX
1
Always high
>= PWMPERx
XX
1. Counter = $00 and does not count.
0
Always low
Resets
The reset state of each individual bit is listed within the Section 9.3.2, “Register Descriptions” which
details the registers and their bit-fields. All special functions or modes which are initialized during or just
following reset are described within this section.
• The 8-bit up/down counter is configured as an up counter out of reset.
• All the channels are disabled and all the counters do not count.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
351
Chapter 9 Pulse-Width Modulator (S12PWM8B8CV2)
•
•
9.6
For channels 0, 1, 4, and 5 the clock choices are clock A.
For channels 2, 3, 6, and 7 the clock choices are clock B.
Interrupts
The PWM module has no interrupt.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
352
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10
Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Table 10-1. Revision History
Revision
Number
Revision
Date
V1.35
06. Nov 2012
10.4.2.9/10-376
Modified bit description of flag LDOK_EIF for better understanding.
V1.36
08 Nov 2012
10.4.2.13/10-381
Updated description of bits RIDX_IMD for better understanding.
V1.37
19. Apr 2013
-
Sections Affected
Description of Changes
Updates from review of reference manual to fix typos etc.
V1.38
30. Apr 2013
10.4.2.13/10-381
Provided more detailed information regarding captured information in
bits RIDX_IMD[5:0] for different scenarios of Sequence Abort Event
execution.
V1.39
02. Jul 2013
10.4.2.6/10-370
Update of: Timing considerations for Restart Mode
V1.40
02. Oct 2013
entire document
Updated formatting and wording correction for entire document (for
technical publications).
10.1
Introduction
The ADC12B_LBA is an n-channel multiplexed input successive approximation analog-to-digital
converter. Refer to device electrical specifications for ADC parameters and accuracy.
The List Based Architecture (LBA) provides flexible conversion sequence definition as well as flexible
oversampling. The order of channels to be converted can be freely defined. Also, multiple instantiations
of the module can be triggered simultaneously (matching sampling point across multiple module
instantiations).
There are four register bits which control the conversion flow (please refer to the description of register
ADCFLWCTL).
The four conversion flow control bits of register ADCFLWCTL can be modified in two different ways:
• Via data bus accesses
• Via internal interface Signals (Trigger, Restart, LoadOK, and Seq_Abort; see also Figure 10-2).
Each Interface Signal is associated with one conversion flow control bit.
For information regarding internal interface connectivity related to the conversion flow control please
refer to the device overview of the reference manual.
The ADCFLWCTL register can be controlled via internal interface only or via data bus only or by both
depending on the register access configuration bits ACC_CFG[1:0].
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
353
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
The four bits of register ADCFLWCTL reflect the captured request and status of the four internal interface
Signals (LoadOK, Trigger, Restart, and Seq_abort; see also Figure 10-2) if access configuration is set
accordingly and indicate event progress (when an event is processed and when it is finished).
Conversion flow error situations are captured by corresponding interrupt flags in the ADCEIF register.
There are two conversion flow control modes (Restart Mode, Trigger Mode). Each mode causes a certain
behavior of the conversion flow control bits which can be selected according to the application needs.
Please refer to Section 10.4.2.1, “ADC Control Register 0 (ADCCTL_0) and Section 10.5.3.2.4, “The two
conversion flow control Mode Configurations for more information regarding conversion flow control.
Because internal components of the ADC are turned on/off with bit ADC_EN, the ADC requires a
recovery time period (tREC) after ADC is enabled until the first conversion can be launched via a trigger.
When bit ADC_EN gets cleared (transition from 1’b1 to 1’b0) any ongoing conversion sequence will be
aborted and pending results, or the result of current conversion, gets discarded (not stored). The ADC
cannot be re-enabled before any pending action or action in process is finished respectively aborted, which
could take up to a maximum latency time of tDISABLE (see device reference manual for more details).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
354
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.2
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Key Features
Programmer’s Model with List Based Architecture for conversion command and result value
organization
Selectable resolution of 8-bit, 10-bit, or 12-bit
Channel select control for n external analog input channels
Provides up to eight device internal channels (please see the device reference manual for
connectivity information and Figure 10-2)
Programmable sample time
A sample buffer amplifier for channel sampling (improved performance in view to influence of
channel input path resistance versus conversion accuracy)
Left/right justified result data
Individual selectable VRH_0/1 and VRL_0/1 inputs on a conversion command basis (please see
Figure 10-2)
Special conversions for selected VRH_0/1, VRL_0/1, (VRL_0/1 + VRH_0/1) / 2
15 conversion interrupts with flexible interrupt organization per conversion result
One dedicated interrupt for “End Of List” type commands
Command Sequence List (CSL) with a maximum number of 64 command entries
Provides conversion sequence abort
Restart from top of active Command Sequence List (CSL)
The Command Sequence List and Result Value List are implemented in double buffered manner
(two lists in parallel for each function)
Conversion Command (CSL) loading possible from System RAM or NVM
Single conversion flow control register with software selectable access path
Two conversion flow control modes optimized to different application use cases
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
355
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.2.1
10.2.1.1
Modes of Operation
Conversion Modes
This architecture provides single, multiple, or continuous conversion on a single channel or on multiple
channels based on the Command Sequence List.
10.2.1.2
•
MCU Operating Modes
MCU Stop Mode
Before issuing an MCU Stop Mode request the ADC should be idle (no conversion or conversion
sequence or Command Sequence List ongoing).
If a conversion, conversion sequence, or CSL is in progress when an MCU Stop Mode request is
issued, a Sequence Abort Event occurs automatically and any ongoing conversion finish. After the
Sequence Abort Event finishes, if the STR_SEQA bit is set (STR_SEQA=1), then the conversion
result is stored and the corresponding flags are set. If the STR_SEQA bit is cleared
(STR_SEQA=0), then the conversion result is not stored and the corresponding flags are not set.
The microcontroller then enters MCU Stop Mode without SEQAD_IF being set.
Alternatively, the Sequence Abort Event can be issued by software before an MCU Stop Mode
request. As soon as flag SEQAD_IF is set the MCU Stop Mode request can be is issued.
With the occurrence of the MCU Stop Mode Request until exit from Stop Mode all flow control
signals (RSTA, SEQA, LDOK, TRIG) are cleared.
After exiting MCU Stop Mode, the following happens in the order given with expected event(s)
depending on the conversion flow control mode:
— In ADC conversion flow control mode “Trigger Mode” a Restart Event is expected to
simultaneously set bits TRIG and RSTA, causing the ADC to execute the Restart Event
(CMD_IDX and RVL_IDX cleared) followed by the Trigger Event. The Restart Event can be
generated automatically after exit from MCU Stop Mode if bit AUT_RSTA is set.
— In ADC conversion flow control mode “Restart Mode”, a Restart Event is expected to set bit
RSTA only (ADC already aborted at MCU Stop Mode entry hence bit SEQA must not be set
simultaneously) causing the ADC to execute the Restart Event (CDM_IDX and RVL_IDX
cleared). The Restart Event can be generated automatically after exit from MCU Stop Mode if
bit AUT_RSTA is set.
— The RVL buffer select (RVL_SEL) is not changed if a CSL is in process at MCU Stop Mode
request. Hence the same buffer will be used after exit from Stop Mode that was used when the
Stop Mode request occurred.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
356
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
•
MCU Wait Mode
Depending on the ADC Wait Mode configuration bit SWAI, the ADC either continues conversion
in MCU Wait Mode or freezes conversion at the next conversion boundary before MCU Wait Mode
is entered.
ADC behavior for configuration SWAI =1’b0:
The ADC continues conversion during Wait Mode according to the conversion flow control
sequence. It is assumed that the conversion flow control sequence is continued (conversion flow
control bits TRIG, RSTA, SEQA, and LDOK are serviced accordingly).
ADC behavior for configuration SWAI = 1’b1:
At MCU Wait Mode request the ADC should be idle (no conversion or conversion sequence or
Command Sequence List ongoing).
If a conversion, conversion sequence, or CSL is in progress when an MCU Wait Mode request is
issued, a Sequence Abort Event occurs automatically and any ongoing conversion finish. After the
Sequence Abort Event finishes, if the STR_SEQA bit is set (STR_SEQA=1), then the conversion
result is stored and the corresponding flags are set. If the STR_SEQA bit is cleared
(STR_SEQA=0), then the conversion result is not stored and the corresponding flags are not set.
Alternatively the Sequence Abort Event can be issued by software before MCU Wait Mode
request. As soon as flag SEQAD_IF is set, the MCU Wait Mode request can be issued.
With the occurrence of the MCU Wait Mode request until exit from Wait Mode all flow control
signals (RSTA, SEQA, LDOK, TRIG) are cleared.
After exiting MCU Wait Mode, the following happens in the order given with expected event(s)
depending on the conversion flow control mode:
— In ADC conversion flow control mode “Trigger Mode”, a Restart Event is expected to occur.
This simultaneously sets bit TRIG and RSTA causing the ADC to execute the Restart Event
(CMD_IDX and RVL_IDX cleared) followed by the Trigger Event. The Restart Event can be
generated automatically after exit from MCU Wait Mode if bit AUT_RSTA is set.
— In ADC conversion flow control mode “Restart Mode”, a Restart Event is expected to set bit
RSTA only (ADC already aborted at MCU Wait Mode entry hence bit SEQA must not be set
simultaneously) causing the ADC to execute the Restart Event (CDM_IDX and RVL_IDX
cleared). The Restart Event can be generated automatically after exit from MCU Wait Mode if
bit AUT_RSTA is set.
— The RVL buffer select (RVL_SEL) is not changed if a CSL is in process at MCU Wait Mode
request. Hence the same RVL buffer will be used after exit from Wait Mode that was used when
Wait Mode request occurred.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
357
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
NOTE
In principle, the MCU could stay in Wait Mode for a shorter period of time
than the ADC needs to abort an ongoing conversion (range of µµµµs).
Therefore in case a Sequence Abort Event is issued automatically due to
MCU Wait Mode request a following Restart Event after exit from MCU
Wait Mode can not be executed before ADC has finished this Sequence
Abort Event. The Restart Event is detected but it is pending.
This applies in case MCU Wait Mode is exited before ADC has finished the
Sequence Abort Event and a Restart Event is issued immediately after exit
from MCU Wait Mode. Bit READY can be used by software to detect when
the Restart Event can be issued without latency time in processing the event
(see also Figure 10-1).
Wait Mode request (SWAI=1’b1),
Automatic Sequence Abort
Event Wake-up
Event
AN3 AN1 AN4 IN5 AN6 AN1
Sequence_0
Wait Mode
entry
Abort
Active
Restart
Event
Trigger
AN3 AN1 AN4 AN5 AN2 AN0
Sequence_n
CSL_0
Begin from top of current CSL
Sequence_1
EOS
READY=1’b1
Earliest point of time to issue
Restart Event without latency
Idle
Active
t
Figure 10-1. Conversion Flow Control Diagram - Wait Mode (SWAI=1’b1, AUT_RSTA=1’b0)
•
MCU Freeze Mode
Depending on the ADC Freeze Mode configuration bit FRZ_MOD, the ADC either continues
conversion in Freeze Mode or freezes conversion at next conversion boundary before the MCU
Freeze Mode is entered. After exit from MCU Freeze Mode with previously frozen conversion
sequence the ADC continues the conversion with the next conversion command and all ADC
interrupt flags are unchanged during MCU Freeze Mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
358
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.2.2
Block Diagram
System Clock
Clock
Prescaler
ADC Clock
Error/
FlowCtrl Issue
Int.
Error
handler
(EN)
Data Bus
LoadOK
Sequence Abort Int.
Trigger
Control Unit
Restart
Seq_abort
see reference
manual for
connectivity
information
regarding ADC
internal interface
Internal_7
Internal_6
Internal_5
Internal_4
Internal_3
Internal_2
Conversion Int.
(Conversion Flow, Timing, Interrupt)
DMA access
ADC
Temperature
Sense
Comm_0
Comm_1
..........
Idle/
..........
Active
...........
.......... Command
........... Sequence AlternativeList
...........
Command
(RAM/
...........
Sequence
NVM)
...........
List
...........
(RAM/
Comm 63
NVM)
int.
Channel
MUX
VREG_sense
DMA access
VRH_1
VRH_0
Result_0
Result_1
..........
active
.......... Conversion
........... Result List
..........
(RAM)
...........
...........
Alternative
...........
Result
...........
List
...........
(RAM)
Result 63
Successive
Approximation
Register (SAR)
and C-DAC
VRL_1
VRL_0
VDDA
VSSA
ANx
.....
AN2
AN1
ext.
Channel
MUX
AN0
+
-
Final
+
Buffer
-
Buffer
AMP
Comparator
Sample & Hold
PIM
ADC12B_LBA
Figure 10-2. ADC12B_LBA Block Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
359
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.3
Signal Description
This section lists all inputs to the ADC12B_LBA block.
10.3.1
10.3.1.1
Detailed Signal Descriptions
ANx (x = n,..., 2, 1, 0)
This pin serves as the analog input Channel x. The maximum input channel number is n. Please refer to
the device reference manual for the maximum number of input channels.
10.3.1.2
VRH_0, VRH_1, VRL_0, VRL_1
VRH_0/1 are the high reference voltages, VRL0/1 are the low reference voltages for a ADC conversion
selectable on a conversion command basis. Please refer to the device reference manual for availability and
connectivity of these pins.
10.3.1.3
VDDA, VSSA
These pins are the power supplies for the analog circuitry of the ADC12B_LBA block.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
360
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all registers accessible in the ADC12B_LBA.
10.4.1
Module Memory Map
Figure 10-3 gives an overview of all ADC12B_LBA registers.
NOTE
Register Address = Base Address + Address Offset, where the Base Address
is defined at the MCU level and the Address Offset is defined at the module
level.
Address
Name
0x0000
ADCCTL_0
0x0001
ADCCTL_1
0x0002
ADCSTS
0x0003
ADCTIM
0x0004
ADCFMT
0x0005
ADCFLWCTL
0x0006
ADCEIE
0x0007
ADCIE
0x0008
ADCEiF
0x0009
ADCIF
0x000A ADCCONIE_0
0x000B ADCCONIE_1
0x000C ADCCONIF_0
0x000D ADCCONIF_1
0x000E
ADCIMDRI_0
0x000F
ADCIMDRI_1
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
ADC_EN
ADC_SR
FRZ_MOD
SWAI
CSL_BMOD RVL_BMOD SMOD_ACC
CSL_SEL
RVL_SEL
AUT_RSTA
DBECC_ERR Reserved
0
3
2
ACC_CFG[1:0]
1
Bit 0
STR_SEQA
MOD_CFG
0
0
0
0
READY
0
0
0
PRS[6:0]
0
0
0
SEQA
TRIG
RSTA
LDOK
IA_EIE
CMD_EIE
EOL_EIE
DJM
SEQAD_IE CONIF_OIE
IA_EIF
CMD_EIF
SEQAD_IF CONIF_OIF
Reserved
EOL_EIF
Reserved
0
0
Reserved TRIG_EIE
0
0
0
RSTAR_EIE
LDOK_EIE
0
0
RSTAR_EIF
LDOK_EIF
0
0
0
Reserved TRIG_EIF
0
SRES[2:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
CON_IE[15:8]
EOL_IE
CON_IE[7:1]
CON_IF[15:8]
EOL_IF
CON_IF[7:1]
CSL_IMD
RVL_IMD
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RIDX_IMD[5:0]
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-3. ADC12B_LBA Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 3)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
361
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Address
Name
0x0010
ADCEOLRI
0x0011
Reserved
0x0012
Reserved
0x0013
Reserved
0x0014
ADCCMD_0
0x0015
ADCCMD_1
0x0016
ADCCMD_2
0x0017
ADCCMD_3
0x0018
Reserved
0x0019
Reserved
0x001A
Reserved
0x001B
Reserved
0x001C
ADCCIDX
0x001D
ADCCBP_0
0x001E
ADCCBP_1
0x001F
ADCCBP_2
0x0020
ADCRIDX
0x0021
ADCRBP_0
0x0022
ADCRBP_1
0x0023
ADCRBP_2
0x0024
ADCCROFF0
0x0025
ADCCROFF1
0x0026
Reserved
Bit 7
6
R CSL_EOL RVL_EOL
W
R
0
0
W
R
0
0
W
R Reserved
W
R
CMD_SEL
W
R
VRH_SEL VRL_SEL
W
R
W
R
Reserved Reserved
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
0
0
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
0
0
W
R
0
0
W
R
W
R
W
R
0
W
R
0
W
R
0
0
W
5
0
4
0
3
0
2
0
1
0
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
INTFLG_SEL[3:0]
CH_SEL[5:0]
0
SMP[4:0]
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
CMD_IDX[5:0]
CMD_PTR[23:16]
CMD_PTR[15:8]
0
CMD_PTR[7:2]
0
RES_IDX[5:0]
0
0
RES_PTR[19:16]
RES_PTR[15:8]
0
RES_PTR[7:2]
0
CMDRES_OFF0[6:0]
CMDRES_OFF1[6:0]
0
0
Reserved
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-3. ADC12B_LBA Register Summary (Sheet 2 of 3)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
362
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Address
Name
0x0027
Reserved
0x0028
Reserved
0x0029
Reserved
0x002A0x003F
Reserved
Bit 7
R
W
R
W
R Reserved
W
R
0
W
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-3. ADC12B_LBA Register Summary (Sheet 3 of 3)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
363
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes in address order all the ADC12B_LBA registers and their individual bits.
10.4.2.1
ADC Control Register 0 (ADCCTL_0)
Module Base + 0x0000
R
W
Reset
15
14
13
12
ADC_EN
ADC_SR
FRZ_MOD
SWAI
0
0
0
0
11
10
ACC_CFG[1:0]
0
9
8
STR_SEQA
MOD_CFG
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-4. ADC Control Register 0 (ADCCTL_0)
Read: Anytime
Write:
• Bits ADC_EN, ADC_SR, FRZ_MOD and SWAI writable anytime
• Bits MOD_CFG, STR_SEQA and ACC_CFG[1:0] writable if bit ADC_EN clear or bit
SMOD_ACC set
Table 10-2. ADCCTL_0 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15
ADC_EN
ADC Enable Bit — This bit enables the ADC (e.g. sample buffer amplifier etc.) and controls accessibility of ADC
register bits. When this bit gets cleared any ongoing conversion sequence will be aborted and pending results
or the result of current conversion gets discarded (not stored). The ADC cannot be re-enabled before any
pending action or action in process is finished or aborted, which could take up to a maximum latency time of
tDISABLE (see device reference manual for more details).
Because internal components of the ADC are turned on/off with this bit, the ADC requires a recovery time period
(tREC) after ADC is enabled until the first conversion can be launched via a trigger.
0 ADC disabled.
1 ADC enabled.
14
ADC_SR
ADC Soft-Reset — This bit causes an ADC Soft-Reset if set after a severe error occurred (see list of severe
errors in Section 10.4.2.9, “ADC Error Interrupt Flag Register (ADCEIF) that causes the ADC to cease
operation). It clears all overrun flags and error flags and forces the ADC state machine to its idle state. It also
clears the Command Index Register, the Result Index Register, and the CSL_SEL and RVL_SEL bits (to be
ready for a new control sequence to load new command and start execution again from top of selected CSL).
A severe error occurs if an error flag is set which cause the ADC to cease operation.
In order to make the ADC operational again an ADC Soft-Reset must be issued.
Once this bit is set it can not be cleared by writing any value. It is cleared only by ADC hardware after the SoftReset has been executed.
0 No ADC Soft-Reset issued.
1 Issue ADC Soft-Reset.
13
FRZ_MOD
12
SWAI
Freeze Mode Configuration — This bit influences conversion flow during Freeze Mode.
0 ADC continues conversion in Freeze Mode.
1 ADC freezes the conversion at next conversion boundary at Freeze Mode entry.
Wait Mode Configuration — This bit influences conversion flow during Wait Mode.
0 ADC continues conversion in Wait Mode.
1 ADC halts the conversion at next conversion boundary at Wait Mode entry.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
364
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Table 10-2. ADCCTL_0 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
11-10
ADCFLWCTL Register Access Configuration — These bits define if the register ADCFLWCTL is controlled
ACC_CFG[1:0] via internal interface only or data bus only or both. See Table 10-3. for more details.
9
Control Of Conversion Result Storage and RSTAR_EIF flag setting at Sequence Abort or Restart Event
STR_SEQA — This bit controls conversion result storage and RSTAR_EIF flag setting when a Sequence Abort Event or
Restart Event occurs as follows:
If STR_SEQA = 1’b0 and if a:
• Sequence Abort Event or Restart Event is issued during a conversion the data of this conversion is not stored
and the respective conversion complete flag is not set
• Restart Event only is issued before the last conversion of a CSL is finished and no Sequence Abort Event is
in process (SEQA clear) causes the RSTA_EIF error flag to be asserted and bit SEQA gets set by hardware
If STR_SEQA = 1’b1 and if a:
• Sequence Abort Event or Restart Event is issued during a conversion the data of this conversion is stored and
the respective conversion complete flag is set and Intermediate Result Information Register is updated.
• Restart Event only occurs during the last conversion of a CSL and no Sequence Abort Event is in process
(SEQA clear) does not set the RSTA_EIF error flag
• Restart Event only is issued before the CSL is finished and no Sequence Abort Event is in process (SEQA
clear) causes the RSTA_EIF error flag to be asserted and bit SEQA gets set by hardware
8
MOD_CFG
(Conversion Flow Control) Mode Configuration — This bit defines the conversion flow control after a Restart
Event and after execution of the “End Of List” command type:
- Restart Mode
- Trigger Mode
(For more details please see also section Section 10.5.3.2, “Introduction of the Programmer’s Model and
following.)
0 “Restart Mode” selected.
1 “Trigger Mode” selected.
Table 10-3. ADCFLWCTL Register Access Configurations
ACC_CFG[1]
ACC_CFG[0]
0
0
0
1
1
0
1
1
ADCFLWCTL Access Mode
None of the access paths is enabled
(default / reset configuration)
Single Access Mode - Internal Interface
(ADCFLWCTL access via internal interface only)
Single Access Mode - Data Bus
(ADCFLWCTL access via data bus only)
Dual Access Mode
(ADCFLWCTL register access via internal interface and data bus)
NOTE
Each conversion flow control bit (SEQA, RSTA, TRIG, LDOK) must be
controlled by software or internal interface according to the requirements
described in Section 10.5.3.2.4, “The two conversion flow control Mode
Configurations and overview summary in Table 10-10.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
365
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.2
ADC Control Register 1 (ADCCTL_1)
Module Base + 0x0001
7
R
W
Reset
6
5
CSL_BMOD RVL_BMOD SMOD_ACC
0
0
4
AUT_RSTA
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-5. ADC Control Register 1 (ADCCTL_1)
Read: Anytime
Write:
• Bit CSL_BMOD and RVL_BMOD writable if bit ADC_EN clear or bit SMOD_ACC set
• Bit SMOD_ACC only writable in MCU Special Mode
• Bit AUT_RSTA writable anytime
Table 10-4. ADCCTL_1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
CSL Buffer Mode Select Bit — This bit defines the CSL buffer mode. This bit is only writable if ADC_EN is clear.
CSL_BMOD 0 CSL single buffer mode.
1 CSL double buffer mode.
6
RVL Buffer Mode Select Bit — This bit defines the RVL buffer mode.
RVL_BMOD 0 RVL single buffer mode
1 RVL double buffer mode
5
Special Mode Access Control Bit — This bit controls register access rights in MCU Special Mode. This bit is
SMOD_ACC automatically cleared when leaving MCU Special Mode.
Note: When this bit is set also the ADCCMD register is writeable via the data bus to allow modification of the
current command for debugging purpose. But this is only possible if the current command is not already
processed (conversion not started).
Please see access details given for each register.
Care must be taken when modifying ADC registers while bit SMOD_ACC is set to not corrupt a possible ongoing
conversion.
0 Normal user access - Register write restrictions exist as specified for each bit.
1 Special access - Register write restrictions are lifted.
4
Automatic Restart Event after exit from MCU Stop and Wait Mode (SWAI set) — This bit controls if a Restart
AUT_RSTA Event is automatically generated after exit from MCU Stop Mode or Wait Mode with bit SWAI set. It can be
configured for ADC conversion flow control mode “Trigger Mode” and “Restart Mode” (anytime during application
runtime).
0 No automatic Restart Event after exit from MCU Stop Mode.
1 Automatic Restart Event occurs after exit from MCU Stop Mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
366
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.3
ADC Status Register (ADCSTS)
It is important to note that if flag DBECC_ERR is set the ADC ceases operation. In order to make the ADC
operational again an ADC Soft-Reset must be issued. An ADC Soft-Reset clears bits CSL_SEL and
RVL_SEL.
Module Base + 0x0002
R
W
Reset
7
6
CSL_SEL
RVL_SEL
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
DBECC_ERR
Reserved
READY
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-6. ADC Status Register (ADCSTS)
Read: Anytime
Write:
• Bits CSL_SEL and RVL_SEL anytime if bit ADC_EN is clear or bit SMOD_ACC is set
• Bits DBECC_ERR and READY not writable
Table 10-5. ADCSTS Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
CSL_SEL
Command Sequence List Select bit — This bit controls and indicates which ADC Command List is active. This
bit can only be written if ADC_EN bit is clear. This bit toggles in CSL double buffer mode when no conversion or
conversion sequence is ongoing and bit LDOK is set and bit RSTA is set. In CSL single buffer mode this bit is
forced to 1’b0 by bit CSL_BMOD.
0 ADC Command List 0 is active.
1 ADC Command List 1 is active.
6
RVL_SEL
Result Value List Select Bit — This bit controls and indicates which ADC Result List is active. This bit can only
be written if bit ADC_EN is clear. After storage of the initial Result Value List this bit toggles in RVL double buffer
mode whenever the conversion result of the first conversion of the current CSL is stored or a CSL got aborted.
In RVL single buffer mode this bit is forced to 1’b0 by bit RVL_BMOD.
Please see also Section 10.2.1.2, “MCU Operating Modes for information regarding Result List usage in case of
Stop or Wait Mode.
0 ADC Result List 0 is active.
1 ADC Result List 1 is active.
5
DBECC_ERR
3
READY
Double Bit ECC Error Flag — This flag indicates that a double bit ECC error occurred during conversion
command load or result storage and ADC ceases operation.
In order to make the ADC operational again an ADC Soft-Reset must be issued.
This bit is cleared if bit ADC_EN is clear.
0 No double bit ECC error occurred.
1 A double bit ECC error occurred.
Ready For Restart Event Flag — This flag indicates that ADC is in its idle state and ready for a Restart Event.
It can be used to verify after exit from Wait Mode if a Restart Event can be issued and processed immediately
without any latency time due to an ongoing Sequence Abort Event after exit from MCU Wait Mode (see also the
Note in Section 10.2.1.2, “MCU Operating Modes).
0 ADC not in idle state.
1 ADC is in idle state.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
367
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.4
ADC Timing Register (ADCTIM)
Module Base + 0x0003
7
R
6
5
4
0
0
2
1
0
1
0
1
PRS[6:0]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-7. ADC Timing Register (ADCTIM))
Read: Anytime
Write: These bits are writable if bit ADC_EN is clear or bit SMOD_ACC is set
Table 10-6. ADCTIM Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6-0
PRS[6:0]
ADC Clock Prescaler — These 7bits are the binary prescaler value PRS. The ADC conversion clock frequency
is calculated as follows:
f BUS
f A TD CLK = -----------------------------------2x PRS + 1
Refer to Device Specification for allowed frequency range of fATDCLK.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
368
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.5
ADC Format Register (ADCFMT)
Module Base + 0x0004
7
R
W
Reset
DJM
0
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
SRES[2:0]
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-8. ADC Format Register (ADCFMT)
Read: Anytime
Write: Bits DJM and SRES[2:0] are writable if bit ADC_EN clear or bit SMOD_ACC set
Table 10-7. ADCFMT Field Descriptions
Field
7
DJM
2-0
SRES[2:0]
Description
Result Register Data Justification — Conversion result data format is always unsigned. This bit controls
justification of conversion result data in the conversion result list.
0 Left justified data in the conversion result list.
1 Right justified data in the conversion result list.
ADC Resolution Select — These bits select the resolution of conversion results. See Table 10-8 for coding.
Table 10-8. Selectable Conversion Resolution
SRES[2]
SRES[1]
SRES[0]
ADC Resolution
0
0
0
8-bit data
0
0
1
1.
Reserved
0
1
0
10-bit data
0
1
1
1.
Reserved
1
0
0
12-bit data
1
x
x
(1)
Reserved
1. Reserved settings cause a severe error at ADC conversion start whereby
the CMD_EIF flag is set and ADC ceases operation
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
369
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.6
ADC Conversion Flow Control Register (ADCFLWCTL)
Bit set and bit clear instructions should not be used to access this register.
When the ADC is enabled the bits of ADCFLWCTL register can be modified after a latency time of three
Bus Clock cycles.
All bits are cleared if bit ADC_EN is clear or via ADC soft-reset.
Module Base + 0x0005
7
R
W
Reset
6
5
4
SEQA
TRIG
RSTA
LDOK
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-9. ADC Conversion Flow Control Register (ADCFLWCTL)
Read: Anytime
Write:
• Bits SEQA, TRIG, RSTA, LDOK can only be set if bit ADC_EN is set.
• Writing 1’b0 to any of these bits does not have an effect
Timing considerations (Trigger Event - channel sample start) depending on ADC mode configuration:
• Restart Mode
When the Restart Event has been processed (initial command of current CSL is loaded) it takes two
Bus Clock cycles plus two ADC conversion clock cycles (pump phase) from the Trigger Event (bit
TRIG set) until the select channel starts to sample.
During a conversion sequence (back to back conversions) it takes five Bus Clock cycles plus two
ADC conversion clock cycles (pump phase) from current conversion period end until the newly
selected channel is sampled in the following conversion period.
• Trigger Mode
When a Restart Event occurs a Trigger Event is issued simultaneously. The time required to process
the Restart Event is mainly defined by the internal read data bus availability and therefore can vary.
In this mode the Trigger Event is processed immediately after the Restart Event is finished and both
conversion flow control bits are cleared simultaneously. From de-assert of bit TRIG until sampling
begins five Bus Clock cycles are required. Hence from occurrence of a Restart Event until channel
sampling it takes five Bus Clock cycles plus an uncertainty of a few Bus Clock cycles.
For more details regarding the sample phase please refer to Section 10.5.2.2, “Sample and Hold Machine
with Sample Buffer Amplifier.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
370
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Table 10-9. ADCFLWCTL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SEQA
Conversion Sequence Abort Event — This bit indicates that a conversion sequence abort event is in progress.
When this bit is set the ongoing conversion sequence and current CSL will be aborted at the next conversion
boundary. This bit gets cleared when the ongoing conversion sequence is aborted and ADC is idle.
This bit can only be set if bit ADC_EN is set.
This bit is cleared if bit ADC_EN is clear.
Data Bus Control:
This bit can be controlled via the data bus if access control is configured accordingly via ACC_CFG[1:0].
Writing a value of 1’b0 does not clear the flag.
Writing a one to this bit does not clear it but causes an overrun if the bit has already been set. See
Section 10.5.3.2.6, “Conversion flow control in case of conversion sequence control bit overrun scenarios for
more details.
Internal Interface Control:
This bit can be controlled via the internal interface Signal “Seq_Abort” if access control is configured accordingly
via ACC_CFG[1:0]. After being set an additional request via the internal interface Signal “Seq_Abort” causes an
overrun. See also conversion flow control in case of overrun situations.
General:
In both conversion flow control modes (Restart Mode and Trigger Mode) when bit RSTA gets set automatically
bit SEQA gets set when the ADC has not reached one of the following scenarios:
- A Sequence Abort request is about to be executed or has been executed.
- “End Of List” command type has been executed or is about to be executed
In case bit SEQA is set automatically the Restart error flag RSTA_EIF is set to indicate an unexpected Restart
Request.
0 No conversion sequence abort request.
1 Conversion sequence abort request.
6
TRIG
Conversion Sequence Trigger Bit — This bit starts a conversion sequence if set and no conversion or
conversion sequence is ongoing. This bit is cleared when the first conversion of a sequence starts to sample.
This bit can only be set if bit ADC_EN is set.
This bit is cleared if bit ADC_EN is clear.
Data Bus Control:
This bit can be controlled via the data bus if access control is configured accordingly via ACC_CFG[1:0].
Writing a value of 1’b0 does not clear the flag.
After being set this bit can not be cleared by writing a value of 1’b1 instead the error flag TRIG_EIF is set. See
also Section 10.5.3.2.6, “Conversion flow control in case of conversion sequence control bit overrun scenarios
for more details.
Internal Interface Control:
This bit can be controlled via the internal interface Signal “Trigger” if access control is configured accordingly via
ACC_CFG[1:0]. After being set an additional request via internal interface Signal “Trigger“ causes the flag
TRIG_EIF to be set.
0 No conversion sequence trigger.
1 Trigger to start conversion sequence.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
371
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Table 10-9. ADCFLWCTL Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
5
RSTA
Restart Event (Restart from Top of Command Sequence List) — This bit indicates that a Restart Event is
executed. The ADC loads the conversion command from top of the active Sequence Command List when no
conversion or conversion sequence is ongoing. This bit is cleared when the first conversion command of the
sequence from top of active Sequence Command List has been loaded into the ADCCMD register.
This bit can only be set if bit ADC_EN is set.
This bit is cleared if bit ADC_EN is clear.
Data Bus Control:
This bit can be controlled via the data bus if access control is configured accordingly via ACC_CFG[1:0].
Writing a value of 1’b0 does not clear the flag.
Writing a one to this bit does not clear it but causes an overrun if the bit has already been set. See also
Section 10.5.3.2.6, “Conversion flow control in case of conversion sequence control bit overrun scenarios for
more details.
Internal Interface Control:
This bit can be controlled via the internal interface Signal “Restart” if access control is configured accordingly via
ACC_CFG[1:0]. After being set an additional request via internal interface Signal “Restart“ causes an overrun.
See conversion flow control in case of overrun situations for more details.
General:
In conversion flow control mode “Trigger Mode” when bit RSTA gets set bit TRIG is set simultaneously if one of
the following has been executed:
- “End Of List” command type has been executed or is about to be executed
- Sequence Abort Event
0 Continue with commands from active Sequence Command List.
1 Restart from top of active Sequence Command List.
4
LDOK
Load OK for alternative Command Sequence List — This bit indicates if the preparation of the alternative
Sequence Command List is done and Command Sequence List must be swapped with the Restart Event. This
bit is cleared when bit RSTA is set (Restart Event executed) and the Command Sequence List got swapped.
This bit can only be set if bit ADC_EN is set.
This bit is cleared if bit ADC_EN is clear.
This bit is forced to zero if bit CSL_BMOD is clear.
Data Bus Control:
This bit can be controlled via the data bus if access control is configured accordingly via ACC_CFG[1:0].
Writing a value of 1’b0 does not clear the flag.
To set bit LDOK the bits LDOK and RSTA must be written simultaneously.
After being set this bit can not be cleared by writing a value of 1’b1. See also Section 10.5.3.2.6, “Conversion
flow control in case of conversion sequence control bit overrun scenarios for more details.
Internal Interface Control:
This bit can be controlled via the internal interface Signal “LoadOK” and “Restart” if access control is configured
accordingly via ACC_CFG[1:0]. With the assertion of Interface Signal “Restart” the interface Signal “LoadOK” is
evaluated and bit LDOK set accordingly (bit LDOK set if Interface Signal “LoadOK” asserted when Interface
Signal “Restart” asserts).
General:
Only in “Restart Mode” if a Restart Event occurs without bit LDOK being set the error flag LDOK_EIF is set except
when the respective Restart Request occurred after or simultaneously with a Sequence Abort Request.
The LDOK_EIF error flag is also not set in “Restart Mode” if the first Restart Event occurs after:
- ADC got enabled
- Exit from Stop Mode
- ADC Soft-Reset
0 Load of alternative list done.
1 Load alternative list.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
372
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Table 10-10. Summary of Conversion Flow Control Bit Scenarios
RSTA
TRIG
SEQA
LDOK
Conversion Flow
Conversion Flow Control
Control Mode
Scenario
0
0
0
0
Both Modes
Valid
0
0
0
1
Both Modes
Can Not Occur
0
0
1
0
Both Modes
5.
Valid
0
0
1
1
Both Modes
Can Not Occur
0
1
0
0
Both Modes
2.
Valid
0
1
0
1
Both Modes
Can Not Occur
0
1
1
0
Both Modes
Can Not Occur
0
1
1
1
Both Modes
Can Not Occur
1
0
0
0
Both Modes
4.
Valid
1
0
0
1
Both Modes
1
0
1
0
Both Modes
1
0
1
1
Both Modes
1
1
0
0
“Restart Mode”
Valid
Valid
Valid
“Restart Mode”
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
1. 3. 4. 5.
Valid
2. 4. 6.
Error flag TRIG_EIF set
1
“Trigger Mode”
1
3. 4. 5.
Error flag TRIG_EIF set
“Trigger Mode”
1
1. 4.
Valid
1. 2. 4. 6.
“Restart Mode”
Error flag TRIG_EIF set
“Trigger Mode”
2. 3. 4. 5. 6.
Valid
“Restart Mode”
Error flag TRIG_EIF set
“Trigger Mode”
Valid
0
1
(1) (2) (3) (4) (5) (6)
1. Swap CSL buffer
2. Start conversion sequence
3. Prevent RSTA_EIF and LDOK_EIF
4. Load conversion command from top of CSL
5. Abort any ongoing conversion, conversion sequence and CSL
6. Bit TRIG set automatically in Trigger Mode
For a detailed description of all conversion flow control bit scenarios please see also Section 10.5.3.2.4,
“The two conversion flow control Mode Configurations, Section 10.5.3.2.5, “The four ADC conversion
flow control bits and Section 10.5.3.2.6, “Conversion flow control in case of conversion sequence control
bit overrun scenarios
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
373
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.7
ADC Error Interrupt Enable Register (ADCEIE)
Module Base + 0x0006
7
R
W
Reset
6
5
4
3
2
1
IA_EIE
CMD_EIE
EOL_EIE
Reserved
TRIG_EIE
RSTAR_EIE
LDOK_EIE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-10. ADC Error Interrupt Enable Register (ADCEIE)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 10-11. ADCEIE Field Descriptions
Field
7
IA_EIE
Description
Illegal Access Error Interrupt Enable Bit — This bit enables the illegal access error interrupt.
0 Illegal access error interrupt disabled.
1 Illegal access error interrupt enabled.
6
CMD_EIE
Command Value Error Interrupt Enable Bit — This bit enables the command value error interrupt.
0 Command value interrupt disabled.
1 Command value interrupt enabled.
5
EOL_EIE
”End Of List” Error Interrupt Enable Bit — This bit enables the “End Of List” error interrupt.
0 “End Of List” error interrupt disabled.
1 “End Of List” error interrupt enabled.
3
TRIG_EIE
Conversion Sequence Trigger Error Interrupt Enable Bit — This bit enables the conversion sequence trigger
error interrupt.
0 Conversion sequence trigger error interrupt disabled.
1 Conversion sequence trigger error interrupt enabled.
2
Restart Request Error Interrupt Enable Bit— This bit enables the restart request error interrupt.
RSTAR_EIE 0 Restart Request error interrupt disabled.
1 Restart Request error interrupt enabled.
1
LDOK_EIE
Load OK Error Interrupt Enable Bit — This bit enables the Load OK error interrupt.
0 Load OK error interrupt disabled.
1 Load OK error interrupt enabled.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
374
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.8
ADC Interrupt Enable Register (ADCIE)
Module Base + 0x0007
7
R
W
6
5
SEQAD_IE
CONIF_OIE
Reserved
0
0
0
Reset
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-11. ADC Interrupt Enable Register (ADCIE)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 10-12. ADCIE Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SEQAD_IE
Conversion Sequence Abort Done Interrupt Enable Bit — This bit enables the conversion sequence abort
event done interrupt.
0 Conversion sequence abort event done interrupt disabled.
1 Conversion sequence abort event done interrupt enabled.
6
CONIF_OIE
ADCCONIF Register Flags Overrun Interrupt Enable — This bit enables the flag which indicates if an overrun
situation occurred for one of the CON_IF[15:1] flags or for the EOL_IF flag.
0 No ADCCONIF Register Flag overrun occurred.
1 ADCCONIF Register Flag overrun occurred.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
375
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.9
ADC Error Interrupt Flag Register (ADCEIF)
If one of the following error flags is set the ADC ceases operation:
• IA_EIF
• CMD_EIF
• EOL_EIF
• TRIG_EIF
In order to make the ADC operational again an ADC Soft-Reset must be issued which clears above listed
error interrupt flags.
The error interrupt flags RSTAR_EIF and LDOK_EIF do not cause the ADC to cease operation. If set the
ADC continues operation. Each of the two bits can be cleared by writing a value of 1’b1. Both bits are also
cleared if an ADC Soft-Reset is issued.
All bits are cleared if bit ADC_EN is clear. Writing any flag with value 1’b0 does not clear a flag. Writing
any flag with value 1’b1 does not set the flag.
Module Base + 0x0008
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
IA_EIF
CMD_EIF
EOL_EIF
Reserved
TRIG_EIF
RSTAR_EIF
LDOK_EIF
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-12. ADC Error Interrupt Flag Register (ADCEIF)
Read: Anytime
Write:
• Bits RSTAR_EIF and LDOK_EIF are writable anytime
• Bits IA_EIF, CMD_EIF, EOL_EIF and TRIG_EIF are not writable
Table 10-13. ADCEIF Field Descriptions
Field
7
IA_EIF
Description
Illegal Access Error Interrupt Flag — This flag indicates that storing the conversion result caused an illegal
access error or conversion command loading from outside system RAM or NVM area occurred.
The ADC ceases operation if this error flag is set (issue of type severe).
0 No illegal access error occurred.
1 An illegal access error occurred.
6
CMD_EIF
Command Value Error Interrupt Flag — This flag indicates that an invalid command is loaded (Any command
that contains reserved bit settings) or illegal format setting selected (reserved SRES[2:0] bit settings).
The ADC ceases operation if this error flag is set (issue of type severe).
0 Valid conversion command loaded.
1 Invalid conversion command loaded.
5
EOL_EIF
“End Of List” Error Interrupt Flag — This flag indicates a missing “End Of List” command type in current
executed CSL.
The ADC ceases operation if this error flag is set (issue of type severe).
0 No “End Of List” error.
1 “End Of List” command type missing in current executed CSL.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
376
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Table 10-13. ADCEIF Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
3
TRIG_EIF
Trigger Error Interrupt Flag — This flag indicates that a trigger error occurred.
This flag is set in “Restart” Mode when a conversion sequence got aborted and no Restart Event occurred before
the Trigger Event or if the Trigger Event occurred before the Restart Event was finished (conversion command
has been loaded).
This flag is set in “Trigger” Mode when a Trigger Event occurs before the Restart Event is issued to start
conversion of the initial Command Sequence List. In “Trigger” Mode only a Restart Event is required to start
conversion of the initial Command Sequence List.
This flag is set when a Trigger Event occurs before a conversion sequence got finished.
This flag is also set if a Trigger occurs while a Trigger Event is just processed - first conversion command of a
sequence is beginning to sample (see also Section 10.5.3.2.6, “Conversion flow control in case of conversion
sequence control bit overrun scenarios).
This flag is also set if the Trigger Event occurs automatically generated by hardware in “Trigger Mode” due to a
Restart Event and simultaneously a Trigger Event is generated via data bus or internal interface.
The ADC ceases operation if this error flag is set (issue of type severe).
0 No trigger error occurred.
1 A trigger error occurred.
2
Restart Request Error Interrupt Flag — This flag indicates a flow control issue. It is set when a Restart Request
RSTAR_EIF occurs after a Trigger Event and before one of the following conditions was reached:
- The “End Of List” command type has been executed
- Depending on bit STR_SEQA if the “End Of List” command type is about to be executed
- The current CSL has been aborted or is about to be aborted due to a Sequence Abort Request.
The ADC continues operation if this error flag is set.
This flag is not set for Restart Request overrun scenarios (see also Section 10.5.3.2.6, “Conversion flow control
in case of conversion sequence control bit overrun scenarios).
0 No Restart request error situation occurred.
1 Restart request error situation occurred.
1
LDOK_EIF
Load OK Error Interrupt Flag — This flag can only be set in “Restart Mode”. It indicates that a Restart Request
occurred without LDOK. This flag is not set if a Sequence Abort Event is already in process (bit SEQA set) when
the Restart Request occurs or a Sequence Abort Request occurs simultaneously with the Restart Request.
The LDOK_EIF error flag is also not set in “Restart Mode” if the first Restart Event occurs after:
- ADC got enabled
- Exit from Stop Mode
- ADC Soft-Reset
- ADC used in CSL single buffer mode
The ADC continues operation if this error flag is set.
0 No Load OK error situation occurred.
1 Load OK error situation occurred.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
377
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.10 ADC Interrupt Flag Register (ADCIF)
After being set any of these bits can be cleared by writing a value of 1’b1 or via ADC soft-reset (bit
ADC_SR). All bits are cleared if bit ADC_EN is clear. Writing any flag with value 1’b0 does not clear the
flag. Writing any flag with value 1’b1 does not set the flag.
Module Base + 0x0009
R
W
7
6
5
SEQAD_IF
CONIF_OIF
Reserved
0
0
0
Reset
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-13. ADC Interrupt Flag Register (ADCIF)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 10-14. ADCIF Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SEQAD_IF
Conversion Sequence Abort Done Interrupt Flag — This flag is set when the Sequence Abort Event has been
executed except the Sequence Abort Event occurred by hardware in order to be able to enter MCU Stop Mode
or Wait Mode with bit SWAI set.This flag is also not set if the Sequence Abort request occurs during execution
of the last conversion command of a CSL and bit STR_SEQA being set.
0 No conversion sequence abort request occurred.
1 A conversion sequence abort request occurred.
6
CONIF_OIF
ADCCONIF Register Flags Overrun Interrupt Flag — This flag indicates if an overrun situation occurred for
one of the CON_IF[15:1] flags or for the EOL_IF flag. In RVL single buffer mode (RVL_BMOD clear) an overrun
of the EOL_IF flag is not indicated (For more information please see Note below).
0 No ADCCONIF Register Flag overrun occurred.
1 ADCCONIF Register Flag overrun occurred.
NOTE
In RVL double buffer mode a conversion interrupt flag (CON_IF[15:1]) or
End Of List interrupt flag (EOL_IF) overrun is detected if one of these bits
is set when it should be set again due to conversion command execution.
In RVL single buffer mode a conversion interrupt flag (CON_IF[15:1])
overrun is detected only. The overrun is detected if any of the conversion
interrupt flags (CON_IF[15:1]) is set while the first conversion result of a
CSL is stored (result of first conversion from top of CSL is stored).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
378
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.11 ADC Conversion Interrupt Enable Register (ADCCONIE)
Module Base + 0x000A
15
14
13
12
11
10
R
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EOL_IE
CON_IE[15:1]
W
Reset
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-14. ADC Conversion Interrupt Enable Register (ADCCONIE)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 10-15. ADCCONIE Field Descriptions
Field
15-1
CON_IE[15:1]
0
EOL_IE
Description
Conversion Interrupt Enable Bits — These bits enable the individual interrupts which can be triggered via
interrupt flags CON_IF[15:1].
0 ADC conversion interrupt disabled.
1 ADC conversion interrupt enabled.
End Of List Interrupt Enable Bit — This bit enables the end of conversion sequence list interrupt.
0 End of list interrupt disabled.
1 End of list interrupt enabled.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
379
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.12 ADC Conversion Interrupt Flag Register (ADCCONIF)
After being set any of these bits can be cleared by writing a value of 1’b1. All bits are cleared if bit
ADC_EN is clear or via ADC soft-reset (bit ADC_SR set). Writing any flag with value 1’b0 does not clear
the flag. Writing any flag with value 1’b1 does not set the flag.
Module Base + 0x000C
15
14
13
12
11
10
R
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
EOL_IF
CON_IF[15:1]
W
Reset
9
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-15. ADC Conversion Interrupt Flag Register (ADCCONIF)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 10-16. ADCCONIF Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15-1
CON_IF[15:1]
Conversion Interrupt Flags — These bits could be set by the binary coded interrupt select bits
INTFLG_SEL[3:0] when the corresponding conversion command has been processed and related data has been
stored to RAM.
See also notes below.
0
EOL_IF
End Of List Interrupt Flag — This bit is set by the binary coded conversion command type select bits
CMD_SEL[1:0] for “end of list” type of commands and after such a command has been processed and the related
data has been stored RAM.
See also second note below
NOTE
These bits can be used to indicate if a certain packet of conversion results is
available. Clearing a flag indicates that conversion results have been
retrieved by software and the flag can be used again (see also
Section 10.8.6, “RVL swapping in RVL double buffer mode and related
registers ADCIMDRI and ADCEOLRI.
NOTE
Overrun situation of a flag CON_IF[15:1] and EOL_IF are indicated by flag
CONIF_OIF.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
380
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.13 ADC Intermediate Result Information Register (ADCIMDRI)
This register is cleared when bit ADC_SR is set or bit ADC_EN is clear.
Module Base + 0x000E
15
14
R CSL_IMD RVL_IMD
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
RIDX_IMD[5:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-16. ADC Intermediate Result Information Register (ADCIMDRI)
Read: Anytime
Write: Never
Table 10-17. ADCIMDRI Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15
CSL_IMD
Active CSL At Intermediate Event — This bit indicates the active (used) CSL at the occurrence of a conversion
interrupt flag (CON_IF[15:1]) (occurrence of an intermediate result buffer fill event) or when a Sequence Abort
Event gets executed.
0 CSL_0 active (used) when a conversion interrupt flag (CON_IF[15:1]) got set.
1 CSL_1 active (used) when a conversion interrupt flag (CON_IF[15:1]) got set.
14
RVL_IMD
Active RVL At Intermediate Event — This bit indicates the active (used) RVL buffer at the occurrence of a
conversion interrupt flag (CON_IF[15:1]) (occurrence of an intermediate result buffer fill event) or when a
Sequence Abort Event gets executed.
0 RVL_0 active (used) when a conversion interrupt flag (CON_IF[15:1]) got set.
1 RVL_1 active (used) when a conversion interrupt flag (CON_IF[15:1]) got set.
5-0
RES_IDX Value At Intermediate Event — These bits indicate the result index (RES_IDX) value at the
RIDX_IMD[5:0] occurrence of a conversion interrupt flag (CON_IF[15:1]) (occurrence of an intermediate result buffer fill event)
or occurrence of EOL_IF flag or when a Sequence Abort Event gets executed to abort an ongoing conversion
(the result index RES_IDX is captured at the occurrence of a result data store).
When a Sequence Abort Event has been processed flag SEQAD_IF is set and the RES_IDX value of the last
stored result is provided. Hence in case an ongoing conversion is aborted the RES_IDX value captured in
RIDX_IMD bits depends on bit STORE_SEQA:
- STORE_SEQA =1: The result index of the aborted conversion is provided
- STORE_SEQA =0: The result index of the last stored result at abort execution time is provided
In case a CSL is aborted while no conversion is ongoing (ADC waiting for a Trigger Event) the last captured result
index is provided.
In case a Sequence Abort Event was initiated by hardware due to MCU entering Stop Mode or Wait Mode with
bit SWAI set, the result index of the last stored result is captured by bits RIDX_IMD but flag SEQAD_IF is not set.
NOTE
The register ADCIMDRI is updated and simultaneously a conversion
interrupt flag CON_IF[15:1] occurs when the corresponding conversion
command (conversion command with INTFLG_SEL[3:0] set) has been
processed and related data has been stored to RAM.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
381
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.14 ADC End Of List Result Information Register (ADCEOLRI)
This register is cleared when bit ADC_SR is set or bit ADC_EN is clear.
Module Base + 0x0010
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CSL_EOL
RVL_EOL
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-17. ADC End Of List Result Information Register (ADCEOLRI)
Read: Anytime
Write: Never
Table 10-18. ADCEOLRI Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
CSL_EOL
Active CSL When “End Of List” Command Type Executed — This bit indicates the active (used) CSL when
a “End Of List” command type has been executed and related data has been stored to RAM.
0 CSL_0 active when “End Of List” command type executed.
1 CSL_1 active when “End Of List” command type executed.
6
RVL_EOL
Active RVL When “End Of List” Command Type Executed — This bit indicates the active (used) RVL when
a “End Of List” command type has been executed and related data has been stored to RAM.
0 RVL_0 active when “End Of List” command type executed.
1 RVL_1 active when “End Of List” command type executed.
NOTE
The conversion interrupt EOL_IF occurs and simultaneously the register
ADCEOLRI is updated when the “End Of List” conversion command type
has been processed and related data has been stored to RAM.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
382
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.15 ADC Command Register 0 (ADCCMD_0)
Module Base + 0x0014
31
R
CMD_SEL
W
Reset
30
0
0
29
28
0
0
0
0
27
26
25
24
INTFLG_SEL[3:0]
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-18. ADC Command Register 0 (ADCCMD_0)
Read: Anytime
Write: Only writable if bit SMOD_ACC is set
(see also Section 10.4.2.2, “ADC Control Register 1 (ADCCTL_1) bit SMOD_ACC description for more
details)
Table 10-19. ADCCMD_0 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
31-30
Conversion Command Select Bits — These bits define the type of current conversion described in Table 10CMD_SEL[1:0]
20.
27-24
Conversion Interrupt Flag Select Bits — These bits define which interrupt flag is set in the ADCIFH/L register
INTFLG_SEL[3:0] at the end of current conversion.The interrupt flags ADCIF[15:1] are selected via binary coded bits
INTFLG_SEL[3:0]. See also Table 10-21
NOTE
If bit SMOD_ACC is set modifying this register must be done carefully only when no conversion and conversion sequence is ongoing.
Table 10-20. Conversion Command Type Select
CMD_SEL[1]
CMD_SEL[0]
Conversion Command Type Description
0
0
Normal Conversion
0
1
End Of Sequence
(Wait for Trigger to execute next sequence or for a Restart)
End Of List
1
0
(Automatic wrap to top of CSL
and Continue Conversion)
End Of List
1
1
(Wrap to top of CSL and:
- In “Restart Mode” wait for Restart Event followed by a Trigger
- In “Trigger Mode” wait for Trigger or Restart Event)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
383
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Table 10-21. Conversion Interrupt Flag Select
CON_IF[15:1]
INTFLG_SEL[3]
INTFLG_SEL[2]
INTFLG_SEL[1]
INTFLG_SEL[0]
Comment
0x0000
0
0
0
0
No flag set
0x0001
0
0
0
1
0x0002
0
0
1
0
0x0004
0
0
1
1
0x0008
0
1
0
0
0x0010
0
1
0
1
Only one flag can
....
...
...
...
...
(one hot coding)
0x0800
1
1
0
0
0x1000
1
1
0
1
0x2000
1
1
1
0
0x4000
1
1
1
1
be set
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
384
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.16 ADC Command Register 1 (ADCCMD_1)
A command which contains reserved bit settings causes the error flag CMD_EIF being set and ADC cease
operation.
Module Base + 0x0015
R
W
23
22
VRH_SEL
VRL_SEL
Reset
0
21
20
19
18
17
16
0
0
CH_SEL[5:0]
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-19. ADC Command Register 1 (ADCCMD_1)
Read: Anytime
Write: Only writable if bit SMOD_ACC is set
(see also Section 10.4.2.2, “ADC Control Register 1 (ADCCTL_1) bit SMOD_ACC description for more
details)
Table 10-22. ADCCMD_1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
23
VRH_SEL
Reference High Voltage Select Bit — This bit selects the high voltage reference for current conversion.
0 VRH_0 input selected as high voltage reference.
1 VRH_1 input selected as high voltage reference.
22
VRL_SEL
Reference Low Voltage Select Bit — This bit selects the voltage reference for current conversion.
0 VRL_0 input selected as low voltage reference.
1 VRL_1 input selected as low voltage reference.
21-16
ADC Input Channel Select Bits — These bits select the input channel for the current conversion. See Table 10CH_SEL[5:0] 23 for channel coding information.
NOTE
If bit SMOD_ACC is set modifying this register must be done carefully only when no conversion and conversion sequence is ongoing.
Table 10-23. Analog Input Channel Select
CH_SEL[5]
CH_SEL[4]
CH_SEL[3]
CH_SEL[2]
CH_SEL[1]
CH_SEL[0]
Analog Input Channel
0
0
0
0
0
0
VRL_0/1
0
0
0
0
0
1
VRH_0/1
0
0
0
0
1
0
(VRH_0/1 + VRL_0/1) / 2
0
0
0
0
1
1
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
1
0
1
Reserved
0
0
0
1
1
0
Reserved
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
385
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Table 10-23. Analog Input Channel Select
CH_SEL[5]
CH_SEL[4]
CH_SEL[3]
CH_SEL[2]
CH_SEL[1]
CH_SEL[0]
Analog Input Channel
0
0
0
1
1
1
Reserved
0
0
1
0
0
0
Internal_0
(ADC temperature sense)
0
0
1
0
0
1
Internal_1
(Vreg_3v3 sense)
0
0
1
0
1
0
Internal_2
0
0
1
0
1
1
Internal_3
0
0
1
1
0
0
Internal_4
0
0
1
1
0
1
Internal_5
0
0
1
1
1
0
Internal_6
0
0
1
1
1
1
Internal_7
0
1
0
0
0
0
AN0
0
1
0
0
0
1
AN1
0
1
0
0
1
0
AN2
0
1
0
0
1
1
AN3
0
1
0
1
0
0
AN4
0
1
x
x
x
x
ANx
1
x
x
x
x
x
Reserved
NOTE
ANx in Table 10-23 is the maximum number of implemented analog input
channels on the device. Please refer to the device overview of the reference
manual for details regarding number of analog input channels.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
386
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.17 ADC Command Register 2 (ADCCMD_2)
A command which contains reserved bit settings causes the error flag CMD_EIF being set and ADC cease
operation.
Module Base + 0x0016
15
14
13
R
11
SMP[4:0]
W
Reset
12
0
0
0
0
0
10
9
0
0
0
0
8
Reserved
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-20. ADC Command Register 2 (ADCCMD_2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Only writable if bit SMOD_ACC is set
(see also Section 10.4.2.2, “ADC Control Register 1 (ADCCTL_1) bit SMOD_ACC description for more
details)
Table 10-24. ADCCMD_2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15-11
SMP[4:0]
Sample Time Select Bits — These four bits select the length of the sample time in units of ADC conversion
clock cycles. Note that the ADC conversion clock period is itself a function of the prescaler value (bits PRS[6:0]).
Table 10-25 lists the available sample time lengths.
NOTE
If bit SMOD_ACC is set modifying this register must be done carefully only when no conversion and conversion sequence is ongoing.
Table 10-25. Sample Time Select
SMP[4]
SMP[3]
SMP[2]
SMP[1]
SMP[0]
Sample Time
in Number of
ADC Clock Cycles
0
0
0
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
1
5
0
0
0
1
0
6
0
0
0
1
1
7
0
0
1
0
0
8
0
0
1
0
1
9
0
0
1
1
0
10
0
0
1
1
1
11
0
1
0
0
0
12
0
1
0
0
1
13
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
387
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Table 10-25. Sample Time Select
SMP[4]
SMP[3]
SMP[2]
SMP[1]
SMP[0]
Sample Time
in Number of
ADC Clock Cycles
0
1
0
1
0
14
0
1
0
1
1
15
0
1
1
0
0
16
0
1
1
0
1
17
0
1
1
1
0
18
0
1
1
1
1
19
1
0
0
0
0
20
1
0
0
0
1
21
1
0
0
1
0
22
1
0
0
1
1
23
1
0
1
0
0
24
1
0
1
0
1
Reserved
1
0
1
1
0
Reserved
1
0
1
1
1
Reserved
1
1
x
x
x
Reserved
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
388
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.18 ADC Command Register 3 (ADCCMD_3)
Module Base + 0x0017
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
Reserved
Reserved
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
Reserved
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-21. ADC Command Register 3 (ADCCMD_3)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
389
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.19 ADC Command Index Register (ADCCIDX)
It is important to note that these bits do not represent absolute addresses instead it is a sample index (object
size 32bit).
Module Base + 0x001C
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
CMD_IDX[5:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-22. ADC Command Index Register (ADCCIDX)
Read: Anytime
Write: NA
Table 10-26. ADCCIDX Field Descriptions
Field
Description
5-0
CMD_IDX
[5:0]
ADC Command Index Bits — These bits represent the command index value for the conversion commands
relative to the two CSL start addresses in the memory map. These bits do not represent absolute addresses
instead it is a sample index (object size 32bit). See also Section 10.5.3.2.2, “Introduction of the two Command
Sequence Lists (CSLs) for more details.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
390
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.20 ADC Command Base Pointer Register (ADCCBP)
Module Base + 0x001D
23
22
21
R
19
18
17
16
CMD_PTR[23:16]
W
Reset
20
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
0
0
Module Base + 0x001E
15
R
CMD_PTR[15:8]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
5
4
3
2
Module Base + 0x001F
7
R
CMD_PTR[7:2]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-23. ADC Command Base Pointer Registers (ADCCBP_0, ADCCBP_1, ADCCBP_2))
Read: Anytime
Write: Bits CMD_PTR[23:2] writable if bit ADC_EN clear or bit SMOD_ACC set
Table 10-27. ADCCBP Field Descriptions
Field
Description
23-2
ADC Command Base Pointer Address — These bits define the base address of the two CSL areas inside the
CMD_PTR [23:2] system RAM or NVM of the memory map. They are used to calculate the final address from which the conversion
commands will be loaded depending on which list is active. For more details see Section 10.5.3.2.2, “Introduction
of the two Command Sequence Lists (CSLs).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
391
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.21 ADC Result Index Register (ADCRIDX)
It is important to note that these bits do not represent absolute addresses instead it is a sample index (object
size 16bit).
Module Base + 0x0020
R
7
6
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
RES_IDX[5:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-24. ADC Result Index Register (ADCRIDX)
Read: Anytime
Write: NA
Table 10-28. ADCRIDX Field Descriptions
Field
Description
5-0
RES_IDX[5:0]
ADC Result Index Bits — These read only bits represent the index value for the conversion results relative to
the two RVL start addresses in the memory map. These bits do not represent absolute addresses instead it is a
sample index (object size 16bit). See also Section 10.5.3.2.3, “Introduction of the two Result Value Lists (RVLs)
for more details.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
392
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.22 ADC Result Base Pointer Register (ADCRBP)
Module Base + 0x0021
R
23
22
21
20
19
0
0
0
0
17
16
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
0
0
RES_PTR[19:16]
W
Reset
18
Module Base + 0x0022
15
R
RES_PTR[15:8]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
5
4
3
2
Module Base + 0x0023
7
R
RES_PTR[7:2]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-25. ADC Result Base Pointer Registers (ADCRBP_0, ADCRBP_1, ADCRBP_2))
Read: Anytime
Write: Bits RES_PTR[19:2] writeable if bit ADC_EN clear or bit SMOD_ACC set
Table 10-29. ADCRBP Field Descriptions
Field
Description
19-2
ADC Result Base Pointer Address — These bits define the base address of the list areas inside the system
RES_PTR[19:2] RAM of the memory map to which conversion results will be stored to at the end of a conversion. These bits can
only be written if bit ADC_EN is clear. See also Section 10.5.3.2.3, “Introduction of the two Result Value Lists
(RVLs).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
393
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.23 ADC Command and Result Offset Register 0 (ADCCROFF0)
Module Base + 0x0024
7
R
6
5
4
0
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
CMDRES_OFF0[6:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-26. ADC Command and Result Offset Register 0 (ADCCROFF0)
Read: Anytime
Write: NA
Table 10-30. ADCCROFF0 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6-0
ADC Command and Result Offset Value — These read only bits represent the conversion command and result
CMDRES_OFF0 offset value relative to the conversion command base pointer address and result base pointer address in the
[6:0]
memory map to refer to CSL_0 and RVL_0. It is used to calculate the address inside the system RAM to which
the result at the end of the current conversion is stored to and the area (RAM or NVM) from which the conversion
commands are loaded from. This is a zero offset (null offset) which can not be modified. These bits do not
represent absolute addresses instead it is a sample offset (object size 16bit for RVL, object size 32bit for CSL).
See also Section 10.5.3.2.2, “Introduction of the two Command Sequence Lists (CSLs) and Section 10.5.3.2.3,
“Introduction of the two Result Value Lists (RVLs) for more details.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
394
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.4.2.24 ADC Command and Result Offset Register 1 (ADCCROFF1)
It is important to note that these bits do not represent absolute addresses instead it is an sample offset
(object size 16bit for RVL, object size 32bit for CSL).
Module Base + 0x0025
7
R
6
5
4
0
2
1
0
0
0
0
CMDRES_OFF1[6:0]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 10-27. ADC Command and Result Offset Register 1 (ADCCROFF1)
Read: Anytime
Write: These bits are writable if bit ADC_EN clear or bit SMOD_ACC set
Table 10-31. ADCCROFF1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6-0
ADC Result Address Offset Value — These bits represent the conversion command and result offset value
CMDRES_OFF1 relative to the conversion command base pointer address and result base pointer address in the memory map
[6:0]
to refer to CSL_1 and RVL_1. It is used to calculate the address inside the system RAM to which the result at
the end of the current conversion is stored to and the area (RAM or NVM) from which the conversion commands
are loaded from. These bits do not represent absolute addresses instead it is an sample offset (object size 16bit
for RVL, object size 32bit for CSL).,These bits can only be modified if bit ADC_EN is clear. See also
Section 10.5.3.2.2, “Introduction of the two Command Sequence Lists (CSLs) and Section 10.5.3.2.3,
“Introduction of the two Result Value Lists (RVLs) for more details.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
395
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.5
Functional Description
10.5.1
Overview
The ADC12B_LBA consists of an analog sub-block and a digital sub-block. It is a successive
approximation analog-to-digital converter including a sample-and-hold mechanism and an internal charge
scaled C-DAC (switched capacitor scaled digital-to-analog converter) with a comparator to realize the
successive approximation algorithm.
10.5.2
Analog Sub-Block
The analog sub-block contains all analog circuits (sample and hold, C-DAC, analog Comparator, and so
on) required to perform a single conversion. Separate power supplies VDDA and VSSA allow noise from
the MCU circuitry to be isolated from the analog sub-block for improved accuracy.
10.5.2.1
Analog Input Multiplexer
The analog input multiplexers connect one of the external or internal analog input channels to the sample
and hold storage node.
10.5.2.2
Sample and Hold Machine with Sample Buffer Amplifier
The Sample and Hold Machine controls the storage and charge of the storage node (sample capacitor) to
the voltage level of the analog signal at the selected ADC input channel. This architecture employs the
advantage of reduced crosstalk between channels.
The sample buffer amplifier is used to raise the effective input impedance of the A/D machine, so that
external components (higher bandwidth or higher impedance connected as specified) are less significant
to accuracy degradation.
During the sample phase, the analog input connects first via a sample buffer amplifier with the storage
node always for two ADC clock cycles (“Buffer” sample time). For the remaining sample time (“Final”
sample time) the storage node is directly connected to the analog input source. Please see also Figure 1028 for illustration and the Appendix of the device reference manual for more details.
The input analog signals are unipolar and must be within the potential range of VSSA to VDDA.
During the hold process, the analog input is disconnected from the storage node.
1
2
3
Total Sample Time
(N = SMP[4:0])
"Buffer"
Sample Time
(2 cycles)
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
SAR Sequence
(Resolution Dependent Length: SRES[2:0])
"Final"
Sample Time
(N - 2 cycles)
Sample CAP hold phase
ADC_CLK
Figure 10-28. Sampling and Conversion Timing Example (8-bit Resolution, 4 Cycle Sampling)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
396
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Please note that there is always a pump phase of two ADC_CLK cycles before the sample phase begins,
hence glitches during the pump phase could impact the conversion accuracy for short sample times.
10.5.3
Digital Sub-Block
The digital sub-block contains a list-based programmer’s model and the control logic for the analog subblock circuits.
10.5.3.1
Analog-to-Digital (A/D) Machine
The A/D machine performs the analog-to-digital conversion. The resolution is program selectable to be
either 8- or 10- or 12 bits. The A/D machine uses a successive approximation architecture. It functions by
comparing the sampled and stored analog voltage with a series of binary coded discrete voltages.
By following a binary search algorithm, the A/D machine identifies the discrete voltage that is nearest to
the sampled and stored voltage.
Only analog input signals within the potential range of VRL_0/1 to VRH_0/1 (A/D reference potentials)
will result in a non-railed digital output code.
10.5.3.2
Introduction of the Programmer’s Model
The ADC_LBA provides a programmer’s model that uses a system memory list-based architecture for
definition of the conversion command sequence and conversion result handling.
The Command Sequence List (CSL) and Result Value List (RVL) are implemented in double buffered
manner and the buffer mode is user selectable for each list (bits CSL_BMOD, RVL_BMOD). The 32-bit
wide conversion command is double buffered and the currently active command is visible in the ADC
register map at ADCCMD register space.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
397
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.5.3.2.1
Introduction of The Command Sequence List (CSL) Format
A Command Sequence List (CSL) contains up to 64 conversion commands. A user selectable number of
successive conversion commands in the CSL can be grouped as a command sequence. This sequence of
conversion commands is successively executed by the ADC at the occurrence of a Trigger Event. The
commands of a sequence are successively executed until an “End Of Sequence” or “End Of List”
command type identifier in a command is detected (command type is coded via bits CMD_SEL[1:0]). The
number of successive conversion commands that belong to a command sequence and the number of
command sequences inside the CSL can be freely defined by the user and is limited by the 64 conversion
commands a CSL can contain. A CSL must contain at least one conversion command and one “end of list”
command type identifier. The minimum number of command sequences inside a CSL is zero and the
maximum number of command sequences is 63. A command sequence is defined with bits
CMD_SEL[1:0] in the register ADCCMD_M by defining the end of a conversion sequence. The
Figure 10-29 and Figure 10-30 provides examples of a CSL.
Waiting for trigger
to proceed
Waiting for trigger
to proceed
CSL_0/1
Command_1
normal conversion
Command_2
normal conversion
Command_3
normal conversion
Command_4
normal conversion
Command_5
normal conversion
Command_6
normal conversion
Command_7
End Of Sequence
Command_8
normal conversion
Command_9
Waiting for trigger
to proceed
Wait for RSTA or
LDOK+RSTA
}
Command Coding Information
normal conversion
Command_10
End Of Sequence
Command_11
normal conversion
Command_12
normal conversion
Command_13
End Of List
}
}
done by bits
Sequence_1
Sequence_2
Sequence_3
CMD_SEL[1:0]
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
1
1
Figure 10-29. Example CSL with sequences and an “End Of List” command type identifier
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
398
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Initial trigger
only
CSL_0
Command coding information
Command_1
normal conversion
0
0
Command_2
normal conversion
0
0
Command_3
normal conversion
0
0
Command_4
normal conversion
0
0
Command_5
normal conversion
0
0
Command_6
normal conversion
0
0
Command_7
normal conversion
0
0
Command_8
normal conversion
0
0
Command_9
normal conversion
0
0
Command_10
normal conversion
0
0
Command_11
normal conversion
0
0
Command_12
normal conversion
0
0
1
0
Command_13
done by bits
End Of List, wrap to top, continue
continuous
conversion
CMD_SEL[1:0]
Figure 10-30. Example CSL for continues conversion
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
399
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.5.3.2.2
Introduction of the two Command Sequence Lists (CSLs)
The two Command Sequence Lists (CSLs) can be referred to via the Command Base Pointer Register plus
the Command and Result Offset Registers plus the Command Index Register (ADCCBP,
ADCCROFF_0/1, ADCCIDX).
The final address for conversion command loading is calculated by the sum of these registers (e.g.:
ADCCBP+ADCCROFF_0+ADCCIDX or ADCCBP+ADCCROFF_1+ADCCIDX).
Bit CSL_BMOD selects if the CSL is used in double buffer or single buffer mode. In double buffer mode,
the CSL can be swapped by flow control bits LDOK and RSTA. For detailed information about when and
how the CSL is swapped, please refer to Section 10.5.3.2.5, “The four ADC conversion flow control bits
- description of Restart Event + CSL Swap, Section 10.8.7.1, “Initial Start of a Command Sequence List
and Section 10.8.7.3, “Restart CSL execution with new/other CSL (alternative CSL becomes active CSL)
— CSL swapping
Which list is actively used for ADC command loading is indicated by bit CSL_SEL. The register to define
the CSL start addresses (ADCCBP) can be set to any even location of the system RAM or NVM area. It
is the user’s responsibility to make sure that the different ADC lists do not overlap or exceed the system
RAM or the NVM area, respectively. The error flag IA_EIF will be set for accesses to ranges outside
system RAM area and cause an error interrupt if enabled.
Scenario with: CSL_SEL = 1’b0
0x00_0000
RAM or NVM start address
ADCCBP+(ADCCROFF_0)
ADCCBP+(ADCCROFF_0+
ADCCIDX(max))
ADCCBP+(ADCCROFF_1)
ADCCBP+(ADCCROFF_1+
ADCCIDX(max))
RAM or NVM end address
Memory Map
Register Space
RAM or NVM Space
CSL_0 (active)
CSL_1 (alternative)
Scenario with: CSL_SEL = 1’b1
0x00_0000
RAM / NVM start address
ADCCBP+(ADCCROFF_0)
ADCCBP+(ADCCROFF_0+
ADCCIDX(max))
ADCCBP+(ADCCROFF_1)
ADCCMDP+(ADCCROFF_1+
ADCCIDX(max))
Memory Map
Register Space
RAM or NVM Space
CSL_0 (alternative)
CSL_1 (active)
RAM or NVM end address
Note: Address register names in () are not absolute addresses instead they are a sample offset or sample index
Figure 10-31. Command Sequence List Schema in Double Buffer Mode
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
400
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
CSL_SEL = 1’b0 (forced by CSL_BMOD)
0x00_0000
RAM or NVM start address
ADCCBP+(ADCCROFF_0)
ADCCBP+(ADCCROFF_0+
ADCCIDX(max))
Memory Map
Register Space
RAM or NVM Space
CSL_0 (active)
RAM or NVM end address
Note: Address register names in () are not absolute addresses instead they are a sample offset or sample index
Figure 10-32. Command Sequence List Schema in Single Buffer Mode
While the ADC is enabled, one CSL is active (indicated by bit CSL_SEL) and the corresponding list
should not be modified anymore. At the same time the alternative CSL can be modified to prepare the ADC
for new conversion sequences in CSL double buffered mode. When the ADC is enabled, the command
address registers (ADCCBP, ADCCROFF_0/2, ADCCIDX) are read only and register ADCCIDX is under
control of the ADC.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
401
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.5.3.2.3
Introduction of the two Result Value Lists (RVLs)
The same list-based architecture as described above for the CSL has been implemented for the Result
Value List (RVL) with corresponding address registers (ADCRBP, ADCCROFF_0/1, ADCRIDX).
The final address for conversion result storage is calculated by the sum of these registers (e.g.:
ADCRBP+ADCCROFF_0+ADCRIDX or ADCRBP+ADCCROFF_1+ADCRIDX).
The RVL_BMOD bit selects if the RVL is used in double buffer or single buffer mode. In double buffer
mode the RVL is swapped:
• Each time an “End Of List” command type got executed followed by the first conversion from top
of the next CSL and related (first) result is about to be stored
• A CSL got aborted (bit SEQA=1’b1) and ADC enters idle state (becomes ready for new flow
control events)
Using the RVL in double buffer mode the RVL is not swapped after exit from Stop Mode or Wait Mode
with bit SWAI set. Hence the RVL used before entry of Stop or Wait Mode with bit SWAI set is overwritten
after exit from the MCU Operating Mode (see also Section 10.2.1.2, “MCU Operating Modes).
Which list is actively used for the ADC conversion result storage is indicated by bit RVL_SEL. The
register to define the RVL start addresses (ADCRBP) can be set to any even location of the system RAM
area. It is the user’s responsibility to make sure that the different ADC lists do not overlap or exceed the
system RAM area. The error flag IA_EIF will be set for accesses to ranges outside system RAM area and
cause an error interrupt if enabled.
Scenario with: RVL_SEL = 1’b0
0x00_0000
RAM start address
ADCRBP+(ADCCROFF_0)
ADCRBP+(ADCCROFF_0+
ADCRIDX(max))
ADCRBP+(ADCCROFF_1)
ADCRBP+(ADCCROFF_1+
ADCRIDX(max))
RAM end address
Memory Map
Register Space
RAM Space
RVL_0 (active)
RVL_1 (alternative)
Scenario with: RVL_SEL = 1’b1
0x00_0000
RAM start address
ADCRBP+(ADCCROFF_0)
ADCRBP+(ADCCROFF_0+
ADCRIDX(max))
ADCRBP+(ADCCROFF_1)
ADCRBP+(ADCCROFF_1+
ADCRIDX(max))
Memory Map
Register Space
RAM Space
RVL_0 (alternative)
RVL_1 (active)
RAM end address
Note: Address register names in () are not absolute addresses instead they are a sample offset or sample index
Figure 10-33. Result Value List Schema in Double Buffer Mode
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
402
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
RVL_SEL = 1’b0 (forced by bit RVL_BMOD)
Memory Map
0x00_0000
Register Space
RAM start address
RAM Space
ADCRBP+(ADCCROFF_0)
RVL_0 (active)
ADCRBP+(ADCCROFF_0+
ADCRIDX(max))
RAM end address
Note: Address register names in () are not absolute addresses instead they are a sample offset or sample index
Figure 10-34. Result Value List Schema in Single Buffer Mode
While ADC is enabled, one Result Value List is active (indicated by bit RVL_SEL). The conversion Result
Value List can be read anytime. When the ADC is enabled the conversion result address registers
(ADCRBP, ADCCROFF_0/1, ADCRIDX) are read only and register ADCRIDX is under control of the
ADC.
A conversion result is always stored as 16bit entity in unsigned data representation. Left and right
justification inside the entity is selected via the DJM control bit. Unused bits inside an entity are stored
zero.
Table 10-32. Conversion Result Justification Overview
Conversion Resolution
Left Justified Result
Right Justified Result
(SRES[1:0])
(DJM = 1’b0)
(DJM = 1’b1)
8 bit
{Result[7:0],8’b00000000}
{8’b00000000,Result[7:0]}
10 bit
{Result[9:0],6’b000000}
{6’b000000,Result[9:0]}
12 bit
{Result[11:0],4’b0000}
{4’b0000,Result[11:0]}
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
403
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.5.3.2.4
The two conversion flow control Mode Configurations
The ADC provides two modes (“Trigger Mode” and “Restart Mode”) which are different in the conversion
control flow. The “Restart Mode” provides precise timing control about the sample start point but is more
complex from the flow control perspective, while the “Trigger Mode” is more simple from flow control
point of view but is less controllable regarding conversion sample start.
Following are the key differences:
In “Trigger Mode” configuration, when conversion flow control bit RSTA gets set the bit TRIG gets set
automatically. Hence in “Trigger Mode” the applications should not set the bit TRIG and bit RSTA
simultaneously (via data bus or internal interface), because it is a flow control failure and the ADC will
cease operation.
In “Trigger Mode” configuration, after the execution of the initial Restart Event the current CSL can be
executed and controlled via Trigger Events only. Hence, if the “End Of List” command is reached a restart
of conversion flow from top of current CSL does not require to set bit RSTA because returning to the top
of current CSL is done automatically. Therefore the current CSL can be executed again after the “End Of
List” command type is executed by a Trigger Event only.
In “Restart Mode” configuration, the execution of a CSL is controlled via Trigger Events and Restart
Events. After execution of the “End Of List” command the conversion flow must be continued by a Restart
Event followed by a Trigger Event and the Trigger Event must not occur before the Restart Event has
finished.
For more details and examples regarding flow control and application use cases please see following
section and Section 10.8.7, “Conversion flow control application information.
10.5.3.2.5
The four ADC conversion flow control bits
There are four bits to control conversion flow (execution of a CSL and CSL exchange in double buffer
mode). Each bit is controllable via the data bus and internal interface depending on the setting of
ACC_CFG[1:0] bits (see also Figure 10-2). In the following the conversion control event to control the
conversion flow is given with the related internal interface signal and corresponding register bit name
together with information regarding:
— Function of the conversion control event
— How to request the event
— When is the event finished
— Mandatory requirements to executed the event
A summary of all event combinations is provided by Table 10-10.
•
Trigger Event
Internal Interface Signal: Trigger
Corresponding Bit Name: TRIG
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
404
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
– Function:
Start the first conversion of a conversion sequence which is defined in the active Command
Sequence List
– Requested by:
- Positive edge of internal interface signal Trigger
- Write Access via data bus to set control bit TRIG
– When finished:
This bit is cleared by the ADC when the first conversion of the sequence is beginning to
sample
– Mandatory Requirements:
- In all ADC conversion flow control modes bit TRIG is only set (Trigger Event executed)
if the Trigger Event occurs while no conversion or conversion sequence is ongoing (ADC
idle)
- In ADC conversion flow control mode “Restart Mode” with a Restart Event in progress it
is not allowed that a Trigger Event occurs before the background command load phase has
finished (Restart Event has been executed) else the error flag TRIG_EIF is set
- In ADC conversion flow control mode “Trigger Mode” a Restart Event causes bit TRIG
being set automatically. Bit TRIG is set when no conversion or conversion sequence is
ongoing (ADC idle) and the RVL done condition is reached by one of the following:
* A “End Of List” command type has been executed
* A Sequence Abort Event is in progress or has been executed
The ADC executes the Restart Event followed by the Trigger Event.
- In ADC conversion flow control mode “Trigger Mode” a Restart Event and a simultaneous
Trigger Event via internal interface or data bus causes the TRIG_EIF bit being set and ADC
cease operation.
•
Restart Event (with current active CSL)
Internal Interface Signal: Restart
Corresponding Bit Name: RSTA
– Function:
- Go to top of active CSL (clear index register for CSL)
- Load one background command register and wait for Trigger (CSL offset register is not
switched independent of bit CSL_BMOD)
- Set error flag RSTA_EIF when a Restart Request occurs before one of the following
conditions was reached:
* The "End Of List" command type has been executed
* Depending on bit STR_SEQA if the "End Of List" command type is about to be executed
* The current CSL has been aborted or is about to be aborted due to a Sequence Abort
Request.
– Requested by:
- Positive edge of internal interface signal Restart
- Write Access via data bus to set control bit RSTA
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
405
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
– When finished:
This bit is cleared when the first conversion command of the sequence from top of active
Sequence Command List is loaded
– Mandatory Requirement:
- In all ADC conversion flow control modes a Restart Event causes bit RSTA to be set. Bit
SEQA is set simultaneously by ADC hardware if:
* ADC not idle (a conversion or conversion sequence is ongoing and current CSL not
finished) and no Sequence Abort Event in progress (bit SEQA not already set or set
simultaneously via internal interface or data bus)
* ADC idle but RVL done condition not reached
The RVL done condition is reached by one of the following:
* A “End Of List” command type has been executed
* A Sequence Abort Event is in progress or has been executed (bit SEQA already set or set
simultaneously via internal interface or data bus)
The ADC executes the Sequence Abort Event followed by the Restart Event for the
conditions described before or only a Restart Event.
- In ADC conversion flow control mode “Trigger Mode” a Restart Event causes bit TRIG
being set automatically. Bit TRIG is set when no conversion or conversion sequence is
ongoing (ADC idle) and the RVL done condition is reached by one of the following:
* A “End Of List” command type has been executed
* A Sequence Abort Event is in progress or has been executed
The ADC executes the Restart Event followed by the Trigger Event.
- In ADC conversion flow control mode “Trigger Mode” a Restart Event and a simultaneous
Trigger Event via internal interface or data bus causes the TRIG_EIF bit being set and ADC
cease operation.
•
Restart Event + CSL Exchange (Swap)
Internal Interface Signals: Restart + LoadOK
Corresponding Bit Names: RSTA + LDOK
– Function:
Go to top of active CSL (clear index register for CSL) and switch to other offset register for
address calculation if configured for double buffer mode (exchange the CSL list)
Requested by:
- Internal interface with the assertion of Interface Signal Restart the interface Signal
LoadOK is evaluated and bit LDOK is set accordingly (bit LDOK set if Interface Signal
LoadOK asserted when Interface Signal Restart asserts).
- Write Access via data bus to set control bit RSTA simultaneously with bit LDOK.
– When finished:
Bit LDOK can only be cleared if it was set as described before and both bits (LDOK, RSTA)
are cleared when the first conversion command from top of active Sequence Command List
is loaded
– Mandatory Requirement:
No ongoing conversion or conversion sequence
Details if using the internal interface:
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
406
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
If signal Restart is asserted before signal LoadOK is set the conversion starts from top of
currently active CSL at the next Trigger Event (no exchange of CSL list).
If signal Restart is asserted after or simultaneously with signal LoadOK the conversion
starts from top of the other CSL at the next Trigger Event (CSL is switched) if CSL is
configured for double buffer mode.
•
Sequence Abort Event
Internal Interface Signal: Seq_Abort
Corresponding Bit Name: SEQA
– Function:
Abort any possible ongoing conversion at next conversion boundary and abort current
conversion sequence and active CSL
– Requested by:
- Positive edge of internal interface signal Seq_Abort
- Write Access via data bus to set control bit SEQA
– When finished:
This bit gets cleared when an ongoing conversion is finished and the result is stored and/or
an ongoing conversion sequence is aborted and current active CSL is aborted (ADC idle,
RVL done)
– Mandatory Requirement:
- In all ADC conversion flow control modes bit SEQA can only be set if:
* ADC not idle (a conversion or conversion sequence is ongoing)
* ADC idle but RVL done condition not reached
The RVL done condition is not reached if:
* An “End Of List” command type has not been executed
* A Sequence Abort Event has not been executed (bit SEQA not already set)
- In all ADC conversion flow control modes a Sequence Abort Event can be issued at any
time
- In ADC conversion flow control mode “Restart Mode” after a conversion sequence abort
request has been executed it is mandatory to set bit RSTA. If a Trigger Event occurs before
a Restart Event is executed (bit RSTA set and cleared by hardware), bit TRIG is set, error
flag TRIG_EIF is set, and the ADC can only be continued by a Soft-Reset. After the Restart
Event the ADC accepts new Trigger Events (bit TRIG set) and begins conversion from top
of the currently active CSL.
- In ADC conversion flow control mode “Restart Mode” after a Sequence Abort Event has
been executed, a Restart Event causes only the RSTA bit being set. The ADC executes a
Restart Event only.
– In both conversion flow control modes (“Restart Mode” and “Trigger Mode”) when
conversion flow control bit RSTA gets set automatically bit SEQA gets set when the ADC
has not reached one of the following scenarios:
* An “End Of List” command type has been executed or is about to be executed
* A Sequence Abort request is about to be executed or has been executed.
In case bit SEQA is set automatically the Restart error flag RSTA_EIF is set to indicate an
unexpected Restart Request.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
407
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.5.3.2.6
Conversion flow control in case of conversion sequence control bit overrun
scenarios
Restart Request Overrun:
If a legal Restart Request is detected and no Restart Event is in progress, the RSTA bit is set due to the
request. The set RSTA bit indicates that a Restart Request was detected and the Restart Event is in process.
In case further Restart Requests occur while the RSTA bit is set, this is defined a overrun situation. This
scenario is likely to occur when bit STR_SEQA is set or when a Restart Event causes a Sequence Abort
Event. The request overrun is captured in a background register that always stores the last detected overrun
request. Hence if the overrun situation occurs more than once while a Restart Event is in progress, only
the latest overrun request is pending. When the RSTA bit is cleared, the latest overrun request is processed
and RSTA is set again one cycle later.
LoadOK Overrun:
Simultaneously at any Restart Request overrun situation the LoadOK input is evaluated and the status is
captured in a background register which is alternated anytime a Restart Request Overrun occurs while
Load OK Request is asserted. The Load OK background register is cleared as soon as the pending Restart
Request gets processed.
Trigger Overrun:
If a Trigger occurs whilst bit TRIG is already set, this is defined as a Trigger overrun situation and causes
the ADC to cease conversion at the next conversion boundary and to set bit TRIG_EIF. A overrun is also
detected if the Trigger Event occurs automatically generated by hardware in “Trigger Mode” due to a
Restart Event and simultaneously a Trigger Event is generated via data bus or internal interface. In this
case the ADC ceases operation before conversion begins to sample. In “Trigger Mode” a Restart Request
Overrun does not cause a Trigger Overrun (bit TRIG_EIF not set).
Sequence Abort Request Overrun:
If a Sequence Abort Request occurs whilst bit SEQA is already set, this is defined as a Sequence Abort
Request Overrun situation and the overrun request is ignored.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
408
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.5.3.3
ADC List Usage and Conversion/Conversion Sequence Flow
Description
It is the user’s responsibility to make sure that the different lists do not overlap or exceed the system RAM
area respectively the CSL does not exceed the NVM area if located in the NVM. The error flag IA_EIF
will be set for accesses done outside the system RAM area and will cause an error interrupt if enabled for
lists that are located in the system RAM.
Generic flow for ADC register load at conversion sequence start/restart:
• It is mandatory that the ADC is idle (no ongoing conversion or conversion sequence).
• It is mandatory to have at least one CSL with valid entries. See also Section 10.8.7.2, “Restart CSL
execution with currently active CSL or Section 10.8.7.3, “Restart CSL execution with new/other
CSL (alternative CSL becomes active CSL) — CSL swapping for more details on possible
scenarios.
• A Restart Event occurs, which causes the index registers to be cleared (register ADCCIDX and
ADCRIDX are cleared) and to point to the top of the corresponding lists (top of active RVL and
CSL).
• Load conversion command to background conversion command register 1.
• The control bit(s) RSTA (and LDOK if set) are cleared.
• Wait for Trigger Event to start conversion.
Generic flow for ADC register load during conversion:
• The index registers ADCCIDX is incremented.
• The inactive background command register is loaded with a new conversion command.
Generic flow for ADC result storage at end of conversion:
• Index register ADCRIDX is incremented and the conversion result is stored in system RAM. As
soon as the result is successfully stored, any conversion interrupt flags are set accordingly.
• At the conversion boundary the other background command register becomes active and visible in
the ADC register map.
• If the last executed conversion command was of type “End Of Sequence”, the ADC waits for the
Trigger Event.
• If the last executed conversion command was of type “End Of List” and the ADC is configured in
“Restart Mode”, the ADC sets all related flags and stays idle awaiting a Restart Event to continue.
• If the last executed conversion command was of type “End Of List” and the ADC is configured in
“Trigger Mode”, the ADC sets all related flags and automatically returns to top of current CSL and
is awaiting a Trigger Event to continue.
• If the last executed conversion command was of type “Normal Conversion” the ADC continues
command execution in the order of the current CSL (continues conversion).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
409
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.6
Resets
At reset the ADC12B_LBA is disabled and in a power down state. The reset state of each individual bit is
listed within Section 10.4.2, “Register Descriptions” which details the registers and their bit-fields.
10.7
Interrupts
The ADC supports three types of interrupts:
• Conversion Interrupt
• Sequence Abort Interrupt
• Error and Conversion Flow Control Issue Interrupt
Each of the interrupt types is associated with individual interrupt enable bits and interrupt flags.
10.7.1
ADC Conversion Interrupt
The ADC provides one conversion interrupt associated to 16 interrupt enable bits with dedicated interrupt
flags. The 16 interrupt flags consist of:
• 15 conversion interrupt flags which can be associated to any conversion completion.
• One additional interrupt flag which is fixed to the “End Of List” conversion command type within
the active CSL.
The association of the conversion number with the interrupt flag number is done in the conversion
command.
10.7.2
ADC Sequence Abort Done Interrupt
The ADC provides one sequence abort done interrupt associated with the sequence abort request for
conversion flow control. Hence, there is only one dedicated interrupt flag and interrupt enable bit for
conversion sequence abort and it occurs when the sequence abort is done.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
410
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.7.3
ADC Error and Conversion Flow Control Issue Interrupt
The ADC provides one error interrupt for four error classes related to conversion interrupt overflow,
command validness, DMA access status and Conversion Flow Control issues, and CSL failure. The
following error interrupt flags belong to the group of severe issues which cause an error interrupt if enabled
and cease ADC operation:
•
•
•
•
IA_EIF
CMD_EIF
EOL_EIF
TRIG_EIF
In order to make the ADC operational again, an ADC Soft-Reset must be issued which clears the above
listed error interrupt flags.
NOTE
It is important to note that if flag DBECC_ERR is set, the ADC ceases
operation as well, but does not cause an ADC error interrupt. Instead, a
machine exception is issued. In order to make the ADC operational again an
ADC Soft-Reset must be issued.
Remaining error interrupt flags cause an error interrupt if enabled, but ADC continues operation. The
related interrupt flags are:
• RSTAR_EIF
• LDOK_EIF
• CONIF_OIF
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
411
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.8
10.8.1
Use Cases and Application Information
List Usage — CSL single buffer mode and RVL single buffer mode
In this use case both list types are configured for single buffer mode (CSL_BMOD=1’b0 and
RVL_BMOD=1’b0, CSL_SEL and RVL_SEL are forced to 1’b0). The index register for the CSL and RVL
are cleared to start from the top of the list with next conversion command and result storage in the
following cases:
• The conversion flow reaches the command containing the “End-of-List” command type identifier
• A Restart Request occurs at a sequence boundary
• After an aborted conversion or conversion sequence
CSL_0
RVL_0
CSL_1
(unused)
RVL_1
(unused)
Figure 10-35. CSL Single Buffer Mode — RVL Single Buffer Mode Diagram
10.8.2
List Usage — CSL single buffer mode and RVL double buffer mode
In this use case the CSL is configured for single buffer mode (CSL_BMOD=1’b0) and the RVL is
configured for double buffer mode (RVL_BMOD=1’b1). In this buffer configuration only the result list
RVL is switched when the first conversion result of a CSL is stored after a CSL was successfully finished
or a CSL got aborted.
CSL_0
RVL_0
CSL_1
(unused)
RVL_1
Figure 10-36. CSL Single Buffer Mode — RVL Single Buffer Mode Diagram
The last entirely filled RVL (an RVL where the corresponding CSL has been executed including the “End
Of List “ command type) is shown by register ADCEOLRI.
The CSL is used in single buffer mode and bit CSL_SEL is forced to 1’b0.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
412
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.8.3
List Usage — CSL double buffer mode and RVL double buffer mode
In this use case both list types are configured for double buffer mode (CSL_BMOD=1’b1 and
RVL_BMOD=1’b1) and whenever a Command Sequence List (CSL) is finished or aborted the command
Sequence List is swapped by the simultaneous assertion of bits LDOK and RSTA.
CSL_0
RVL_0
CSL_1
RVL_1
Figure 10-37. CSL Double Buffer Mode — RVL Double Buffer Mode Diagram
This use case can be used if the channel order or CSL length varies very frequently in an application.
10.8.4
List Usage — CSL double buffer mode and RVL single buffer mode
In this use case the CSL is configured for double buffer mode (CSL_BMOD=1’b1) and the RVL is
configured for single buffer mode (RVL_BMOD=1’b0).
The two command lists can be different sizes and the allocated result list memory area in the RAM must
be able to hold as many entries as the larger of the two command lists. Each time when the end of a
Command Sequence List is reached, if bits LDOK and RSTA are set, the commands list is swapped.
CSL_0
RVL_0
CSL_1
RVL_1
(unused)
Figure 10-38. CSL Double Buffer Mode — RVL Single Buffer Mode Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
413
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.8.5
List Usage — CSL double buffer mode and RVL double buffer mode
In this use case both list types are configured for double buffer mode (CSL_BMOD=1’b1) and
RVL_BMOD=1’b1).
This setup is the same as Section 10.8.3, “List Usage — CSL double buffer mode and RVL double buffer
mode but at the end of a CSL the CSL is not always swapped (bit LDOK not always set with bit RSTA).
The Result Value List is swapped whenever a CSL is finished or a CSL got aborted.
CSL_0
RVL_0
CSL_1
RVL_1
Figure 10-39. CSL Double Buffer Mode — RVL Double Buffer Mode Diagram
10.8.6
RVL swapping in RVL double buffer mode and related registers
ADCIMDRI and ADCEOLRI
When using the RVL in double buffer mode, the registers ADCIMDRI and ADCEOLRI can be used by
the application software to identify which RVL holds relevant and latest data and which CSL is related to
this data. These registers are updated at the setting of one of the CON_IF[15:1] or the EOL_IF interrupt
flags. As described in the register description Section 10.4.2.13, “ADC Intermediate Result Information
Register (ADCIMDRI) and Section 10.4.2.14, “ADC End Of List Result Information Register
(ADCEOLRI), the register ADCIMDRI, for instance, is always updated at the occurrence of a
CON_IF[15:1] interrupt flag amongst other cases. Also each time the last conversion command of a CSL
is finished and the corresponding result is stored, the related EOL_IF flag is set and register ADCEOLRI
is updated. Hence application software can pick up conversion results, or groups of results, or an entire
result list driven fully by interrupts. A use case example diagram is shown in Figure 10-40.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
414
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Stop Mode request
while conversion
ongoing and before EOL
Initial
Restart
Event
CSL Buffer
CSL_0
CSL_1
INT_1
EOL
CSL_0
INT_2 EOL
CSL_0
Stop Mode
entry
tdelay
return to execute
from top of CSL
RVL swap
due to EOL
followed by
first result of
next CSL to store
RVL_0
RVL Buffer
Wake-up
Event with
AUT_RSTA= 1’b1
RVL values before Stop Mode
entry are overwritten
bits are valid
RVL_EOL
1’b0
1’b1
CSL_EOL
1’b0
1’b1
EOL_IF
1’b1
set by
hardware
bits not valid
until first INT
no RVL
swap
RVL_0
RVL_1
bits not valid
until first EOL
INT_1
1’b1
cleared by
software
before next EOL
should be cleared by software
before Stop Mode entry
bits are valid
RVL_IMD
1’b0
1’b1
1’b0
CSL_IMD
1’b0
1’b1
1’b0
RIDX_IMD[5:0]
CON_IF[15:1]
0x00
0x05
0x0000 0x0001
0x0A
0x0000
0x08
0x0B
0x0010
0x05
0x0001
Flag should be cleared by
software before it is set again
t
Comments:
EOL:
INT_x:
tdelay:
”End Of List” command type processed
One of the CON_IF interrupt flags occurs
Delay can vary depending on the DMA performance, and ADC configuration (conversion
flow using the Trigger to proceed through the CSL)
Figure 10-40. RVL Swapping — Use Case Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
415
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.8.7
Conversion flow control application information
The ADC12B_LBA provides various conversion control scenarios to the user accomplished by the
following features.
The ADC conversion flow control can be realized via the data bus only, the internal interface only, or by
both access methods. The method used is software configurable via bits ACC_CFG[1:0].
The conversion flow is controlled via the four conversion flow control bits: SEQA, TRIG, RSTA, and
LDOK.
Two different conversion flow control modes can be configured: Trigger Mode or Restart Mode
Single or double buffer configuration of CSL and RVL.
10.8.7.1
Initial Start of a Command Sequence List
At the initial start of a Command Sequence List after device reset all entries for at least one of the two CSL
must have been completed and data must be valid. Depending on if the CSL_0 or the CSL_1 should be
executed at the initial start of a Command Sequence List the following conversion control sequence must
be applied:
If CSL_0 should be executed at the initial conversion start after device reset:
A Restart Event and a Trigger Event must occur (depending to the selected conversion flow control mode
the events must occur one after the other or simultaneously) which causes the ADC to start conversion with
commands loaded from CSL_0.
If CSL_1 should be executed at the initial conversion start after device reset:
Bit LDOK must be set simultaneously with the Restart Event followed by a Trigger Event (depending on
the selected conversion flow control mode the Trigger events must occur simultaneously or after the
Restart Event is finished). As soon as the Trigger Event gets executed the ADC starts conversion with
commands loaded from CSL_1.
As soon as a new valid Restart Event occurs the flow for ADC register load at conversion sequence start
as described in Section 10.5.3.3, “ADC List Usage and Conversion/Conversion Sequence Flow
Description applies.
10.8.7.2
Restart CSL execution with currently active CSL
To restart a Command Sequence List execution it is mandatory that the ADC is idle (no conversion or
conversion sequence is ongoing).
If necessary, a possible ongoing conversion sequence can be aborted by the Sequence Abort Event (setting
bit SEQA). As soon as bit SEQA is cleared by the ADC, the current conversion sequence has been aborted
and the ADC is idle (no conversion sequence or conversion ongoing).
After a conversion sequence abort is executed it is mandatory to request a Restart Event (bit RSTA set).
After the Restart Event is finished (bit RSTA is cleared), the ADC accepts a new Trigger Event (bit TRIG
can be set) and begins conversion from the top of the currently active CSL. In conversion flow control
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
416
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
mode “Trigger Mode” only a Restart Event is necessary if ADC is idle to restart Conversion Sequence List
execution (the Trigger Event occurs automatically).
It is possible to set bit RSTA and SEQA simultaneously, causing a Sequence Abort Event followed by a
Restart Event. In this case the error flags behave differently depending on the selected conversion flow
control mode:
• Setting both flow control bits simultaneously in conversion flow control mode “Restart Mode”
prevents the error flags RSTA_EIF and LDOK_EIF from occurring.
• Setting both flow control bits simultaneously in conversion flow control mode “Trigger Mode”
prevents the error flag RSTA_EIF from occurring.
If only a Restart Event occurs while ADC is not idle and bit SEQA is not set already (Sequence Abort
Event in progress) a Sequence Abort Event is issued automatically and bit RSTAR_EIF is set.
Please see also the detailed conversion flow control bit mandatory requirements and execution information
for bit RSTA and SEQA described in Section 10.5.3.2.5, “The four ADC conversion flow control bits.
10.8.7.3
Restart CSL execution with new/other CSL (alternative CSL becomes
active CSL) — CSL swapping
After all alternative conversion command list entries are finished the bit LDOK can be set simultaneously
with the next Restart Event to swap command buffers.
To start conversion command list execution it is mandatory that the ADC is idle (no conversion or
conversion sequence is ongoing).
If necessary, a possible ongoing conversion sequence can be aborted by the Sequence Abort Event (setting
bit SEQA). As soon as bit SEQA is cleared by the ADC, the current conversion sequence has been aborted
and the ADC is idle (no conversion sequence or conversion ongoing).
After a conversion sequence abort is executed it is mandatory to request a Restart Event (bit RSTA set)
and simultaneously set bit LDOK to swap the CSL buffer. After the Restart Event is finished (bit RSTA
and LDOK are cleared), the ADC accepts a new Trigger Event (bit TRIG can be set) and begins conversion
from the top of the newly selected CSL buffer. In conversion flow control mode “Trigger Mode” only a
Restart Event (simultaneously with bit LDOK being set) is necessary to restart conversion command list
execution with the newly selected CSL buffer (the Trigger Event occurs automatically).
It is possible to set bits RSTA, LDOK and SEQA simultaneously, causing a Sequence Abort Event
followed by a Restart Event. In this case the error flags behave differently depending on the selected
conversion flow control mode:
• Setting these three flow control bits simultaneously in “Restart Mode” prevents the error flags
RSTA_EIF and LDOK_EIF from occurring.
• Setting these three flow control bits simultaneously in “Trigger Mode” prevents the error flag
RSTA_EIF from occurring.
If only a Restart Event occurs while ADC is not idle and bit SEQA is not set already (Sequence Abort
Event in progress) a Sequence Abort Event is issued automatically and bit RSTAR_EIF is set.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
417
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
Please see also the detailed conversion flow control bit mandatory requirements and execution information
for bit RSTA and SEQA described in Section 10.5.3.2.5, “The four ADC conversion flow control bits.
10.8.8
Continuous Conversion
Applications that only need to continuously convert a list of channels, without the need for timing control
or the ability to perform different sequences of conversions (grouped number of different channels to
convert) can make use of the following simple setup:
• “Trigger Mode” configuration
• Single buffer CSL
• Depending on data transfer rate either use single or double buffer RVL configuration
• Define a list of conversion commands which only contains the “End Of List” command with
automatic wrap to top of CSL
After finishing the configuration and enabling the ADC an initial Restart Event is sufficient to launch the
continuous conversion until next device reset or low power mode.
In case a Low Power Mode is used:
If bit AUT_RSTA is set before Low Power Mode is entered the conversion continues automatically as
soon as a low power mode (Stop Mode or Wait Mode with bit SWAI set) is exited.
Initial
Restart
Event
Wake-up
Stop Mode request,
Automatic Sequence Abort Event with
AUT_RSTA
Event
AN3 AN1 AN4 IN5 AN3 AN1 AN4 IN5 AN3 AN1
EOL
EOL
AN3 AN1 AN4
Stop Mode
entry
Abort
CSL_0
Active
Idle
Idle
Active
t
Figure 10-41. Conversion Flow Control Diagram — Continuous Conversion (with Stop Mode)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
418
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.8.9
Triggered Conversion — Single CSL
Applications that require the conversion of one or more groups of different channels in a periodic and
timed manner can make use of a configuration in “Trigger Mode” with a single CSL containing a list of
sequences. This means the CSL consists of several sequences each separated by an “End of Sequence”
command. The last command of the CSL uses the “End Of List” command with wrap to top of CSL and
waiting for a Trigger (CMD_SEL[1:0] =2’b11). Hence after the initial Restart Event each sequence can be
launched via a Trigger Event and repetition of the CSL can be launched via a Trigger after execution of
the “End Of List” command.
Initial
Restart
Event
Trigger
AN3 AN1 AN4 IN5
Trigger
Trigger
AN2 AN0 AN4 IN3
AN6 AN1 IN1
Sequence_1
Sequence_2
Sequence_0
EOS
EOS
Repetition of CSL_0
AN3 AN1 AN4
Sequence_0
EOL
Active
CSL_0
t
Figure 10-42. Conversion Flow Control Diagram — Triggered Conversion (CSL Repetition)
initial
Restart
Event
Trigger
Stop Mode request,
Automatic Sequence Abort
Event
Trigger
AN3 AN1 AN4 IN5 AN21AN0 AN4 IN3
Sequence_1
Sequence_0
EOS
Wake-up
Event with
AUT_RSTA
Trigger
AN3 AN1 AN4 AN5 AN2 AN0
AN6 AN1
Sequence_2
EOS
Begin from top of current CSL
Sequence_1
Sequence_0
Stop Mode
entry
EOS
Abort
Active
CSL_0
Idle
Idle
Active
t
Figure 10-43. Conversion Flow Control Diagram — Triggered Conversion (with Stop Mode)
In case a Low Power Mode is used:
If bit AUT_RSTA is set before Low Power Mode is entered, the conversion continues automatically as
soon as a low power mode (Stop Mode or Wait Mode with bit SWAI set) is exited.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
419
Chapter 10 Analog-to-Digital Converter (ADC12B_LBA_V1)
10.8.10 Fully Timing Controlled Conversion
As described previously, in “Trigger Mode” a Restart Event automatically causes a trigger. To have full
and precise timing control of the beginning of any conversion/sequence the “Restart Mode” is available.
In “Restart Mode” a Restart Event does not cause a Trigger automatically; instead, the Trigger must be
issued separately and with correct timing, which means the Trigger is not allowed before the Restart Event
(conversion command loading) is finished (bit RSTA=1’b0 again). The time required from Trigger until
sampling phase starts is given (refer to Section 10.4.2.6, “ADC Conversion Flow Control Register
(ADCFLWCTL), Timing considerations) and hence timing is fully controllable by the application.
Additionally, if a Trigger occurs before a Restart Event is finished, this causes the TRIG_EIF flag being
set. This allows detection of false flow control sequences.
any
Restart
Event Trigger
Trigger
Stop Mode request,
Automatic Sequence Abort
Event
Trigger
AN3 AN1 AN4 IN5 AN21AN0 AN4 IN3
Sequence_1
Sequence_0
conversion command
load phase
CSL_0
EOS
Wake-up
Event with
AUT_RSTA
AN6 AN1
Sequence_2
EOS
Begin from top of current CSL
Trigger
AN3 AN1 AN4 AN5 AN2 AN0
Sequence_1
Sequence_0
Stop Mode
entry
EOS
Abort
Active
Idle
Idle
Active
t
Figure 10-44. Conversion Flow Control Diagram — Fully Timing Controlled Conversion (with Stop Mode)
Unlike the Stop Mode entry shown in Figure 10-43 and Figure 10-44 it is recommended to issue the Stop
Mode at sequence boundaries (when ADC is idle and no conversion/conversion sequence is ongoing).
Any of the Conversion flow control application use cases described above (Continuous, Triggered, or
Fully Timing Controlled Conversion) can be used with CSL single buffer mode or with CSL double buffer
mode. If using CSL double buffer mode, CSL swapping is performed by issuing a Restart Event with bit
LDOK set.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
420
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11
Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network
(S12MSCANV3)
Revision History
Revision
Number
Revision Date
Sections
Affected
V03.14
12 Nov 2012
Table 11-10
• Corrected RxWRN and TxWRN threshold values
V03.15
12 Jan 2013
Table 11-2
Table 11-25
Figure 11-37
11.1/11-421
11.3.2.15/11442
•
•
•
•
•
V03.16
08 Aug 2013
11.1
Description of Changes
Updated TIME bit description
Added register names to buffer map
Updated TSRH and TSRL read conditions
Updated introduction
Updated CANTXERR and CANRXERR register notes
• Corrected typos
Introduction
Freescale’s scalable controller area network (S12MSCANV3) definition is based on the MSCAN12
definition, which is the specific implementation of the MSCAN concept targeted for the S12, S12X and
S12Z microcontroller families.
The module is a communication controller implementing the CAN 2.0A/B protocol as defined in the
Bosch specification dated September 1991. For users to fully understand the MSCAN specification, it is
recommended that the Bosch specification be read first to familiarize the reader with the terms and
concepts contained within this document.
Though not exclusively intended for automotive applications, CAN protocol is designed to meet the
specific requirements of a vehicle serial data bus: real-time processing, reliable operation in the EMI
environment of a vehicle, cost-effectiveness, and required bandwidth.
MSCAN uses an advanced buffer arrangement resulting in predictable real-time behavior and simplified
application software.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
421
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.1.1
Glossary
Table 11-1. Terminology
ACK
Acknowledge of CAN message
CAN
Controller Area Network
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Code
EOF
End of Frame
FIFO
First-In-First-Out Memory
IFS
Inter-Frame Sequence
SOF
Start of Frame
CPU bus
CPU related read/write data bus
CAN bus
CAN protocol related serial bus
oscillator clock
11.1.2
Direct clock from external oscillator
bus clock
CPU bus related clock
CAN clock
CAN protocol related clock
Block Diagram
MSCAN
Oscillator Clock
Bus Clock
MUX
CANCLK
Presc.
Tq Clk
Receive/
Transmit
Engine
Transmit Interrupt Req.
Receive Interrupt Req.
Errors Interrupt Req.
TXCAN
Message
Filtering
and
Buffering
Control
and
Status
Wake-Up Interrupt Req.
Configuration
Registers
RXCAN
Wake-Up
Low Pass Filter
Figure 11-1. MSCAN Block Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
422
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.1.3
Features
The basic features of the MSCAN are as follows:
• Implementation of the CAN protocol — Version 2.0A/B
— Standard and extended data frames
— Zero to eight bytes data length
— Programmable bit rate up to 1 Mbps1
— Support for remote frames
• Five receive buffers with FIFO storage scheme
• Three transmit buffers with internal prioritization using a “local priority” concept
• Flexible maskable identifier filter supports two full-size (32-bit) extended identifier filters, or four
16-bit filters, or eight 8-bit filters
• Programmable wake-up functionality with integrated low-pass filter
• Programmable loopback mode supports self-test operation
• Programmable listen-only mode for monitoring of CAN bus
• Programmable bus-off recovery functionality
• Separate signalling and interrupt capabilities for all CAN receiver and transmitter error states
(warning, error passive, bus-off)
• Programmable MSCAN clock source either bus clock or oscillator clock
• Internal timer for time-stamping of received and transmitted messages
• Three low-power modes: sleep, power down, and MSCAN enable
• Global initialization of configuration registers
11.1.4
Modes of Operation
For a description of the specific MSCAN modes and the module operation related to the system operating
modes refer to Section 11.4.4, “Modes of Operation”.
1. Depending on the actual bit timing and the clock jitter of the PLL.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
423
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.2
External Signal Description
The MSCAN uses two external pins.
NOTE
On MCUs with an integrated CAN physical interface (transceiver) the
MSCAN interface is connected internally to the transceiver interface. In
these cases the external availability of signals TXCAN and RXCAN is
optional.
11.2.1
RXCAN — CAN Receiver Input Pin
RXCAN is the MSCAN receiver input pin.
11.2.2
TXCAN — CAN Transmitter Output Pin
TXCAN is the MSCAN transmitter output pin. The TXCAN output pin represents the logic level on the
CAN bus:
0 = Dominant state
1 = Recessive state
11.2.3
CAN System
A typical CAN system with MSCAN is shown in Figure 11-2. Each CAN station is connected physically
to the CAN bus lines through a transceiver device. The transceiver is capable of driving the large current
needed for the CAN bus and has current protection against defective CAN or defective stations.
CAN node 2
CAN node 1
CAN node n
MCU
CAN Controller
(MSCAN)
TXCAN
RXCAN
Transceiver
CANH
CANL
CAN Bus
Figure 11-2. CAN System
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
424
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all registers accessible in the MSCAN.
11.3.1
Module Memory Map
Figure 11-3 gives an overview on all registers and their individual bits in the MSCAN memory map. The
register address results from the addition of base address and address offset. The base address is
determined at the MCU level and can be found in the MCU memory map description. The address offset
is defined at the module level.
The MSCAN occupies 64 bytes in the memory space. The base address of the MSCAN module is
determined at the MCU level when the MCU is defined. The register decode map is fixed and begins at
the first address of the module address offset.
The detailed register descriptions follow in the order they appear in the register map.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
425
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Register
Name
Bit 7
0x0000
CANCTL0
R
0x0001
CANCTL1
R
0x0002
CANBTR0
R
0x0003
CANBTR1
R
0x0004
CANRFLG
R
W
W
W
W
W
0x0005
CANRIER
R
0x0006
CANTFLG
R
0x0007
CANTIER
R
0x0008
CANTARQ
R
0x0009
CANTAAK
R
W
0x000A
CANTBSEL
W
W
RXFRM
RXACT
5
CSWAI
4
SYNCH
3
2
1
Bit 0
TIME
WUPE
SLPRQ
INITRQ
SLPAK
INITAK
CANE
CLKSRC
LOOPB
LISTEN
BORM
WUPM
SJW1
SJW0
BRP5
BRP4
BRP3
BRP2
BRP1
BRP0
SAMP
TSEG22
TSEG21
TSEG20
TSEG13
TSEG12
TSEG11
TSEG10
WUPIF
CSCIF
RSTAT1
RSTAT0
TSTAT1
TSTAT0
OVRIF
RXF
WUPIE
CSCIE
RSTATE1
RSTATE0
TSTATE1
TSTATE0
OVRIE
RXFIE
0
0
0
0
0
TXE2
TXE1
TXE0
0
0
0
0
0
TXEIE2
TXEIE1
TXEIE0
0
0
0
0
0
ABTRQ2
ABTRQ1
ABTRQ0
0
0
0
0
0
ABTAK2
ABTAK1
ABTAK0
0
0
0
0
0
TX2
TX1
TX0
0
0
IDAM1
IDAM0
0
IDHIT2
IDHIT1
IDHIT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
W
W
R
0x000B
CANIDAC
R
0x000C
Reserved
R
0x000D
CANMISC
6
W
W
R
W
BOHOLD
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-3. MSCAN Register Summary
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
426
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Register
Name
0x000E
CANRXERR
R
0x000F
CANTXERR
R
0x0010–0x0013
CANIDAR0–3
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
RXERR7
RXERR6
RXERR5
RXERR4
RXERR3
RXERR2
RXERR1
RXERR0
TXERR7
TXERR6
TXERR5
TXERR4
TXERR3
TXERR2
TXERR1
TXERR0
AC7
AC6
AC5
AC4
AC3
AC2
AC1
AC0
AM7
AM6
AM5
AM4
AM3
AM2
AM1
AM0
AC7
AC6
AC5
AC4
AC3
AC2
AC1
AC0
AM7
AM6
AM5
AM4
AM3
AM2
AM1
AM0
W
W
W
0x0014–0x0017
CANIDMRx
R
0x0018–0x001B
CANIDAR4–7
R
W
W
0x001C–0x001F
CANIDMR4–7
R
0x0020–0x002F
CANRXFG
R
0x0030–0x003F
CANTXFG
R
W
W
W
See Section 11.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of Message Storage”
See Section 11.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of Message Storage”
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 11-3. MSCAN Register Summary (continued)
11.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes in detail all the registers and register bits in the MSCAN module. Each description
includes a standard register diagram with an associated figure number. Details of register bit and field
function follow the register diagrams, in bit order. All bits of all registers in this module are completely
synchronous to internal clocks during a register read.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
427
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.3.2.1
MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0)
The CANCTL0 register provides various control bits of the MSCAN module as described below.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
W
Reset:
RXFRM
0
6
RXACT
5
CSWAI
0
0
4
SYNCH
3
2
1
0
TIME
WUPE
SLPRQ
INITRQ
0
0
0
1
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-4. MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when out of initialization mode; exceptions are read-only RXACT and SYNCH, RXFRM (which is set by the
module only), and INITRQ (which is also writable in initialization mode)
NOTE
The CANCTL0 register, except WUPE, INITRQ, and SLPRQ, is held in the
reset state when the initialization mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and
INITAK = 1). This register is writable again as soon as the initialization
mode is exited (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0).
Table 11-2. CANCTL0 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
RXFRM
Received Frame Flag — This bit is read and clear only. It is set when a receiver has received a valid message
correctly, independently of the filter configuration. After it is set, it remains set until cleared by software or reset.
Clearing is done by writing a 1. Writing a 0 is ignored. This bit is not valid in loopback mode.
0 No valid message was received since last clearing this flag
1 A valid message was received since last clearing of this flag
6
RXACT
Receiver Active Status — This read-only flag indicates the MSCAN is receiving a message(1). The flag is
controlled by the receiver front end. This bit is not valid in loopback mode.
0 MSCAN is transmitting or idle
1 MSCAN is receiving a message (including when arbitration is lost)
5
CSWAI(2)
CAN Stops in Wait Mode — Enabling this bit allows for lower power consumption in wait mode by disabling all
the clocks at the CPU bus interface to the MSCAN module.
0 The module is not affected during wait mode
1 The module ceases to be clocked during wait mode
4
SYNCH
Synchronized Status — This read-only flag indicates whether the MSCAN is synchronized to the CAN bus and
able to participate in the communication process. It is set and cleared by the MSCAN.
0 MSCAN is not synchronized to the CAN bus
1 MSCAN is synchronized to the CAN bus
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
428
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 11-2. CANCTL0 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
3
TIME
Timer Enable — This bit activates an internal 16-bit wide free running timer which is clocked by the bit clock rate.
If the timer is enabled, a 16-bit time stamp will be assigned to each transmitted/received message within the
active TX/RX buffer. Right after the EOF of a valid message on the CAN bus, the time stamp is written to the
highest bytes (0x000E, 0x000F) in the appropriate buffer (see Section 11.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of Message
Storage”). In loopback mode no receive timestamp is generated. The internal timer is reset (all bits set to 0) when
disabled. This bit is held low in initialization mode.
0 Disable internal MSCAN timer
1 Enable internal MSCAN timer
2
WUPE(3)
Wake-Up Enable — This configuration bit allows the MSCAN to restart from sleep mode or from power down
mode (entered from sleep) when traffic on CAN is detected (see Section 11.4.5.5, “MSCAN Sleep Mode”). This
bit must be configured before sleep mode entry for the selected function to take effect.
0 Wake-up disabled — The MSCAN ignores traffic on CAN
1 Wake-up enabled — The MSCAN is able to restart
1
SLPRQ(4)
Sleep Mode Request — This bit requests the MSCAN to enter sleep mode, which is an internal power saving
mode (see Section 11.4.5.5, “MSCAN Sleep Mode”). The sleep mode request is serviced when the CAN bus is
idle, i.e., the module is not receiving a message and all transmit buffers are empty. The module indicates entry
to sleep mode by setting SLPAK = 1 (see Section 11.3.2.2, “MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)”). SLPRQ
cannot be set while the WUPIF flag is set (see Section 11.3.2.5, “MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG)”).
Sleep mode will be active until SLPRQ is cleared by the CPU or, depending on the setting of WUPE, the MSCAN
detects activity on the CAN bus and clears SLPRQ itself.
0 Running — The MSCAN functions normally
1 Sleep mode request — The MSCAN enters sleep mode when CAN bus idle
Initialization Mode Request — When this bit is set by the CPU, the MSCAN skips to initialization mode (see
0
INITRQ(5),(6) Section 11.4.4.5, “MSCAN Initialization Mode”). Any ongoing transmission or reception is aborted and
synchronization to the CAN bus is lost. The module indicates entry to initialization mode by setting INITAK = 1
(Section 11.3.2.2, “MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)”).
The following registers enter their hard reset state and restore their default values: CANCTL0(7), CANRFLG(8),
CANRIER(9), CANTFLG, CANTIER, CANTARQ, CANTAAK, and CANTBSEL.
The registers CANCTL1, CANBTR0, CANBTR1, CANIDAC, CANIDAR0-7, and CANIDMR0-7 can only be
written by the CPU when the MSCAN is in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1). The values of the
error counters are not affected by initialization mode.
When this bit is cleared by the CPU, the MSCAN restarts and then tries to synchronize to the CAN bus. If the
MSCAN is not in bus-off state, it synchronizes after 11 consecutive recessive bits on the CAN bus; if the MSCAN
is in bus-off state, it continues to wait for 128 occurrences of 11 consecutive recessive bits.
Writing to other bits in CANCTL0, CANRFLG, CANRIER, CANTFLG, or CANTIER must be done only after
initialization mode is exited, which is INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0.
0 Normal operation
1 MSCAN in initialization mode
1. See the Bosch CAN 2.0A/B specification for a detailed definition of transmitter and receiver states.
2. In order to protect from accidentally violating the CAN protocol, TXCAN is immediately forced to a recessive state when the
CPU enters wait (CSWAI = 1) or stop mode (see Section 11.4.5.2, “Operation in Wait Mode” and Section 11.4.5.3, “Operation
in Stop Mode”).
3. The CPU has to make sure that the WUPE register and the WUPIE wake-up interrupt enable register (see Section 11.3.2.6,
“MSCAN Receiver Interrupt Enable Register (CANRIER)) is enabled, if the recovery mechanism from stop or wait is required.
4. The CPU cannot clear SLPRQ before the MSCAN has entered sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1).
5. The CPU cannot clear INITRQ before the MSCAN has entered initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1).
6. In order to protect from accidentally violating the CAN protocol, TXCAN is immediately forced to a recessive state when the
initialization mode is requested by the CPU. Thus, the recommended procedure is to bring the MSCAN into sleep mode
(SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1) before requesting initialization mode.
7. Not including WUPE, INITRQ, and SLPRQ.
8. TSTAT1 and TSTAT0 are not affected by initialization mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
429
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
9. RSTAT1 and RSTAT0 are not affected by initialization mode.
11.3.2.2
MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)
The CANCTL1 register provides various control bits and handshake status information of the MSCAN
module as described below.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0001
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
2
CANE
CLKSRC
LOOPB
LISTEN
BORM
WUPM
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
SLPAK
INITAK
0
1
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-5. MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1), except CANE which is write once in normal and anytime in
special system operation modes when the MSCAN is in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 11-3. CANCTL1 Register Field Descriptions
Field
7
CANE
Description
MSCAN Enable
0 MSCAN module is disabled
1 MSCAN module is enabled
6
CLKSRC
MSCAN Clock Source — This bit defines the clock source for the MSCAN module (only for systems with a clock
generation module; Section 11.4.3.2, “Clock System,” and Section Figure 11-43., “MSCAN Clocking Scheme,”).
0 MSCAN clock source is the oscillator clock
1 MSCAN clock source is the bus clock
5
LOOPB
Loopback Self Test Mode — When this bit is set, the MSCAN performs an internal loopback which can be used
for self test operation. The bit stream output of the transmitter is fed back to the receiver internally. The RXCAN
input is ignored and the TXCAN output goes to the recessive state (logic 1). The MSCAN behaves as it does
normally when transmitting and treats its own transmitted message as a message received from a remote node.
In this state, the MSCAN ignores the bit sent during the ACK slot in the CAN frame acknowledge field to ensure
proper reception of its own message. Both transmit and receive interrupts are generated.
0 Loopback self test disabled
1 Loopback self test enabled
4
LISTEN
Listen Only Mode — This bit configures the MSCAN as a CAN bus monitor. When LISTEN is set, all valid CAN
messages with matching ID are received, but no acknowledgement or error frames are sent out (see
Section 11.4.4.4, “Listen-Only Mode”). In addition, the error counters are frozen. Listen only mode supports
applications which require “hot plugging” or throughput analysis. The MSCAN is unable to transmit any
messages when listen only mode is active.
0 Normal operation
1 Listen only mode activated
3
BORM
Bus-Off Recovery Mode — This bit configures the bus-off state recovery mode of the MSCAN. Refer to
Section 11.5.2, “Bus-Off Recovery,” for details.
0 Automatic bus-off recovery (see Bosch CAN 2.0A/B protocol specification)
1 Bus-off recovery upon user request
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
430
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 11-3. CANCTL1 Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
2
WUPM
Wake-Up Mode — If WUPE in CANCTL0 is enabled, this bit defines whether the integrated low-pass filter is
applied to protect the MSCAN from spurious wake-up (see Section 11.4.5.5, “MSCAN Sleep Mode”).
0 MSCAN wakes up on any dominant level on the CAN bus
1 MSCAN wakes up only in case of a dominant pulse on the CAN bus that has a length of Twup
1
SLPAK
Sleep Mode Acknowledge — This flag indicates whether the MSCAN module has entered sleep mode (see
Section 11.4.5.5, “MSCAN Sleep Mode”). It is used as a handshake flag for the SLPRQ sleep mode request.
Sleep mode is active when SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1. Depending on the setting of WUPE, the MSCAN will
clear the flag if it detects activity on the CAN bus while in sleep mode.
0 Running — The MSCAN operates normally
1 Sleep mode active — The MSCAN has entered sleep mode
0
INITAK
Initialization Mode Acknowledge — This flag indicates whether the MSCAN module is in initialization mode
(see Section 11.4.4.5, “MSCAN Initialization Mode”). It is used as a handshake flag for the INITRQ initialization
mode request. Initialization mode is active when INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1. The registers CANCTL1,
CANBTR0, CANBTR1, CANIDAC, CANIDAR0–CANIDAR7, and CANIDMR0–CANIDMR7 can be written only by
the CPU when the MSCAN is in initialization mode.
0 Running — The MSCAN operates normally
1 Initialization mode active — The MSCAN has entered initialization mode
11.3.2.3
MSCAN Bus Timing Register 0 (CANBTR0)
The CANBTR0 register configures various CAN bus timing parameters of the MSCAN module.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0002
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SJW1
SJW0
BRP5
BRP4
BRP3
BRP2
BRP1
BRP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 11-6. MSCAN Bus Timing Register 0 (CANBTR0)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 11-4. CANBTR0 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-6
SJW[1:0]
Synchronization Jump Width — The synchronization jump width defines the maximum number of time quanta
(Tq) clock cycles a bit can be shortened or lengthened to achieve resynchronization to data transitions on the
CAN bus (see Table 11-5).
5-0
BRP[5:0]
Baud Rate Prescaler — These bits determine the time quanta (Tq) clock which is used to build up the bit timing
(see Table 11-6).
Table 11-5. Synchronization Jump Width
SJW1
SJW0
Synchronization Jump Width
0
0
1 Tq clock cycle
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
431
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 11-5. Synchronization Jump Width (continued)
SJW1
SJW0
Synchronization Jump Width
0
1
2 Tq clock cycles
1
0
3 Tq clock cycles
1
1
4 Tq clock cycles
Table 11-6. Baud Rate Prescaler
11.3.2.4
BRP5
BRP4
BRP3
BRP2
BRP1
BRP0
Prescaler value (P)
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
3
0
0
0
0
1
1
4
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1
1
1
1
1
1
64
MSCAN Bus Timing Register 1 (CANBTR1)
The CANBTR1 register configures various CAN bus timing parameters of the MSCAN module.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0003
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SAMP
TSEG22
TSEG21
TSEG20
TSEG13
TSEG12
TSEG11
TSEG10
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 11-7. MSCAN Bus Timing Register 1 (CANBTR1)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 11-7. CANBTR1 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SAMP
Sampling — This bit determines the number of CAN bus samples taken per bit time.
0 One sample per bit.
1 Three samples per bit(1).
If SAMP = 0, the resulting bit value is equal to the value of the single bit positioned at the sample point. If
SAMP = 1, the resulting bit value is determined by using majority rule on the three total samples. For higher bit
rates, it is recommended that only one sample is taken per bit time (SAMP = 0).
6-4
Time Segment 2 — Time segments within the bit time fix the number of clock cycles per bit time and the location
TSEG2[2:0] of the sample point (see Figure 11-44). Time segment 2 (TSEG2) values are programmable as shown in
Table 11-8.
3-0
Time Segment 1 — Time segments within the bit time fix the number of clock cycles per bit time and the location
TSEG1[3:0] of the sample point (see Figure 11-44). Time segment 1 (TSEG1) values are programmable as shown in
Table 11-9.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
432
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
1. In this case, PHASE_SEG1 must be at least 2 time quanta (Tq).
Table 11-8. Time Segment 2 Values
TSEG22
TSEG21
TSEG20
Time Segment 2
0
0
0
1 Tq clock cycle(1)
0
0
1
2 Tq clock cycles
:
:
:
:
1
1
0
7 Tq clock cycles
1
1
1
8 Tq clock cycles
1. This setting is not valid. Please refer to Table 11-36 for valid settings.
Table 11-9. Time Segment 1 Values
TSEG13
TSEG12
TSEG11
TSEG10
Time segment 1
0
0
0
0
1 Tq clock cycle(1)
0
0
0
1
2 Tq clock cycles1
0
0
1
0
3 Tq clock cycles1
0
0
1
1
4 Tq clock cycles
:
:
:
:
:
1
1
1
0
15 Tq clock cycles
1
1
1
1
16 Tq clock cycles
1. This setting is not valid. Please refer to Table 11-36 for valid settings.
The bit time is determined by the oscillator frequency, the baud rate prescaler, and the number of time
quanta (Tq) clock cycles per bit (as shown in Table 11-8 and Table 11-9).
Eqn. 11-1
Prescaler Þ value
Bit Þ Time = ---------------------------------------------------------- 1 + TimeSegment1 + TimeSegment2
f CANCLK
11.3.2.5
MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG)
A flag can be cleared only by software (writing a 1 to the corresponding bit position) when the condition
which caused the setting is no longer valid. Every flag has an associated interrupt enable bit in the
CANRIER register.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
433
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0004
R
W
Reset:
7
6
WUPIF
CSCIF
0
0
5
4
3
2
RSTAT1
RSTAT0
TSTAT1
TSTAT0
0
0
0
0
1
0
OVRIF
RXF
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-8. MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode, except RSTAT[1:0] and TSTAT[1:0] flags which are read-only; write of 1 clears
flag; write of 0 is ignored
NOTE
The CANRFLG register is held in the reset state1 when the initialization
mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1). This register is writable
again as soon as the initialization mode is exited (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK
= 0).
Table 11-10. CANRFLG Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
WUPIF
Wake-Up Interrupt Flag — If the MSCAN detects CAN bus activity while in sleep mode (see Section 11.4.5.5,
“MSCAN Sleep Mode,”) and WUPE = 1 in CANTCTL0 (see Section 11.3.2.1, “MSCAN Control Register 0
(CANCTL0)”), the module will set WUPIF. If not masked, a wake-up interrupt is pending while this flag is set.
0 No wake-up activity observed while in sleep mode
1 MSCAN detected activity on the CAN bus and requested wake-up
6
CSCIF
CAN Status Change Interrupt Flag — This flag is set when the MSCAN changes its current CAN bus status
due to the actual value of the transmit error counter (TEC) and the receive error counter (REC). An additional 4bit (RSTAT[1:0], TSTAT[1:0]) status register, which is split into separate sections for TEC/REC, informs the
system on the actual CAN bus status (see Section 11.3.2.6, “MSCAN Receiver Interrupt Enable Register
(CANRIER)”). If not masked, an error interrupt is pending while this flag is set. CSCIF provides a blocking
interrupt. That guarantees that the receiver/transmitter status bits (RSTAT/TSTAT) are only updated when no
CAN status change interrupt is pending. If the TECs/RECs change their current value after the CSCIF is
asserted, which would cause an additional state change in the RSTAT/TSTAT bits, these bits keep their status
until the current CSCIF interrupt is cleared again.
0 No change in CAN bus status occurred since last interrupt
1 MSCAN changed current CAN bus status
5-4
RSTAT[1:0]
Receiver Status Bits — The values of the error counters control the actual CAN bus status of the MSCAN. As
soon as the status change interrupt flag (CSCIF) is set, these bits indicate the appropriate receiver related CAN
bus status of the MSCAN. The coding for the bits RSTAT1, RSTAT0 is:
00 RxOK:
0 receive error counter 96
01 RxWRN: 96 receive error counter 128
10 RxERR: 128 receive error counter
11 Bus-off(1): 256transmit error counter
1. The RSTAT[1:0], TSTAT[1:0] bits are not affected by initialization mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
434
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 11-10. CANRFLG Register Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
3-2
TSTAT[1:0]
Transmitter Status Bits — The values of the error counters control the actual CAN bus status of the MSCAN.
As soon as the status change interrupt flag (CSCIF) is set, these bits indicate the appropriate transmitter related
CAN bus status of the MSCAN. The coding for the bits TSTAT1, TSTAT0 is:
00 TxOK:
0 transmit error counter 96
01 TxWRN: 96 transmit error counter 128
10 TxERR: 128 transmit error counter 256
11 Bus-Off: 256 transmit error counter
1
OVRIF
Overrun Interrupt Flag — This flag is set when a data overrun condition occurs. If not masked, an error interrupt
is pending while this flag is set.
0
No data overrun condition
1
A data overrun detected
Receive Buffer Full Flag — RXF is set by the MSCAN when a new message is shifted in the receiver FIFO.
This flag indicates whether the shifted buffer is loaded with a correctly received message (matching identifier,
matching cyclic redundancy code (CRC) and no other errors detected). After the CPU has read that message
from the RxFG buffer in the receiver FIFO, the RXF flag must be cleared to release the buffer. A set RXF flag
prohibits the shifting of the next FIFO entry into the foreground buffer (RxFG). If not masked, a receive interrupt
is pending while this flag is set.
0
No new message available within the RxFG
1
The receiver FIFO is not empty. A new message is available in the RxFG
1. Redundant Information for the most critical CAN bus status which is “bus-off”. This only occurs if the Tx error counter exceeds
a number of 255 errors. Bus-off affects the receiver state. As soon as the transmitter leaves its bus-off state the receiver state
skips to RxOK too. Refer also to TSTAT[1:0] coding in this register.
2. To ensure data integrity, do not read the receive buffer registers while the RXF flag is cleared. For MCUs with dual CPUs,
reading the receive buffer registers while the RXF flag is cleared may result in a CPU fault condition.
0
RXF(2)
11.3.2.6
MSCAN Receiver Interrupt Enable Register (CANRIER)
This register contains the interrupt enable bits for the interrupt flags described in the CANRFLG register.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0005
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
WUPIE
CSCIE
RSTATE1
RSTATE0
TSTATE1
TSTATE0
OVRIE
RXFIE
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 11-9. MSCAN Receiver Interrupt Enable Register (CANRIER)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode
NOTE
The CANRIER register is held in the reset state when the initialization mode
is active (INITRQ=1 and INITAK=1). This register is writable when not in
initialization mode (INITRQ=0 and INITAK=0).
The RSTATE[1:0], TSTATE[1:0] bits are not affected by initialization
mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
435
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 11-11. CANRIER Register Field Descriptions
Field
7
WUPIE(1)
6
CSCIE
Description
Wake-Up Interrupt Enable
0 No interrupt request is generated from this event.
1 A wake-up event causes a Wake-Up interrupt request.
CAN Status Change Interrupt Enable
0 No interrupt request is generated from this event.
1 A CAN Status Change event causes an error interrupt request.
5-4
Receiver Status Change Enable — These RSTAT enable bits control the sensitivity level in which receiver state
RSTATE[1:0 changes are causing CSCIF interrupts. Independent of the chosen sensitivity level the RSTAT flags continue to
]
indicate the actual receiver state and are only updated if no CSCIF interrupt is pending.
00 Do not generate any CSCIF interrupt caused by receiver state changes.
01 Generate CSCIF interrupt only if the receiver enters or leaves “bus-off” state. Discard other receiver state
changes for generating CSCIF interrupt.
10 Generate CSCIF interrupt only if the receiver enters or leaves “RxErr” or “bus-off”(2) state. Discard other
receiver state changes for generating CSCIF interrupt.
11 Generate CSCIF interrupt on all state changes.
3-2
Transmitter Status Change Enable — These TSTAT enable bits control the sensitivity level in which transmitter
TSTATE[1:0] state changes are causing CSCIF interrupts. Independent of the chosen sensitivity level, the TSTAT flags
continue to indicate the actual transmitter state and are only updated if no CSCIF interrupt is pending.
00 Do not generate any CSCIF interrupt caused by transmitter state changes.
01 Generate CSCIF interrupt only if the transmitter enters or leaves “bus-off” state. Discard other transmitter
state changes for generating CSCIF interrupt.
10 Generate CSCIF interrupt only if the transmitter enters or leaves “TxErr” or “bus-off” state. Discard other
transmitter state changes for generating CSCIF interrupt.
11 Generate CSCIF interrupt on all state changes.
1
OVRIE
Overrun Interrupt Enable
0 No interrupt request is generated from this event.
1 An overrun event causes an error interrupt request.
0
RXFIE
Receiver Full Interrupt Enable
0 No interrupt request is generated from this event.
1 A receive buffer full (successful message reception) event causes a receiver interrupt request.
1. WUPIE and WUPE (see Section 11.3.2.1, “MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0)”) must both be enabled if the recovery
mechanism from stop or wait is required.
2. Bus-off state is only defined for transmitters by the CAN standard (see Bosch CAN 2.0A/B protocol specification). Because the
only possible state change for the transmitter from bus-off to TxOK also forces the receiver to skip its current state to RxOK,
the coding of the RXSTAT[1:0] flags define an additional bus-off state for the receiver (see Section 11.3.2.5, “MSCAN Receiver
Flag Register (CANRFLG)”).
11.3.2.7
MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)
The transmit buffer empty flags each have an associated interrupt enable bit in the CANTIER register.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
436
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0006
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
2
1
0
TXE2
TXE1
TXE0
1
1
1
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-10. MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode; write of 1 clears flag, write of 0 is ignored
NOTE
The CANTFLG register is held in the reset state when the initialization
mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1). This register is writable
when not in initialization mode (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0).
Table 11-12. CANTFLG Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2-0
TXE[2:0]
Transmitter Buffer Empty — This flag indicates that the associated transmit message buffer is empty, and thus
not scheduled for transmission. The CPU must clear the flag after a message is set up in the transmit buffer and
is due for transmission. The MSCAN sets the flag after the message is sent successfully. The flag is also set by
the MSCAN when the transmission request is successfully aborted due to a pending abort request (see
Section 11.3.2.9, “MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Request Register (CANTARQ)”). If not masked, a
transmit interrupt is pending while this flag is set.
Clearing a TXEx flag also clears the corresponding ABTAKx (see Section 11.3.2.10, “MSCAN Transmitter
Message Abort Acknowledge Register (CANTAAK)”). When a TXEx flag is set, the corresponding ABTRQx bit
is cleared (see Section 11.3.2.9, “MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Request Register (CANTARQ)”).
When listen-mode is active (see Section 11.3.2.2, “MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)”) the TXEx flags
cannot be cleared and no transmission is started.
Read and write accesses to the transmit buffer will be blocked, if the corresponding TXEx bit is cleared
(TXEx = 0) and the buffer is scheduled for transmission.
0 The associated message buffer is full (loaded with a message due for transmission)
1 The associated message buffer is empty (not scheduled)
11.3.2.8
MSCAN Transmitter Interrupt Enable Register (CANTIER)
This register contains the interrupt enable bits for the transmit buffer empty interrupt flags.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0007
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
2
1
0
TXEIE2
TXEIE1
TXEIE0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-11. MSCAN Transmitter Interrupt Enable Register (CANTIER)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
437
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode
NOTE
The CANTIER register is held in the reset state when the initialization mode
is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1). This register is writable when not
in initialization mode (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0).
Table 11-13. CANTIER Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2-0
TXEIE[2:0]
11.3.2.9
Transmitter Empty Interrupt Enable
0 No interrupt request is generated from this event.
1 A transmitter empty (transmit buffer available for transmission) event causes a transmitter empty interrupt
request.
MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Request Register (CANTARQ)
The CANTARQ register allows abort request of queued messages as described below.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0008
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
2
1
0
ABTRQ2
ABTRQ1
ABTRQ0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-12. MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Request Register (CANTARQ)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode
NOTE
The CANTARQ register is held in the reset state when the initialization
mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1). This register is writable
when not in initialization mode (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0).
Table 11-14. CANTARQ Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2-0
Abort Request — The CPU sets the ABTRQx bit to request that a scheduled message buffer (TXEx = 0) be
ABTRQ[2:0] aborted. The MSCAN grants the request if the message has not already started transmission, or if the
transmission is not successful (lost arbitration or error). When a message is aborted, the associated TXE (see
Section 11.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and abort acknowledge flags (ABTAK, see
Section 11.3.2.10, “MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Acknowledge Register (CANTAAK)”) are set and a
transmit interrupt occurs if enabled. The CPU cannot reset ABTRQx. ABTRQx is reset whenever the associated
TXE flag is set.
0 No abort request
1 Abort request pending
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
438
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.3.2.10 MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Acknowledge Register (CANTAAK)
The CANTAAK register indicates the successful abort of a queued message, if requested by the
appropriate bits in the CANTARQ register.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0009
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
ABTAK2
ABTAK1
ABTAK0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-13. MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Acknowledge Register (CANTAAK)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Unimplemented
NOTE
The CANTAAK register is held in the reset state when the initialization
mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1).
Table 11-15. CANTAAK Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2-0
Abort Acknowledge — This flag acknowledges that a message was aborted due to a pending abort request
ABTAK[2:0] from the CPU. After a particular message buffer is flagged empty, this flag can be used by the application
software to identify whether the message was aborted successfully or was sent anyway. The ABTAKx flag is
cleared whenever the corresponding TXE flag is cleared.
0 The message was not aborted.
1 The message was aborted.
11.3.2.11 MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register (CANTBSEL)
The CANTBSEL register allows the selection of the actual transmit message buffer, which then will be
accessible in the CANTXFG register space.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x000A
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
2
1
0
TX2
TX1
TX0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-14. MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register (CANTBSEL)
1. Read: Find the lowest ordered bit set to 1, all other bits will be read as 0
Write: Anytime when not in initialization mode
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
439
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
NOTE
The CANTBSEL register is held in the reset state when the initialization
mode is active (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK=1). This register is writable when
not in initialization mode (INITRQ = 0 and INITAK = 0).
Table 11-16. CANTBSEL Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2-0
TX[2:0]
Transmit Buffer Select — The lowest numbered bit places the respective transmit buffer in the CANTXFG
register space (e.g., TX1 = 1 and TX0 = 1 selects transmit buffer TX0; TX1 = 1 and TX0 = 0 selects transmit buffer
TX1). Read and write accesses to the selected transmit buffer will be blocked, if the corresponding TXEx bit is
cleared and the buffer is scheduled for transmission (see Section 11.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register
(CANTFLG)”).
0 The associated message buffer is deselected
1 The associated message buffer is selected, if lowest numbered bit
The following gives a short programming example of the usage of the CANTBSEL register:
To get the next available transmit buffer, application software must read the CANTFLG register and write
this value back into the CANTBSEL register. In this example Tx buffers TX1 and TX2 are available. The
value read from CANTFLG is therefore 0b0000_0110. When writing this value back to CANTBSEL, the
Tx buffer TX1 is selected in the CANTXFG because the lowest numbered bit set to 1 is at bit position 1.
Reading back this value out of CANTBSEL results in 0b0000_0010, because only the lowest numbered
bit position set to 1 is presented. This mechanism eases the application software’s selection of the next
available Tx buffer.
• LDAA CANTFLG; value read is 0b0000_0110
• STAA CANTBSEL; value written is 0b0000_0110
• LDAA CANTBSEL; value read is 0b0000_0010
If all transmit message buffers are deselected, no accesses are allowed to the CANTXFG registers.
11.3.2.12 MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Control Register (CANIDAC)
The CANIDAC register is used for identifier acceptance control as described below.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x000B
R
7
6
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
5
4
IDAM1
IDAM0
0
0
3
2
1
0
0
IDHIT2
IDHIT1
IDHIT0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-15. MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Control Register (CANIDAC)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1), except bits IDHITx, which are read-only
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
440
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 11-17. CANIDAC Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
5-4
IDAM[1:0]
Identifier Acceptance Mode — The CPU sets these flags to define the identifier acceptance filter organization
(see Section 11.4.3, “Identifier Acceptance Filter”). Table 11-18 summarizes the different settings. In filter closed
mode, no message is accepted such that the foreground buffer is never reloaded.
2-0
IDHIT[2:0]
Identifier Acceptance Hit Indicator — The MSCAN sets these flags to indicate an identifier acceptance hit (see
Section 11.4.3, “Identifier Acceptance Filter”). Table 11-19 summarizes the different settings.
Table 11-18. Identifier Acceptance Mode Settings
IDAM1
IDAM0
Identifier Acceptance Mode
0
0
Two 32-bit acceptance filters
0
1
Four 16-bit acceptance filters
1
0
Eight 8-bit acceptance filters
1
1
Filter closed
Table 11-19. Identifier Acceptance Hit Indication
IDHIT2
IDHIT1
IDHIT0
Identifier Acceptance Hit
0
0
0
Filter 0 hit
0
0
1
Filter 1 hit
0
1
0
Filter 2 hit
0
1
1
Filter 3 hit
1
0
0
Filter 4 hit
1
0
1
Filter 5 hit
1
1
0
Filter 6 hit
1
1
1
Filter 7 hit
The IDHITx indicators are always related to the message in the foreground buffer (RxFG). When a
message gets shifted into the foreground buffer of the receiver FIFO the indicators are updated as well.
11.3.2.13 MSCAN Reserved Register
This register is reserved for factory testing of the MSCAN module and is not available in normal system
operating modes.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
441
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x000C
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-16. MSCAN Reserved Register
1. Read: Always reads zero in normal system operation modes
Write: Unimplemented in normal system operation modes
NOTE
Writing to this register when in special system operating modes can alter the
MSCAN functionality.
11.3.2.14 MSCAN Miscellaneous Register (CANMISC)
This register provides additional features.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x000D
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
0
BOHOLD
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-17. MSCAN Miscellaneous Register (CANMISC)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime; write of ‘1’ clears flag; write of ‘0’ ignored
Table 11-20. CANMISC Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
0
BOHOLD
Bus-off State Hold Until User Request — If BORM is set in MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1), this bit
indicates whether the module has entered the bus-off state. Clearing this bit requests the recovery from bus-off.
Refer to Section 11.5.2, “Bus-Off Recovery,” for details.
0 Module is not bus-off or recovery has been requested by user in bus-off state
1 Module is bus-off and holds this state until user request
11.3.2.15 MSCAN Receive Error Counter (CANRXERR)
This register reflects the status of the MSCAN receive error counter.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
442
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x000E
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
RXERR7
RXERR6
RXERR5
RXERR4
RXERR3
RXERR2
RXERR1
RXERR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-18. MSCAN Receive Error Counter (CANRXERR)
1. Read: Only when in sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1) or initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Write: Unimplemented
NOTE
Reading this register when in any other mode other than sleep or
initialization mode may return an incorrect value. For MCUs with dual
CPUs, this may result in a CPU fault condition.
11.3.2.16 MSCAN Transmit Error Counter (CANTXERR)
This register reflects the status of the MSCAN transmit error counter.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x000F
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TXERR7
TXERR6
TXERR5
TXERR4
TXERR3
TXERR2
TXERR1
TXERR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
= Unimplemented
Figure 11-19. MSCAN Transmit Error Counter (CANTXERR)
1. Read: Only when in sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1) or initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Write: Unimplemented
NOTE
Reading this register when in any other mode other than sleep or
initialization mode, may return an incorrect value. For MCUs with dual
CPUs, this may result in a CPU fault condition.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
443
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.3.2.17 MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Registers (CANIDAR0-7)
On reception, each message is written into the background receive buffer. The CPU is only signalled to
read the message if it passes the criteria in the identifier acceptance and identifier mask registers
(accepted); otherwise, the message is overwritten by the next message (dropped).
The acceptance registers of the MSCAN are applied on the IDR0–IDR3 registers (see Section 11.3.3.1,
“Identifier Registers (IDR0–IDR3)”) of incoming messages in a bit by bit manner (see Section 11.4.3,
“Identifier Acceptance Filter”).
For extended identifiers, all four acceptance and mask registers are applied. For standard identifiers, only
the first two (CANIDAR0/1, CANIDMR0/1) are applied.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0010 to Module Base + 0x0013
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AC7
AC6
AC5
AC4
AC3
AC2
AC1
AC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 11-20. MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Registers (First Bank) — CANIDAR0–CANIDAR3
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 11-21. CANIDAR0–CANIDAR3 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
AC[7:0]
Acceptance Code Bits — AC[7:0] comprise a user-defined sequence of bits with which the corresponding bits
of the related identifier register (IDRn) of the receive message buffer are compared. The result of this comparison
is then masked with the corresponding identifier mask register.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0018 to Module Base + 0x001B
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AC7
AC6
AC5
AC4
AC3
AC2
AC1
AC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 11-21. MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Registers (Second Bank) — CANIDAR4–CANIDAR7
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
444
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 11-22. CANIDAR4–CANIDAR7 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
AC[7:0]
Acceptance Code Bits — AC[7:0] comprise a user-defined sequence of bits with which the corresponding bits
of the related identifier register (IDRn) of the receive message buffer are compared. The result of this comparison
is then masked with the corresponding identifier mask register.
11.3.2.18 MSCAN Identifier Mask Registers (CANIDMR0–CANIDMR7)
The identifier mask register specifies which of the corresponding bits in the identifier acceptance register
are relevant for acceptance filtering. To receive standard identifiers in 32 bit filter mode, it is required to
program the last three bits (AM[2:0]) in the mask registers CANIDMR1 and CANIDMR5 to “don’t care.”
To receive standard identifiers in 16 bit filter mode, it is required to program the last three bits (AM[2:0])
in the mask registers CANIDMR1, CANIDMR3, CANIDMR5, and CANIDMR7 to “don’t care.”
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0014 to Module Base + 0x0017
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AM7
AM6
AM5
AM4
AM3
AM2
AM1
AM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 11-22. MSCAN Identifier Mask Registers (First Bank) — CANIDMR0–CANIDMR3
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 11-23. CANIDMR0–CANIDMR3 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
AM[7:0]
Acceptance Mask Bits — If a particular bit in this register is cleared, this indicates that the corresponding bit in
the identifier acceptance register must be the same as its identifier bit before a match is detected. The message
is accepted if all such bits match. If a bit is set, it indicates that the state of the corresponding bit in the identifier
acceptance register does not affect whether or not the message is accepted.
0 Match corresponding acceptance code register and identifier bits
1 Ignore corresponding acceptance code register bit
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x001C to Module Base + 0x001F
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AM7
AM6
AM5
AM4
AM3
AM2
AM1
AM0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 11-23. MSCAN Identifier Mask Registers (Second Bank) — CANIDMR4–CANIDMR7
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
445
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime in initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and INITAK = 1)
Table 11-24. CANIDMR4–CANIDMR7 Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7-0
AM[7:0]
Acceptance Mask Bits — If a particular bit in this register is cleared, this indicates that the corresponding bit in
the identifier acceptance register must be the same as its identifier bit before a match is detected. The message
is accepted if all such bits match. If a bit is set, it indicates that the state of the corresponding bit in the identifier
acceptance register does not affect whether or not the message is accepted.
0 Match corresponding acceptance code register and identifier bits
1 Ignore corresponding acceptance code register bit
11.3.3
Programmer’s Model of Message Storage
The following section details the organization of the receive and transmit message buffers and the
associated control registers.
To simplify the programmer interface, the receive and transmit message buffers have the same outline.
Each message buffer allocates 16 bytes in the memory map containing a 13 byte data structure.
An additional transmit buffer priority register (TBPR) is defined for the transmit buffers. Within the last
two bytes of this memory map, the MSCAN stores a special 16-bit time stamp, which is sampled from an
internal timer after successful transmission or reception of a message. This feature is only available for
transmit and receiver buffers, if the TIME bit is set (see Section 11.3.2.1, “MSCAN Control Register 0
(CANCTL0)”).
The time stamp register is written by the MSCAN. The CPU can only read these registers.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
446
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 11-25. Message Buffer Organization
Offset
Address
Register
Access
0x00X0
IDR0 — Identifier Register 0
R/W
0x00X1
IDR1 — Identifier Register 1
R/W
0x00X2
IDR2 — Identifier Register 2
R/W
0x00X3
IDR3 — Identifier Register 3
R/W
0x00X4
DSR0 — Data Segment Register 0
R/W
0x00X5
DSR1 — Data Segment Register 1
R/W
0x00X6
DSR2 — Data Segment Register 2
R/W
0x00X7
DSR3 — Data Segment Register 3
R/W
0x00X8
DSR4 — Data Segment Register 4
R/W
0x00X9
DSR5 — Data Segment Register 5
R/W
0x00XA
DSR6 — Data Segment Register 6
R/W
0x00XB
DSR7 — Data Segment Register 7
R/W
0x00XC
DLR — Data Length Register
R/W
Register(1)
0x00XD
TBPR — Transmit Buffer Priority
0x00XE
TSRH — Time Stamp Register (High Byte)
0x00XF
TSRL — Time Stamp Register (Low Byte)
1. Not applicable for receive buffers
R/W
R
R
Figure 11-24 shows the common 13-byte data structure of receive and transmit buffers for extended
identifiers. The mapping of standard identifiers into the IDR registers is shown in Figure 11-25.
All bits of the receive and transmit buffers are ‘x’ out of reset because of RAM-based implementation1.
All reserved or unused bits of the receive and transmit buffers always read ‘x’.
1. Exception: The transmit buffer priority registers are 0 out of reset.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
447
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Figure 11-24. Receive/Transmit Message Buffer — Extended Identifier Mapping
Register
Name
0x00X0
IDR0
0x00X1
IDR1
0x00X2
IDR2
0x00X3
IDR3
0x00X4
DSR0
0x00X5
DSR1
0x00X6
DSR2
0x00X7
DSR3
0x00X8
DSR4
0x00X9
DSR5
0x00XA
DSR6
0x00XB
DSR7
0x00XC
DLR
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit0
ID28
ID27
ID26
ID25
ID24
ID23
ID22
ID21
ID20
ID19
ID18
SRR (=1)
IDE (=1)
ID17
ID16
ID15
ID14
ID13
ID12
ID11
ID10
ID9
ID8
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID2
ID1
ID0
RTR
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
448
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Figure 11-24. Receive/Transmit Message Buffer — Extended Identifier Mapping (continued)
Register
Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit0
= Unused, always read ‘x’
Read:
• For transmit buffers, anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 11.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter
Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and the corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see
Section 11.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register (CANTBSEL)”).
• For receive buffers, only when RXF flag is set (see Section 11.3.2.5, “MSCAN Receiver Flag
Register (CANRFLG)”).
Write:
• For transmit buffers, anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 11.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter
Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and the corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see
Section 11.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register (CANTBSEL)”).
• Unimplemented for receive buffers.
Reset: Undefined because of RAM-based implementation
Figure 11-25. Receive/Transmit Message Buffer — Standard Identifier Mapping
Register
Name
IDR0
0x00X0
IDR1
0x00X1
IDR2
0x00X2
IDR3
0x00X3
R
W
R
W
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
ID10
ID9
ID8
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID2
ID1
ID0
RTR
IDE (=0)
R
W
R
W
= Unused, always read ‘x’
11.3.3.1
Identifier Registers (IDR0–IDR3)
The identifier registers for an extended format identifier consist of a total of 32 bits: ID[28:0], SRR, IDE,
and RTR. The identifier registers for a standard format identifier consist of a total of 13 bits: ID[10:0],
RTR, and IDE.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
449
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.3.3.1.1
IDR0–IDR3 for Extended Identifier Mapping
Module Base + 0x00X0
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ID28
ID27
ID26
ID25
ID24
ID23
ID22
ID21
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Figure 11-26. Identifier Register 0 (IDR0) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 11-26. IDR0 Register Field Descriptions — Extended
Field
Description
7-0
ID[28:21]
Extended Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 29 bits (ID[28:0]) for the extended format. ID28 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
Module Base + 0x00X1
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ID20
ID19
ID18
SRR (=1)
IDE (=1)
ID17
ID16
ID15
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Figure 11-27. Identifier Register 1 (IDR1) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 11-27. IDR1 Register Field Descriptions — Extended
Field
Description
7-5
ID[20:18]
Extended Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 29 bits (ID[28:0]) for the extended format. ID28 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
4
SRR
Substitute Remote Request — This fixed recessive bit is used only in extended format. It must be set to 1 by
the user for transmission buffers and is stored as received on the CAN bus for receive buffers.
3
IDE
ID Extended — This flag indicates whether the extended or standard identifier format is applied in this buffer. In
the case of a receive buffer, the flag is set as received and indicates to the CPU how to process the buffer
identifier registers. In the case of a transmit buffer, the flag indicates to the MSCAN what type of identifier to send.
0 Standard format (11 bit)
1 Extended format (29 bit)
2-0
ID[17:15]
Extended Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 29 bits (ID[28:0]) for the extended format. ID28 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
450
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Module Base + 0x00X2
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ID14
ID13
ID12
ID11
ID10
ID9
ID8
ID7
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Figure 11-28. Identifier Register 2 (IDR2) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 11-28. IDR2 Register Field Descriptions — Extended
Field
Description
7-0
ID[14:7]
Extended Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 29 bits (ID[28:0]) for the extended format. ID28 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
Module Base + 0x00X3
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
ID2
ID1
ID0
RTR
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Figure 11-29. Identifier Register 3 (IDR3) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 11-29. IDR3 Register Field Descriptions — Extended
Field
Description
7-1
ID[6:0]
Extended Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 29 bits (ID[28:0]) for the extended format. ID28 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
0
RTR
Remote Transmission Request — This flag reflects the status of the remote transmission request bit in the CAN
frame. In the case of a receive buffer, it indicates the status of the received frame and supports the transmission
of an answering frame in software. In the case of a transmit buffer, this flag defines the setting of the RTR bit to
be sent.
0 Data frame
1 Remote frame
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
451
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.3.3.1.2
IDR0–IDR3 for Standard Identifier Mapping
Module Base + 0x00X0
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
ID10
ID9
ID8
ID7
ID6
ID5
ID4
ID3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Figure 11-30. Identifier Register 0 — Standard Mapping
Table 11-30. IDR0 Register Field Descriptions — Standard
Field
Description
7-0
ID[10:3]
Standard Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 11 bits (ID[10:0]) for the standard format. ID10 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number. See also ID bits in Table 11-31.
Module Base + 0x00X1
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
ID2
ID1
ID0
RTR
IDE (=0)
x
x
x
x
x
2
1
0
x
x
x
= Unused; always read ‘x’
Figure 11-31. Identifier Register 1 — Standard Mapping
Table 11-31. IDR1 Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-5
ID[2:0]
Description
Standard Format Identifier — The identifiers consist of 11 bits (ID[10:0]) for the standard format. ID10 is the
most significant bit and is transmitted first on the CAN bus during the arbitration procedure. The priority of an
identifier is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number. See also ID bits in Table 11-30.
4
RTR
Remote Transmission Request — This flag reflects the status of the Remote Transmission Request bit in the
CAN frame. In the case of a receive buffer, it indicates the status of the received frame and supports the
transmission of an answering frame in software. In the case of a transmit buffer, this flag defines the setting of
the RTR bit to be sent.
0 Data frame
1 Remote frame
3
IDE
ID Extended — This flag indicates whether the extended or standard identifier format is applied in this buffer. In
the case of a receive buffer, the flag is set as received and indicates to the CPU how to process the buffer
identifier registers. In the case of a transmit buffer, the flag indicates to the MSCAN what type of identifier to send.
0 Standard format (11 bit)
1 Extended format (29 bit)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
452
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Module Base + 0x00X2
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
= Unused; always read ‘x’
Figure 11-32. Identifier Register 2 — Standard Mapping
Module Base + 0x00X3
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
R
W
Reset:
= Unused; always read ‘x’
Figure 11-33. Identifier Register 3 — Standard Mapping
11.3.3.2
Data Segment Registers (DSR0-7)
The eight data segment registers, each with bits DB[7:0], contain the data to be transmitted or received.
The number of bytes to be transmitted or received is determined by the data length code in the
corresponding DLR register.
Module Base + 0x00X4 to Module Base + 0x00XB
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
DB7
DB6
DB5
DB4
DB3
DB2
DB1
DB0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
Figure 11-34. Data Segment Registers (DSR0–DSR7) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 11-32. DSR0–DSR7 Register Field Descriptions
Field
7-0
DB[7:0]
Description
Data bits 7-0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
453
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.3.3.3
Data Length Register (DLR)
This register keeps the data length field of the CAN frame.
Module Base + 0x00XC
7
6
5
4
R
W
Reset:
x
x
x
3
2
1
0
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
x
x
x
x
x
= Unused; always read “x”
Figure 11-35. Data Length Register (DLR) — Extended Identifier Mapping
Table 11-33. DLR Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
3-0
DLC[3:0]
Data Length Code Bits — The data length code contains the number of bytes (data byte count) of the respective
message. During the transmission of a remote frame, the data length code is transmitted as programmed while
the number of transmitted data bytes is always 0. The data byte count ranges from 0 to 8 for a data frame.
Table 11-34 shows the effect of setting the DLC bits.
Table 11-34. Data Length Codes
Data Length Code
11.3.3.4
DLC3
DLC2
DLC1
DLC0
Data Byte
Count
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
1
0
0
1
0
2
0
0
1
1
3
0
1
0
0
4
0
1
0
1
5
0
1
1
0
6
0
1
1
1
7
1
0
0
0
8
Transmit Buffer Priority Register (TBPR)
This register defines the local priority of the associated message buffer. The local priority is used for the
internal prioritization process of the MSCAN and is defined to be highest for the smallest binary number.
The MSCAN implements the following internal prioritization mechanisms:
• All transmission buffers with a cleared TXEx flag participate in the prioritization immediately
before the SOF (start of frame) is sent.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
454
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
•
The transmission buffer with the lowest local priority field wins the prioritization.
In cases of more than one buffer having the same lowest priority, the message buffer with the lower index
number wins.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x00XD
R
W
Reset:
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PRIO7
PRIO6
PRIO5
PRIO4
PRIO3
PRIO2
PRIO1
PRIO0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 11-36. Transmit Buffer Priority Register (TBPR)
1. Read: Anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 11.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and the
corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see Section 11.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register
(CANTBSEL)”)
Write: Anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 11.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG)”) and the
corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see Section 11.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register
(CANTBSEL)”)
11.3.3.5
Time Stamp Register (TSRH–TSRL)
If the TIME bit is enabled, the MSCAN will write a time stamp to the respective registers in the active
transmit or receive buffer right after the EOF of a valid message on the CAN bus (see Section 11.3.2.1,
“MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0)”). In case of a transmission, the CPU can only read the time
stamp after the respective transmit buffer has been flagged empty.
The timer value, which is used for stamping, is taken from a free running internal CAN bit clock. A timer
overrun is not indicated by the MSCAN. The timer is reset (all bits set to 0) during initialization mode. The
CPU can only read the time stamp registers.
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x00XE
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TSR15
TSR14
TSR13
TSR12
TSR11
TSR10
TSR9
TSR8
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
W
Reset:
Figure 11-37. Time Stamp Register — High Byte (TSRH)
1. Read: For transmit buffers: Anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 11.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register
(CANTFLG)”) and the corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see Section 11.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit
Buffer Selection Register (CANTBSEL)”). For receive buffers: Anytime when RXF is set.
Write: Unimplemented
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
455
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x00XF
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TSR7
TSR6
TSR5
TSR4
TSR3
TSR2
TSR1
TSR0
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
W
Reset:
Figure 11-38. Time Stamp Register — Low Byte (TSRL)
1. Read: or transmit buffers: Anytime when TXEx flag is set (see Section 11.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register
(CANTFLG)”) and the corresponding transmit buffer is selected in CANTBSEL (see Section 11.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit
Buffer Selection Register (CANTBSEL)”). For receive buffers: Anytime when RXF is set.
Write: Unimplemented
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
456
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.4
11.4.1
Functional Description
General
This section provides a complete functional description of the MSCAN.
11.4.2
Message Storage
CAN Receive / Transmit Engine
Memory Mapped I/O
Rx1
Rx2
Rx3
Rx4
RXF
Receiver
TxBG
Tx0
TxFG
Tx1
MSCAN
TxBG
Tx2
Transmitter
CPU bus
RxFG
MSCAN
RxBG
Rx0
TXE0
PRIO
TXE1
CPU bus
PRIO
TXE2
PRIO
Figure 11-39. User Model for Message Buffer Organization
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
457
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
The MSCAN facilitates a sophisticated message storage system which addresses the requirements of a
broad range of network applications.
11.4.2.1
Message Transmit Background
Modern application layer software is built upon two fundamental assumptions:
• Any CAN node is able to send out a stream of scheduled messages without releasing the CAN bus
between the two messages. Such nodes arbitrate for the CAN bus immediately after sending the
previous message and only release the CAN bus in case of lost arbitration.
• The internal message queue within any CAN node is organized such that the highest priority
message is sent out first, if more than one message is ready to be sent.
The behavior described in the bullets above cannot be achieved with a single transmit buffer. That buffer
must be reloaded immediately after the previous message is sent. This loading process lasts a finite amount
of time and must be completed within the inter-frame sequence (IFS) to be able to send an uninterrupted
stream of messages. Even if this is feasible for limited CAN bus speeds, it requires that the CPU reacts
with short latencies to the transmit interrupt.
A double buffer scheme de-couples the reloading of the transmit buffer from the actual message sending
and, therefore, reduces the reactiveness requirements of the CPU. Problems can arise if the sending of a
message is finished while the CPU re-loads the second buffer. No buffer would then be ready for
transmission, and the CAN bus would be released.
At least three transmit buffers are required to meet the first of the above requirements under all
circumstances. The MSCAN has three transmit buffers.
The second requirement calls for some sort of internal prioritization which the MSCAN implements with
the “local priority” concept described in Section 11.4.2.2, “Transmit Structures.”
11.4.2.2
Transmit Structures
The MSCAN triple transmit buffer scheme optimizes real-time performance by allowing multiple
messages to be set up in advance. The three buffers are arranged as shown in Figure 11-39.
All three buffers have a 13-byte data structure similar to the outline of the receive buffers (see
Section 11.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of Message Storage”). An additional Transmit Buffer Priority
Register (TBPR) contains an 8-bit local priority field (PRIO) (see Section 11.3.3.4, “Transmit Buffer
Priority Register (TBPR)”). The remaining two bytes are used for time stamping of a message, if required
(see Section 11.3.3.5, “Time Stamp Register (TSRH–TSRL)”).
To transmit a message, the CPU must identify an available transmit buffer, which is indicated by a set
transmitter buffer empty (TXEx) flag (see Section 11.3.2.7, “MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register
(CANTFLG)”). If a transmit buffer is available, the CPU must set a pointer to this buffer by writing to the
CANTBSEL register (see Section 11.3.2.11, “MSCAN Transmit Buffer Selection Register
(CANTBSEL)”). This makes the respective buffer accessible within the CANTXFG address space (see
Section 11.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of Message Storage”). The algorithmic feature associated with the
CANTBSEL register simplifies the transmit buffer selection. In addition, this scheme makes the handler
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
458
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
software simpler because only one address area is applicable for the transmit process, and the required
address space is minimized.
The CPU then stores the identifier, the control bits, and the data content into one of the transmit buffers.
Finally, the buffer is flagged as ready for transmission by clearing the associated TXE flag.
The MSCAN then schedules the message for transmission and signals the successful transmission of the
buffer by setting the associated TXE flag. A transmit interrupt (see Section 11.4.7.2, “Transmit Interrupt”)
is generated1 when TXEx is set and can be used to drive the application software to re-load the buffer.
If more than one buffer is scheduled for transmission when the CAN bus becomes available for arbitration,
the MSCAN uses the local priority setting of the three buffers to determine the prioritization. For this
purpose, every transmit buffer has an 8-bit local priority field (PRIO). The application software programs
this field when the message is set up. The local priority reflects the priority of this particular message
relative to the set of messages being transmitted from this node. The lowest binary value of the PRIO field
is defined to be the highest priority. The internal scheduling process takes place whenever the MSCAN
arbitrates for the CAN bus. This is also the case after the occurrence of a transmission error.
When a high priority message is scheduled by the application software, it may become necessary to abort
a lower priority message in one of the three transmit buffers. Because messages that are already in
transmission cannot be aborted, the user must request the abort by setting the corresponding abort request
bit (ABTRQ) (see Section 11.3.2.9, “MSCAN Transmitter Message Abort Request Register
(CANTARQ)”.) The MSCAN then grants the request, if possible, by:
1. Setting the corresponding abort acknowledge flag (ABTAK) in the CANTAAK register.
2. Setting the associated TXE flag to release the buffer.
3. Generating a transmit interrupt. The transmit interrupt handler software can determine from the
setting of the ABTAK flag whether the message was aborted (ABTAK = 1) or sent (ABTAK = 0).
11.4.2.3
Receive Structures
The received messages are stored in a five stage input FIFO. The five message buffers are alternately
mapped into a single memory area (see Figure 11-39). The background receive buffer (RxBG) is
exclusively associated with the MSCAN, but the foreground receive buffer (RxFG) is addressable by the
CPU (see Figure 11-39). This scheme simplifies the handler software because only one address area is
applicable for the receive process.
All receive buffers have a size of 15 bytes to store the CAN control bits, the identifier (standard or
extended), the data contents, and a time stamp, if enabled (see Section 11.3.3, “Programmer’s Model of
Message Storage”).
The receiver full flag (RXF) (see Section 11.3.2.5, “MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG)”)
signals the status of the foreground receive buffer. When the buffer contains a correctly received message
with a matching identifier, this flag is set.
On reception, each message is checked to see whether it passes the filter (see Section 11.4.3, “Identifier
Acceptance Filter”) and simultaneously is written into the active RxBG. After successful reception of a
valid message, the MSCAN shifts the content of RxBG into the receiver FIFO, sets the RXF flag, and
1. The transmit interrupt occurs only if not masked. A polling scheme can be applied on TXEx also.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
459
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
generates a receive interrupt1 (see Section 11.4.7.3, “Receive Interrupt”) to the CPU. The user’s receive
handler must read the received message from the RxFG and then reset the RXF flag to acknowledge the
interrupt and to release the foreground buffer. A new message, which can follow immediately after the IFS
field of the CAN frame, is received into the next available RxBG. If the MSCAN receives an invalid
message in its RxBG (wrong identifier, transmission errors, etc.) the actual contents of the buffer will be
over-written by the next message. The buffer will then not be shifted into the FIFO.
When the MSCAN module is transmitting, the MSCAN receives its own transmitted messages into the
background receive buffer, RxBG, but does not shift it into the receiver FIFO, generate a receive interrupt,
or acknowledge its own messages on the CAN bus. The exception to this rule is in loopback mode (see
Section 11.3.2.2, “MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)”) where the MSCAN treats its own messages
exactly like all other incoming messages. The MSCAN receives its own transmitted messages in the event
that it loses arbitration. If arbitration is lost, the MSCAN must be prepared to become a receiver.
An overrun condition occurs when all receive message buffers in the FIFO are filled with correctly
received messages with accepted identifiers and another message is correctly received from the CAN bus
with an accepted identifier. The latter message is discarded and an error interrupt with overrun indication
is generated if enabled (see Section 11.4.7.5, “Error Interrupt”). The MSCAN remains able to transmit
messages while the receiver FIFO is being filled, but all incoming messages are discarded. As soon as a
receive buffer in the FIFO is available again, new valid messages will be accepted.
11.4.3
Identifier Acceptance Filter
The MSCAN identifier acceptance registers (see Section 11.3.2.12, “MSCAN Identifier Acceptance
Control Register (CANIDAC)”) define the acceptable patterns of the standard or extended identifier
(ID[10:0] or ID[28:0]). Any of these bits can be marked ‘don’t care’ in the MSCAN identifier mask
registers (see Section 11.3.2.18, “MSCAN Identifier Mask Registers (CANIDMR0–CANIDMR7)”).
A filter hit is indicated to the application software by a set receive buffer full flag (RXF = 1) and three bits
in the CANIDAC register (see Section 11.3.2.12, “MSCAN Identifier Acceptance Control Register
(CANIDAC)”). These identifier hit flags (IDHIT[2:0]) clearly identify the filter section that caused the
acceptance. They simplify the application software’s task to identify the cause of the receiver interrupt. If
more than one hit occurs (two or more filters match), the lower hit has priority.
A very flexible programmable generic identifier acceptance filter has been introduced to reduce the CPU
interrupt loading. The filter is programmable to operate in four different modes:
• Two identifier acceptance filters, each to be applied to:
— The full 29 bits of the extended identifier and to the following bits of the CAN 2.0B frame:
– Remote transmission request (RTR)
– Identifier extension (IDE)
– Substitute remote request (SRR)
— The 11 bits of the standard identifier plus the RTR and IDE bits of the CAN 2.0A/B messages.
This mode implements two filters for a full length CAN 2.0B compliant extended identifier.
Although this mode can be used for standard identifiers, it is recommended to use the four or
eight identifier acceptance filters.
1. The receive interrupt occurs only if not masked. A polling scheme can be applied on RXF also.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
460
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
•
•
•
Figure 11-40 shows how the first 32-bit filter bank (CANIDAR0–CANIDAR3,
CANIDMR0–CANIDMR3) produces a filter 0 hit. Similarly, the second filter bank
(CANIDAR4–CANIDAR7, CANIDMR4–CANIDMR7) produces a filter 1 hit.
Four identifier acceptance filters, each to be applied to:
— The 14 most significant bits of the extended identifier plus the SRR and IDE bits of CAN 2.0B
messages.
— The 11 bits of the standard identifier, the RTR and IDE bits of CAN 2.0A/B messages.
Figure 11-41 shows how the first 32-bit filter bank (CANIDAR0–CANIDAR3,
CANIDMR0–CANIDMR3) produces filter 0 and 1 hits. Similarly, the second filter bank
(CANIDAR4–CANIDAR7, CANIDMR4–CANIDMR7) produces filter 2 and 3 hits.
Eight identifier acceptance filters, each to be applied to the first 8 bits of the identifier. This mode
implements eight independent filters for the first 8 bits of a CAN 2.0A/B compliant standard
identifier or a CAN 2.0B compliant extended identifier.
Figure 11-42 shows how the first 32-bit filter bank (CANIDAR0–CANIDAR3,
CANIDMR0–CANIDMR3) produces filter 0 to 3 hits. Similarly, the second filter bank
(CANIDAR4–CANIDAR7, CANIDMR4–CANIDMR7) produces filter 4 to 7 hits.
Closed filter. No CAN message is copied into the foreground buffer RxFG, and the RXF flag is
never set.
CAN 2.0B
Extended Identifier ID28
IDR0
ID21
ID20
IDR1
CAN 2.0A/B
Standard Identifier ID10
IDR0
ID3
ID2
IDR1
ID15
IDE
ID14
IDR2
ID7
ID6
IDR3
RTR
ID10
IDR2
ID3
ID10
IDR3
ID3
AM7
CANIDMR0
AM0
AM7
CANIDMR1
AM0
AM7
CANIDMR2
AM0
AM7
CANIDMR3
AM0
AC7
CANIDAR0
AC0
AC7
CANIDAR1
AC0
AC7
CANIDAR2
AC0
AC7
CANIDAR3
AC0
ID Accepted (Filter 0 Hit)
Figure 11-40. 32-bit Maskable Identifier Acceptance Filter
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
461
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
CAN 2.0B
Extended Identifier
ID28
IDR0
ID21
ID20
IDR1
CAN 2.0A/B
Standard Identifier
ID10
IDR0
ID3
ID2
IDR1
AM7
CANIDMR0
AM0
AM7
CANIDMR1
AM0
AC7
CANIDAR0
AC0
AC7
CANIDAR1
AC0
ID15
IDE
ID14
IDR2
ID7
ID6
IDR3
RTR
ID10
IDR2
ID3
ID10
IDR3
ID3
ID Accepted (Filter 0 Hit)
AM7
CANIDMR2
AM0
AM7
CANIDMR3
AM0
AC7
CANIDAR2
AC0
AC7
CANIDAR3
AC0
ID Accepted (Filter 1 Hit)
Figure 11-41. 16-bit Maskable Identifier Acceptance Filters
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
462
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
CAN 2.0B
Extended Identifier ID28
IDR0
ID21
ID20
IDR1
CAN 2.0A/B
Standard Identifier ID10
IDR0
ID3
ID2
IDR1
AM7
CIDMR0
AM0
AC7
CIDAR0
AC0
ID15
IDE
ID14
IDR2
ID7
ID6
IDR3
RTR
ID10
IDR2
ID3
ID10
IDR3
ID3
ID Accepted (Filter 0 Hit)
AM7
CIDMR1
AM0
AC7
CIDAR1
AC0
ID Accepted (Filter 1 Hit)
AM7
CIDMR2
AM0
AC7
CIDAR2
AC0
ID Accepted (Filter 2 Hit)
AM7
CIDMR3
AM0
AC7
CIDAR3
AC0
ID Accepted (Filter 3 Hit)
Figure 11-42. 8-bit Maskable Identifier Acceptance Filters
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
463
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.4.3.1
Protocol Violation Protection
The MSCAN protects the user from accidentally violating the CAN protocol through programming errors.
The protection logic implements the following features:
• The receive and transmit error counters cannot be written or otherwise manipulated.
• All registers which control the configuration of the MSCAN cannot be modified while the MSCAN
is on-line. The MSCAN has to be in Initialization Mode. The corresponding INITRQ/INITAK
handshake bits in the CANCTL0/CANCTL1 registers (see Section 11.3.2.1, “MSCAN Control
Register 0 (CANCTL0)”) serve as a lock to protect the following registers:
— MSCAN control 1 register (CANCTL1)
— MSCAN bus timing registers 0 and 1 (CANBTR0, CANBTR1)
— MSCAN identifier acceptance control register (CANIDAC)
— MSCAN identifier acceptance registers (CANIDAR0–CANIDAR7)
— MSCAN identifier mask registers (CANIDMR0–CANIDMR7)
• The TXCAN is immediately forced to a recessive state when the MSCAN goes into the power
down mode or initialization mode (see Section 11.4.5.6, “MSCAN Power Down Mode,” and
Section 11.4.4.5, “MSCAN Initialization Mode”).
• The MSCAN enable bit (CANE) is writable only once in normal system operation modes, which
provides further protection against inadvertently disabling the MSCAN.
11.4.3.2
Clock System
Figure 11-43 shows the structure of the MSCAN clock generation circuitry.
MSCAN
Bus Clock
CANCLK
CLKSRC
Prescaler
(1 .. 64)
Time quanta clock (Tq)
CLKSRC
Oscillator Clock
Figure 11-43. MSCAN Clocking Scheme
The clock source bit (CLKSRC) in the CANCTL1 register (11.3.2.2/11-430) defines whether the internal
CANCLK is connected to the output of a crystal oscillator (oscillator clock) or to the bus clock.
The clock source has to be chosen such that the tight oscillator tolerance requirements (up to 0.4%) of the
CAN protocol are met. Additionally, for high CAN bus rates (1 Mbps), a 45% to 55% duty cycle of the
clock is required.
If the bus clock is generated from a PLL, it is recommended to select the oscillator clock rather than the
bus clock due to jitter considerations, especially at the faster CAN bus rates.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
464
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
For microcontrollers without a clock and reset generator (CRG), CANCLK is driven from the crystal
oscillator (oscillator clock).
A programmable prescaler generates the time quanta (Tq) clock from CANCLK. A time quantum is the
atomic unit of time handled by the MSCAN.
Eqn. 11-2
f CANCLK
=
-------------------------------------------------------Tq Prescaler Þ value
A bit time is subdivided into three segments as described in the Bosch CAN 2.0A/B specification. (see
Figure 11-44):
• SYNC_SEG: This segment has a fixed length of one time quantum. Signal edges are expected to
happen within this section.
• Time Segment 1: This segment includes the PROP_SEG and the PHASE_SEG1 of the CAN
standard. It can be programmed by setting the parameter TSEG1 to consist of 4 to 16 time quanta.
• Time Segment 2: This segment represents the PHASE_SEG2 of the CAN standard. It can be
programmed by setting the TSEG2 parameter to be 2 to 8 time quanta long.
Eqn. 11-3
f Tq
Bit Þ Rate = ------------------------------------------------------------------------------------------- number Þ of Þ Time Þ Quanta
NRZ Signal
SYNC_SEG
Time Segment 1
(PROP_SEG + PHASE_SEG1)
Time Segment 2
(PHASE_SEG2)
1
4 ... 16
2 ... 8
8 ... 25 Time Quanta
= 1 Bit Time
Transmit Point
Sample Point
(single or triple sampling)
Figure 11-44. Segments within the Bit Time
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
465
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 11-35. Time Segment Syntax
Syntax
Description
System expects transitions to occur on the CAN bus during this
period.
SYNC_SEG
Transmit Point
A node in transmit mode transfers a new value to the CAN bus at
this point.
Sample Point
A node in receive mode samples the CAN bus at this point. If the
three samples per bit option is selected, then this point marks the
position of the third sample.
The synchronization jump width (see the Bosch CAN 2.0A/B specification for details) can be programmed
in a range of 1 to 4 time quanta by setting the SJW parameter.
The SYNC_SEG, TSEG1, TSEG2, and SJW parameters are set by programming the MSCAN bus timing
registers (CANBTR0, CANBTR1) (see Section 11.3.2.3, “MSCAN Bus Timing Register 0 (CANBTR0)”
and Section 11.3.2.4, “MSCAN Bus Timing Register 1 (CANBTR1)”).
Table 11-36 gives an overview of the Bosch CAN 2.0A/B specification compliant segment settings and
the related parameter values.
NOTE
It is the user’s responsibility to ensure the bit time settings are in compliance
with the CAN standard.
Table 11-36. Bosch CAN 2.0A/B Compliant Bit Time Segment Settings
Synchronization
Jump Width
Time Segment 1
TSEG1
Time Segment 2
TSEG2
5 .. 10
4 .. 9
2
1
1 .. 2
0 .. 1
4 .. 11
3 .. 10
3
2
1 .. 3
0 .. 2
5 .. 12
4 .. 11
4
3
1 .. 4
0 .. 3
6 .. 13
5 .. 12
5
4
1 .. 4
0 .. 3
7 .. 14
6 .. 13
6
5
1 .. 4
0 .. 3
8 .. 15
7 .. 14
7
6
1 .. 4
0 .. 3
9 .. 16
8 .. 15
8
7
1 .. 4
0 .. 3
11.4.4
11.4.4.1
SJW
Modes of Operation
Normal System Operating Modes
The MSCAN module behaves as described within this specification in all normal system operating modes.
Write restrictions exist for some registers.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
466
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.4.4.2
Special System Operating Modes
The MSCAN module behaves as described within this specification in all special system operating modes.
Write restrictions which exist on specific registers in normal modes are lifted for test purposes in special
modes.
11.4.4.3
Emulation Modes
In all emulation modes, the MSCAN module behaves just like in normal system operating modes as
described within this specification.
11.4.4.4
Listen-Only Mode
In an optional CAN bus monitoring mode (listen-only), the CAN node is able to receive valid data frames
and valid remote frames, but it sends only “recessive” bits on the CAN bus. In addition, it cannot start a
transmission.
If the MAC sub-layer is required to send a “dominant” bit (ACK bit, overload flag, or active error flag),
the bit is rerouted internally so that the MAC sub-layer monitors this “dominant” bit, although the CAN
bus may remain in recessive state externally.
11.4.4.5
MSCAN Initialization Mode
The MSCAN enters initialization mode when it is enabled (CANE=1).
When entering initialization mode during operation, any on-going transmission or reception is
immediately aborted and synchronization to the CAN bus is lost, potentially causing CAN protocol
violations. To protect the CAN bus system from fatal consequences of violations, the MSCAN
immediately drives TXCAN into a recessive state.
NOTE
The user is responsible for ensuring that the MSCAN is not active when
initialization mode is entered. The recommended procedure is to bring the
MSCAN into sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1) before setting the
INITRQ bit in the CANCTL0 register. Otherwise, the abort of an on-going
message can cause an error condition and can impact other CAN bus
devices.
In initialization mode, the MSCAN is stopped. However, interface registers remain accessible. This mode
is used to reset the CANCTL0, CANRFLG, CANRIER, CANTFLG, CANTIER, CANTARQ, CANTAAK,
and CANTBSEL registers to their default values. In addition, the MSCAN enables the configuration of the
CANBTR0, CANBTR1 bit timing registers; CANIDAC; and the CANIDAR, CANIDMR message filters.
See Section 11.3.2.1, “MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0),” for a detailed description of the
initialization mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
467
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Bus Clock Domain
CAN Clock Domain
INITRQ
SYNC
sync.
INITRQ
sync.
SYNC
INITAK
CPU
Init Request
INITAK
Flag
INITAK
INIT
Flag
Figure 11-45. Initialization Request/Acknowledge Cycle
Due to independent clock domains within the MSCAN, INITRQ must be synchronized to all domains by
using a special handshake mechanism. This handshake causes additional synchronization delay (see
Figure 11-45).
If there is no message transfer ongoing on the CAN bus, the minimum delay will be two additional bus
clocks and three additional CAN clocks. When all parts of the MSCAN are in initialization mode, the
INITAK flag is set. The application software must use INITAK as a handshake indication for the request
(INITRQ) to go into initialization mode.
NOTE
The CPU cannot clear INITRQ before initialization mode (INITRQ = 1 and
INITAK = 1) is active.
11.4.5
Low-Power Options
If the MSCAN is disabled (CANE = 0), the MSCAN clocks are stopped for power saving.
If the MSCAN is enabled (CANE = 1), the MSCAN has two additional modes with reduced power
consumption, compared to normal mode: sleep and power down mode. In sleep mode, power consumption
is reduced by stopping all clocks except those to access the registers from the CPU side. In power down
mode, all clocks are stopped and no power is consumed.
Table 11-37 summarizes the combinations of MSCAN and CPU modes. A particular combination of
modes is entered by the given settings on the CSWAI and SLPRQ/SLPAK bits.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
468
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
Table 11-37. CPU vs. MSCAN Operating Modes
MSCAN Mode
CPU Mode
Reduced Power Consumption
Normal
Sleep
RUN
CSWAI = X(1)
SLPRQ = 0
SLPAK = 0
CSWAI = X
SLPRQ = 1
SLPAK = 1
WAIT
CSWAI = 0
SLPRQ = 0
SLPAK = 0
CSWAI = 0
SLPRQ = 1
SLPAK = 1
STOP
Power Down
Disabled
(CANE=0)
CSWAI = X
SLPRQ = X
SLPAK = X
CSWAI = 1
SLPRQ = X
SLPAK = X
CSWAI = X
SLPRQ = X
SLPAK = X
CSWAI = X
SLPRQ = X
SLPAK = X
CSWAI = X
SLPRQ = X
SLPAK = X
1. ‘X’ means don’t care.
11.4.5.1
Operation in Run Mode
As shown in Table 11-37, only MSCAN sleep mode is available as low power option when the CPU is in
run mode.
11.4.5.2
Operation in Wait Mode
The WAI instruction puts the MCU in a low power consumption stand-by mode. If the CSWAI bit is set,
additional power can be saved in power down mode because the CPU clocks are stopped. After leaving
this power down mode, the MSCAN restarts and enters normal mode again.
While the CPU is in wait mode, the MSCAN can be operated in normal mode and generate interrupts
(registers can be accessed via background debug mode).
11.4.5.3
Operation in Stop Mode
The STOP instruction puts the MCU in a low power consumption stand-by mode. In stop mode, the
MSCAN is set in power down mode regardless of the value of the SLPRQ/SLPAK and CSWAI bits
(Table 11-37).
11.4.5.4
MSCAN Normal Mode
This is a non-power-saving mode. Enabling the MSCAN puts the module from disabled mode into normal
mode. In this mode the module can either be in initialization mode or out of initialization mode. See
Section 11.4.4.5, “MSCAN Initialization Mode”.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
469
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.4.5.5
MSCAN Sleep Mode
The CPU can request the MSCAN to enter this low power mode by asserting the SLPRQ bit in the
CANCTL0 register. The time when the MSCAN enters sleep mode depends on a fixed synchronization
delay and its current activity:
• If there are one or more message buffers scheduled for transmission (TXEx = 0), the MSCAN will
continue to transmit until all transmit message buffers are empty (TXEx = 1, transmitted
successfully or aborted) and then goes into sleep mode.
• If the MSCAN is receiving, it continues to receive and goes into sleep mode as soon as the CAN
bus next becomes idle.
• If the MSCAN is neither transmitting nor receiving, it immediately goes into sleep mode.
Bus Clock Domain
CAN Clock Domain
SLPRQ
SYNC
sync.
SLPRQ
sync.
SYNC
SLPAK
CPU
Sleep Request
SLPAK
Flag
SLPAK
SLPRQ
Flag
MSCAN
in Sleep Mode
Figure 11-46. Sleep Request / Acknowledge Cycle
NOTE
The application software must avoid setting up a transmission (by clearing
one or more TXEx flag(s)) and immediately request sleep mode (by setting
SLPRQ). Whether the MSCAN starts transmitting or goes into sleep mode
directly depends on the exact sequence of operations.
If sleep mode is active, the SLPRQ and SLPAK bits are set (Figure 11-46). The application software must
use SLPAK as a handshake indication for the request (SLPRQ) to go into sleep mode.
When in sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and SLPAK = 1), the MSCAN stops its internal clocks. However, clocks
that allow register accesses from the CPU side continue to run.
If the MSCAN is in bus-off state, it stops counting the 128 occurrences of 11 consecutive recessive bits
due to the stopped clocks. TXCAN remains in a recessive state. If RXF = 1, the message can be read and
RXF can be cleared. Shifting a new message into the foreground buffer of the receiver FIFO (RxFG) does
not take place while in sleep mode.
It is possible to access the transmit buffers and to clear the associated TXE flags. No message abort takes
place while in sleep mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
470
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
If the WUPE bit in CANCTL0 is not asserted, the MSCAN will mask any activity it detects on CAN.
RXCAN is therefore held internally in a recessive state. This locks the MSCAN in sleep mode. WUPE
must be set before entering sleep mode to take effect.
The MSCAN is able to leave sleep mode (wake up) only when:
• CAN bus activity occurs and WUPE = 1
or
• the CPU clears the SLPRQ bit
NOTE
The CPU cannot clear the SLPRQ bit before sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1 and
SLPAK = 1) is active.
After wake-up, the MSCAN waits for 11 consecutive recessive bits to synchronize to the CAN bus. As a
consequence, if the MSCAN is woken-up by a CAN frame, this frame is not received.
The receive message buffers (RxFG and RxBG) contain messages if they were received before sleep mode
was entered. All pending actions will be executed upon wake-up; copying of RxBG into RxFG, message
aborts and message transmissions. If the MSCAN remains in bus-off state after sleep mode was exited, it
continues counting the 128 occurrences of 11 consecutive recessive bits.
11.4.5.6
MSCAN Power Down Mode
The MSCAN is in power down mode (Table 11-37) when
• CPU is in stop mode
or
• CPU is in wait mode and the CSWAI bit is set
When entering the power down mode, the MSCAN immediately stops all ongoing transmissions and
receptions, potentially causing CAN protocol violations. To protect the CAN bus system from fatal
consequences of violations to the above rule, the MSCAN immediately drives TXCAN into a recessive
state.
NOTE
The user is responsible for ensuring that the MSCAN is not active when
power down mode is entered. The recommended procedure is to bring the
MSCAN into Sleep mode before the STOP or WAI instruction (if CSWAI
is set) is executed. Otherwise, the abort of an ongoing message can cause an
error condition and impact other CAN bus devices.
In power down mode, all clocks are stopped and no registers can be accessed. If the MSCAN was not in
sleep mode before power down mode became active, the module performs an internal recovery cycle after
powering up. This causes some fixed delay before the module enters normal mode again.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
471
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.4.5.7
Disabled Mode
The MSCAN is in disabled mode out of reset (CANE=0). All module clocks are stopped for power saving,
however the register map can still be accessed as specified.
11.4.5.8
Programmable Wake-Up Function
The MSCAN can be programmed to wake up from sleep or power down mode as soon as CAN bus activity
is detected (see control bit WUPE in MSCAN Control Register 0 (CANCTL0). The sensitivity to existing
CAN bus action can be modified by applying a low-pass filter function to the RXCAN input line (see
control bit WUPM in Section 11.3.2.2, “MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)”).
This feature can be used to protect the MSCAN from wake-up due to short glitches on the CAN bus lines.
Such glitches can result from—for example—electromagnetic interference within noisy environments.
11.4.6
Reset Initialization
The reset state of each individual bit is listed in Section 11.3.2, “Register Descriptions,” which details all
the registers and their bit-fields.
11.4.7
Interrupts
This section describes all interrupts originated by the MSCAN. It documents the enable bits and generated
flags. Each interrupt is listed and described separately.
11.4.7.1
Description of Interrupt Operation
The MSCAN supports four interrupt vectors (see Table 11-38), any of which can be individually masked
(for details see Section 11.3.2.6, “MSCAN Receiver Interrupt Enable Register (CANRIER)” to
Section 11.3.2.8, “MSCAN Transmitter Interrupt Enable Register (CANTIER)”).
Refer to the device overview section to determine the dedicated interrupt vector addresses.
Table 11-38. Interrupt Vectors
Interrupt Source
Wake-Up Interrupt (WUPIF)
11.4.7.2
CCR Mask
I bit
Local Enable
CANRIER (WUPIE)
Error Interrupts Interrupt (CSCIF, OVRIF)
I bit
CANRIER (CSCIE, OVRIE)
Receive Interrupt (RXF)
I bit
CANRIER (RXFIE)
Transmit Interrupts (TXE[2:0])
I bit
CANTIER (TXEIE[2:0])
Transmit Interrupt
At least one of the three transmit buffers is empty (not scheduled) and can be loaded to schedule a message
for transmission. The TXEx flag of the empty message buffer is set.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
472
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.4.7.3
Receive Interrupt
A message is successfully received and shifted into the foreground buffer (RxFG) of the receiver FIFO.
This interrupt is generated immediately after receiving the EOF symbol. The RXF flag is set. If there are
multiple messages in the receiver FIFO, the RXF flag is set as soon as the next message is shifted to the
foreground buffer.
11.4.7.4
Wake-Up Interrupt
A wake-up interrupt is generated if activity on the CAN bus occurs during MSCAN sleep or power-down
mode.
NOTE
This interrupt can only occur if the MSCAN was in sleep mode (SLPRQ = 1
and SLPAK = 1) before entering power down mode, the wake-up option is
enabled (WUPE = 1), and the wake-up interrupt is enabled (WUPIE = 1).
11.4.7.5
Error Interrupt
An error interrupt is generated if an overrun of the receiver FIFO, error, warning, or bus-off condition
occurs. MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG) indicates one of the following conditions:
• Overrun — An overrun condition of the receiver FIFO as described in Section 11.4.2.3, “Receive
Structures,” occurred.
• CAN Status Change — The actual value of the transmit and receive error counters control the
CAN bus state of the MSCAN. As soon as the error counters skip into a critical range (Tx/Rxwarning, Tx/Rx-error, bus-off) the MSCAN flags an error condition. The status change, which
caused the error condition, is indicated by the TSTAT and RSTAT flags (see Section 11.3.2.5,
“MSCAN Receiver Flag Register (CANRFLG)” and Section 11.3.2.6, “MSCAN Receiver
Interrupt Enable Register (CANRIER)”).
11.4.7.6
Interrupt Acknowledge
Interrupts are directly associated with one or more status flags in either the MSCAN Receiver Flag
Register (CANRFLG) or the MSCAN Transmitter Flag Register (CANTFLG). Interrupts are pending as
long as one of the corresponding flags is set. The flags in CANRFLG and CANTFLG must be reset within
the interrupt handler to handshake the interrupt. The flags are reset by writing a 1 to the corresponding bit
position. A flag cannot be cleared if the respective condition prevails.
NOTE
It must be guaranteed that the CPU clears only the bit causing the current
interrupt. For this reason, bit manipulation instructions (BSET) must not be
used to clear interrupt flags. These instructions may cause accidental
clearing of interrupt flags which are set after entering the current interrupt
service routine.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
473
Chapter 11 Freescale’s Scalable Controller Area Network (S12MSCANV3)
11.5
11.5.1
Initialization/Application Information
MSCAN initialization
The procedure to initially start up the MSCAN module out of reset is as follows:
1. Assert CANE
2. Write to the configuration registers in initialization mode
3. Clear INITRQ to leave initialization mode
If the configuration of registers which are only writable in initialization mode shall be changed:
1. Bring the module into sleep mode by setting SLPRQ and awaiting SLPAK to assert after the CAN
bus becomes idle.
2. Enter initialization mode: assert INITRQ and await INITAK
3. Write to the configuration registers in initialization mode
4. Clear INITRQ to leave initialization mode and continue
11.5.2
Bus-Off Recovery
The bus-off recovery is user configurable. The bus-off state can either be left automatically or on user
request.
For reasons of backwards compatibility, the MSCAN defaults to automatic recovery after reset. In this
case, the MSCAN will become error active again after counting 128 occurrences of 11 consecutive
recessive bits on the CAN bus (see the Bosch CAN 2.0 A/B specification for details).
If the MSCAN is configured for user request (BORM set in MSCAN Control Register 1 (CANCTL1)), the
recovery from bus-off starts after both independent events have become true:
• 128 occurrences of 11 consecutive recessive bits on the CAN bus have been monitored
• BOHOLD in MSCAN Miscellaneous Register (CANMISC) has been cleared by the user
These two events may occur in any order.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
474
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12
Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
Table 12-1. Revision History
Version
Number
Revision
Date
05.03
12/25/2008
05.04
08/05/2009
05.05
06/03/2010
fix typo, Table 12-3,SCICR1 Even parity should be PT=0
fix typo, on page 12-498,should be BKDIF,not BLDIF
06.01
05/29/2012
update register map, change BD,move IREN to SCIACR2
06.02
10/17/2012
fix typo on page 12-480 and on page 12-480;fix typo of
version V6
update fast data tolerance calculation and add notes.
06.03
10/25/2012
fix typo Table 12-2, SBR[15:4],not SBR[15:0]
06.04
12/19/2012
fix typo Table 12-6,12.4.1/12-493
06.05
02/22/2013
fix typo Figure 12-1./12-477 Figure 12-4./12-480
update Table 12-2./12-480 12.4.4/12-495 12.4.6.3/12-502
06.06
03/11/2013
fix typo of BDL reset value,Figure 12-4
fix typo of Table 12-2,Table 12-16,reword 12.4.4/12-495
06.07
09/03/2013
update Figure 12-14./12-492 Figure 12-16./12-496
Figure 12-20./12-501
update 12.4.4/12-495,more detail for two baud
add note for Table 12-16./12-495
update Figure 12-2./12-479,Figure 12-12./12-490
06.08
10/14/2013
update Figure 12-4./12-480 12.3.2.9/12-490
12.1
Effective
Date
Author
Description of Changes
remove redundancy comments in Figure1-2
fix typo, SCIBDL reset value be 0x04, not 0x00
Introduction
This block guide provides an overview of the serial communication interface (SCI) module.
The SCI allows asynchronous serial communications with peripheral devices and other CPUs.
12.1.1
Glossary
IR: InfraRed
IrDA: Infrared Design Associate
IRQ: Interrupt Request
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
475
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
LIN: Local Interconnect Network
LSB: Least Significant Bit
MSB: Most Significant Bit
NRZ: Non-Return-to-Zero
RZI: Return-to-Zero-Inverted
RXD: Receive Pin
SCI : Serial Communication Interface
TXD: Transmit Pin
12.1.2
Features
The SCI includes these distinctive features:
• Full-duplex or single-wire operation
• Standard mark/space non-return-to-zero (NRZ) format
• Selectable IrDA 1.4 return-to-zero-inverted (RZI) format with programmable pulse widths
• 16-bit baud rate selection
• Programmable 8-bit or 9-bit data format
• Separately enabled transmitter and receiver
• Programmable polarity for transmitter and receiver
• Programmable transmitter output parity
• Two receiver wakeup methods:
— Idle line wakeup
— Address mark wakeup
• Interrupt-driven operation with eight flags:
— Transmitter empty
— Transmission complete
— Receiver full
— Idle receiver input
— Receiver overrun
— Noise error
— Framing error
— Parity error
— Receive wakeup on active edge
— Transmit collision detect supporting LIN
— Break Detect supporting LIN
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
476
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
•
•
•
Receiver framing error detection
Hardware parity checking
1/16 bit-time noise detection
12.1.3
Modes of Operation
The SCI functions the same in normal, special, and emulation modes. It has two low power modes, wait
and stop modes.
• Run mode
• Wait mode
• Stop mode
12.1.4
Block Diagram
Figure 12-1 is a high level block diagram of the SCI module, showing the interaction of various function
blocks.
SCI Data Register
RXD Data In
Bus Clock
Infrared
Decoder
Receive Shift Register
Receive
Receive & Wakeup
Control
Baud Rate
IDLE
Receive
RDRF/OR
Interrupt
Generation BRKD
Generator
RXEDG
BERR
Data Format Control
Transmit
Baud Rate
Generator
1/16
Transmit Control
Transmit Shift Register
SCI
Interrupt
Request
Transmit
TDRE
Interrupt
Generation TC
Infrared
Encoder
Data Out TXD
SCI Data Register
Figure 12-1. SCI Block Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
477
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.2
External Signal Description
The SCI module has a total of two external pins.
12.2.1
TXD — Transmit Pin
The TXD pin transmits SCI (standard or infrared) data. It will idle high in either mode and is high
impedance anytime the transmitter is disabled.
12.2.2
RXD — Receive Pin
The RXD pin receives SCI (standard or infrared) data. An idle line is detected as a line high. This input is
ignored when the receiver is disabled and should be terminated to a known voltage.
12.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all the SCI registers.
12.3.1
Module Memory Map and Register Definition
The memory map for the SCI module is given below in Figure 12-2. The address listed for each register
is the address offset. The total address for each register is the sum of the base address for the SCI module
and the address offset for each register.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
478
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section consists of register descriptions in address order. Each description includes a standard register
diagram with an associated figure number. Writes to a reserved register locations do not have any effect
and reads of these locations return a zero. Details of register bit and field function follow the register
diagrams, in bit order.
Register
Name
R
0x0000
SCIBDH1
W
0x0001
SCIBDL1
W
0x0002
SCICR11
R
R
W
0x0000
SCIASR12
W
0x0001
SCIACR12
W
0x0002
SCIACR22
0x0003
SCICR2
0x0004
SCISR1
0x0005
SCISR2
0x0006
SCIDRH
0x0007
SCIDRL
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
SBR15
SBR14
SBR13
SBR12
SBR11
SBR10
SBR9
SBR8
SBR7
SBR6
SBR5
SBR4
SBR3
SBR2
SBR1
SBR0
LOOPS
SCISWAI
RSRC
M
WAKE
ILT
PE
PT
0
0
0
0
BERRV
BERRIF
BKDIF
0
0
0
0
BERRIE
BKDIE
IREN
TNP1
TNP0
0
0
BERRM1
BERRM0
BKDFE
TIE
TCIE
RIE
ILIE
TE
RE
RWU
SBK
TDRE
TC
RDRF
IDLE
OR
NF
FE
PF
0
0
TXPOL
RXPOL
BRK13
TXDIR
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
RXEDGIF
RXEDGIE
0
W
R
W
R
AMAP
R8
W
T8
RAF
R
R7
R6
R5
R4
R3
R2
R1
R0
W
T7
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
T0
1.These registers are accessible if the AMAP bit in the SCISR2 register is set to zero.
2,These registers are accessible if the AMAP bit in the SCISR2 register is set to one.
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-2. SCI Register Summary
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
479
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.3.2.1
SCI Baud Rate Registers (SCIBDH, SCIBDL)
Module Base + 0x0000
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SBR15
SBR14
SBR13
SBR12
SBR11
SBR10
SBR9
SBR8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 12-3. SCI Baud Rate Register (SCIBDH)
Module Base + 0x0001
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SBR7
SBR6
SBR5
SBR4
SBR3
SBR2
SBR1
SBR0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 12-4. SCI Baud Rate Register (SCIBDL)
Read: Anytime, if AMAP = 0.
Write: Anytime, if AMAP = 0.
NOTE
Those two registers are only visible in the memory map if AMAP = 0 (reset
condition).
The SCI baud rate register is used by to determine the baud rate of the SCI, and to control the infrared
modulation/demodulation submodule.
Table 12-2. SCIBDH and SCIBDL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
SBR[15:0]
SCI Baud Rate Bits — The baud rate for the SCI is determined by the bits in this register. The baud rate is
calculated two different ways depending on the state of the IREN bit.
The formulas for calculating the baud rate are:
When IREN = 0 then,
SCI baud rate = SCI bus clock / (SBR[15:0])
When IREN = 1 then,
SCI baud rate = SCI bus clock / (2 x SBR[15:1])
Note: The baud rate generator is disabled after reset and not started until the TE bit or the RE bit is set for the
first time. The baud rate generator is disabled when (SBR[15:4] = 0 and IREN = 0) or (SBR[15:5] = 0 and
IREN = 1).
Note: . User should write SCIBD by word access. The updated SCIBD may take effect until next RT clock start,
write SCIBDH or SCIBDL separately may cause baud generator load wrong data at that time,if second
write later then RT clock.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
480
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.3.2.2
SCI Control Register 1 (SCICR1)
Module Base + 0x0002
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LOOPS
SCISWAI
RSRC
M
WAKE
ILT
PE
PT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 12-5. SCI Control Register 1 (SCICR1)
Read: Anytime, if AMAP = 0.
Write: Anytime, if AMAP = 0.
NOTE
This register is only visible in the memory map if AMAP = 0 (reset
condition).
Table 12-3. SCICR1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
LOOPS
Loop Select Bit — LOOPS enables loop operation. In loop operation, the RXD pin is disconnected from the SCI
and the transmitter output is internally connected to the receiver input. Both the transmitter and the receiver must
be enabled to use the loop function.
0 Normal operation enabled
1 Loop operation enabled
The receiver input is determined by the RSRC bit.
6
SCISWAI
5
RSRC
4
M
SCI Stop in Wait Mode Bit — SCISWAI disables the SCI in wait mode.
0 SCI enabled in wait mode
1 SCI disabled in wait mode
Receiver Source Bit — When LOOPS = 1, the RSRC bit determines the source for the receiver shift register
input. See Table 12-4.
0 Receiver input internally connected to transmitter output
1 Receiver input connected externally to transmitter
Data Format Mode Bit — MODE determines whether data characters are eight or nine bits long.
0 One start bit, eight data bits, one stop bit
1 One start bit, nine data bits, one stop bit
3
WAKE
Wakeup Condition Bit — WAKE determines which condition wakes up the SCI: a logic 1 (address mark) in the
most significant bit position of a received data character or an idle condition on the RXD pin.
0 Idle line wakeup
1 Address mark wakeup
2
ILT
Idle Line Type Bit — ILT determines when the receiver starts counting logic 1s as idle character bits. The
counting begins either after the start bit or after the stop bit. If the count begins after the start bit, then a string of
logic 1s preceding the stop bit may cause false recognition of an idle character. Beginning the count after the
stop bit avoids false idle character recognition, but requires properly synchronized transmissions.
0 Idle character bit count begins after start bit
1 Idle character bit count begins after stop bit
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
481
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
Table 12-3. SCICR1 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
1
PE
Parity Enable Bit — PE enables the parity function. When enabled, the parity function inserts a parity bit in the
most significant bit position.
0 Parity function disabled
1 Parity function enabled
0
PT
Parity Type Bit — PT determines whether the SCI generates and checks for even parity or odd parity. With even
parity, an even number of 1s clears the parity bit and an odd number of 1s sets the parity bit. With odd parity, an
odd number of 1s clears the parity bit and an even number of 1s sets the parity bit.
0 Even parity
1 Odd parity
Table 12-4. Loop Functions
LOOPS
RSRC
Function
0
x
Normal operation
1
0
Loop mode with transmitter output internally connected to receiver input
1
1
Single-wire mode with TXD pin connected to receiver input
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
482
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.3.2.3
SCI Alternative Status Register 1 (SCIASR1)
Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
W
Reset
RXEDGIF
0
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
BERRV
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
BERRIF
BKDIF
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-6. SCI Alternative Status Register 1 (SCIASR1)
Read: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
Write: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
Table 12-5. SCIASR1 Field Descriptions
Field
7
RXEDGIF
Description
Receive Input Active Edge Interrupt Flag — RXEDGIF is asserted, if an active edge (falling if RXPOL = 0,
rising if RXPOL = 1) on the RXD input occurs. RXEDGIF bit is cleared by writing a “1” to it.
0 No active receive on the receive input has occurred
1 An active edge on the receive input has occurred
2
BERRV
Bit Error Value — BERRV reflects the state of the RXD input when the bit error detect circuitry is enabled and
a mismatch to the expected value happened. The value is only meaningful, if BERRIF = 1.
0 A low input was sampled, when a high was expected
1 A high input reassembled, when a low was expected
1
BERRIF
Bit Error Interrupt Flag — BERRIF is asserted, when the bit error detect circuitry is enabled and if the value
sampled at the RXD input does not match the transmitted value. If the BERRIE interrupt enable bit is set an
interrupt will be generated. The BERRIF bit is cleared by writing a “1” to it.
0 No mismatch detected
1 A mismatch has occurred
0
BKDIF
Break Detect Interrupt Flag — BKDIF is asserted, if the break detect circuitry is enabled and a break signal is
received. If the BKDIE interrupt enable bit is set an interrupt will be generated. The BKDIF bit is cleared by writing
a “1” to it.
0 No break signal was received
1 A break signal was received
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
483
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.3.2.4
SCI Alternative Control Register 1 (SCIACR1)
Module Base + 0x0001
7
R
W
Reset
RXEDGIE
0
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
BERRIE
BKDIE
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-7. SCI Alternative Control Register 1 (SCIACR1)
Read: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
Write: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
Table 12-6. SCIACR1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
RXEDGIE
Receive Input Active Edge Interrupt Enable — RXEDGIE enables the receive input active edge interrupt flag,
RXEDGIF, to generate interrupt requests.
0 RXEDGIF interrupt requests disabled
1 RXEDGIF interrupt requests enabled
1
BERRIE
0
BKDIE
Bit Error Interrupt Enable — BERRIE enables the bit error interrupt flag, BERRIF, to generate interrupt
requests.
0 BERRIF interrupt requests disabled
1 BERRIF interrupt requests enabled
Break Detect Interrupt Enable — BKDIE enables the break detect interrupt flag, BKDIF, to generate interrupt
requests.
0 BKDIF interrupt requests disabled
1 BKDIF interrupt requests enabled
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
484
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.3.2.5
SCI Alternative Control Register 2 (SCIACR2)
Module Base + 0x0002
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
IREN
TNP1
TNP0
0
0
0
4
3
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
BERRM1
BERRM0
BKDFE
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-8. SCI Alternative Control Register 2 (SCIACR2)
Read: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
Write: Anytime, if AMAP = 1
Table 12-7. SCIACR2 Field Descriptions
Field
7
IREN
6:5
TNP[1:0]
Description
Infrared Enable Bit — This bit enables/disables the infrared modulation/demodulation submodule.
0 IR disabled
1 IR enabled
Transmitter Narrow Pulse Bits — These bits enable whether the SCI transmits a 1/16, 3/16, 1/32 or 1/4 narrow
pulse. See Table 12-8.
2:1
Bit Error Mode — Those two bits determines the functionality of the bit error detect feature. See Table 12-9.
BERRM[1:0]
0
BKDFE
Break Detect Feature Enable — BKDFE enables the break detect circuitry.
0 Break detect circuit disabled
1 Break detect circuit enabled
Table 12-8. IRSCI Transmit Pulse Width
TNP[1:0]
Narrow Pulse Width
11
1/4
10
1/32
01
1/16
00
3/16
Table 12-9. Bit Error Mode Coding
BERRM1
BERRM0
Function
0
0
Bit error detect circuit is disabled
0
1
Receive input sampling occurs during the 9th time tick of a transmitted bit
(refer to Figure 12-19)
1
0
Receive input sampling occurs during the 13th time tick of a transmitted bit
(refer to Figure 12-19)
1
1
Reserved
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
485
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.3.2.6
SCI Control Register 2 (SCICR2)
Module Base + 0x0003
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TIE
TCIE
RIE
ILIE
TE
RE
RWU
SBK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 12-9. SCI Control Register 2 (SCICR2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 12-10. SCICR2 Field Descriptions
Field
7
TIE
Description
Transmitter Interrupt Enable Bit — TIE enables the transmit data register empty flag, TDRE, to generate
interrupt requests.
0 TDRE interrupt requests disabled
1 TDRE interrupt requests enabled
6
TCIE
Transmission Complete Interrupt Enable Bit — TCIE enables the transmission complete flag, TC, to generate
interrupt requests.
0 TC interrupt requests disabled
1 TC interrupt requests enabled
5
RIE
Receiver Full Interrupt Enable Bit — RIE enables the receive data register full flag, RDRF, or the overrun flag,
OR, to generate interrupt requests.
0 RDRF and OR interrupt requests disabled
1 RDRF and OR interrupt requests enabled
4
ILIE
Idle Line Interrupt Enable Bit — ILIE enables the idle line flag, IDLE, to generate interrupt requests.
0 IDLE interrupt requests disabled
1 IDLE interrupt requests enabled
3
TE
Transmitter Enable Bit — TE enables the SCI transmitter and configures the TXD pin as being controlled by
the SCI. The TE bit can be used to queue an idle preamble.
0 Transmitter disabled
1 Transmitter enabled
2
RE
Receiver Enable Bit — RE enables the SCI receiver.
0 Receiver disabled
1 Receiver enabled
1
RWU
Receiver Wakeup Bit — Standby state
0 Normal operation.
1 RWU enables the wakeup function and inhibits further receiver interrupt requests. Normally, hardware wakes
the receiver by automatically clearing RWU.
0
SBK
Send Break Bit — Toggling SBK sends one break character (10 or 11 logic 0s, respectively 13 or 14 logics 0s
if BRK13 is set). Toggling implies clearing the SBK bit before the break character has finished transmitting. As
long as SBK is set, the transmitter continues to send complete break characters (10 or 11 bits, respectively 13
or 14 bits).
0 No break characters
1 Transmit break characters
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
486
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.3.2.7
SCI Status Register 1 (SCISR1)
The SCISR1 and SCISR2 registers provides inputs to the MCU for generation of SCI interrupts. Also,
these registers can be polled by the MCU to check the status of these bits. The flag-clearing procedures
require that the status register be read followed by a read or write to the SCI data register.It is permissible
to execute other instructions between the two steps as long as it does not compromise the handling of I/O,
but the order of operations is important for flag clearing.
Module Base + 0x0004
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TDRE
TC
RDRF
IDLE
OR
NF
FE
PF
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
1
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-10. SCI Status Register 1 (SCISR1)
Read: Anytime
Write: Has no meaning or effect
Table 12-11. SCISR1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
TDRE
Transmit Data Register Empty Flag — TDRE is set when the transmit shift register receives a byte from the
SCI data register. When TDRE is 1, the transmit data register (SCIDRH/L) is empty and can receive a new value
to transmit.Clear TDRE by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1), with TDRE set and then writing to SCI data
register low (SCIDRL).
0 No byte transferred to transmit shift register
1 Byte transferred to transmit shift register; transmit data register empty
6
TC
Transmit Complete Flag — TC is set low when there is a transmission in progress or when a preamble or break
character is loaded. TC is set high when the TDRE flag is set and no data, preamble, or break character is being
transmitted.When TC is set, the TXD pin becomes idle (logic 1). Clear TC by reading SCI status register 1
(SCISR1) with TC set and then writing to SCI data register low (SCIDRL). TC is cleared automatically when data,
preamble, or break is queued and ready to be sent. TC is cleared in the event of a simultaneous set and clear of
the TC flag (transmission not complete).
0 Transmission in progress
1 No transmission in progress
5
RDRF
Receive Data Register Full Flag — RDRF is set when the data in the receive shift register transfers to the SCI
data register. Clear RDRF by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) with RDRF set and then reading SCI data
register low (SCIDRL).
0 Data not available in SCI data register
1 Received data available in SCI data register
4
IDLE
Idle Line Flag — IDLE is set when 10 consecutive logic 1s (if M = 0) or 11 consecutive logic 1s (if M =1) appear
on the receiver input. Once the IDLE flag is cleared, a valid frame must again set the RDRF flag before an idle
condition can set the IDLE flag.Clear IDLE by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) with IDLE set and then
reading SCI data register low (SCIDRL).
0 Receiver input is either active now or has never become active since the IDLE flag was last cleared
1 Receiver input has become idle
Note: When the receiver wakeup bit (RWU) is set, an idle line condition does not set the IDLE flag.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
487
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
Table 12-11. SCISR1 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
3
OR
Overrun Flag — OR is set when software fails to read the SCI data register before the receive shift register
receives the next frame. The OR bit is set immediately after the stop bit has been completely received for the
second frame. The data in the shift register is lost, but the data already in the SCI data registers is not affected.
Clear OR by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) with OR set and then reading SCI data register low
(SCIDRL).
0 No overrun
1 Overrun
Note: OR flag may read back as set when RDRF flag is clear. This may happen if the following sequence of
events occurs:
1. After the first frame is received, read status register SCISR1 (returns RDRF set and OR flag clear);
2. Receive second frame without reading the first frame in the data register (the second frame is not
received and OR flag is set);
3. Read data register SCIDRL (returns first frame and clears RDRF flag in the status register);
4. Read status register SCISR1 (returns RDRF clear and OR set).
Event 3 may be at exactly the same time as event 2 or any time after. When this happens, a dummy
SCIDRL read following event 4 will be required to clear the OR flag if further frames are to be received.
2
NF
Noise Flag — NF is set when the SCI detects noise on the receiver input. NF bit is set during the same cycle as
the RDRF flag but does not get set in the case of an overrun. Clear NF by reading SCI status register 1(SCISR1),
and then reading SCI data register low (SCIDRL).
0 No noise
1 Noise
1
FE
Framing Error Flag — FE is set when a logic 0 is accepted as the stop bit. FE bit is set during the same cycle
as the RDRF flag but does not get set in the case of an overrun. FE inhibits further data reception until it is
cleared. Clear FE by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) with FE set and then reading the SCI data register
low (SCIDRL).
0 No framing error
1 Framing error
0
PF
Parity Error Flag — PF is set when the parity enable bit (PE) is set and the parity of the received data does not
match the parity type bit (PT). PF bit is set during the same cycle as the RDRF flag but does not get set in the
case of an overrun. Clear PF by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1), and then reading SCI data register low
(SCIDRL).
0 No parity error
1 Parity error
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
488
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.3.2.8
SCI Status Register 2 (SCISR2)
Module Base + 0x0005
7
R
W
Reset
AMAP
0
6
5
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
TXPOL
RXPOL
BRK13
TXDIR
0
0
0
0
0
RAF
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-11. SCI Status Register 2 (SCISR2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 12-12. SCISR2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
AMAP
Alternative Map — This bit controls which registers sharing the same address space are accessible. In the reset
condition the SCI behaves as previous versions. Setting AMAP=1 allows the access to another set of control and
status registers and hides the baud rate and SCI control Register 1.
0 The registers labelled SCIBDH (0x0000),SCIBDL (0x0001), SCICR1 (0x0002) are accessible
1 The registers labelled SCIASR1 (0x0000),SCIACR1 (0x0001), SCIACR2 (0x00002) are accessible
4
TXPOL
Transmit Polarity — This bit control the polarity of the transmitted data. In NRZ format, a one is represented by
a mark and a zero is represented by a space for normal polarity, and the opposite for inverted polarity. In IrDA
format, a zero is represented by short high pulse in the middle of a bit time remaining idle low for a one for normal
polarity, and a zero is represented by short low pulse in the middle of a bit time remaining idle high for a one for
inverted polarity.
0 Normal polarity
1 Inverted polarity
3
RXPOL
Receive Polarity — This bit control the polarity of the received data. In NRZ format, a one is represented by a
mark and a zero is represented by a space for normal polarity, and the opposite for inverted polarity. In IrDA
format, a zero is represented by short high pulse in the middle of a bit time remaining idle low for a one for normal
polarity, and a zero is represented by short low pulse in the middle of a bit time remaining idle high for a one for
inverted polarity.
0 Normal polarity
1 Inverted polarity
2
BRK13
Break Transmit Character Length — This bit determines whether the transmit break character is 10 or 11 bit
respectively 13 or 14 bits long. The detection of a framing error is not affected by this bit.
0 Break character is 10 or 11 bit long
1 Break character is 13 or 14 bit long
1
TXDIR
Transmitter Pin Data Direction in Single-Wire Mode — This bit determines whether the TXD pin is going to
be used as an input or output, in the single-wire mode of operation. This bit is only relevant in the single-wire
mode of operation.
0 TXD pin to be used as an input in single-wire mode
1 TXD pin to be used as an output in single-wire mode
0
RAF
Receiver Active Flag — RAF is set when the receiver detects a logic 0 during the RT1 time period of the start
bit search. RAF is cleared when the receiver detects an idle character.
0 No reception in progress
1 Reception in progress
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
489
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.3.2.9
SCI Data Registers (SCIDRH, SCIDRL)
Module Base + 0x0006
7
R
6
R8
W
Reset
0
T8
0
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 12-12. SCI Data Registers (SCIDRH)
Module Base + 0x0007
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R
R7
R6
R5
R4
R3
R2
R1
R0
W
T7
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
T0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reset
Figure 12-13. SCI Data Registers (SCIDRL)
Read: Anytime; reading accesses SCI receive data register
Write: Anytime; writing accesses SCI transmit data register; writing to R8 has no effect
NOTE
The reserved bit SCIDRH[2:0] are designed for factory test purposes only,
and are not intended for general user access. Writing to these bit is possible
when in special mode and can alter the modules functionality.
Table 12-13. SCIDRH and SCIDRL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
SCIDRH
7
R8
Received Bit 8 — R8 is the ninth data bit received when the SCI is configured for 9-bit data format (M = 1).
SCIDRH
6
T8
Transmit Bit 8 — T8 is the ninth data bit transmitted when the SCI is configured for 9-bit data format (M = 1).
SCIDRL
7:0
R[7:0]
T[7:0]
R7:R0 — Received bits seven through zero for 9-bit or 8-bit data formats
T7:T0 — Transmit bits seven through zero for 9-bit or 8-bit formats
NOTE
If the value of T8 is the same as in the previous transmission, T8 does not
have to be rewritten.The same value is transmitted until T8 is rewritten
In 8-bit data format, only SCI data register low (SCIDRL) needs to be
accessed.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
490
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
When transmitting in 9-bit data format and using 8-bit write instructions,
write first to SCI data register high (SCIDRH), then SCIDRL.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
491
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.4
Functional Description
This section provides a complete functional description of the SCI block, detailing the operation of the
design from the end user perspective in a number of subsections.
Figure 12-14 shows the structure of the SCI module. The SCI allows full duplex, asynchronous, serial
communication between the CPU and remote devices, including other CPUs. The SCI transmitter and
receiver operate independently, although they use the same baud rate generator. The CPU monitors the
status of the SCI, writes the data to be transmitted, and processes received data.
R8
IREN
SCI Data
Register
FE
Ir_RXD
Bus
Clock
Receive
Shift Register
SCRXD
Receive
and Wakeup
Control
PF
RAF
RE
IDLE
RWU
RDRF
LOOPS
OR
RSRC
M
Receive
Baud Rate
Generator
IDLE
ILIE
RDRF/OR
Infrared
Receive
Decoder
R16XCLK
RXD
NF
RIE
TIE
WAKE
Data Format
Control
ILT
PE
SBR15:SBR0
TDRE
TDRE
TC
PT
SCI
Interrupt
Request
TC
TCIE
TE
Transmit
Baud Rate
Generator
16
Transmit
Control
LOOPS
SBK
RSRC
T8
Transmit
Shift Register
RXEDGIE
Active Edge
Detect
RXEDGIF
BKDIF
RXD
SCI Data
Register
Break Detect
BKDFE
SCTXD
BKDIE
LIN Transmit BERRIF
Collision
Detect
BERRIE
R16XCLK
Infrared
Transmit
Encoder
BERRM[1:0]
Ir_TXD
TXD
R32XCLK
TNP[1:0]
IREN
Figure 12-14. Detailed SCI Block Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
492
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.4.1
Infrared Interface Submodule
This module provides the capability of transmitting narrow pulses to an IR LED and receiving narrow
pulses and transforming them to serial bits, which are sent to the SCI. The IrDA physical layer
specification defines a half-duplex infrared communication link for exchange data. The full standard
includes data rates up to 16 Mbits/s. This design covers only data rates between 2.4 Kbits/s and 115.2
Kbits/s.
The infrared submodule consists of two major blocks: the transmit encoder and the receive decoder. The
SCI transmits serial bits of data which are encoded by the infrared submodule to transmit a narrow pulse
for every zero bit. No pulse is transmitted for every one bit. When receiving data, the IR pulses should be
detected using an IR photo diode and transformed to CMOS levels by the IR receive decoder (external
from the MCU). The narrow pulses are then stretched by the infrared submodule to get back to a serial bit
stream to be received by the SCI.The polarity of transmitted pulses and expected receive pulses can be
inverted so that a direct connection can be made to external IrDA transceiver modules that use active low
pulses.
The infrared submodule receives its clock sources from the SCI. One of these two clocks are selected in
the infrared submodule in order to generate either 3/16, 1/16, 1/32 or 1/4 narrow pulses during
transmission. The infrared block receives two clock sources from the SCI, R16XCLK and R32XCLK,
which are configured to generate the narrow pulse width during transmission. The R16XCLK and
R32XCLK are internal clocks with frequencies 16 and 32 times the baud rate respectively. Both
R16XCLK and R32XCLK clocks are used for transmitting data. The receive decoder uses only the
R16XCLK clock.
12.4.1.1
Infrared Transmit Encoder
The infrared transmit encoder converts serial bits of data from transmit shift register to the TXD pin. A
narrow pulse is transmitted for a zero bit and no pulse for a one bit. The narrow pulse is sent in the middle
of the bit with a duration of 1/32, 1/16, 3/16 or 1/4 of a bit time. A narrow high pulse is transmitted for a
zero bit when TXPOL is cleared, while a narrow low pulse is transmitted for a zero bit when TXPOL is set.
12.4.1.2
Infrared Receive Decoder
The infrared receive block converts data from the RXD pin to the receive shift register. A narrow pulse is
expected for each zero received and no pulse is expected for each one received. A narrow high pulse is
expected for a zero bit when RXPOL is cleared, while a narrow low pulse is expected for a zero bit when
RXPOL is set. This receive decoder meets the edge jitter requirement as defined by the IrDA serial infrared
physical layer specification.
12.4.2
LIN Support
This module provides some basic support for the LIN protocol. At first this is a break detect circuitry
making it easier for the LIN software to distinguish a break character from an incoming data stream. As a
further addition is supports a collision detection at the bit level as well as cancelling pending transmissions.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
493
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.4.3
Data Format
The SCI uses the standard NRZ mark/space data format. When Infrared is enabled, the SCI uses RZI data
format where zeroes are represented by light pulses and ones remain low. See Figure 12-15 below.
8-Bit Data Format
(Bit M in SCICR1 Clear)
Start
Bit
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
Possible
Parity
Bit
Bit 6
STOP
Bit
Bit 7
Next
Start
Bit
Standard
SCI Data
Infrared
SCI Data
9-Bit Data Format
(Bit M in SCICR1 Set)
Start
Bit
Bit 0
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
POSSIBLE
PARITY
Bit
Bit 6
Bit 7
Bit 8
STOP
Bit
NEXT
START
Bit
Standard
SCI Data
Infrared
SCI Data
Figure 12-15. SCI Data Formats
Each data character is contained in a frame that includes a start bit, eight or nine data bits, and a stop bit.
Clearing the M bit in SCI control register 1 configures the SCI for 8-bit data characters. A frame with eight
data bits has a total of 10 bits. Setting the M bit configures the SCI for nine-bit data characters. A frame
with nine data bits has a total of 11 bits.
Table 12-14. Example of 8-Bit Data Formats
Start
Bit
Data
Bits
Address
Bits
Parity
Bits
Stop
Bit
1
8
0
0
1
1
7
0
1
1
(1)
0
1
1
7
1
1. The address bit identifies the frame as an address
character. See Section 12.4.6.6, “Receiver Wakeup”.
When the SCI is configured for 9-bit data characters, the ninth data bit is the T8 bit in SCI data register
high (SCIDRH). It remains unchanged after transmission and can be used repeatedly without rewriting it.
A frame with nine data bits has a total of 11 bits.
Table 12-15. Example of 9-Bit Data Formats
Start
Bit
Data
Bits
Address
Bits
Parity
Bits
Stop
Bit
1
9
0
0
1
1
8
0
1
1
8
(1)
0
1
1
1
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
494
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
1. The address bit identifies the frame as an address
character. See Section 12.4.6.6, “Receiver Wakeup”.
12.4.4
Baud Rate Generation
A 16-bit modulus counter in the two baud rate generator derives the baud rate for both the receiver and the
transmitter. The value from 0 to 65535 written to the SBR15:SBR0 bits determines the baud rate. The value
from 0 to 4095 written to the SBR15:SBR4 bits determines the baud rate clock with SBR3:SBR0 for fine
adjust. The SBR bits are in the SCI baud rate registers (SCIBDH and SCIBDL) for both transmit and
receive baud generator. The baud rate clock is synchronized with the bus clock and drives the receiver. The
baud rate clock divided by 16 drives the transmitter. The receiver has an acquisition rate of 16 samples per
bit time.
Baud rate generation is subject to one source of error:
• Integer division of the bus clock may not give the exact target frequency.
Table 12-16 lists some examples of achieving target baud rates with a bus clock frequency of 25 MHz.
When IREN = 0 then,
SCI baud rate = SCI bus clock / (SCIBR[15:0])
Table 12-16. Baud Rates (Example: Bus Clock = 25 MHz)
Bits
SBR[15:0]
Receiver(1)
Clock (Hz)
Transmitter(2)
Clock (Hz)
Target
Baud Rate
Error
(%)
109
3669724.8
229,357.8
230,400
.452
217
1843318.0
115,207.4
115,200
.006
651
614439.3
38,402.5
38,400
.006
1302
307219.7
19,201.2
19,200
.006
2604
153,609.8
9600.6
9,600
.006
5208
76,804.9
4800.3
4,800
.006
10417
38,398.8
2399.9
2,400
.003
20833
19,200.3
1200.02
1,200
.00
41667
9599.9
600.0
600
.00
65535
6103.6
1. 16x faster then baud rate
2. divide 1/16 form transmit baud generator
381.5
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
495
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.4.5
Transmitter
Internal Bus
Transmit baud
generator
SBR15:SBR4
16
SCI Data Registers
Stop
SBR3:SBR0
11-Bit Transmit Register
H
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TXPOL
SCTXD
L
MSB
M
Start
Bus
Clock
LOOP
CONTROL
TIE
Break (All 0s)
TDRE IRQ
Parity
Generation
Preamble (All 1s)
PT
Shift Enable
PE
Load from SCIDR
T8
To Receiver
LOOPS
RSRC
TDRE
TC IRQ
TC
Transmitter Control
TCIE
TE
BER IRQ
BERRIF
TCIE
SBK
BERRM[1:0]
Transmit
Collision Detect
SCTXD
SCRXD
(From Receiver)
Figure 12-16. Transmitter Block Diagram
12.4.5.1
Transmitter Character Length
The SCI transmitter can accommodate either 8-bit or 9-bit data characters. The state of the M bit in SCI
control register 1 (SCICR1) determines the length of data characters. When transmitting 9-bit data, bit T8
in SCI data register high (SCIDRH) is the ninth bit (bit 8).
12.4.5.2
Character Transmission
To transmit data, the MCU writes the data bits to the SCI data registers (SCIDRH/SCIDRL), which in turn
are transferred to the transmitter shift register. The transmit shift register then shifts a frame out through
the TXD pin, after it has prefaced them with a start bit and appended them with a stop bit. The SCI data
registers (SCIDRH and SCIDRL) are the write-only buffers between the internal data bus and the transmit
shift register.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
496
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
The SCI also sets a flag, the transmit data register empty flag (TDRE), every time it transfers data from
the buffer (SCIDRH/L) to the transmitter shift register.The transmit driver routine may respond to this flag
by writing another byte to the Transmitter buffer (SCIDRH/SCIDRL), while the shift register is still
shifting out the first byte.
To initiate an SCI transmission:
1. Configure the SCI:
a) Select a baud rate. Write this value to the SCI baud registers (SCIBDH/L) to begin the baud
rate generator. Remember that the baud rate generator is disabled when the baud rate is zero.
Writing to the SCIBDH has no effect without also writing to SCIBDL.
b) Write to SCICR1 to configure word length, parity, and other configuration bits
(LOOPS,RSRC,M,WAKE,ILT,PE,PT).
c) Enable the transmitter, interrupts, receive, and wake up as required, by writing to the SCICR2
register bits (TIE,TCIE,RIE,ILIE,TE,RE,RWU,SBK). A preamble or idle character will now
be shifted out of the transmitter shift register.
2. Transmit Procedure for each byte:
a) Poll the TDRE flag by reading the SCISR1 or responding to the TDRE interrupt. Keep in mind
that the TDRE bit resets to one.
b) If the TDRE flag is set, write the data to be transmitted to SCIDRH/L, where the ninth bit is
written to the T8 bit in SCIDRH if the SCI is in 9-bit data format. A new transmission will not
result until the TDRE flag has been cleared.
3. Repeat step 2 for each subsequent transmission.
NOTE
The TDRE flag is set when the shift register is loaded with the next data to
be transmitted from SCIDRH/L, which happens, generally speaking, a little
over half-way through the stop bit of the previous frame. Specifically, this
transfer occurs 9/16ths of a bit time AFTER the start of the stop bit of the
previous frame.
Writing the TE bit from 0 to a 1 automatically loads the transmit shift register with a preamble of 10 logic
1s (if M = 0) or 11 logic 1s (if M = 1). After the preamble shifts out, control logic transfers the data from
the SCI data register into the transmit shift register. A logic 0 start bit automatically goes into the least
significant bit position of the transmit shift register. A logic 1 stop bit goes into the most significant bit
position.
Hardware supports odd or even parity. When parity is enabled, the most significant bit (MSB) of the data
character is the parity bit.
The transmit data register empty flag, TDRE, in SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) becomes set when the SCI
data register transfers a byte to the transmit shift register. The TDRE flag indicates that the SCI data
register can accept new data from the internal data bus. If the transmit interrupt enable bit, TIE, in SCI
control register 2 (SCICR2) is also set, the TDRE flag generates a transmitter interrupt request.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
497
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
When the transmit shift register is not transmitting a frame, the TXD pin goes to the idle condition, logic
1. If at any time software clears the TE bit in SCI control register 2 (SCICR2), the transmitter enable signal
goes low and the transmit signal goes idle.
If software clears TE while a transmission is in progress (TC = 0), the frame in the transmit shift register
continues to shift out. To avoid accidentally cutting off the last frame in a message, always wait for TDRE
to go high after the last frame before clearing TE.
To separate messages with preambles with minimum idle line time, use this sequence between messages:
1. Write the last byte of the first message to SCIDRH/L.
2. Wait for the TDRE flag to go high, indicating the transfer of the last frame to the transmit shift
register.
3. Queue a preamble by clearing and then setting the TE bit.
4. Write the first byte of the second message to SCIDRH/L.
12.4.5.3
Break Characters
Writing a logic 1 to the send break bit, SBK, in SCI control register 2 (SCICR2) loads the transmit shift
register with a break character. A break character contains all logic 0s and has no start, stop, or parity bit.
Break character length depends on the M bit in SCI control register 1 (SCICR1). As long as SBK is at logic
1, transmitter logic continuously loads break characters into the transmit shift register. After software
clears the SBK bit, the shift register finishes transmitting the last break character and then transmits at least
one logic 1. The automatic logic 1 at the end of a break character guarantees the recognition of the start bit
of the next frame.
The SCI recognizes a break character when there are 10 or 11(M = 0 or M = 1) consecutive zero received.
Depending if the break detect feature is enabled or not receiving a break character has these effects on SCI
registers.
If the break detect feature is disabled (BKDFE = 0):
• Sets the framing error flag, FE
• Sets the receive data register full flag, RDRF
• Clears the SCI data registers (SCIDRH/L)
• May set the overrun flag, OR, noise flag, NF, parity error flag, PE, or the receiver active flag, RAF
(see 3.4.4 and 3.4.5 SCI Status Register 1 and 2)
If the break detect feature is enabled (BKDFE = 1) there are two scenarios1
The break is detected right from a start bit or is detected during a byte reception.
• Sets the break detect interrupt flag, BKDIF
• Does not change the data register full flag, RDRF or overrun flag OR
• Does not change the framing error flag FE, parity error flag PE.
• Does not clear the SCI data registers (SCIDRH/L)
• May set noise flag NF, or receiver active flag RAF.
1. A Break character in this context are either 10 or 11 consecutive zero received bits
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
498
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
Figure 12-17 shows two cases of break detect. In trace RXD_1 the break symbol starts with the start bit,
while in RXD_2 the break starts in the middle of a transmission. If BRKDFE = 1, in RXD_1 case there
will be no byte transferred to the receive buffer and the RDRF flag will not be modified. Also no framing
error or parity error will be flagged from this transfer. In RXD_2 case, however the break signal starts later
during the transmission. At the expected stop bit position the byte received so far will be transferred to the
receive buffer, the receive data register full flag will be set, a framing error and if enabled and appropriate
a parity error will be set. Once the break is detected the BRKDIF flag will be set.
Start Bit Position
Stop Bit Position
BRKDIF = 1
RXD_1
Zero Bit Counter
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10 . . .
BRKDIF = 1
FE = 1
RXD_2
Zero Bit Counter
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
...
Figure 12-17. Break Detection if BRKDFE = 1 (M = 0)
12.4.5.4
Idle Characters
An idle character (or preamble) contains all logic 1s and has no start, stop, or parity bit. Idle character
length depends on the M bit in SCI control register 1 (SCICR1). The preamble is a synchronizing idle
character that begins the first transmission initiated after writing the TE bit from 0 to 1.
If the TE bit is cleared during a transmission, the TXD pin becomes idle after completion of the
transmission in progress. Clearing and then setting the TE bit during a transmission queues an idle
character to be sent after the frame currently being transmitted.
NOTE
When queueing an idle character, return the TE bit to logic 1 before the stop
bit of the current frame shifts out through the TXD pin. Setting TE after the
stop bit appears on TXD causes data previously written to the SCI data
register to be lost. Toggle the TE bit for a queued idle character while the
TDRE flag is set and immediately before writing the next byte to the SCI
data register.
If the TE bit is clear and the transmission is complete, the SCI is not the
master of the TXD pin
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
499
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.4.5.5
LIN Transmit Collision Detection
This module allows to check for collisions on the LIN bus.
LIN Physical Interface
Synchronizer Stage
Receive Shift
Register
Compare
Bit Error
RXD Pin
LIN Bus
Bus Clock
Sample
Point
Transmit Shift
Register
TXD Pin
Figure 12-18. Collision Detect Principle
If the bit error circuit is enabled (BERRM[1:0] = 0:1 or = 1:0]), the error detect circuit will compare the
transmitted and the received data stream at a point in time and flag any mismatch. The timing checks run
when transmitter is active (not idle). As soon as a mismatch between the transmitted data and the received
data is detected the following happens:
• The next bit transmitted will have a high level (TXPOL = 0) or low level (TXPOL = 1)
• The transmission is aborted and the byte in transmit buffer is discarded.
• the transmit data register empty and the transmission complete flag will be set
• The bit error interrupt flag, BERRIF, will be set.
• No further transmissions will take place until the BERRIF is cleared.
4
5
6
7
8
BERRM[1:0] = 0:1
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
Sampling End
3
Sampling Begin
Input Receive
Shift Register
2
Sampling End
Output Transmit
Shift Register
1
Sampling Begin
0
BERRM[1:0] = 1:1
Compare Sample Points
Figure 12-19. Timing Diagram Bit Error Detection
If the bit error detect feature is disabled, the bit error interrupt flag is cleared.
NOTE
The RXPOL and TXPOL bit should be set the same when transmission
collision detect feature is enabled, otherwise the bit error interrupt flag may
be set incorrectly.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
500
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.4.6
Receiver
Internal Bus
RXPOL
Data
Recovery
Loop
Control
H
11-Bit Receive Shift Register
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
L
All 1s
SCRXD
From TXD Pin
or Transmitter
Stop
Receive Baud
Generator
MSB
Bus
Clock
SCI Data Register
SBR3:SBR0
Start
SBR15:SBR4
RE
RAF
LOOPS
RSRC
FE
M
WAKE
ILT
PE
PT
RWU
NF
Wakeup
Logic
PE
R8
Parity
Checking
Idle IRQ
IDLE
ILIE
BRKDFE
OR
Break
Detect Logic
Active Edge
Detect Logic
RDRF/OR
IRQ
RDRF
BRKDIF
BRKDIE
RXEDGIF
RXEDGIE
RIE
Break IRQ
RX Active Edge IRQ
Figure 12-20. SCI Receiver Block Diagram
12.4.6.1
Receiver Character Length
The SCI receiver can accommodate either 8-bit or 9-bit data characters. The state of the M bit in SCI
control register 1 (SCICR1) determines the length of data characters. When receiving 9-bit data, bit R8 in
SCI data register high (SCIDRH) is the ninth bit (bit 8).
12.4.6.2
Character Reception
During an SCI reception, the receive shift register shifts a frame in from the RXD pin. The SCI data
register is the read-only buffer between the internal data bus and the receive shift register.
After a complete frame shifts into the receive shift register, the data portion of the frame transfers to the
SCI data register. The receive data register full flag, RDRF, in SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) becomes set,
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
501
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
indicating that the received byte can be read. If the receive interrupt enable bit, RIE, in SCI control
register 2 (SCICR2) is also set, the RDRF flag generates an RDRF interrupt request.
12.4.6.3
Data Sampling
The RT clock rate. The RT clock is an internal signal with a frequency 16 times the baud rate. To adjust
for baud rate mismatch, the RT clock (see Figure 12-21) is re-synchronized immediatelly at bus clock
edge:
• After every start bit
• After the receiver detects a data bit change from logic 1 to logic 0 (after the majority of data bit
samples at RT8, RT9, and RT10 returns a valid logic 1 and the majority of the next RT8, RT9, and
RT10 samples returns a valid logic 0)
To locate the start bit, data recovery logic does an asynchronous search for a logic 0 preceded by three logic
1s.When the falling edge of a possible start bit occurs, the RT clock begins to count to 16.
Start Bit
LSB
RXD
Samples
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
Start Bit
Qualification
0
0
Start Bit
Verification
0
0
0
Data
Sampling
RT4
RT3
RT2
RT1
RT16
RT15
RT14
RT13
RT12
RT11
RT10
RT9
RT8
RT7
RT6
RT5
RT4
RT3
RT2
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT CLock Count
RT1
RT Clock
Reset RT Clock
Figure 12-21. Receiver Data Sampling
To verify the start bit and to detect noise, data recovery logic takes samples at RT3, RT5, and RT7.
Figure 12-17 summarizes the results of the start bit verification samples.
Table 12-17. Start Bit Verification
RT3, RT5, and RT7 Samples
Start Bit Verification
Noise Flag
000
Yes
0
001
Yes
1
010
Yes
1
011
No
0
100
Yes
1
101
No
0
110
No
0
111
No
0
If start bit verification is not successful, the RT clock is reset and a new search for a start bit begins.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
502
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
To determine the value of a data bit and to detect noise, recovery logic takes samples at RT8, RT9, and
RT10. Table 12-18 summarizes the results of the data bit samples.
Table 12-18. Data Bit Recovery
RT8, RT9, and RT10 Samples
Data Bit Determination
Noise Flag
000
0
0
001
0
1
010
0
1
011
1
1
100
0
1
101
1
1
110
1
1
111
1
0
NOTE
The RT8, RT9, and RT10 samples do not affect start bit verification. If any
or all of the RT8, RT9, and RT10 start bit samples are logic 1s following a
successful start bit verification, the noise flag (NF) is set and the receiver
assumes that the bit is a start bit (logic 0).
To verify a stop bit and to detect noise, recovery logic takes samples at RT8, RT9, and RT10. Table 12-19
summarizes the results of the stop bit samples.
Table 12-19. Stop Bit Recovery
RT8, RT9, and RT10 Samples
Framing Error Flag
Noise Flag
000
1
0
001
1
1
010
1
1
011
0
1
100
1
1
101
0
1
110
0
1
111
0
0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
503
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
In Figure 12-22 the verification samples RT3 and RT5 determine that the first low detected was noise and
not the beginning of a start bit. The RT clock is reset and the start bit search begins again. The noise flag
is not set because the noise occurred before the start bit was found.
Start Bit
LSB
0
0
0
0
0
0
RT10
1
RT9
RT1
1
RT8
RT1
1
RT7
0
RT1
1
RT1
1
RT5
1
RT1
Samples
RT1
RXD
0
RT3
RT2
RT1
RT16
RT15
RT14
RT13
RT12
RT11
RT6
RT5
RT4
RT3
RT2
RT4
RT3
RT Clock Count
RT2
RT Clock
Reset RT Clock
Figure 12-22. Start Bit Search Example 1
In Figure 12-23, verification sample at RT3 is high. The RT3 sample sets the noise flag. Although the
perceived bit time is misaligned, the data samples RT8, RT9, and RT10 are within the bit time and data
recovery is successful.
Perceived Start Bit
Actual Start Bit
LSB
1
0
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
1
0
0
0
0
0
RT10
1
RT9
1
RT8
1
RT7
1
RT1
Samples
RT1
RXD
RT7
RT6
RT5
RT4
RT3
RT2
RT1
RT16
RT15
RT14
RT13
RT12
RT11
RT6
RT5
RT4
RT3
RT Clock Count
RT2
RT Clock
Reset RT Clock
Figure 12-23. Start Bit Search Example 2
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
504
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
In Figure 12-24, a large burst of noise is perceived as the beginning of a start bit, although the test sample
at RT5 is high. The RT5 sample sets the noise flag. Although this is a worst-case misalignment of
perceived bit time, the data samples RT8, RT9, and RT10 are within the bit time and data recovery is
successful.
Perceived Start Bit
Actual Start Bit
LSB
RT1
RT1
0
1
0
0
0
0
RT10
0
RT9
1
RT8
1
RT7
1
RT1
Samples
RT1
RXD
RT9
RT8
RT7
RT6
RT5
RT4
RT3
RT2
RT1
RT16
RT15
RT14
RT13
RT12
RT11
RT6
RT5
RT4
RT3
RT Clock Count
RT2
RT Clock
Reset RT Clock
Figure 12-24. Start Bit Search Example 3
Figure 12-25 shows the effect of noise early in the start bit time. Although this noise does not affect proper
synchronization with the start bit time, it does set the noise flag.
Perceived and Actual Start Bit
LSB
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
0
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
Samples
RT1
RXD
1
0
RT3
RT2
RT1
RT16
RT15
RT14
RT13
RT12
RT11
RT9
RT10
RT8
RT7
RT6
RT5
RT4
RT3
RT Clock Count
RT2
RT Clock
Reset RT Clock
Figure 12-25. Start Bit Search Example 4
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
505
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
Figure 12-26 shows a burst of noise near the beginning of the start bit that resets the RT clock. The sample
after the reset is low but is not preceded by three high samples that would qualify as a falling edge.
Depending on the timing of the start bit search and on the data, the frame may be missed entirely or it may
set the framing error flag.
Start Bit
0
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
0
1
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RT1
1
RT1
1
RT1
1
RT1
1
RT1
1
RT1
1
RT1
1
RT1
1
RT7
1
RT1
Samples
LSB
No Start Bit Found
RXD
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT6
RT5
RT4
RT3
RT Clock Count
RT2
RT Clock
Reset RT Clock
Figure 12-26. Start Bit Search Example 5
In Figure 12-27, a noise burst makes the majority of data samples RT8, RT9, and RT10 high. This sets the
noise flag but does not reset the RT clock. In start bits only, the RT8, RT9, and RT10 data samples are
ignored.
Start Bit
LSB
1
1
1
1
1
0
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
RT1
0
0
0
1
0
1
RT10
1
RT9
1
RT8
1
RT7
1
RT1
Samples
RT1
RXD
RT3
RT2
RT1
RT16
RT15
RT14
RT13
RT12
RT11
RT6
RT5
RT4
RT3
RT Clock Count
RT2
RT Clock
Reset RT Clock
Figure 12-27. Start Bit Search Example 6
12.4.6.4
Framing Errors
If the data recovery logic does not detect a logic 1 where the stop bit should be in an incoming frame, it
sets the framing error flag, FE, in SCI status register 1 (SCISR1). A break character also sets the FE flag
because a break character has no stop bit. The FE flag is set at the same time that the RDRF flag is set.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
506
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.4.6.5
Baud Rate Tolerance
A transmitting device may be operating at a baud rate below or above the receiver baud rate. Accumulated
bit time misalignment can cause one of the three stop bit data samples (RT8, RT9, and RT10) to fall outside
the actual stop bit. A noise error will occur if the RT8, RT9, and RT10 samples are not all the same logical
values. A framing error will occur if the receiver clock is misaligned in such a way that the majority of the
RT8, RT9, and RT10 stop bit samples are a logic zero.
As the receiver samples an incoming frame, it re-synchronizes the RT clock on any valid falling edge
within the frame. Re synchronization within frames will correct a misalignment between transmitter bit
times and receiver bit times.
12.4.6.5.1
Slow Data Tolerance
Figure 12-28 shows how much a slow received frame can be misaligned without causing a noise error or
a framing error. The slow stop bit begins at RT8 instead of RT1 but arrives in time for the stop bit data
samples at RT8, RT9, and RT10.
MSB
Stop
RT16
RT15
RT14
RT13
RT12
RT11
RT10
RT9
RT8
RT7
RT6
RT5
RT4
RT3
RT2
RT1
Receiver
RT Clock
Data
Samples
Figure 12-28. Slow Data
Let’s take RTr as receiver RT clock and RTt as transmitter RT clock.
For an 8-bit data character, it takes the receiver 9 bit times x 16 RTr cycles +7 RTr cycles = 151 RTr cycles
to start data sampling of the stop bit.
With the misaligned character shown in Figure 12-28, the receiver counts 151 RTr cycles at the point when
the count of the transmitting device is 9 bit times x 16 RTt cycles = 144 RTt cycles.
The maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a slow 8-bit data
character with no errors is:
((151 – 144) / 151) x 100 = 4.63%
For a 9-bit data character, it takes the receiver 10 bit times x 16 RTr cycles + 7 RTr cycles = 167 RTr cycles
to start data sampling of the stop bit.
With the misaligned character shown in Figure 12-28, the receiver counts 167 RTr cycles at the point when
the count of the transmitting device is 10 bit times x 16 RTt cycles = 160 RTt cycles.
The maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a slow 9-bit
character with no errors is:
((167 – 160) / 167) X 100 = 4.19%
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
507
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.4.6.5.2
Fast Data Tolerance
Figure 12-29 shows how much a fast received frame can be misaligned. The fast stop bit ends at RT10
instead of RT16 but is still sampled at RT8, RT9, and RT10.
Stop
Idle or Next Frame
RT16
RT15
RT14
RT13
RT12
RT11
RT10
RT9
RT8
RT7
RT6
RT5
RT4
RT3
RT2
RT1
Receiver
RT Clock
Data
Samples
Figure 12-29. Fast Data
For an 8-bit data character, it takes the receiver 9 bit times x 16 RTr cycles + 9 RTr cycles = 153 RTr cycles
to finish data sampling of the stop bit.
With the misaligned character shown in Figure 12-29, the receiver counts 153 RTr cycles at the point when
the count of the transmitting device is 10 bit times x 16 RTt cycles = 160 RTt cycles.
The maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a fast 8-bit
character with no errors is:
((160 – 153) / 160) x 100 = 4.375%
For a 9-bit data character, it takes the receiver 10 bit times x 16 RTr cycles + 9 RTr cycles = 169 RTr cycles
to finish data sampling of the stop bit.
With the misaligned character shown in Figure 12-29, the receiver counts 169 RTr cycles at the point when
the count of the transmitting device is 11 bit times x 16 RTt cycles = 176 RTt cycles.
The maximum percent difference between the receiver count and the transmitter count of a fast 9-bit
character with no errors is:
((176 – 169) /176) x 100 = 3.98%
NOTE
Due to asynchronous sample and internal logic, there is maximal 2 bus
cycles between startbit edge and 1st RT clock, and cause to additional
tolerance loss at worst case. The loss should be 2/SBR/10*100%, it is
small.For example, for highspeed baud=230400 with 25MHz bus, SBR
should be 109, and the tolerance loss is 2/109/10*100=0.18%, and fast data
tolerance is 4.375%-0.18%=4.195%.
12.4.6.6
Receiver Wakeup
To enable the SCI to ignore transmissions intended only for other receivers in multiple-receiver systems,
the receiver can be put into a standby state. Setting the receiver wakeup bit, RWU, in SCI control register 2
(SCICR2) puts the receiver into standby state during which receiver interrupts are disabled.The SCI will
still load the receive data into the SCIDRH/L registers, but it will not set the RDRF flag.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
508
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
The transmitting device can address messages to selected receivers by including addressing information
in the initial frame or frames of each message.
The WAKE bit in SCI control register 1 (SCICR1) determines how the SCI is brought out of the standby
state to process an incoming message. The WAKE bit enables either idle line wakeup or address mark
wakeup.
12.4.6.6.1
Idle Input line Wakeup (WAKE = 0)
In this wakeup method, an idle condition on the RXD pin clears the RWU bit and wakes up the SCI. The
initial frame or frames of every message contain addressing information. All receivers evaluate the
addressing information, and receivers for which the message is addressed process the frames that follow.
Any receiver for which a message is not addressed can set its RWU bit and return to the standby state. The
RWU bit remains set and the receiver remains on standby until another idle character appears on the RXD
pin.
Idle line wakeup requires that messages be separated by at least one idle character and that no message
contains idle characters.
The idle character that wakes a receiver does not set the receiver idle bit, IDLE, or the receive data register
full flag, RDRF.
The idle line type bit, ILT, determines whether the receiver begins counting logic 1s as idle character bits
after the start bit or after the stop bit. ILT is in SCI control register 1 (SCICR1).
12.4.6.6.2
Address Mark Wakeup (WAKE = 1)
In this wakeup method, a logic 1 in the most significant bit (MSB) position of a frame clears the RWU bit
and wakes up the SCI. The logic 1 in the MSB position marks a frame as an address frame that contains
addressing information. All receivers evaluate the addressing information, and the receivers for which the
message is addressed process the frames that follow.Any receiver for which a message is not addressed
can set its RWU bit and return to the standby state. The RWU bit remains set and the receiver remains on
standby until another address frame appears on the RXD pin.
The logic 1 MSB of an address frame clears the receiver’s RWU bit before the stop bit is received and sets
the RDRF flag.
Address mark wakeup allows messages to contain idle characters but requires that the MSB be reserved
for use in address frames.
NOTE
With the WAKE bit clear, setting the RWU bit after the RXD pin has been
idle can cause the receiver to wake up immediately.
12.4.7
Single-Wire Operation
Normally, the SCI uses two pins for transmitting and receiving. In single-wire operation, the RXD pin is
disconnected from the SCI. The SCI uses the TXD pin for both receiving and transmitting.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
509
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
Transmitter
Receiver
TXD
RXD
Figure 12-30. Single-Wire Operation (LOOPS = 1, RSRC = 1)
Enable single-wire operation by setting the LOOPS bit and the receiver source bit, RSRC, in SCI control
register 1 (SCICR1). Setting the LOOPS bit disables the path from the RXD pin to the receiver. Setting
the RSRC bit connects the TXD pin to the receiver. Both the transmitter and receiver must be enabled
(TE = 1 and RE = 1).The TXDIR bit (SCISR2[1]) determines whether the TXD pin is going to be used as
an input (TXDIR = 0) or an output (TXDIR = 1) in this mode of operation.
NOTE
In single-wire operation data from the TXD pin is inverted if RXPOL is set.
12.4.8
Loop Operation
In loop operation the transmitter output goes to the receiver input. The RXD pin is disconnected from the
SCI.
Transmitter
TXD
Receiver
RXD
Figure 12-31. Loop Operation (LOOPS = 1, RSRC = 0)
Enable loop operation by setting the LOOPS bit and clearing the RSRC bit in SCI control register 1
(SCICR1). Setting the LOOPS bit disables the path from the RXD pin to the receiver. Clearing the RSRC
bit connects the transmitter output to the receiver input. Both the transmitter and receiver must be enabled
(TE = 1 and RE = 1).
NOTE
In loop operation data from the transmitter is not recognized by the receiver
if RXPOL and TXPOL are not the same.
12.5
12.5.1
Initialization/Application Information
Reset Initialization
See Section 12.3.2, “Register Descriptions”.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
510
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.5.2
12.5.2.1
Modes of Operation
Run Mode
Normal mode of operation.
To initialize a SCI transmission, see Section 12.4.5.2, “Character Transmission”.
12.5.2.2
Wait Mode
SCI operation in wait mode depends on the state of the SCISWAI bit in the SCI control register 1
(SCICR1).
• If SCISWAI is clear, the SCI operates normally when the CPU is in wait mode.
• If SCISWAI is set, SCI clock generation ceases and the SCI module enters a power-conservation
state when the CPU is in wait mode. Setting SCISWAI does not affect the state of the receiver
enable bit, RE, or the transmitter enable bit, TE.
If SCISWAI is set, any transmission or reception in progress stops at wait mode entry. The
transmission or reception resumes when either an internal or external interrupt brings the CPU out
of wait mode. Exiting wait mode by reset aborts any transmission or reception in progress and
resets the SCI.
12.5.2.3
Stop Mode
The SCI is inactive during stop mode for reduced power consumption. The STOP instruction does not
affect the SCI register states, but the SCI bus clock will be disabled. The SCI operation resumes from
where it left off after an external interrupt brings the CPU out of stop mode. Exiting stop mode by reset
aborts any transmission or reception in progress and resets the SCI.
The receive input active edge detect circuit is still active in stop mode. An active edge on the receive input
can be used to bring the CPU out of stop mode.
12.5.3
Interrupt Operation
This section describes the interrupt originated by the SCI block.The MCU must service the interrupt
requests. Table 12-20 lists the eight interrupt sources of the SCI.
Table 12-20. SCI Interrupt Sources
Interrupt
Source
Local Enable
TDRE
SCISR1[7]
TIE
TC
SCISR1[6]
TCIE
RDRF
SCISR1[5]
RIE
OR
SCISR1[3]
IDLE
SCISR1[4]
Description
Active high level. Indicates that a byte was transferred from SCIDRH/L to the
transmit shift register.
Active high level. Indicates that a transmit is complete.
Active high level. The RDRF interrupt indicates that received data is available
in the SCI data register.
Active high level. This interrupt indicates that an overrun condition has occurred.
ILIE
Active high level. Indicates that receiver input has become idle.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
511
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
Table 12-20. SCI Interrupt Sources
RXEDGIF
SCIASR1[7]
RXEDGIE
Active high level. Indicates that an active edge (falling for RXPOL = 0, rising for
RXPOL = 1) was detected.
BERRIF
SCIASR1[1]
BERRIE
Active high level. Indicates that a mismatch between transmitted and received data
in a single wire application has happened.
BKDIF
SCIASR1[0]
BRKDIE
Active high level. Indicates that a break character has been received.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
512
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.5.3.1
Description of Interrupt Operation
The SCI only originates interrupt requests. The following is a description of how the SCI makes a request
and how the MCU should acknowledge that request. The interrupt vector offset and interrupt number are
chip dependent. The SCI only has a single interrupt line (SCI Interrupt Signal, active high operation) and
all the following interrupts, when generated, are ORed together and issued through that port.
12.5.3.1.1
TDRE Description
The TDRE interrupt is set high by the SCI when the transmit shift register receives a byte from the SCI
data register. A TDRE interrupt indicates that the transmit data register (SCIDRH/L) is empty and that a
new byte can be written to the SCIDRH/L for transmission.Clear TDRE by reading SCI status register 1
with TDRE set and then writing to SCI data register low (SCIDRL).
12.5.3.1.2
TC Description
The TC interrupt is set by the SCI when a transmission has been completed. Transmission is completed
when all bits including the stop bit (if transmitted) have been shifted out and no data is queued to be
transmitted. No stop bit is transmitted when sending a break character and the TC flag is set (providing
there is no more data queued for transmission) when the break character has been shifted out. A TC
interrupt indicates that there is no transmission in progress. TC is set high when the TDRE flag is set and
no data, preamble, or break character is being transmitted. When TC is set, the TXD pin becomes idle
(logic 1). Clear TC by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) with TC set and then writing to SCI data
register low (SCIDRL).TC is cleared automatically when data, preamble, or break is queued and ready to
be sent.
12.5.3.1.3
RDRF Description
The RDRF interrupt is set when the data in the receive shift register transfers to the SCI data register. A
RDRF interrupt indicates that the received data has been transferred to the SCI data register and that the
byte can now be read by the MCU. The RDRF interrupt is cleared by reading the SCI status register one
(SCISR1) and then reading SCI data register low (SCIDRL).
12.5.3.1.4
OR Description
The OR interrupt is set when software fails to read the SCI data register before the receive shift register
receives the next frame. The newly acquired data in the shift register will be lost in this case, but the data
already in the SCI data registers is not affected. The OR interrupt is cleared by reading the SCI status
register one (SCISR1) and then reading SCI data register low (SCIDRL).
12.5.3.1.5
IDLE Description
The IDLE interrupt is set when 10 consecutive logic 1s (if M = 0) or 11 consecutive logic 1s (if M = 1)
appear on the receiver input. Once the IDLE is cleared, a valid frame must again set the RDRF flag before
an idle condition can set the IDLE flag. Clear IDLE by reading SCI status register 1 (SCISR1) with IDLE
set and then reading SCI data register low (SCIDRL).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
513
Chapter 12 Serial Communication Interface (S12SCIV6)
12.5.3.1.6
RXEDGIF Description
The RXEDGIF interrupt is set when an active edge (falling if RXPOL = 0, rising if RXPOL = 1) on the
RXD pin is detected. Clear RXEDGIF by writing a “1” to the SCIASR1 SCI alternative status register 1.
12.5.3.1.7
BERRIF Description
The BERRIF interrupt is set when a mismatch between the transmitted and the received data in a single
wire application like LIN was detected. Clear BERRIF by writing a “1” to the SCIASR1 SCI alternative
status register 1. This flag is also cleared if the bit error detect feature is disabled.
12.5.3.1.8
BKDIF Description
The BKDIF interrupt is set when a break signal was received. Clear BKDIF by writing a “1” to the
SCIASR1 SCI alternative status register 1. This flag is also cleared if break detect feature is disabled.
12.5.4
Recovery from Wait Mode
The SCI interrupt request can be used to bring the CPU out of wait mode.
12.5.5
Recovery from Stop Mode
An active edge on the receive input can be used to bring the CPU out of stop mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
514
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13
Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
Table 13-1. Revision History
Revision
Number
Revision Date
Sections
Affected
V05.00
24 Mar 2005
13.3.2/13-519
13.1
Description of Changes
- Added 16-bit transfer width feature.
Introduction
The SPI module allows a duplex, synchronous, serial communication between the MCU and peripheral
devices. Software can poll the SPI status flags or the SPI operation can be interrupt driven.
13.1.1
13.1.2
Glossary of Terms
SPI
Serial Peripheral Interface
SS
Slave Select
SCK
Serial Clock
MOSI
Master Output, Slave Input
MISO
Master Input, Slave Output
MOMI
Master Output, Master Input
SISO
Slave Input, Slave Output
Features
The SPI includes these distinctive features:
• Master mode and slave mode
• Selectable 8 or 16-bit transfer width
• Bidirectional mode
• Slave select output
• Mode fault error flag with CPU interrupt capability
• Double-buffered data register
• Serial clock with programmable polarity and phase
• Control of SPI operation during wait mode
13.1.3
Modes of Operation
The SPI functions in three modes: run, wait, and stop.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
515
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
•
•
•
Run mode
This is the basic mode of operation.
Wait mode
SPI operation in wait mode is a configurable low power mode, controlled by the SPISWAI bit
located in the SPICR2 register. In wait mode, if the SPISWAI bit is clear, the SPI operates like in
run mode. If the SPISWAI bit is set, the SPI goes into a power conservative state, with the SPI clock
generation turned off. If the SPI is configured as a master, any transmission in progress stops, but
is resumed after CPU goes into run mode. If the SPI is configured as a slave, reception and
transmission of data continues, so that the slave stays synchronized to the master.
Stop mode
The SPI is inactive in stop mode for reduced power consumption. If the SPI is configured as a
master, any transmission in progress stops, but is resumed after CPU goes into run mode. If the SPI
is configured as a slave, reception and transmission of data continues, so that the slave stays
synchronized to the master.
For a detailed description of operating modes, please refer to Section 13.4.7, “Low Power Mode Options”.
13.1.4
Block Diagram
Figure 13-1 gives an overview on the SPI architecture. The main parts of the SPI are status, control and
data registers, shifter logic, baud rate generator, master/slave control logic, and port control logic.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
516
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
SPI
2
SPI Control Register 1
BIDIROE
2
SPI Control Register 2
SPC0
SPI Status Register
SPIF MODF SPTEF
Interrupt Control
SPI
Interrupt
Request
Baud Rate Generator
Slave
Control
CPOL
CPHA
Phase + SCK In
Slave Baud Rate Polarity
Control
Master Baud Rate
Phase + SCK Out
Polarity
Control
Master
Control
Counter
Bus Clock
Prescaler Clock Select
SPPR
3
SPR
MOSI
MISO
Port
Control
Logic
SCK
SS
Baud Rate
3
Shift
Clock
Sample
Clock
Shifter
SPI Baud Rate Register
Data In
LSBFE=1
LSBFE=0
MSB
SPI Data Register
LSBFE=1
LSBFE=0
LSBFE=0 LSB
LSBFE=1
Data Out
Figure 13-1. SPI Block Diagram
13.2
External Signal Description
This section lists the name and description of all ports including inputs and outputs that do, or may, connect
off chip. The SPI module has a total of four external pins.
13.2.1
MOSI — Master Out/Slave In Pin
This pin is used to transmit data out of the SPI module when it is configured as a master and receive data
when it is configured as slave.
13.2.2
MISO — Master In/Slave Out Pin
This pin is used to transmit data out of the SPI module when it is configured as a slave and receive data
when it is configured as master.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
517
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
13.2.3
SS — Slave Select Pin
This pin is used to output the select signal from the SPI module to another peripheral with which a data
transfer is to take place when it is configured as a master and it is used as an input to receive the slave select
signal when the SPI is configured as slave.
13.2.4
SCK — Serial Clock Pin
In master mode, this is the synchronous output clock. In slave mode, this is the synchronous input clock.
13.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of address space and registers used by the SPI.
13.3.1
Module Memory Map
The memory map for the SPI is given in Figure 13-2. The address listed for each register is the sum of a
base address and an address offset. The base address is defined at the SoC level and the address offset is
defined at the module level. Reads from the reserved bits return zeros and writes to the reserved bits have
no effect.
Register
Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
SPIE
SPE
SPTIE
MSTR
CPOL
CPHA
SSOE
LSBFE
MODFEN
BIDIROE
SPISWAI
SPC0
SPR2
SPR1
SPR0
0x0000
SPICR1
R
W
0x0001
SPICR2
R
W
0
0x0002
SPIBR
R
W
0
0x0003
SPISR
R
W
0x0004
SPIDRH
XFRW
0
0
0
SPPR2
SPPR1
SPPR0
SPIF
0
SPTEF
MODF
0
0
0
0
R
W
R15
T15
R14
T14
R13
T13
R12
T12
R11
T11
R10
T10
R9
T9
R8
T8
0x0005
SPIDRL
R
W
R7
T7
R6
T6
R5
T5
R4
T4
R3
T3
R2
T2
R1
T1
R0
T0
0x0006
Reserved
R
W
0x0007
Reserved
R
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-2. SPI Register Summary
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
518
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
13.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section consists of register descriptions in address order. Each description includes a standard register
diagram with an associated figure number. Details of register bit and field function follow the register
diagrams, in bit order.
13.3.2.1
SPI Control Register 1 (SPICR1)
Module Base +0x0000
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SPIE
SPE
SPTIE
MSTR
CPOL
CPHA
SSOE
LSBFE
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
Figure 13-3. SPI Control Register 1 (SPICR1)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 13-2. SPICR1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SPIE
SPI Interrupt Enable Bit — This bit enables SPI interrupt requests, if SPIF or MODF status flag is set.
0 SPI interrupts disabled.
1 SPI interrupts enabled.
6
SPE
SPI System Enable Bit — This bit enables the SPI system and dedicates the SPI port pins to SPI system
functions. If SPE is cleared, SPI is disabled and forced into idle state, status bits in SPISR register are reset.
0 SPI disabled (lower power consumption).
1 SPI enabled, port pins are dedicated to SPI functions.
5
SPTIE
SPI Transmit Interrupt Enable — This bit enables SPI interrupt requests, if SPTEF flag is set.
0 SPTEF interrupt disabled.
1 SPTEF interrupt enabled.
4
MSTR
SPI Master/Slave Mode Select Bit — This bit selects whether the SPI operates in master or slave mode.
Switching the SPI from master to slave or vice versa forces the SPI system into idle state.
0 SPI is in slave mode.
1 SPI is in master mode.
3
CPOL
SPI Clock Polarity Bit — This bit selects an inverted or non-inverted SPI clock. To transmit data between SPI
modules, the SPI modules must have identical CPOL values. In master mode, a change of this bit will abort a
transmission in progress and force the SPI system into idle state.
0 Active-high clocks selected. In idle state SCK is low.
1 Active-low clocks selected. In idle state SCK is high.
2
CPHA
SPI Clock Phase Bit — This bit is used to select the SPI clock format. In master mode, a change of this bit will
abort a transmission in progress and force the SPI system into idle state.
0 Sampling of data occurs at odd edges (1,3,5,...) of the SCK clock.
1 Sampling of data occurs at even edges (2,4,6,...) of the SCK clock.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
519
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
Table 13-2. SPICR1 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
1
SSOE
Slave Select Output Enable — The SS output feature is enabled only in master mode, if MODFEN is set, by
asserting the SSOE as shown in Table 13-3. In master mode, a change of this bit will abort a transmission in
progress and force the SPI system into idle state.
0
LSBFE
LSB-First Enable — This bit does not affect the position of the MSB and LSB in the data register. Reads and
writes of the data register always have the MSB in the highest bit position. In master mode, a change of this bit
will abort a transmission in progress and force the SPI system into idle state.
0 Data is transferred most significant bit first.
1 Data is transferred least significant bit first.
Table 13-3. SS Input / Output Selection
13.3.2.2
MODFEN
SSOE
Master Mode
Slave Mode
0
0
SS not used by SPI
SS input
0
1
SS not used by SPI
SS input
1
0
SS input with MODF feature
SS input
1
1
SS is slave select output
SS input
SPI Control Register 2 (SPICR2)
Module Base +0x0001
7
R
0
W
Reset
0
6
5
XFRW
0
0
0
4
3
MODFEN
BIDIROE
0
0
2
0
0
1
0
SPISWAI
SPC0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-4. SPI Control Register 2 (SPICR2)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime; writes to the reserved bits have no effect
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
520
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
Table 13-4. SPICR2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6
XFRW
Transfer Width — This bit is used for selecting the data transfer width. If 8-bit transfer width is selected, SPIDRL
becomes the dedicated data register and SPIDRH is unused. If 16-bit transfer width is selected, SPIDRH and
SPIDRL form a 16-bit data register. Please refer to Section 13.3.2.4, “SPI Status Register (SPISR) for
information about transmit/receive data handling and the interrupt flag clearing mechanism. In master mode, a
change of this bit will abort a transmission in progress and force the SPI system into idle state.
0 8-bit Transfer Width (n = 8)(1)
1 16-bit Transfer Width (n = 16)1
4
MODFEN
Mode Fault Enable Bit — This bit allows the MODF failure to be detected. If the SPI is in master mode and
MODFEN is cleared, then the SS port pin is not used by the SPI. In slave mode, the SS is available only as an
input regardless of the value of MODFEN. For an overview on the impact of the MODFEN bit on the SS port pin
configuration, refer to Table 13-3. In master mode, a change of this bit will abort a transmission in progress and
force the SPI system into idle state.
0 SS port pin is not used by the SPI.
1 SS port pin with MODF feature.
3
BIDIROE
Output Enable in the Bidirectional Mode of Operation — This bit controls the MOSI and MISO output buffer
of the SPI, when in bidirectional mode of operation (SPC0 is set). In master mode, this bit controls the output
buffer of the MOSI port, in slave mode it controls the output buffer of the MISO port. In master mode, with SPC0
set, a change of this bit will abort a transmission in progress and force the SPI into idle state.
0 Output buffer disabled.
1 Output buffer enabled.
1
SPISWAI
SPI Stop in Wait Mode Bit — This bit is used for power conservation while in wait mode.
0 SPI clock operates normally in wait mode.
1 Stop SPI clock generation when in wait mode.
0
Serial Pin Control Bit 0 — This bit enables bidirectional pin configurations as shown in Table 13-5. In master
SPC0
mode, a change of this bit will abort a transmission in progress and force the SPI system into idle state.
1. n is used later in this document as a placeholder for the selected transfer width.
Table 13-5. Bidirectional Pin Configurations
Pin Mode
SPC0
BIDIROE
MISO
MOSI
Master Mode of Operation
Normal
0
X
Master In
Master Out
Bidirectional
1
0
MISO not used by SPI
Master In
1
Master I/O
Slave Mode of Operation
Normal
0
X
Slave Out
Slave In
Bidirectional
1
0
Slave In
MOSI not used by SPI
1
Slave I/O
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
521
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
13.3.2.3
SPI Baud Rate Register (SPIBR)
Module Base +0x0002
7
R
0
W
Reset
0
6
5
4
3
SPPR2
SPPR1
SPPR0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
SPR2
SPR1
SPR0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-5. SPI Baud Rate Register (SPIBR)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime; writes to the reserved bits have no effect
Table 13-6. SPIBR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6–4
SPPR[2:0]
SPI Baud Rate Preselection Bits — These bits specify the SPI baud rates as shown in Table 13-7. In master
mode, a change of these bits will abort a transmission in progress and force the SPI system into idle state.
2–0
SPR[2:0]
SPI Baud Rate Selection Bits — These bits specify the SPI baud rates as shown in Table 13-7. In master mode,
a change of these bits will abort a transmission in progress and force the SPI system into idle state.
The baud rate divisor equation is as follows:
BaudRateDivisor = (SPPR + 1) 2(SPR + 1)
Eqn. 13-1
The baud rate can be calculated with the following equation:
Baud Rate = BusClock / BaudRateDivisor
Eqn. 13-2
NOTE
For maximum allowed baud rates, please refer to the SPI Electrical
Specification in the Electricals chapter of this data sheet.
Table 13-7. Example SPI Baud Rate Selection (25 MHz Bus Clock) (Sheet 1 of 3)
SPPR2
SPPR1
SPPR0
SPR2
SPR1
SPR0
Baud Rate
Divisor
Baud Rate
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
12.5 Mbit/s
0
0
0
0
0
1
4
6.25 Mbit/s
0
0
0
0
1
0
8
3.125 Mbit/s
0
0
0
0
1
1
16
1.5625 Mbit/s
0
0
0
1
0
0
32
781.25 kbit/s
0
0
0
1
0
1
64
390.63 kbit/s
0
0
0
1
1
0
128
195.31 kbit/s
0
0
0
1
1
1
256
97.66 kbit/s
0
0
1
0
0
0
4
6.25 Mbit/s
0
0
1
0
0
1
8
3.125 Mbit/s
0
0
1
0
1
0
16
1.5625 Mbit/s
0
0
1
0
1
1
32
781.25 kbit/s
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
522
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
Table 13-7. Example SPI Baud Rate Selection (25 MHz Bus Clock) (Sheet 2 of 3)
Baud Rate
Divisor
SPPR2
SPPR1
SPPR0
SPR2
SPR1
SPR0
Baud Rate
0
0
1
1
0
0
64
390.63 kbit/s
0
0
1
1
0
1
128
195.31 kbit/s
0
0
1
1
1
0
256
97.66 kbit/s
0
0
1
1
1
1
512
48.83 kbit/s
0
1
0
0
0
0
6
4.16667 Mbit/s
0
1
0
0
0
1
12
2.08333 Mbit/s
0
1
0
0
1
0
24
1.04167 Mbit/s
0
1
0
0
1
1
48
520.83 kbit/s
0
1
0
1
0
0
96
260.42 kbit/s
0
1
0
1
0
1
192
130.21 kbit/s
0
1
0
1
1
0
384
65.10 kbit/s
0
1
0
1
1
1
768
32.55 kbit/s
0
1
1
0
0
0
8
3.125 Mbit/s
0
1
1
0
0
1
16
1.5625 Mbit/s
0
1
1
0
1
0
32
781.25 kbit/s
0
1
1
0
1
1
64
390.63 kbit/s
0
1
1
1
0
0
128
195.31 kbit/s
0
1
1
1
0
1
256
97.66 kbit/s
0
1
1
1
1
0
512
48.83 kbit/s
0
1
1
1
1
1
1024
24.41 kbit/s
1
0
0
0
0
0
10
2.5 Mbit/s
1
0
0
0
0
1
20
1.25 Mbit/s
1
0
0
0
1
0
40
625 kbit/s
1
0
0
0
1
1
80
312.5 kbit/s
1
0
0
1
0
0
160
156.25 kbit/s
1
0
0
1
0
1
320
78.13 kbit/s
1
0
0
1
1
0
640
39.06 kbit/s
1
0
0
1
1
1
1280
19.53 kbit/s
1
0
1
0
0
0
12
2.08333 Mbit/s
1
0
1
0
0
1
24
1.04167 Mbit/s
1
0
1
0
1
0
48
520.83 kbit/s
1
0
1
0
1
1
96
260.42 kbit/s
1
0
1
1
0
0
192
130.21 kbit/s
1
0
1
1
0
1
384
65.10 kbit/s
1
0
1
1
1
0
768
32.55 kbit/s
1
0
1
1
1
1
1536
16.28 kbit/s
1
1
0
0
0
0
14
1.78571 Mbit/s
1
1
0
0
0
1
28
892.86 kbit/s
1
1
0
0
1
0
56
446.43 kbit/s
1
1
0
0
1
1
112
223.21 kbit/s
1
1
0
1
0
0
224
111.61 kbit/s
1
1
0
1
0
1
448
55.80 kbit/s
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
523
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
Table 13-7. Example SPI Baud Rate Selection (25 MHz Bus Clock) (Sheet 3 of 3)
Baud Rate
Divisor
Baud Rate
0
896
27.90 kbit/s
1
1792
13.95 kbit/s
SPPR2
SPPR1
SPPR0
SPR2
SPR1
SPR0
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
0
1
1
1
1
1
0
0
0
16
1.5625 Mbit/s
1
1
1
0
0
1
32
781.25 kbit/s
1
1
1
0
1
0
64
390.63 kbit/s
1
1
1
0
1
1
128
195.31 kbit/s
1
1
1
1
0
0
256
97.66 kbit/s
1
1
1
1
0
1
512
48.83 kbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
0
1024
24.41 kbit/s
1
1
1
1
1
1
2048
12.21 kbit/s
13.3.2.4
SPI Status Register (SPISR)
Module Base +0x0003
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
SPIF
0
SPTEF
MODF
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 13-6. SPI Status Register (SPISR)
Read: Anytime
Write: Has no effect
Table 13-8. SPISR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SPIF
SPIF Interrupt Flag — This bit is set after received data has been transferred into the SPI data register. For
information about clearing SPIF Flag, please refer to Table 13-9.
0 Transfer not yet complete.
1 New data copied to SPIDR.
5
SPTEF
SPI Transmit Empty Interrupt Flag — If set, this bit indicates that the transmit data register is empty. For
information about clearing this bit and placing data into the transmit data register, please refer to Table 13-10.
0 SPI data register not empty.
1 SPI data register empty.
4
MODF
Mode Fault Flag — This bit is set if the SS input becomes low while the SPI is configured as a master and mode
fault detection is enabled, MODFEN bit of SPICR2 register is set. Refer to MODFEN bit description in
Section 13.3.2.2, “SPI Control Register 2 (SPICR2)”. The flag is cleared automatically by a read of the SPI status
register (with MODF set) followed by a write to the SPI control register 1.
0 Mode fault has not occurred.
1 Mode fault has occurred.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
524
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
Table 13-9. SPIF Interrupt Flag Clearing Sequence
XFRW Bit
SPIF Interrupt Flag Clearing Sequence
0
Read SPISR with SPIF == 1
1
Read SPISR with SPIF == 1
then
Read SPIDRL
Byte Read SPIDRL (1)
or
then Byte Read SPIDRH (2)
Byte Read SPIDRL
or
Word Read (SPIDRH:SPIDRL)
1. Data in SPIDRH is lost in this case.
2. SPIDRH can be read repeatedly without any effect on SPIF. SPIF Flag is cleared only by the read
of SPIDRL after reading SPISR with SPIF == 1.
Table 13-10. SPTEF Interrupt Flag Clearing Sequence
XFRW Bit
SPTEF Interrupt Flag Clearing Sequence
0
Read SPISR with SPTEF == 1 then
1
Read SPISR with SPTEF == 1
Write to SPIDRL (1)
Byte Write to SPIDRL 1(2)
or
then Byte Write to SPIDRH 1(3) Byte Write to SPIDRL 1
or
Word Write to (SPIDRH:SPIDRL) 1
1. Any write to SPIDRH or SPIDRL with SPTEF == 0 is effectively ignored.
2. Data in SPIDRH is undefined in this case.
3. SPIDRH can be written repeatedly without any effect on SPTEF. SPTEF Flag is cleared only by
writing to SPIDRL after reading SPISR with SPTEF == 1.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
525
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
13.3.2.5
SPI Data Register (SPIDR = SPIDRH:SPIDRL)
Module Base +0x0004
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R
R15
R14
R13
R12
R11
R10
R9
R8
W
T15
T14
T13
T12
T11
T10
T9
T8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reset
Figure 13-7. SPI Data Register High (SPIDRH)
Module Base +0x0005
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
R
R7
R6
R5
R4
R3
R2
R1
R0
W
T7
T6
T5
T4
T3
T2
T1
T0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reset
Figure 13-8. SPI Data Register Low (SPIDRL)
Read: Anytime; read data only valid when SPIF is set
Write: Anytime
The SPI data register is both the input and output register for SPI data. A write to this register
allows data to be queued and transmitted. For an SPI configured as a master, queued data is
transmitted immediately after the previous transmission has completed. The SPI transmitter empty
flag SPTEF in the SPISR register indicates when the SPI data register is ready to accept new data.
Received data in the SPIDR is valid when SPIF is set.
If SPIF is cleared and data has been received, the received data is transferred from the receive shift
register to the SPIDR and SPIF is set.
If SPIF is set and not serviced, and a second data value has been received, the second received data
is kept as valid data in the receive shift register until the start of another transmission. The data in
the SPIDR does not change.
If SPIF is set and valid data is in the receive shift register, and SPIF is serviced before the start of
a third transmission, the data in the receive shift register is transferred into the SPIDR and SPIF
remains set (see Figure 13-9).
If SPIF is set and valid data is in the receive shift register, and SPIF is serviced after the start of a
third transmission, the data in the receive shift register has become invalid and is not transferred
into the SPIDR (see Figure 13-10).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
526
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
Data A Received
Data B Received
Data C Received
SPIF Serviced
Receive Shift Register
Data B
Data A
Data C
SPIF
SPI Data Register
Data B
Data A
= Unspecified
Data C
= Reception in progress
Figure 13-9. Reception with SPIF serviced in Time
Data A Received
Data B Received
Data C Received
Data B Lost
SPIF Serviced
Receive Shift Register
Data B
Data A
Data C
SPIF
SPI Data Register
Data A
= Unspecified
Data C
= Reception in progress
Figure 13-10. Reception with SPIF serviced too late
13.4
Functional Description
The SPI module allows a duplex, synchronous, serial communication between the MCU and peripheral
devices. Software can poll the SPI status flags or SPI operation can be interrupt driven.
The SPI system is enabled by setting the SPI enable (SPE) bit in SPI control register 1. While SPE is set,
the four associated SPI port pins are dedicated to the SPI function as:
• Slave select (SS)
• Serial clock (SCK)
• Master out/slave in (MOSI)
• Master in/slave out (MISO)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
527
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
The main element of the SPI system is the SPI data register. The n-bit1 data register in the master and the
n-bit1 data register in the slave are linked by the MOSI and MISO pins to form a distributed 2n-bit1
register. When a data transfer operation is performed, this 2n-bit1 register is serially shifted n1 bit positions
by the S-clock from the master, so data is exchanged between the master and the slave. Data written to the
master SPI data register becomes the output data for the slave, and data read from the master SPI data
register after a transfer operation is the input data from the slave.
A read of SPISR with SPTEF = 1 followed by a write to SPIDR puts data into the transmit data register.
When a transfer is complete and SPIF is cleared, received data is moved into the receive data register. This
data register acts as the SPI receive data register for reads and as the SPI transmit data register for writes.
A common SPI data register address is shared for reading data from the read data buffer and for writing
data to the transmit data register.
The clock phase control bit (CPHA) and a clock polarity control bit (CPOL) in the SPI control register 1
(SPICR1) select one of four possible clock formats to be used by the SPI system. The CPOL bit simply
selects a non-inverted or inverted clock. The CPHA bit is used to accommodate two fundamentally
different protocols by sampling data on odd numbered SCK edges or on even numbered SCK edges (see
Section 13.4.3, “Transmission Formats”).
The SPI can be configured to operate as a master or as a slave. When the MSTR bit in SPI control register1
is set, master mode is selected, when the MSTR bit is clear, slave mode is selected.
NOTE
A change of CPOL or MSTR bit while there is a received byte pending in
the receive shift register will destroy the received byte and must be avoided.
13.4.1
Master Mode
The SPI operates in master mode when the MSTR bit is set. Only a master SPI module can initiate
transmissions. A transmission begins by writing to the master SPI data register. If the shift register is
empty, data immediately transfers to the shift register. Data begins shifting out on the MOSI pin under the
control of the serial clock.
• Serial clock
The SPR2, SPR1, and SPR0 baud rate selection bits, in conjunction with the SPPR2, SPPR1, and
SPPR0 baud rate preselection bits in the SPI baud rate register, control the baud rate generator and
determine the speed of the transmission. The SCK pin is the SPI clock output. Through the SCK
pin, the baud rate generator of the master controls the shift register of the slave peripheral.
• MOSI, MISO pin
In master mode, the function of the serial data output pin (MOSI) and the serial data input pin
(MISO) is determined by the SPC0 and BIDIROE control bits.
• SS pin
If MODFEN and SSOE are set, the SS pin is configured as slave select output. The SS output
becomes low during each transmission and is high when the SPI is in idle state.
If MODFEN is set and SSOE is cleared, the SS pin is configured as input for detecting mode fault
error. If the SS input becomes low this indicates a mode fault error where another master tries to
1. n depends on the selected transfer width, please refer to Section 13.3.2.2, “SPI Control Register 2 (SPICR2)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
528
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
drive the MOSI and SCK lines. In this case, the SPI immediately switches to slave mode, by
clearing the MSTR bit and also disables the slave output buffer MISO (or SISO in bidirectional
mode). So the result is that all outputs are disabled and SCK, MOSI, and MISO are inputs. If a
transmission is in progress when the mode fault occurs, the transmission is aborted and the SPI is
forced into idle state.
This mode fault error also sets the mode fault (MODF) flag in the SPI status register (SPISR). If
the SPI interrupt enable bit (SPIE) is set when the MODF flag becomes set, then an SPI interrupt
sequence is also requested.
When a write to the SPI data register in the master occurs, there is a half SCK-cycle delay. After
the delay, SCK is started within the master. The rest of the transfer operation differs slightly,
depending on the clock format specified by the SPI clock phase bit, CPHA, in SPI control register 1
(see Section 13.4.3, “Transmission Formats”).
NOTE
A change of the bits CPOL, CPHA, SSOE, LSBFE, XFRW, MODFEN,
SPC0, or BIDIROE with SPC0 set, SPPR2-SPPR0 and SPR2-SPR0 in
master mode will abort a transmission in progress and force the SPI into idle
state. The remote slave cannot detect this, therefore the master must ensure
that the remote slave is returned to idle state.
13.4.2
Slave Mode
The SPI operates in slave mode when the MSTR bit in SPI control register 1 is clear.
• Serial clock
In slave mode, SCK is the SPI clock input from the master.
• MISO, MOSI pin
In slave mode, the function of the serial data output pin (MISO) and serial data input pin (MOSI)
is determined by the SPC0 bit and BIDIROE bit in SPI control register 2.
• SS pin
The SS pin is the slave select input. Before a data transmission occurs, the SS pin of the slave SPI
must be low. SS must remain low until the transmission is complete. If SS goes high, the SPI is
forced into idle state.
The SS input also controls the serial data output pin, if SS is high (not selected), the serial data
output pin is high impedance, and, if SS is low, the first bit in the SPI data register is driven out of
the serial data output pin. Also, if the slave is not selected (SS is high), then the SCK input is
ignored and no internal shifting of the SPI shift register occurs.
Although the SPI is capable of duplex operation, some SPI peripherals are capable of only
receiving SPI data in a slave mode. For these simpler devices, there is no serial data out pin.
NOTE
When peripherals with duplex capability are used, take care not to
simultaneously enable two receivers whose serial outputs drive the same
system slave’s serial data output line.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
529
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
As long as no more than one slave device drives the system slave’s serial data output line, it is possible for
several slaves to receive the same transmission from a master, although the master would not receive return
information from all of the receiving slaves.
If the CPHA bit in SPI control register 1 is clear, odd numbered edges on the SCK input cause the data at
the serial data input pin to be latched. Even numbered edges cause the value previously latched from the
serial data input pin to shift into the LSB or MSB of the SPI shift register, depending on the LSBFE bit.
If the CPHA bit is set, even numbered edges on the SCK input cause the data at the serial data input pin to
be latched. Odd numbered edges cause the value previously latched from the serial data input pin to shift
into the LSB or MSB of the SPI shift register, depending on the LSBFE bit.
When CPHA is set, the first edge is used to get the first data bit onto the serial data output pin. When CPHA
is clear and the SS input is low (slave selected), the first bit of the SPI data is driven out of the serial data
output pin. After the nth1 shift, the transfer is considered complete and the received data is transferred into
the SPI data register. To indicate transfer is complete, the SPIF flag in the SPI status register is set.
NOTE
A change of the bits CPOL, CPHA, SSOE, LSBFE, MODFEN, SPC0, or
BIDIROE with SPC0 set in slave mode will corrupt a transmission in
progress and must be avoided.
13.4.3
Transmission Formats
During an SPI transmission, data is transmitted (shifted out serially) and received (shifted in serially)
simultaneously. The serial clock (SCK) synchronizes shifting and sampling of the information on the two
serial data lines. A slave select line allows selection of an individual slave SPI device; slave devices that
are not selected do not interfere with SPI bus activities. Optionally, on a master SPI device, the slave select
line can be used to indicate multiple-master bus contention.
MASTER SPI
SHIFT REGISTER
BAUD RATE
GENERATOR
SLAVE SPI
MISO
MISO
MOSI
MOSI
SCK
SCK
SS
VDD
SHIFT REGISTER
SS
Figure 13-11. Master/Slave Transfer Block Diagram
13.4.3.1
Clock Phase and Polarity Controls
Using two bits in the SPI control register 1, software selects one of four combinations of serial clock phase
and polarity.
1. n depends on the selected transfer width, please refer to Section 13.3.2.2, “SPI Control Register 2 (SPICR2)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
530
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
The CPOL clock polarity control bit specifies an active high or low clock and has no significant effect on
the transmission format.
The CPHA clock phase control bit selects one of two fundamentally different transmission formats.
Clock phase and polarity should be identical for the master SPI device and the communicating slave
device. In some cases, the phase and polarity are changed between transmissions to allow a master device
to communicate with peripheral slaves having different requirements.
13.4.3.2
CPHA = 0 Transfer Format
The first edge on the SCK line is used to clock the first data bit of the slave into the master and the first
data bit of the master into the slave. In some peripherals, the first bit of the slave’s data is available at the
slave’s data out pin as soon as the slave is selected. In this format, the first SCK edge is issued a half cycle
after SS has become low.
A half SCK cycle later, the second edge appears on the SCK line. When this second edge occurs, the value
previously latched from the serial data input pin is shifted into the LSB or MSB of the shift register,
depending on LSBFE bit.
After this second edge, the next bit of the SPI master data is transmitted out of the serial data output pin of
the master to the serial input pin on the slave. This process continues for a total of 16 edges on the SCK
line, with data being latched on odd numbered edges and shifted on even numbered edges.
Data reception is double buffered. Data is shifted serially into the SPI shift register during the transfer and
is transferred to the parallel SPI data register after the last bit is shifted in.
After 2n1 (last) SCK edges:
• Data that was previously in the master SPI data register should now be in the slave data register
and the data that was in the slave data register should be in the master.
• The SPIF flag in the SPI status register is set, indicating that the transfer is complete.
Figure 13-12 is a timing diagram of an SPI transfer where CPHA = 0. SCK waveforms are shown for
CPOL = 0 and CPOL = 1. The diagram may be interpreted as a master or slave timing diagram because
the SCK, MISO, and MOSI pins are connected directly between the master and the slave. The MISO signal
is the output from the slave and the MOSI signal is the output from the master. The SS pin of the master
must be either high or reconfigured as a general-purpose output not affecting the SPI.
1. n depends on the selected transfer width, please refer to Section 13.3.2.2, “SPI Control Register 2 (SPICR2)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
531
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
End of Idle State
Begin
1
SCK Edge Number
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
Begin of Idle State
End
Transfer
9
10
11
12
13 14
15
16
Bit 1
Bit 6
LSB Minimum 1/2 SCK
for tT, tl, tL
MSB
SCK (CPOL = 0)
SCK (CPOL = 1)
If next transfer begins here
SAMPLE I
MOSI/MISO
CHANGE O
MOSI pin
CHANGE O
MISO pin
SEL SS (O)
Master only
SEL SS (I)
tT
tL
MSB first (LSBFE = 0): MSB
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
LSB first (LSBFE = 1): LSB
Bit 1
Bit 2
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 5
tL = Minimum leading time before the first SCK edge
tT = Minimum trailing time after the last SCK edge
tI = Minimum idling time between transfers (minimum SS high time)
tL, tT, and tI are guaranteed for the master mode and required for the slave mode.
tI
tL
Figure 13-12. SPI Clock Format 0 (CPHA = 0), with 8-bit Transfer Width selected (XFRW = 0)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
532
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
End of Idle State
SCK Edge Number
Begin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Begin of Idle State
End
Transfer
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
SCK (CPOL = 0)
SCK (CPOL = 1)
If next transfer begins here
SAMPLE I
MOSI/MISO
CHANGE O
MOSI pin
CHANGE O
MISO pin
SEL SS (O)
Master only
SEL SS (I)
MSB first (LSBFE = 0)
LSB first (LSBFE = 1)
tL
tT tI tL
MSB Bit 14Bit 13Bit 12Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 LSB
Minimum 1/2 SCK
LSB Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10Bit 11 Bit 12Bit 13Bit 14 MSB
for tT, tl, tL
tL = Minimum leading time before the first SCK edge
tT = Minimum trailing time after the last SCK edge
tI = Minimum idling time between transfers (minimum SS high time)
tL, tT, and tI are guaranteed for the master mode and required for the slave mode.
Figure 13-13. SPI Clock Format 0 (CPHA = 0), with 16-Bit Transfer Width selected (XFRW = 1)
In slave mode, if the SS line is not deasserted between the successive transmissions then the content of the
SPI data register is not transmitted; instead the last received data is transmitted. If the SS line is deasserted
for at least minimum idle time (half SCK cycle) between successive transmissions, then the content of the
SPI data register is transmitted.
In master mode, with slave select output enabled the SS line is always deasserted and reasserted between
successive transfers for at least minimum idle time.
13.4.3.3
CPHA = 1 Transfer Format
Some peripherals require the first SCK edge before the first data bit becomes available at the data out pin,
the second edge clocks data into the system. In this format, the first SCK edge is issued by setting the
CPHA bit at the beginning of the n1-cycle transfer operation.
The first edge of SCK occurs immediately after the half SCK clock cycle synchronization delay. This first
edge commands the slave to transfer its first data bit to the serial data input pin of the master.
A half SCK cycle later, the second edge appears on the SCK pin. This is the latching edge for both the
master and slave.
1. n depends on the selected transfer width, please refer to Section 13.3.2.2, “SPI Control Register 2 (SPICR2)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
533
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
When the third edge occurs, the value previously latched from the serial data input pin is shifted into the
LSB or MSB of the SPI shift register, depending on LSBFE bit. After this edge, the next bit of the master
data is coupled out of the serial data output pin of the master to the serial input pin on the slave.
This process continues for a total of n1 edges on the SCK line with data being latched on even numbered
edges and shifting taking place on odd numbered edges.
Data reception is double buffered, data is serially shifted into the SPI shift register during the transfer and
is transferred to the parallel SPI data register after the last bit is shifted in.
After 2n1 SCK edges:
• Data that was previously in the SPI data register of the master is now in the data register of the
slave, and data that was in the data register of the slave is in the master.
• The SPIF flag bit in SPISR is set indicating that the transfer is complete.
Figure 13-14 shows two clocking variations for CPHA = 1. The diagram may be interpreted as a master
or slave timing diagram because the SCK, MISO, and MOSI pins are connected directly between the
master and the slave. The MISO signal is the output from the slave, and the MOSI signal is the output from
the master. The SS line is the slave select input to the slave. The SS pin of the master must be either high
or reconfigured as a general-purpose output not affecting the SPI.
End of Idle State
Begin
SCK Edge Number
1
2
3
4
End
Transfer
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13 14
Begin of Idle State
15
16
SCK (CPOL = 0)
SCK (CPOL = 1)
If next transfer begins here
SAMPLE I
MOSI/MISO
CHANGE O
MOSI pin
CHANGE O
MISO pin
SEL SS (O)
Master only
SEL SS (I)
tT
tL
MSB first (LSBFE = 0):
LSB first (LSBFE = 1):
MSB
LSB
Bit 6
Bit 1
Bit 5
Bit 2
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 3
Bit 4
Bit 2
Bit 5
Bit 1
Bit 6
tI
tL
LSB Minimum 1/2 SCK
for tT, tl, tL
MSB
tL = Minimum leading time before the first SCK edge, not required for back-to-back transfers
tT = Minimum trailing time after the last SCK edge
tI = Minimum idling time between transfers (minimum SS high time), not required for back-to-back transfers
Figure 13-14. SPI Clock Format 1 (CPHA = 1), with 8-Bit Transfer Width selected (XFRW = 0)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
534
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
End of Idle State
SCK Edge Number
Begin
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
Begin of Idle State
End
Transfer
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
SCK (CPOL = 0)
SCK (CPOL = 1)
If next transfer begins here
SAMPLE I
MOSI/MISO
CHANGE O
MOSI pin
CHANGE O
MISO pin
SEL SS (O)
Master only
SEL SS (I)
tT tI tL
Minimum 1/2 SCK
for tT, tl, tL
tL
MSB first (LSBFE = 0)
LSB first (LSBFE = 1)
MSB Bit 14Bit 13Bit 12Bit 11 Bit 10 Bit 9 Bit 8 Bit 7 Bit 6 Bit 5 Bit 4 Bit 3 Bit 2 Bit 1 LSB
LSB Bit 1 Bit 2 Bit 3 Bit 4 Bit 5 Bit 6 Bit 7 Bit 8 Bit 9 Bit 10Bit 11 Bit 12Bit 13Bit 14 MSB
tL = Minimum leading time before the first SCK edge, not required for back-to-back transfers
tT = Minimum trailing time after the last SCK edge
tI = Minimum idling time between transfers (minimum SS high time), not required for back-to-back transfers
Figure 13-15. SPI Clock Format 1 (CPHA = 1), with 16-Bit Transfer Width selected (XFRW = 1)
The SS line can remain active low between successive transfers (can be tied low at all times). This format
is sometimes preferred in systems having a single fixed master and a single slave that drive the MISO data
line.
• Back-to-back transfers in master mode
In master mode, if a transmission has completed and new data is available in the SPI data register,
this data is sent out immediately without a trailing and minimum idle time.
The SPI interrupt request flag (SPIF) is common to both the master and slave modes. SPIF gets set one
half SCK cycle after the last SCK edge.
13.4.4
SPI Baud Rate Generation
Baud rate generation consists of a series of divider stages. Six bits in the SPI baud rate register (SPPR2,
SPPR1, SPPR0, SPR2, SPR1, and SPR0) determine the divisor to the SPI module clock which results in
the SPI baud rate.
The SPI clock rate is determined by the product of the value in the baud rate preselection bits
(SPPR2–SPPR0) and the value in the baud rate selection bits (SPR2–SPR0). The module clock divisor
equation is shown in Equation 13-3.
BaudRateDivisor = (SPPR + 1) 2(SPR + 1)
Eqn. 13-3
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
535
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
When all bits are clear (the default condition), the SPI module clock is divided by 2. When the selection
bits (SPR2–SPR0) are 001 and the preselection bits (SPPR2–SPPR0) are 000, the module clock divisor
becomes 4. When the selection bits are 010, the module clock divisor becomes 8, etc.
When the preselection bits are 001, the divisor determined by the selection bits is multiplied by 2. When
the preselection bits are 010, the divisor is multiplied by 3, etc. See Table 13-7 for baud rate calculations
for all bit conditions, based on a 25 MHz bus clock. The two sets of selects allows the clock to be divided
by a non-power of two to achieve other baud rates such as divide by 6, divide by 10, etc.
The baud rate generator is activated only when the SPI is in master mode and a serial transfer is taking
place. In the other cases, the divider is disabled to decrease IDD current.
NOTE
For maximum allowed baud rates, please refer to the SPI Electrical
Specification in the Electricals chapter of this data sheet.
13.4.5
13.4.5.1
Special Features
SS Output
The SS output feature automatically drives the SS pin low during transmission to select external devices
and drives it high during idle to deselect external devices. When SS output is selected, the SS output pin
is connected to the SS input pin of the external device.
The SS output is available only in master mode during normal SPI operation by asserting SSOE and
MODFEN bit as shown in Table 13-3.
The mode fault feature is disabled while SS output is enabled.
NOTE
Care must be taken when using the SS output feature in a multimaster
system because the mode fault feature is not available for detecting system
errors between masters.
13.4.5.2
Bidirectional Mode (MOMI or SISO)
The bidirectional mode is selected when the SPC0 bit is set in SPI control register 2 (see Table 13-11). In
this mode, the SPI uses only one serial data pin for the interface with external device(s). The MSTR bit
decides which pin to use. The MOSI pin becomes the serial data I/O (MOMI) pin for the master mode, and
the MISO pin becomes serial data I/O (SISO) pin for the slave mode. The MISO pin in master mode and
MOSI pin in slave mode are not used by the SPI.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
536
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
Table 13-11. Normal Mode and Bidirectional Mode
When SPE = 1
Master Mode MSTR = 1
Serial Out
Normal Mode
SPC0 = 0
MOSI
MISO
Serial Out
SPI
Serial In
MOSI
Serial In
SPI
SPI
Serial In
Bidirectional Mode
SPC0 = 1
Slave Mode MSTR = 0
MOMI
BIDIROE
Serial Out
MISO
Serial In
SPI
BIDIROE
Serial Out
SISO
The direction of each serial I/O pin depends on the BIDIROE bit. If the pin is configured as an output,
serial data from the shift register is driven out on the pin. The same pin is also the serial input to the shift
register.
• The SCK is output for the master mode and input for the slave mode.
• The SS is the input or output for the master mode, and it is always the input for the slave mode.
• The bidirectional mode does not affect SCK and SS functions.
NOTE
In bidirectional master mode, with mode fault enabled, both data pins MISO
and MOSI can be occupied by the SPI, though MOSI is normally used for
transmissions in bidirectional mode and MISO is not used by the SPI. If a
mode fault occurs, the SPI is automatically switched to slave mode. In this
case MISO becomes occupied by the SPI and MOSI is not used. This must
be considered, if the MISO pin is used for another purpose.
13.4.6
Error Conditions
The SPI has one error condition:
• Mode fault error
13.4.6.1
Mode Fault Error
If the SS input becomes low while the SPI is configured as a master, it indicates a system error where more
than one master may be trying to drive the MOSI and SCK lines simultaneously. This condition is not
permitted in normal operation, the MODF bit in the SPI status register is set automatically, provided the
MODFEN bit is set.
In the special case where the SPI is in master mode and MODFEN bit is cleared, the SS pin is not used by
the SPI. In this special case, the mode fault error function is inhibited and MODF remains cleared. In case
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
537
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
the SPI system is configured as a slave, the SS pin is a dedicated input pin. Mode fault error doesn’t occur
in slave mode.
If a mode fault error occurs, the SPI is switched to slave mode, with the exception that the slave output
buffer is disabled. So SCK, MISO, and MOSI pins are forced to be high impedance inputs to avoid any
possibility of conflict with another output driver. A transmission in progress is aborted and the SPI is
forced into idle state.
If the mode fault error occurs in the bidirectional mode for a SPI system configured in master mode, output
enable of the MOMI (MOSI in bidirectional mode) is cleared if it was set. No mode fault error occurs in
the bidirectional mode for SPI system configured in slave mode.
The mode fault flag is cleared automatically by a read of the SPI status register (with MODF set) followed
by a write to SPI control register 1. If the mode fault flag is cleared, the SPI becomes a normal master or
slave again.
NOTE
If a mode fault error occurs and a received data byte is pending in the receive
shift register, this data byte will be lost.
13.4.7
13.4.7.1
Low Power Mode Options
SPI in Run Mode
In run mode with the SPI system enable (SPE) bit in the SPI control register clear, the SPI system is in a
low-power, disabled state. SPI registers remain accessible, but clocks to the core of this module are
disabled.
13.4.7.2
SPI in Wait Mode
SPI operation in wait mode depends upon the state of the SPISWAI bit in SPI control register 2.
• If SPISWAI is clear, the SPI operates normally when the CPU is in wait mode
• If SPISWAI is set, SPI clock generation ceases and the SPI module enters a power conservation
state when the CPU is in wait mode.
–
If SPISWAI is set and the SPI is configured for master, any transmission and reception in
progress stops at wait mode entry. The transmission and reception resumes when the SPI exits
wait mode.
–
If SPISWAI is set and the SPI is configured as a slave, any transmission and reception in
progress continues if the SCK continues to be driven from the master. This keeps the slave
synchronized to the master and the SCK.
If the master transmits several bytes while the slave is in wait mode, the slave will continue to
send out bytes consistent with the operation mode at the start of wait mode (i.e., if the slave is
currently sending its SPIDR to the master, it will continue to send the same byte. Else if the slave
is currently sending the last received byte from the master, it will continue to send each previous
master byte).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
538
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
NOTE
Care must be taken when expecting data from a master while the slave is in
wait or stop mode. Even though the shift register will continue to operate,
the rest of the SPI is shut down (i.e., a SPIF interrupt will not be generated
until exiting stop or wait mode). Also, the byte from the shift register will
not be copied into the SPIDR register until after the slave SPI has exited wait
or stop mode. In slave mode, a received byte pending in the receive shift
register will be lost when entering wait or stop mode. An SPIF flag and
SPIDR copy is generated only if wait mode is entered or exited during a
tranmission. If the slave enters wait mode in idle mode and exits wait mode
in idle mode, neither a SPIF nor a SPIDR copy will occur.
13.4.7.3
SPI in Stop Mode
Stop mode is dependent on the system. The SPI enters stop mode when the module clock is disabled (held
high or low). If the SPI is in master mode and exchanging data when the CPU enters stop mode, the
transmission is frozen until the CPU exits stop mode. After stop, data to and from the external SPI is
exchanged correctly. In slave mode, the SPI will stay synchronized with the master.
The stop mode is not dependent on the SPISWAI bit.
13.4.7.4
Reset
The reset values of registers and signals are described in Section 13.3, “Memory Map and Register
Definition”, which details the registers and their bit fields.
• If a data transmission occurs in slave mode after reset without a write to SPIDR, it will transmit
garbage, or the data last received from the master before the reset.
• Reading from the SPIDR after reset will always read zeros.
13.4.7.5
Interrupts
The SPI only originates interrupt requests when SPI is enabled (SPE bit in SPICR1 set). The following is
a description of how the SPI makes a request and how the MCU should acknowledge that request. The
interrupt vector offset and interrupt priority are chip dependent.
The interrupt flags MODF, SPIF, and SPTEF are logically ORed to generate an interrupt request.
13.4.7.5.1
MODF
MODF occurs when the master detects an error on the SS pin. The master SPI must be configured for the
MODF feature (see Table 13-3). After MODF is set, the current transfer is aborted and the following bit is
changed:
• MSTR = 0, The master bit in SPICR1 resets.
The MODF interrupt is reflected in the status register MODF flag. Clearing the flag will also clear the
interrupt. This interrupt will stay active while the MODF flag is set. MODF has an automatic clearing
process which is described in Section 13.3.2.4, “SPI Status Register (SPISR)”.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
539
Chapter 13 Serial Peripheral Interface (S12SPIV5)
13.4.7.5.2
SPIF
SPIF occurs when new data has been received and copied to the SPI data register. After SPIF is set, it does
not clear until it is serviced. SPIF has an automatic clearing process, which is described in Section 13.3.2.4,
“SPI Status Register (SPISR)”.
13.4.7.5.3
SPTEF
SPTEF occurs when the SPI data register is ready to accept new data. After SPTEF is set, it does not clear
until it is serviced. SPTEF has an automatic clearing process, which is described in Section 13.3.2.4, “SPI
Status Register (SPISR)”.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
540
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14
Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
Table 14-1. Revision History
Revision
Number
Sections
Affected
Revision Date
Description of Changes
V01.03
28 Jul 2006
14.7.1.7/14-565 - Update flow-chart of interrupt routine for 10-bit address
V01.04
17 Nov 2006
14.3.1.2/14-545 - Revise Table1-5
V01.05
14 Aug 2007
14.3.1.1/14-545 - Backward compatible for IBAD bit name
14.1
Introduction
The inter-IC bus (IIC) is a two-wire, bidirectional serial bus that provides a simple, efficient method of
data exchange between devices. Being a two-wire device, the IIC bus minimizes the need for large
numbers of connections between devices, and eliminates the need for an address decoder.
This bus is suitable for applications requiring occasional communications over a short distance between a
number of devices. It also provides flexibility, allowing additional devices to be connected to the bus for
further expansion and system development.
The interface is designed to operate up to 100 kbps with maximum bus loading and timing. The device is
capable of operating at higher baud rates, up to a maximum of clock/20, with reduced bus loading. The
maximum communication length and the number of devices that can be connected are limited by a
maximum bus capacitance of 400 pF.
14.1.1
Features
The IIC module has the following key features:
• Compatible with I2C bus standard
• Multi-master operation
• Software programmable for one of 256 different serial clock frequencies
• Software selectable acknowledge bit
• Interrupt driven byte-by-byte data transfer
• Arbitration lost interrupt with automatic mode switching from master to slave
• Calling address identification interrupt
• Start and stop signal generation/detection
• Repeated start signal generation
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
541
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
•
•
•
•
Acknowledge bit generation/detection
Bus busy detection
General Call Address detection
Compliant to ten-bit address
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
542
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
14.1.2
Modes of Operation
The IIC functions the same in normal, special, and emulation modes. It has two low power modes: wait
and stop modes.
14.1.3
Block Diagram
The block diagram of the IIC module is shown in Figure 14-1.
IIC
Registers
Start
Stop
Arbitration
Control
Clock
Control
In/Out
Data
Shift
Register
Interrupt
bus_clock
SCL
SDA
Address
Compare
Figure 14-1. IIC Block Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
543
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
14.2
External Signal Description
The IICV3 module has two external pins.
14.2.1
IIC_SCL — Serial Clock Line Pin
This is the bidirectional serial clock line (SCL) of the module, compatible to the IIC bus specification.
14.2.2
IIC_SDA — Serial Data Line Pin
This is the bidirectional serial data line (SDA) of the module, compatible to the IIC bus specification.
14.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all memory and registers for the IIC module.
14.3.1
Register Descriptions
This section consists of register descriptions in address order. Each description includes a standard register
diagram with an associated figure number. Details of register bit and field function follow the register
diagrams, in bit order.
Register
Name
0x0000
IBAD
R
W
0x0001
IBFD
W
0x0002
IBCR
W
0x0003
IBSR
R
R
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ADR7
ADR6
ADR5
ADR4
ADR3
ADR2
ADR1
IBC7
IBC6
IBC5
IBC4
IBC3
IBC2
IBC1
IBEN
IBIE
MS/SL
Tx/Rx
TXAK
0
0
TCF
IAAS
IBB
D7
D6
D5
GCEN
ADTYPE
0
W
0x0004
IBDR
R
W
0x0005
IBCR2
W
R
RSTA
Bit 0
0
IBC0
IBSWAI
0
SRW
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
0
ADR10
ADR9
ADR8
IBAL
IBIF
RXAK
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-2. IIC Register Summary
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
544
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
14.3.1.1
IIC Address Register (IBAD)
Module Base +0x0000
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
ADR7
ADR6
ADR5
ADR4
ADR3
ADR2
ADR1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-3. IIC Bus Address Register (IBAD)
Read and write anytime
This register contains the address the IIC bus will respond to when addressed as a slave; note that it is not
the address sent on the bus during the address transfer.
Table 14-2. IBAD Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7:1
ADR[7:1]
Slave Address — Bit 1 to bit 7 contain the specific slave address to be used by the IIC bus module.The default
mode of IIC bus is slave mode for an address match on the bus.
0
Reserved
Reserved — Bit 0 of the IBAD is reserved for future compatibility. This bit will always read 0.
14.3.1.2
IIC Frequency Divider Register (IBFD)
Module Base + 0x0001
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
IBC7
IBC6
IBC5
IBC4
IBC3
IBC2
IBC1
IBC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-4. IIC Bus Frequency Divider Register (IBFD)
Read and write anytime
Table 14-3. IBFD Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7:0
IBC[7:0]
I Bus Clock Rate 7:0 — This field is used to prescale the clock for bit rate selection. The bit clock generator is
implemented as a prescale divider — IBC7:6, prescaled shift register — IBC5:3 select the prescaler divider and
IBC2-0 select the shift register tap point. The IBC bits are decoded to give the tap and prescale values as shown
in Table 14-4.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
545
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
Table 14-4. I-Bus Tap and Prescale Values
IBC2-0
(bin)
SCL Tap
(clocks)
SDA Tap
(clocks)
000
5
1
001
6
1
010
7
2
011
8
2
100
9
3
101
10
3
110
12
4
111
15
4
Table 14-5. Prescale Divider Encoding
IBC5-3
(bin)
scl2start
(clocks)
scl2stop
(clocks)
scl2tap
(clocks)
tap2tap
(clocks)
000
2
7
4
1
001
2
7
4
2
010
2
9
6
4
011
6
9
6
8
100
14
17
14
16
101
30
33
30
32
110
62
65
62
64
111
126
129
126
128
Table 14-6. Multiplier Factor
IBC7-6
MUL
00
01
01
02
10
04
11
RESERVED
The number of clocks from the falling edge of SCL to the first tap (Tap[1]) is defined by the values shown
in the scl2tap column of Table 14-4, all subsequent tap points are separated by 2IBC5-3 as shown in the
tap2tap column in Table 14-5. The SCL Tap is used to generated the SCL period and the SDA Tap is used
to determine the delay from the falling edge of SCL to SDA changing, the SDA hold time.
IBC7–6 defines the multiplier factor MUL. The values of MUL are shown in the Table 14-6.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
546
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
SCL Divider
SCL
SDA Hold
SDA
SDA
SCL Hold(stop)
SCL Hold(start)
SCL
START condition
STOP condition
Figure 14-5. SCL Divider and SDA Hold
The equation used to generate the divider values from the IBFD bits is:
SCL Divider = MUL x {2 x (scl2tap + [(SCL_Tap -1) x tap2tap] + 2)}
The SDA hold delay is equal to the CPU clock period multiplied by the SDA Hold value shown in
Table 14-7. The equation used to generate the SDA Hold value from the IBFD bits is:
SDA Hold = MUL x {scl2tap + [(SDA_Tap - 1) x tap2tap] + 3}
The equation for SCL Hold values to generate the start and stop conditions from the IBFD bits is:
SCL Hold(start) = MUL x [scl2start + (SCL_Tap - 1) x tap2tap]
SCL Hold(stop) = MUL x [scl2stop + (SCL_Tap - 1) x tap2tap]
Table 14-7. IIC Divider and Hold Values (Sheet 1 of 6)
IBC[7:0]
(hex)
SCL Divider
(clocks)
SDA Hold
(clocks)
SCL Hold
(start)
SCL Hold
(stop)
MUL=1
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
547
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
Table 14-7. IIC Divider and Hold Values (Sheet 2 of 6)
IBC[7:0]
(hex)
SCL Divider
(clocks)
SDA Hold
(clocks)
SCL Hold
(start)
SCL Hold
(stop)
00
01
02
03
04
05
06
07
08
09
0A
0B
0C
0D
0E
0F
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
1A
1B
1C
1D
1E
1F
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
2A
2B
2C
20/22
22/24
24/26
26/28
28/30
30/32
34/36
40/42
28/32
32/36
36/40
40/44
44/48
48/52
56/60
68/72
48
56
64
72
80
88
104
128
80
96
112
128
144
160
192
240
160
192
224
256
288
320
384
480
320
384
448
512
576
7
7
8
8
9
9
10
10
7
7
9
9
11
11
13
13
9
9
13
13
17
17
21
21
9
9
17
17
25
25
33
33
17
17
33
33
49
49
65
65
33
33
65
65
97
6
7
8
9
10
11
13
16
10
12
14
16
18
20
24
30
18
22
26
30
34
38
46
58
38
46
54
62
70
78
94
118
78
94
110
126
142
158
190
238
158
190
222
254
286
11
12
13
14
15
16
18
21
15
17
19
21
23
25
29
35
25
29
33
37
41
45
53
65
41
49
57
65
73
81
97
121
81
97
113
129
145
161
193
241
161
193
225
257
289
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
548
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
Table 14-7. IIC Divider and Hold Values (Sheet 3 of 6)
IBC[7:0]
(hex)
SCL Divider
(clocks)
SDA Hold
(clocks)
SCL Hold
(start)
SCL Hold
(stop)
2D
2E
2F
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
3A
3B
3C
3D
3E
3F
640
768
960
640
768
896
1024
1152
1280
1536
1920
1280
1536
1792
2048
2304
2560
3072
3840
97
129
129
65
65
129
129
193
193
257
257
129
129
257
257
385
385
513
513
318
382
478
318
382
446
510
574
638
766
958
638
766
894
1022
1150
1278
1534
1918
321
385
481
321
385
449
513
577
641
769
961
641
769
897
1025
1153
1281
1537
1921
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
4A
4B
4C
4D
4E
4F
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
40
44
48
52
56
60
68
80
56
64
72
80
88
96
112
136
96
112
128
144
160
176
208
256
160
14
14
16
16
18
18
20
20
14
14
18
18
22
22
26
26
18
18
26
26
34
34
42
42
18
12
14
16
18
20
22
26
32
20
24
28
32
36
40
48
60
36
44
52
60
68
76
92
116
76
22
24
26
28
30
32
36
42
30
34
38
42
46
50
58
70
50
58
66
74
82
90
106
130
82
MUL=2
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
549
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
Table 14-7. IIC Divider and Hold Values (Sheet 4 of 6)
IBC[7:0]
(hex)
SCL Divider
(clocks)
SDA Hold
(clocks)
SCL Hold
(start)
SCL Hold
(stop)
59
5A
5B
5C
5D
5E
5F
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
6A
6B
6C
6D
6E
6F
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
7A
7B
7C
7D
7E
7F
192
224
256
288
320
384
480
320
384
448
512
576
640
768
960
640
768
896
1024
1152
1280
1536
1920
1280
1536
1792
2048
2304
2560
3072
3840
2560
3072
3584
4096
4608
5120
6144
7680
18
34
34
50
50
66
66
34
34
66
66
98
98
130
130
66
66
130
130
194
194
258
258
130
130
258
258
386
386
514
514
258
258
514
514
770
770
1026
1026
92
108
124
140
156
188
236
156
188
220
252
284
316
380
476
316
380
444
508
572
636
764
956
636
764
892
1020
1148
1276
1532
1916
1276
1532
1788
2044
2300
2556
3068
3836
98
114
130
146
162
194
242
162
194
226
258
290
322
386
482
322
386
450
514
578
642
770
962
642
770
898
1026
1154
1282
1538
1922
1282
1538
1794
2050
2306
2562
3074
3842
80
81
82
83
84
72
80
88
96
104
28
28
32
32
36
24
28
32
36
40
44
48
52
56
60
MUL=4
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
550
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
Table 14-7. IIC Divider and Hold Values (Sheet 5 of 6)
IBC[7:0]
(hex)
SCL Divider
(clocks)
SDA Hold
(clocks)
SCL Hold
(start)
SCL Hold
(stop)
85
86
87
88
89
8A
8B
8C
8D
8E
8F
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
9A
9B
9C
9D
9E
9F
A0
A1
A2
A3
A4
A5
A6
A7
A8
A9
AA
AB
AC
AD
AE
AF
B0
B1
112
128
152
112
128
144
160
176
192
224
272
192
224
256
288
320
352
416
512
320
384
448
512
576
640
768
960
640
768
896
1024
1152
1280
1536
1920
1280
1536
1792
2048
2304
2560
3072
3840
2560
3072
36
40
40
28
28
36
36
44
44
52
52
36
36
52
52
68
68
84
84
36
36
68
68
100
100
132
132
68
68
132
132
196
196
260
260
132
132
260
260
388
388
516
516
260
260
44
52
64
40
48
56
64
72
80
96
120
72
88
104
120
136
152
184
232
152
184
216
248
280
312
376
472
312
376
440
504
568
632
760
952
632
760
888
1016
1144
1272
1528
1912
1272
1528
64
72
84
60
68
76
84
92
100
116
140
100
116
132
148
164
180
212
260
164
196
228
260
292
324
388
484
324
388
452
516
580
644
772
964
644
772
900
1028
1156
1284
1540
1924
1284
1540
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
551
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
Table 14-7. IIC Divider and Hold Values (Sheet 6 of 6)
IBC[7:0]
(hex)
SCL Divider
(clocks)
SDA Hold
(clocks)
SCL Hold
(start)
SCL Hold
(stop)
B2
B3
B4
B5
B6
B7
B8
B9
BA
BB
BC
BD
BE
BF
3584
4096
4608
5120
6144
7680
5120
6144
7168
8192
9216
10240
12288
15360
516
516
772
772
1028
1028
516
516
1028
1028
1540
1540
2052
2052
1784
2040
2296
2552
3064
3832
2552
3064
3576
4088
4600
5112
6136
7672
1796
2052
2308
2564
3076
3844
2564
3076
3588
4100
4612
5124
6148
7684
Note:Since the bus frequency is speeding up,the SCL Divider could be expanded by it.Therefore,in the
table,when IBC[7:0] is from $00 to $0F,the SCL Divider is revised by the format value1/value2.Value1 is
the divider under the low frequency.Value2 is the divider under the high frequency.How to select the
divider depends on the bus frequency.When IBC[7:0] is from $10 to $BF,the divider is not changed.
14.3.1.3
IIC Control Register (IBCR)
Module Base + 0x0002
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
IBEN
IBIE
MS/SL
Tx/Rx
TXAK
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
0
RSTA
0
0
0
IBSWAI
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-6. IIC Bus Control Register (IBCR)
Read and write anytime
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
552
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
Table 14-8. IBCR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
IBEN
I-Bus Enable — This bit controls the software reset of the entire IIC bus module.
0 The module is reset and disabled. This is the power-on reset situation. When low the interface is held in reset
but registers can be accessed
1 The IIC bus module is enabled.This bit must be set before any other IBCR bits have any effect
If the IIC bus module is enabled in the middle of a byte transfer the interface behaves as follows: slave mode
ignores the current transfer on the bus and starts operating whenever a subsequent start condition is detected.
Master mode will not be aware that the bus is busy, hence if a start cycle is initiated then the current bus cycle
may become corrupt. This would ultimately result in either the current bus master or the IIC bus module losing
arbitration, after which bus operation would return to normal.
6
IBIE
I-Bus Interrupt Enable
0 Interrupts from the IIC bus module are disabled. Note that this does not clear any currently pending interrupt
condition
1 Interrupts from the IIC bus module are enabled. An IIC bus interrupt occurs provided the IBIF bit in the status
register is also set.
5
MS/SL
Master/Slave Mode Select Bit — Upon reset, this bit is cleared. When this bit is changed from 0 to 1, a START
signal is generated on the bus, and the master mode is selected. When this bit is changed from 1 to 0, a STOP
signal is generated and the operation mode changes from master to slave.A STOP signal should only be
generated if the IBIF flag is set. MS/SL is cleared without generating a STOP signal when the master loses
arbitration.
0 Slave Mode
1 Master Mode
4
Tx/Rx
Transmit/Receive Mode Select Bit — This bit selects the direction of master and slave transfers. When
addressed as a slave this bit should be set by software according to the SRW bit in the status register. In master
mode this bit should be set according to the type of transfer required. Therefore, for address cycles, this bit will
always be high.
0 Receive
1 Transmit
3
TXAK
Transmit Acknowledge Enable — This bit specifies the value driven onto SDA during data acknowledge cycles
for both master and slave receivers. The IIC module will always acknowledge address matches, provided it is
enabled, regardless of the value of TXAK. Note that values written to this bit are only used when the IIC bus is a
receiver, not a transmitter.
0 An acknowledge signal will be sent out to the bus at the 9th clock bit after receiving one byte data
1 No acknowledge signal response is sent (i.e., acknowledge bit = 1)
2
RSTA
Repeat Start — Writing a 1 to this bit will generate a repeated START condition on the bus, provided it is the
current bus master. This bit will always be read as a low. Attempting a repeated start at the wrong time, if the bus
is owned by another master, will result in loss of arbitration.
1 Generate repeat start cycle
1
Reserved — Bit 1 of the IBCR is reserved for future compatibility. This bit will always read 0.
RESERVED
0
IBSWAI
I Bus Interface Stop in Wait Mode
0 IIC bus module clock operates normally
1 Halt IIC bus module clock generation in wait mode
Wait mode is entered via execution of a CPU WAI instruction. In the event that the IBSWAI bit is set, all
clocks internal to the IIC will be stopped and any transmission currently in progress will halt.If the CPU
were woken up by a source other than the IIC module, then clocks would restart and the IIC would resume
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
553
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
from where was during the previous transmission. It is not possible for the IIC to wake up the CPU when
its internal clocks are stopped.
If it were the case that the IBSWAI bit was cleared when the WAI instruction was executed, the IIC internal
clocks and interface would remain alive, continuing the operation which was currently underway. It is also
possible to configure the IIC such that it will wake up the CPU via an interrupt at the conclusion of the
current operation. See the discussion on the IBIF and IBIE bits in the IBSR and IBCR, respectively.
14.3.1.4
IIC Status Register (IBSR)
Module Base + 0x0003
R
7
6
5
TCF
IAAS
IBB
1
0
0
W
Reset
4
IBAL
0
3
2
0
SRW
0
0
1
IBIF
0
0
RXAK
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 14-7. IIC Bus Status Register (IBSR)
This status register is read-only with exception of bit 1 (IBIF) and bit 4 (IBAL), which are software
clearable.
Table 14-9. IBSR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
TCF
Data Transferring Bit — While one byte of data is being transferred, this bit is cleared. It is set by the falling
edge of the 9th clock of a byte transfer. Note that this bit is only valid during or immediately following a transfer
to the IIC module or from the IIC module.
0 Transfer in progress
1 Transfer complete
6
IAAS
Addressed as a Slave Bit — When its own specific address (I-bus address register) is matched with the calling
address or it receives the general call address with GCEN== 1,this bit is set.The CPU is interrupted provided the
IBIE is set.Then the CPU needs to check the SRW bit and set its Tx/Rx mode accordingly.Writing to the I-bus
control register clears this bit.
0 Not addressed
1 Addressed as a slave
5
IBB
Bus Busy Bit
0 This bit indicates the status of the bus. When a START signal is detected, the IBB is set. If a STOP signal is
detected, IBB is cleared and the bus enters idle state.
1 Bus is busy
4
IBAL
Arbitration Lost — The arbitration lost bit (IBAL) is set by hardware when the arbitration procedure is lost.
Arbitration is lost in the following circumstances:
1. SDA sampled low when the master drives a high during an address or data transmit cycle.
2. SDA sampled low when the master drives a high during the acknowledge bit of a data receive cycle.
3. A start cycle is attempted when the bus is busy.
4. A repeated start cycle is requested in slave mode.
5. A stop condition is detected when the master did not request it.
This bit must be cleared by software, by writing a one to it. A write of 0 has no effect on this bit.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
554
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
Table 14-9. IBSR Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
3
Reserved — Bit 3 of IBSR is reserved for future use. A read operation on this bit will return 0.
RESERVED
2
SRW
Slave Read/Write — When IAAS is set this bit indicates the value of the R/W command bit of the calling address
sent from the master
This bit is only valid when the I-bus is in slave mode, a complete address transfer has occurred with an address
match and no other transfers have been initiated.
Checking this bit, the CPU can select slave transmit/receive mode according to the command of the master.
0 Slave receive, master writing to slave
1 Slave transmit, master reading from slave
1
IBIF
I-Bus Interrupt — The IBIF bit is set when one of the following conditions occurs:
— Arbitration lost (IBAL bit set)
— Data transfer complete (TCF bit set)
— Addressed as slave (IAAS bit set)
It will cause a processor interrupt request if the IBIE bit is set. This bit must be cleared by software, writing a one
to it. A write of 0 has no effect on this bit.
0
RXAK
Received Acknowledge — The value of SDA during the acknowledge bit of a bus cycle. If the received
acknowledge bit (RXAK) is low, it indicates an acknowledge signal has been received after the completion of 8
bits data transmission on the bus. If RXAK is high, it means no acknowledge signal is detected at the 9th clock.
0 Acknowledge received
1 No acknowledge received
14.3.1.5
IIC Data I/O Register (IBDR)
Module Base + 0x0004
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 14-8. IIC Bus Data I/O Register (IBDR)
In master transmit mode, when data is written to the IBDR a data transfer is initiated. The most significant
bit is sent first. In master receive mode, reading this register initiates next byte data receiving. In slave
mode, the same functions are available after an address match has occurred.Note that the Tx/Rx bit in the
IBCR must correctly reflect the desired direction of transfer in master and slave modes for the transmission
to begin. For instance, if the IIC is configured for master transmit but a master receive is desired, then
reading the IBDR will not initiate the receive.
Reading the IBDR will return the last byte received while the IIC is configured in either master receive or
slave receive modes. The IBDR does not reflect every byte that is transmitted on the IIC bus, nor can
software verify that a byte has been written to the IBDR correctly by reading it back.
In master transmit mode, the first byte of data written to IBDR following assertion of MS/SL is used for
the address transfer and should com.prise of the calling address (in position D7:D1) concatenated with the
required R/W bit (in position D0).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
555
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
14.3.1.6
IIC Control Register 2(IBCR2)
Module Base + 0x0005
R
W
Reset
7
6
GCEN
ADTYPE
0
0
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
ADR10
ADR9
ADR8
0
0
0
Figure 14-9. IIC Bus Control Register 2(IBCR2)
This register contains the variables used in general call and in ten-bit address.
Read and write anytime
Table 14-10. IBCR2 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
General Call Enable.
0 General call is disabled. The module dont receive any general call data and address.
1 enable general call. It indicates that the module can receive address and any data.
7
GCEN
Address Type— This bit selects the address length. The variable must be configured correctly before IIC enters
slave mode.
0 7-bit address
1 10-bit address
6
ADTYPE
5,4,3
Reserved — Bit 5,4 and 3 of the IBCR2 are reserved for future compatibility. These bits will always read 0.
RESERVED
2:0
ADR[10:8]
14.4
Slave Address [10:8] —These 3 bits represent the MSB of the 10-bit address when address type is asserted
(ADTYPE = 1).
Functional Description
This section provides a complete functional description of the IICV3.
14.4.1
I-Bus Protocol
The IIC bus system uses a serial data line (SDA) and a serial clock line (SCL) for data transfer. All devices
connected to it must have open drain or open collector outputs. Logic AND function is exercised on both
lines with external pull-up resistors. The value of these resistors is system dependent.
Normally, a standard communication is composed of four parts: START signal, slave address transmission,
data transfer and STOP signal. They are described briefly in the following sections and illustrated in
Figure 14-10.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
556
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
MSB
CL
1
DA
LSB
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
MSB
9
ADR7 ADR6 ADR5 ADR4ADR3 ADR2 ADR1R/W
Start
Signal
Calling Address
Read/
Write
MSB
CL
1
XXX
3
4
5
6
7
8
Start
Signal
Calling Address
Read/
Write
3
4
5
6
7
8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
Data Byte
1
XX
Ack
Bit
9
No
Ack
Bit
MSB
9
ADR7 ADR6 ADR5 ADR4 ADR3 ADR2 ADR1R/W
DA
2
Ack
Bit
LSB
2
LSB
1
LSB
3
2
4
5
6
7
8
9
ADR7 ADR6 ADR5 ADR4 ADR3 ADR2 ADR1R/W
Repeated
Start
Signal
New Calling Address
Read/
Write
No
Ack
Bit
Figure 14-10. IIC-Bus Transmission Signals
14.4.1.1
START Signal
When the bus is free, i.e. no master device is engaging the bus (both SCL and SDA lines are at logical
high), a master may initiate communication by sending a START signal.As shown in Figure 14-10, a
START signal is defined as a high-to-low transition of SDA while SCL is high. This signal denotes the
beginning of a new data transfer (each data transfer may contain several bytes of data) and brings all slaves
out of their idle states.
SDA
SCL
START Condition
STOP Condition
Figure 14-11. Start and Stop Conditions
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
557
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
14.4.1.2
Slave Address Transmission
The first byte of data transfer immediately after the START signal is the slave address transmitted by the
master. This is a seven-bit calling address followed by a R/W bit. The R/W bit tells the slave the desired
direction of data transfer.
1 = Read transfer, the slave transmits data to the master.
0 = Write transfer, the master transmits data to the slave.
If the calling address is 10-bit, another byte is followed by the first byte.Only the slave with a calling
address that matches the one transmitted by the master will respond by sending back an acknowledge bit.
This is done by pulling the SDA low at the 9th clock (see Figure 14-10).
No two slaves in the system may have the same address. If the IIC bus is master, it must not transmit an
address that is equal to its own slave address. The IIC bus cannot be master and slave at the same
time.However, if arbitration is lost during an address cycle the IIC bus will revert to slave mode and
operate correctly even if it is being addressed by another master.
14.4.1.3
Data Transfer
As soon as successful slave addressing is achieved, the data transfer can proceed byte-by-byte in a
direction specified by the R/W bit sent by the calling master
All transfers that come after an address cycle are referred to as data transfers, even if they carry sub-address
information for the slave device.
Each data byte is 8 bits long. Data may be changed only while SCL is low and must be held stable while
SCL is high as shown in Figure 14-10. There is one clock pulse on SCL for each data bit, the MSB being
transferred first. Each data byte has to be followed by an acknowledge bit, which is signalled from the
receiving device by pulling the SDA low at the ninth clock. So one complete data byte transfer needs nine
clock pulses.
If the slave receiver does not acknowledge the master, the SDA line must be left high by the slave. The
master can then generate a stop signal to abort the data transfer or a start signal (repeated start) to
commence a new calling.
If the master receiver does not acknowledge the slave transmitter after a byte transmission, it means 'end
of data' to the slave, so the slave releases the SDA line for the master to generate STOP or START
signal.Note in order to release the bus correctly,after no-acknowledge to the master,the slave must be
immediately switched to receiver and a following dummy reading of the IBDR is necessary.
14.4.1.4
STOP Signal
The master can terminate the communication by generating a STOP signal to free the bus. However, the
master may generate a START signal followed by a calling command without generating a STOP signal
first. This is called repeated START. A STOP signal is defined as a low-to-high transition of SDA while
SCL at logical 1 (see Figure 14-10).
The master can generate a STOP even if the slave has generated an acknowledge at which point the slave
must release the bus.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
558
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
14.4.1.5
Repeated START Signal
As shown in Figure 14-10, a repeated START signal is a START signal generated without first generating
a STOP signal to terminate the communication. This is used by the master to communicate with another
slave or with the same slave in different mode (transmit/receive mode) without releasing the bus.
14.4.1.6
Arbitration Procedure
The Inter-IC bus is a true multi-master bus that allows more than one master to be connected on it. If two
or more masters try to control the bus at the same time, a clock synchronization procedure determines the
bus clock, for which the low period is equal to the longest clock low period and the high is equal to the
shortest one among the masters. The relative priority of the contending masters is determined by a data
arbitration procedure, a bus master loses arbitration if it transmits logic 1 while another master transmits
logic 0. The losing masters immediately switch over to slave receive mode and stop driving SDA output.
In this case the transition from master to slave mode does not generate a STOP condition. Meanwhile, a
status bit is set by hardware to indicate loss of arbitration.
14.4.1.7
Clock Synchronization
Because wire-AND logic is performed on SCL line, a high-to-low transition on SCL line affects all the
devices connected on the bus. The devices start counting their low period and as soon as a device's clock
has gone low, it holds the SCL line low until the clock high state is reached.However, the change of low
to high in this device clock may not change the state of the SCL line if another device clock is within its
low period. Therefore, synchronized clock SCL is held low by the device with the longest low period.
Devices with shorter low periods enter a high wait state during this time (see Figure 14-11). When all
devices concerned have counted off their low period, the synchronized clock SCL line is released and
pulled high. There is then no difference between the device clocks and the state of the SCL line and all the
devices start counting their high periods.The first device to complete its high period pulls the SCL line low
again.
WAIT
Start Counting High Period
SCL1
SCL2
SCL
Internal Counter Reset
Figure 14-12. IIC-Bus Clock Synchronization
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
559
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
14.4.1.8
Handshaking
The clock synchronization mechanism can be used as a handshake in data transfer. Slave devices may hold
the SCL low after completion of one byte transfer (9 bits). In such case, it halts the bus clock and forces
the master clock into wait states until the slave releases the SCL line.
14.4.1.9
Clock Stretching
The clock synchronization mechanism can be used by slaves to slow down the bit rate of a transfer. After
the master has driven SCL low the slave can drive SCL low for the required period and then release it.If
the slave SCL low period is greater than the master SCL low period then the resulting SCL bus signal low
period is stretched.
14.4.1.10 Ten-bit Address
A ten-bit address is indicated if the first 5 bits of the first address byte are 0x11110. The following rules
apply to the first address byte.
SLAVE
ADDRESS
R/W BIT
DESCRIPTION
0000000
0
General call address
0000010
x
Reserved for different bus
format
0000011
x
Reserved for future purposes
11111XX
x
Reserved for future purposes
11110XX
x
10-bit slave addressing
Figure 14-13. Definition
of bits in the first byte.
The address type is identified by ADTYPE. When ADTYPE is 0, 7-bit address is applied. Reversely, the
address is 10-bit address.Generally, there are two cases of 10-bit address.See the Figure 14-14 and
Figure 14-15.
S
Slave Add1st 7bits
11110+ADR10+ADR9
R/W
0
A1
Slave Add 2nd byte
ADR[8:1]
A2
Data
A3
Figure 14-14. A master-transmitter addresses a slave-receiver with a 10-bit address
S
Slave Add1st 7bits
11110+ADR10+ADR9
R/W
0
A1
Slave Add 2nd byte
ADR[8:1]
A2
Sr
Slave Add 1st 7bits
11110+ADR10+ADR9
R/W
1
A3
Data
Figure 14-15. A master-receiver addresses a slave-transmitter with a 10-bit address.
In the Figure 14-15, the first two bytes are the similar to Figure 14-14. After the repeated START(Sr),the
first slave address is transmitted again, but the R/W is 1, meaning that the slave is acted as a transmitter.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
560
Freescale Semiconductor
A4
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
14.4.1.11 General Call Address
To broadcast using a general call, a device must first generate the general call address($00), then after
receiving acknowledge, it must transmit data.
In communication, as a slave device, provided the GCEN is asserted, a device acknowledges the broadcast
and receives data until the GCEN is disabled or the master device releases the bus or generates a new
transfer. In the broadcast, slaves always act as receivers. In general call, IAAS is also used to indicate the
address match.
In order to distinguish whether the address match is the normal address match or the general call address
match, IBDR should be read after the address byte has been received. If the data is $00, the match is
general call address match. The meaning of the general call address is always specified in the first data
byte and must be dealt with by S/W, the IIC hardware does not decode and process the first data byte.
When one byte transfer is done, the received data can be read from IBDR. The user can control the
procedure by enabling or disabling GCEN.
14.4.2
Operation in Run Mode
This is the basic mode of operation.
14.4.3
Operation in Wait Mode
IIC operation in wait mode can be configured. Depending on the state of internal bits, the IIC can operate
normally when the CPU is in wait mode or the IIC clock generation can be turned off and the IIC module
enters a power conservation state during wait mode. In the later case, any transmission or reception in
progress stops at wait mode entry.
14.4.4
Operation in Stop Mode
The IIC is inactive in stop mode for reduced power consumption. The STOP instruction does not affect
IIC register states.
14.5
Resets
The reset state of each individual bit is listed in Section 14.3, “Memory Map and Register Definition,”
which details the registers and their bit-fields.
14.6
Interrupts
IICV3 uses only one interrupt vector.
Table 14-11. Interrupt Summary
Interrupt
Offset
Vector
Priority
Source
Description
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
561
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
IIC
Interrupt
—
—
—
IBAL, TCF, IAAS When either of IBAL, TCF or IAAS bits is set
bits in IBSR
may cause an interrupt based on arbitration
register
lost, transfer complete or address detect
conditions
Internally there are three types of interrupts in IIC. The interrupt service routine can determine the interrupt
type by reading the status register.
IIC Interrupt can be generated on
1. Arbitration lost condition (IBAL bit set)
2. Byte transfer condition (TCF bit set)
3. Address detect condition (IAAS bit set)
The IIC interrupt is enabled by the IBIE bit in the IIC control register. It must be cleared by writing 0 to
the IBF bit in the interrupt service routine.
14.7
Application Information
14.7.1
14.7.1.1
IIC Programming Examples
Initialization Sequence
Reset will put the IIC bus control register to its default status. Before the interface can be used to transfer
serial data, an initialization procedure must be carried out, as follows:
1. Update the frequency divider register (IBFD) and select the required division ratio to obtain SCL
frequency from system clock.
2. Update the ADTYPE of IBCR2 to define the address length, 7 bits or 10 bits.
3. Update the IIC bus address register (IBAD) to define its slave address. If 10-bit address is applied
IBCR2 should be updated to define the rest bits of address.
4. Set the IBEN bit of the IIC bus control register (IBCR) to enable the IIC interface system.
5. Modify the bits of the IIC bus control register (IBCR) to select master/slave mode, transmit/receive
mode and interrupt enable or not.
6. If supported general call, the GCEN in IBCR2 should be asserted.
14.7.1.2
Generation of START
After completion of the initialization procedure, serial data can be transmitted by selecting the 'master
transmitter' mode. If the device is connected to a multi-master bus system, the state of the IIC bus busy bit
(IBB) must be tested to check whether the serial bus is free.
If the bus is free (IBB=0), the start condition and the first byte (the slave address) can be sent. The data
written to the data register comprises the slave calling address and the LSB set to indicate the direction of
transfer required from the slave.
The bus free time (i.e., the time between a STOP condition and the following START condition) is built
into the hardware that generates the START cycle. Depending on the relative frequencies of the system
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
562
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
clock and the SCL period it may be necessary to wait until the IIC is busy after writing the calling address
to the IBDR before proceeding with the following instructions. This is illustrated in the following example.
An example of a program which generates the START signal and transmits the first byte of data (slave
address) is shown below:
CHFLAG
BRSET
IBSR,#$20,*
;WAIT FOR IBB FLAG TO CLEAR
TXSTART
BSET
IBCR,#$30
;SET TRANSMIT AND MASTER MODE;i.e. GENERATE START CONDITION
MOVB
CALLING,IBDR
;TRANSMIT THE CALLING ADDRESS, D0=R/W
BRCLR
IBSR,#$20,*
;WAIT FOR IBB FLAG TO SET
IBFREE
14.7.1.3
Post-Transfer Software Response
Transmission or reception of a byte will set the data transferring bit (TCF) to 1, which indicates one byte
communication is finished. The IIC bus interrupt bit (IBIF) is set also; an interrupt will be generated if the
interrupt function is enabled during initialization by setting the IBIE bit. Software must clear the IBIF bit
in the interrupt routine first. The TCF bit will be cleared by reading from the IIC bus data I/O register
(IBDR) in receive mode or writing to IBDR in transmit mode.
Software may service the IIC I/O in the main program by monitoring the IBIF bit if the interrupt function
is disabled. Note that polling should monitor the IBIF bit rather than the TCF bit because their operation
is different when arbitration is lost.
Note that when an interrupt occurs at the end of the address cycle the master will always be in transmit
mode, i.e. the address is transmitted. If master receive mode is required, indicated by R/W bit in IBDR,
then the Tx/Rx bit should be toggled at this stage.
During slave mode address cycles (IAAS=1), the SRW bit in the status register is read to determine the
direction of the subsequent transfer and the Tx/Rx bit is programmed accordingly.For slave mode data
cycles (IAAS=0) the SRW bit is not valid, the Tx/Rx bit in the control register should be read to determine
the direction of the current transfer.
The following is an example of a software response by a 'master transmitter' in the interrupt routine.
ISR
TRANSMIT
BCLR
BRCLR
BRCLR
BRSET
MOVB
IBSR,#$02
IBCR,#$20,SLAVE
IBCR,#$10,RECEIVE
IBSR,#$01,END
DATABUF,IBDR
14.7.1.4
Generation of STOP
;CLEAR THE IBIF FLAG
;BRANCH IF IN SLAVE MODE
;BRANCH IF IN RECEIVE MODE
;IF NO ACK, END OF TRANSMISSION
;TRANSMIT NEXT BYTE OF DATA
A data transfer ends with a STOP signal generated by the 'master' device. A master transmitter can simply
generate a STOP signal after all the data has been transmitted. The following is an example showing how
a stop condition is generated by a master transmitter.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
563
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
MASTX
END
EMASTX
TST
BEQ
BRSET
MOVB
DEC
BRA
BCLR
RTI
TXCNT
END
IBSR,#$01,END
DATABUF,IBDR
TXCNT
EMASTX
IBCR,#$20
;GET VALUE FROM THE TRANSMITING COUNTER
;END IF NO MORE DATA
;END IF NO ACK
;TRANSMIT NEXT BYTE OF DATA
;DECREASE THE TXCNT
;EXIT
;GENERATE A STOP CONDITION
;RETURN FROM INTERRUPT
If a master receiver wants to terminate a data transfer, it must inform the slave transmitter by not
acknowledging the last byte of data which can be done by setting the transmit acknowledge bit (TXAK)
before reading the 2nd last byte of data. Before reading the last byte of data, a STOP signal must be
generated first. The following is an example showing how a STOP signal is generated by a master receiver.
MASR
DEC
BEQ
MOVB
DEC
BNE
BSET
RXCNT
ENMASR
RXCNT,D1
D1
NXMAR
IBCR,#$08
ENMASR
NXMAR
BRA
BCLR
MOVB
RTI
NXMAR
IBCR,#$20
IBDR,RXBUF
14.7.1.5
Generation of Repeated START
LAMAR
;DECREASE THE RXCNT
;LAST BYTE TO BE READ
;CHECK SECOND LAST BYTE
;TO BE READ
;NOT LAST OR SECOND LAST
;SECOND LAST, DISABLE ACK
;TRANSMITTING
;LAST ONE, GENERATE ‘STOP’ SIGNAL
;READ DATA AND STORE
At the end of data transfer, if the master continues to want to communicate on the bus, it can generate
another START signal followed by another slave address without first generating a STOP signal. A
program example is as shown.
RESTART
BSET
MOVB
IBCR,#$04
CALLING,IBDR
14.7.1.6
Slave Mode
;ANOTHER START (RESTART)
;TRANSMIT THE CALLING ADDRESS;D0=R/W
In the slave interrupt service routine, the module addressed as slave bit (IAAS) should be tested to check
if a calling of its own address has just been received. If IAAS is set, software should set the
transmit/receive mode select bit (Tx/Rx bit of IBCR) according to the R/W command bit (SRW). Writing
to the IBCR clears the IAAS automatically. Note that the only time IAAS is read as set is from the interrupt
at the end of the address cycle where an address match occurred, interrupts resulting from subsequent data
transfers will have IAAS cleared. A data transfer may now be initiated by writing information to IBDR,
for slave transmits, or dummy reading from IBDR, in slave receive mode. The slave will drive SCL low
in-between byte transfers, SCL is released when the IBDR is accessed in the required mode.
In slave transmitter routine, the received acknowledge bit (RXAK) must be tested before transmitting the
next byte of data. Setting RXAK means an 'end of data' signal from the master receiver, after which it must
be switched from transmitter mode to receiver mode by software. A dummy read then releases the SCL
line so that the master can generate a STOP signal.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
564
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
14.7.1.7
Arbitration Lost
If several masters try to engage the bus simultaneously, only one master wins and the others lose
arbitration. The devices which lost arbitration are immediately switched to slave receive mode by the
hardware. Their data output to the SDA line is stopped, but SCL continues to be generated until the end of
the byte during which arbitration was lost. An interrupt occurs at the falling edge of the ninth clock of this
transfer with IBAL=1 and MS/SL=0. If one master attempts to start transmission while the bus is being
engaged by another master, the hardware will inhibit the transmission; switch the MS/SL bit from 1 to 0
without generating STOP condition; generate an interrupt to CPU and set the IBAL to indicate that the
attempt to engage the bus is failed. When considering these cases, the slave service routine should test the
IBAL first and the software should clear the IBAL bit if it is set.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
565
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
Clear
IBIF
Master
Mode
?
Y
TX
N
RX
Tx/Rx
?
Y
Arbitration
Lost
?
N
Last Byte
Transmitted
?
N
Clear IBAL
Y
RXAK=0
?
Last
Byte To Be Read
?
N
End Of
Addr Cycle
(Master Rx)
?
N
Y
N
2nd Last
Byte To Be Read
?
Y
(Read)
N
Write Next
Byte To IBDR
Set TXAK =1
Y
IAAS=1
?
N
Y
Y
N
Y
Y
TX/RX
?
TX
SRW=1
?
ACK From
Receiver
?
N
RX
10-bit address transfer
N
IBDR==
11110xx1?
Y
set RX
Mode
Read Data
From IBDR
And Store
Tx Next
Byte
Write Data
To IBDR
Y
Data Transfer
7-bit address transfer
Set TX
Mode
Switch To
Rx Mode
N
10-bit
address?
N (Write) Y
Generate
Stop Signal
IAAS=1
?
set TX
Mode
Dummy Read
From IBDR
Set RX
Mode
Switch To
Rx Mode
Write Data
To IBDR
Dummy Read
From IBDR
Generate
Stop Signal
Read Data
From IBDR
And Store
Dummy Read
From IBDR
Dummy Read
From IBDR
RTI
Figure 14-16. Flow-Chart of Typical IIC Interrupt Routine
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
566
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
Caution:When IIC is configured as 10-bit address,the point of the data array in interrupt routine must be
reset after it’s addressed.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
567
Chapter 14 Inter-Integrated Circuit (IICV3) Block Description
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
568
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15
Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
Revision History
Table 15-1. LCD40F4BV3 Revision History
Version
Number
Revision
Date
Effective
Date
01.00
26-Jul-00
initial LCD module spec
01.08
27-Mar-08
New specification for 9S12HY family based on 9S12H family specification
01.09
25-Apr-08
Update for 9S12HY defining last registers as unimplemented
02.01
29-Jul-09
add pseudo stop feature
03.01
07-Jun-11
update lcd clock prescaler on page 15-576 and table on page 15-581Change IRC
clock to RTC clock
Add 15.4.5, “LCD Clock Inputs & Reset Behavior
03.02
20-Jun-11
update on page 15-577,LCDRSTP will control both pseudo stop and full stop
update on page 15-581,LCDRAM should be reset zero
Author
Description of Changes
03.03
21-Jun-11
add Section Figure 15-2., “LCD40F4BV3 Register Summary
03.04
21-Oct-11
Update Section Figure 15-2., “LCD40F4BV3 Register Summary,change name to
LCDFPENR0-4
03.05
05-Sep-12
rewording of Section 15.3.2.4, “LCD RAM (LCDRAM)
15.1
Introduction
The LCD40F4BV3 driver module has 40 frontplane drivers and 4 backplane drivers so that a maximum
of 160 LCD segments are controllable. Each segment is controlled by a corresponding bit in the LCD
RAM. Four multiplex modes (1/1, 1/2, 1/3, 1/4 duty), and three bias (1/1, 1/2, 1/3) methods are available.
The V0 voltage is the lowest level of the output waveform and V3 becomes the highest level. All frontplane
and backplane pins can be multiplexed with other port functions.
The LCD40F4BV3 driver system consists of five major sub-modules:
•
Timing and Control – consists of registers and control logic for frame clock generation, bias
voltage level select, frame duty select, backplane select, and frontplane select/enable to produce
the required frame frequency and voltage waveforms.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
569
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
•
•
•
•
LCD RAM – contains the data to be displayed on the LCD. Data can be read from or written to the
display RAM at any time.
Frontplane Drivers – consists of 40 frontplane drivers.
Backplane Drivers – consists of 4 backplane drivers.
Voltage Generator – Based on voltage applied to VLCD, it generates the voltage levels for the
timing and control logic to produce the frontplane and backplane waveforms.
15.1.1
Features
The LCD40F4BV3 includes these distinctive features:
• Supports five LCD operation modes
• 40 frontplane drivers
• 4 backplane drivers
— Each frontplane has an enable bit respectively
• Programmable frame clock generator
• Programmable bias voltage level selector
• On-chip generation of 4 different output voltage levels
15.1.2
Modes of Operation
The LCD40F4BV3 module supports five operation modes with different numbers of backplanes and
different biasing levels. During wait mode the LCD operation can be suspended under software control.
Depending on the state of internal bits, the LCD can operate normally or the LCD clock generation can be
turned off and the LCD40F4BV3 module enters a power conservation state.
This is a high level description only, detailed descriptions of operating modes are contained in
Section 15.4.2, “Operation in Wait Mode”, and Section 15.4.3, “Operation in Stop Mode”.
15.1.3
Block Diagram
Figure 15-1 is a block diagram of the LCD40F4BV3 module.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
570
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
Internal Address/Data/Clocks
RTCCLK
Timing
and
Control
Logic
LCD
RAM
20 bytes
Prescaler
LCD Clock
V3
V3
Frontplane
Drivers
V2
V1
V2
Voltage
Generator
Backplane
Drivers
V0
V0
FP[39:0]
V1
VLCD
BP[3:0]
Figure 15-1. LCD40F4BV3 Block Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
571
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.2
External Signal Description
The LCD40F4BV3 module has a total of 45 external pins.
Table 15-2. Signal Properties
Name
Function
Reset State
4 backplane waveforms
BP[3:0]
Backplane waveform signals
that connect directly to the pads
High impedance
40 frontplane waveforms
FP[39:0] Frontplane waveform signals
that connect directly to the pads
High impedance
LCD voltage
15.2.1
Port
VLCD
LCD supply voltage
—
BP[3:0] — Analog Backplane Pins
This output signal vector represents the analog backplane waveforms of the LCD40F4BV3 module and is
connected directly to the corresponding pads.
15.2.2
FP[39:0] — Analog Frontplane Pins
This output signal vector represents the analog frontplane waveforms of the LCD40F4BV3 module and is
connected directly to the corresponding pads.
15.2.3
VLCD — LCD Supply Voltage Pin
Positive supply voltage for the LCD waveform generation.
15.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all memory and registers.
15.3.1
Module Memory Map
The memory map for the LCD40F4BV3 module is given in Table 15-3. The address listed for each register
is the address offset. The total address for each register is the sum of the base address for the
LCD40F4BV3 module and the address offset for each register.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
572
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
Table 15-3. LCD40F4BV3 Memory Map
Address
Offset
Use
Access
0x0000
LCD Control Register 0 (LCDCR0)
Read/Write
0x0001
LCD Control Register 1 (LCDCR1)
Read/Write
0x0002
LCD Frontplane Enable Register 0 (LCDFPENR0)
Read/Write
0x0003
LCD Frontplane Enable Register 1 (LCDFPENR1)
Read/Write
0x0004
LCD Frontplane Enable Register 2 (LCDFPENR2)
Read/Write
0x0005
LCD Frontplane Enable Register 3 (LCDFPENR3)
Read/Write
0x0006
LCD Frontplane Enable Register 4 (LCDFPENR4)
Read/Write
0x0007
Unimplemented
0x0008
LCDRAM (Location 0)
Read/Write
0x0009
LCDRAM (Location 1)
Read/Write
0x000A
LCDRAM (Location 2)
Read/Write
0x000B
LCDRAM (Location 3)
Read/Write
0x000C
LCDRAM (Location 4)
Read/Write
0x000D
LCDRAM (Location 5)
Read/Write
0x000E
LCDRAM (Location 6)
Read/Write
0x000F
LCDRAM (Location 7)
Read/Write
0x0010
LCDRAM (Location 8)
Read/Write
0x0011
LCDRAM (Location 9)
Read/Write
0x0012
LCDRAM (Location 10)
Read/Write
0x0013
LCDRAM (Location 11)
Read/Write
0x0014
LCDRAM (Location 12)
Read/Write
0x0015
LCDRAM (Location 13)
Read/Write
0x0016
LCDRAM (Location 14)
Read/Write
0x0017
LCDRAM (Location 15)
Read/Write
0x0018
LCDRAM (Location 16)
Read/Write
0x0019
LCDRAM (Location 17)
Read/Write
0x001A
LCDRAM (Location 18)
Read/Write
0x001B
LCDRAM (Location 19)
Read/Write
0x001C0x001F
Unimplemented
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
573
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section consists of register descriptions. Each description includes a standard register diagram.
Details of register bit and field function follow the register diagrams, in bit order.
Address
Name
Bit 7
Bit 6
Bit 5
Bit 4
Bit 3
Bit 2
Bit 1
Bit 0
0x0000
LCDCR0
R
W
0
0
LCLK1
LCLK0
BIAS
DUTY1
DUTY0
0x0001
LCDCR1
R
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0002
LCDFPENR0
R
W
FP7EN
FP6EN
FP5EN
FP4EN
FP3EN
FP2EN
FP1EN
FP0EN
0x0003
LCDFPENR1
R
FP15EN
W
FP14EN
FP13EN
FP12EN
FP11EN
FP10EN
FP9EN
FP8EN
0x0004
LCDFPENR2
R
FP23EN
W
FP22EN
FP21EN
FP20EN
FP19EN
FP18EN
FP17EN
FP16EN
0x0005
LCDFPENR3
R
FP31EN
W
FP30EN
FP29EN
FP28EN
FP27EN
FP26EN
FP25EN
FP24EN
0x0006
LCDFPENR4
R
FP39EN
W
FP38EN
FP37EN
FP36EN
FP35EN
FP34EN
FP33EN
FP32EN
0x0007
Reserved
R
W
0x0008
LCDRAM0
R
FP1BP3
W
FP1BP2
FP1BP1
FP1BP0
FP0BP3
FP0BP2
FP0BP1
FP0BP0
0x0009
LCDRAM1
R
FP3BP3
W
FP3BP2
FP3BP1
FP3BP0
FP2BP3
FP2BP2
FP2BP1
FP2BP0
0x000A
LCDRAM2
R
FP5BP3
W
FP5BP2
FP5BP1
FP5BP0
FP4BP3
FP4BP2
FP4BP1
FP4BP0
0x000B
LCDRAM3
R
FP7BP3
W
FP7BP2
FP7BP1
FP7BP0
FP6BP3
FP6BP2
FP6BP1
FP6BP0
0x000C
LCDRAM4
R
FP9BP3
W
FP9BP2
FP9BP1
FP9BP0
FP8BP3
FP8BP2
FP8BP1
FP8BP0
0x000D
LCDRAM5
R
FP11BP3
W
FP11BP2
FP11BP1
FP11BP0
FP10BP3
FP10BP2
FP10BP1
FP10BP0
0x000E
LCDRAM6
R
FP13BP3
W
FP13BP2
FP13BP1
FP13BP0
FP12BP3
FP12BP2
FP12BP1
FP12BP0
0x000F
LCDRAM7
R
FP15BP3
W
FP15BP2
FP15BP1
FP15BP0
FP14BP3
FP14BP2
FP14BP1
FP14BP0
LCDEN
LCDSWAI LCDRSTP
Figure 15-2. LCD40F4BV3 Register Summary
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
574
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
0x0010
LCDRAM8
R
FP17BP3
W
FP17BP2
FP17BP1
FP17BP0
FP16BP3
FP16BP2
FP16BP1
FP16BP0
0x0011
LCDRAM9
R
FP19BP3
W
FP19BP2
FP19BP1
FP19BP0
FP18BP3
FP18BP2
FP18BP1
FP18BP0
0x0012
LCDRAM10
R
FP21BP3
W
FP21BP2
FP21BP1
FP21BP0
FP20BP3
FP20BP2
FP20BP1
FP20BP0
0x0013
LCDRAM11
R
FP23BP3
W
FP23BP2
FP23BP1
FP23BP0
FP22BP3
FP22BP2
FP22BP1
FP22BP0
0x0014
LCDRAM12
R
FP25BP3
W
FP25BP2
FP25BP1
FP25BP0
FP24BP3
FP24BP2
FP24BP1
FP24BP0
0x0015
LCDRAM13
R
FP27BP3
W
FP27BP2
FP27BP1
FP27BP0
FP26BP3
FP26BP2
FP26BP1
FP26BP0
0x0016
LCDRAM14
R
FP29BP3
W
FP29BP2
FP29BP1
FP29BP0
FP28BP3
FP28BP2
FP28BP1
FP28BP0
0x0017
LCDRAM15
R
FP31BP3
W
FP31BP2
FP31BP1
FP31BP0
FP30BP3
FP30BP2
FP30BP1
FP30BP0
0x0018
LCDRAM16
R
FP33BP3
W
FP33BP2
FP33BP1
FP33BP0
FP32BP3
FP32BP2
FP32BP1
FP32BP0
0x0019
LCDRAM17
R
FP35BP3
W
FP35BP2
FP35BP1
FP35BP0
FP34BP3
FP34BP2
FP34BP1
FP34BP0
0x001A
LCDRAM18
R
FP37BP3
W
FP37BP2
FP37BP1
FP37BP0
FP36BP3
FP36BP2
FP36BP1
FP36BP0
0x001B
LCDRAM19
R
FP39BP3
W
FP39BP2
FP39BP1
FP39BP0
FP38BP3
FP38BP2
FP38BP1
FP38BP0
0x001C0x001F
Reserved
R
W
Figure 15-2. LCD40F4BV3 Register Summary
15.3.2.1
LCD Control Register 0 (LCDCR0)
Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
W
Reset
LCDEN
0
6
5
0
0
0
0
4
3
2
1
0
LCLK1
LCLK0
BIAS
DUTY1
DUTY0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 15-3. LCD Control Register 0 (LCDCR0)
Read: anytime
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
575
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
Write: LCDEN anytime. To avoid segment flicker the clock prescaler bits, the bias select bit and the duty
select bits must not be changed when the LCD is enabled.
Table 15-4. LCDCR0 Field Descriptions
Field
7
LCDEN
Description
LCD40F4BV3 Driver System Enable — The LCDEN bit starts the LCD waveform generator.
0 All frontplane and backplane pins are disabled. In addition, the LCD40F4BV3 system is disabled
and all LCD waveform generation clocks are stopped.
1 LCD driver system is enabled. All FP[39:0] pins with FP[39:0]EN set, will output an LCD driver
waveform The BP[3:0] pins will output an LCD40F4BV3 driver waveform based on the settings of DUTY0
and DUTY1.
4:3
LCLK[1:0]
LCD Clock Prescaler — The LCD clock prescaler bits determine the RTCCLK divider value to produce the LCD
clock frequency. For detailed description of the correlation between LCD clock prescaler bits and the divider
value please refer to Table 15-8.
2
BIAS
BIAS Voltage Level Select — This bit selects the bias voltage levels during various LCD operating modes, as
shown in Table 15-9.
1:0
DUTY[1:0]
LCD Duty Select — The DUTY1 and DUTY0 bits select the duty (multiplex mode) of the LCD40F4BV3 driver
system, as shown in Table 15-9.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
576
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.3.2.2
LCD Control Register 1 (LCDCR1)
Module Base + 0x0001
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
1
0
LCDSWAI
LCDRSTP
0
0
Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 15-4. LCD Control Register 1 (LCDCR1)
Read: anytime
Write: anytime
Table 15-5. LCDCR1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1
LCDSWAI
LCD Stop in Wait Mode — This bit controls the LCD operation while in wait mode.
0 LCD operates normally in wait mode.
1 Stop LCD40F4BV3 driver system when in wait mode.
0
LCDRSTP
LCD Run in Stop Mode This bit controls the LCD operation while in pseudo stop mode and full stop mode.
0 Stop LCD32F4B driver system when in stop mode(pseudo stop or full stop).
1 LCD operates normally in stop mode. If lcd clock come from 32k osc clock which is not stoped during full stop
mode, LCDRSTP=1 will control LCD run in pseudo stop or full stop mode. If lcd clock come from main osc clock,
LCDRSTP=1 will control LCD run in pseudo stop mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
577
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.3.2.3
LCD Frontplane Enable Register 0–3 (LCDFPENR0–LCDFPENR4)
Module Base + 0x0002
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FP7EN
FP6EN
FP5EN
FP4EN
FP3EN
FP2EN
FP1EN
FP0EN
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 15-5. LCD Frontplane Enable Register 0 (LCDFPENR0)
Module Base + 0x0003
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FP15EN
FP14EN
FP13EN
FP12EN
FP11EN
FP10EN
FP9EN
FP8EN
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 15-6. LCD Frontplane Enable Register 1 (LCDFPENR1)
Module Base + 0x0004
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FP23EN
FP22EN
FP21EN
FP20EN
FP19EN
FP18EN
FP17EN
FP16EN
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 15-7. LCD Frontplane Enable Register 2 (LCDFPENR2)
Module Base + 0x0005
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FP31EN
FP30EN
FP29EN
FP28EN
FP27EN
FP26EN
FP25EN
FP24EN
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 15-8. LCD Frontplane Enable Register 3 (LCDFPENR3)
Module Base + 0x0005
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FP39EN
FP38EN
FP37EN
FP36EN
FP35EN
FP34EN
FP33EN
FP32EN
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 15-9. LCD Frontplane Enable Register 4 (LCDFPENR4)
These bits enable the frontplane output waveform on the corresponding frontplane pin when LCDEN = 1.
Read: anytime
Write: anytime
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
578
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
Table 15-6. LCDFPENR0–LCDFPENR4 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
39:0
Frontplane Output Enable — The FP[39:0]EN bit enables the frontplane driver outputs. If LCDEN = 0, these
FP[39:0]EN bits have no effect on the state of the I/O pins. It is recommended to set FP[39:0]EN bits before LCDEN is set.
0 Frontplane driver output disabled on FP[39:0].
1 Frontplane driver output enabled on FP[39:0].
15.3.2.4
LCD RAM (LCDRAM)
The LCD RAM consists of 20 bytes. After reset the LCD RAM contents will be zero, as indicated by
Figure 15-10.
0x0008
R
LCDRAM
W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FP1BP3
FP1BP2
FP1BP1
FP1BP0
FP0BP3
FP0BP2
FP0BP1
FP0BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP3BP3
FP3BP2
FP3BP1
FP3BP0
FP2BP3
FP2BP2
FP2BP1
FP2BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP5BP3
FP5BP2
FP5BP1
FP5BP0
FP4BP3
FP4BP2
FP4BP1
FP4BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP7BP3
FP7BP2
FP7BP1
FP7BP0
FP6BP3
FP6BP2
FP6BP1
FP6BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP9BP3
FP9BP2
FP9BP1
FP9BP0
FP8BP3
FP8BP2
FP8BP1
FP8BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP11BP3
FP11BP2
FP11BP1
FP11BP0
FP10BP3
FP10BP2
FP10BP1
FP10BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP13BP3
FP13BP2
FP13BP1
FP13BP0
FP12BP3
FP12BP2
FP12BP1
FP12BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP15BP3
FP15BP2
FP15BP1
FP15BP0
FP14BP3
FP14BP2
FP14BP1
FP14BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP17BP3
FP17BP2
FP17BP1
FP17BP0
FP16BP3
FP16BP2
FP16BP1
FP16BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reset
0x0009
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x000A
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x000B
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x000C
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x000D
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x000E
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x000F
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x0010
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
I = Value is indeterminate
Figure 15-10. LCD RAM (LCDRAM)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
579
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
0x0011
R
LCDRAM
W
FP19BP3
FP19BP2
FP19BP1
FP19BP0
FP18BP3
FP18BP2
FP18BP1
FP18BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP21BP3
FP21BP2
FP21BP1
FP21BP0
FP20BP3
FP20BP2
FP20BP1
FP20BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP23BP3
FP23BP2
FP23BP1
FP23BP0
FP22BP3
FP22BP2
FP22BP1
FP22BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP25BP3
FP25BP2
FP25BP1
FP25BP0
FP24BP3
FP24BP2
FP24BP1
FP24BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP27BP3
FP27BP2
FP27BP1
FP27BP0
FP26BP3
FP26BP2
FP26BP1
FP26BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP29BP3
FP29BP2
FP29BP1
FP29BP0
FP28BP3
FP28BP2
FP28BP1
FP28BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP31BP3
FP31BP2
FP31BP1
FP31BP0
FP30BP3
FP30BP2
FP30BP1
FP30BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP33BP3
FP33BP2
FP33BP1
FP33BP0
FP32BP3
FP32BP2
FP32BP1
FP32BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP35BP3
FP35BP2
FP35BP1
FP35BP0
FP34BP3
FP34BP2
FP34BP1
FP34BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP37BP3
FP37BP2
FP37BP1
FP37BP0
FP36BP3
FP36BP2
FP36BP1
FP36BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
FP39BP3
FP39BP2
FP39BP1
FP39BP0
FP38BP3
FP38BP2
FP38BP1
FP38BP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reset
0x0012
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x0013
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x0014
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x0015
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x0016
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x0017
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x0018
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x0019
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x001A
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
0x001B
R
LCDRAM
W
Reset
I = Value is indeterminate
Figure 15-10. LCD RAM (LCDRAM) (continued)
Read: anytime
Write: anytime
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
580
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
Table 15-7. LCD RAM Field Descriptions
Field
Description
39:0
3:0
FP[39:0]
BP[3:0]
LCD Segment ON — The FP[39:0]BP[3:0] bit displays (turns on) the LCD segment connected between FP[39:0]
and BP[3:0].
0 LCD segment OFF
1 LCD segment ON
15.4
Functional Description
This section provides a complete functional description of the LCD40F4BV3 block, detailing the
operation of the design from the end user perspective in a number of subsections.
15.4.1
15.4.1.1
LCD Driver Description
Frontplane, Backplane, and LCD System During Reset
During a reset the following conditions exist:
• The LCD40F4BV3 system is configured in the default mode, 1/4 duty and 1/3 bias, that means all
backplanes are used.
• All frontplane enable bits, FP[39:0]EN are cleared and the ON/OFF control for the display, the
LCDEN bit is cleared, thereby forcing all frontplane and backplane driver outputs to the high
impedance state. The MCU pin state during reset is defined by the port integration module (PIM).
15.4.1.2
LCD Clock and Frame Frequency
The frequency of the source clock (RTCCLK) and divider determine the LCD clock frequency. The divider
is set by the LCD clock prescaler bits, LCLK[1:0], in the LCD control register 0 (LCDCR0). Table 15-8
shows the LCD clock and frame frequency for some multiplexed mode at RTCCLK = 32768Hz, 32000Hz,
and 64000Hz.
Table 15-8. LCD Clock and Frame Frequency
Source clock
Frequency in
Hz
LCD Clock
Prescaler
Divider
LCLK1
LCLK0
RTCCLK = 32768
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
64
128
256
512
RTCCLK = 32000
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
64
128
256
512
Frame Frequency [Hz]
LCD Clock
Frequency [Hz]
1/1 Duty
1/2 Duty
1/3 Duty
1/4 Duty
512
256
128
64
512
256
128
64
256
128
64
32
171
85
43
21
128
64
32
16
500
250
125
63
500
250
125
63
250
125
63
31
167
83
42
21
125
63
31
16
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
581
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
Table 15-8. LCD Clock and Frame Frequency
Source clock
Frequency in
Hz
RTCCLK = 64000
LCD Clock
Prescaler
LCLK1
LCLK0
0
0
1
1
0
1
0
1
Divider
64
128
256
512
Frame Frequency [Hz]
LCD Clock
Frequency [Hz]
1000
500
250
125
1/1 Duty
1/2 Duty
1/3 Duty
1/4 Duty
1000
500250
125
500
250
125
63
333
167
83
42
250
125
63
31
For other combinations of RTCCLK and divider not shown in Table 15-8, the following formula may be used
to calculate the LCD frame frequency for each multiplex mode:
RTC CLK (Hz)
LCD Frame Frequency (Hz) = -------------------------------------------- Duty
Divider
The possible divider values are shown in Table 15-8.
15.4.1.3
LCD RAM
For a segment on the LCD to be displayed, data must be written to the LCD RAM which is shown in
Section 15.3, “Memory Map and Register Definition”. The 160 bits in the LCD RAM correspond to the
160 segments that are driven by the frontplane and backplane drivers. Writing a 1 to a given location will
result in the corresponding display segment being driven with a differential RMS voltage necessary to turn
the segment ON when the LCDEN bit is set and the corresponding FP[39:0]EN bit is set. Writing a 0 to a
given location will result in the corresponding display segment being driven with a differential RMS
voltage necessary to turn the segment OFF. The LCD RAM is a dual port RAM that interfaces with the
internal address and data buses of the MCU. It is possible to read from LCD RAM locations for scrolling
purposes. When LCDEN = 0, the LCD RAM can be used as on-chip RAM. Writing or reading of the
LCDEN bit does not change the contents of the LCD RAM. After a reset, the LCD RAM contents will be
indeterminate.
15.4.1.4
LCD Driver System Enable and Frontplane Enable Sequencing
If LCDEN = 0 (LCD40F4BV3 driver system disabled) and the frontplane enable bit, FP[39:0]EN, is set,
the frontplane driver waveform will not appear on the output until LCDEN is set. If LCDEN = 1
(LCD40F4BV3 driver system enabled), the frontplane driver waveform will appear on the output as soon
as the corresponding frontplane enable bit, FP[39:0]EN, in the registers LCDFPENR0–LCDFPENR4 is
set.
15.4.1.5
LCD Bias and Modes of Operation
The LCD40F4BV3 driver has five modes of operation:
• 1/1 duty (1 backplane), 1/1 bias (2 voltage levels)
• 1/2 duty (2 backplanes), 1/2 bias (3 voltage levels)
• 1/2 duty (2 backplanes), 1/3 bias (4 voltage levels)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
582
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
•
•
1/3 duty (3 backplanes), 1/3 bias (4 voltage levels)
1/4 duty (4 backplanes), 1/3 bias (4 voltage levels)
The voltage levels required for the different operating modes are generated internally based on VLCD.
Changing VLCD alters the differential RMS voltage across the segments in the ON and OFF states,
thereby setting the display contrast.
The backplane waveforms are continuous and repetitive every frame. They are fixed within each operating
mode and are not affected by the data in the LCD RAM.
The frontplane waveforms generated are dependent on the state (ON or OFF) of the LCD segments as
defined in the LCD RAM. The LCD40F4BV3 driver hardware uses the data in the LCD RAM to construct
the frontplane waveform to create a differential RMS voltage necessary to turn the segment ON or OFF.
The LCD duty is decided by the DUTY1 and DUTY0 bits in the LCD control register 0 (LCDCR0). The
number of bias voltage levels is determined by the BIAS bit in LCDCR0. Table 15-9 summarizes the
multiplex modes (duties) and the bias voltage levels that can be selected for each multiplex mode (duty).
The backplane pins have their corresponding backplane waveform output BP[3:0] in high impedance state
when in the OFF state as indicated in Table 15-9. In the OFF state the corresponding pins BP[3:0]can be
used for other functionality, for example as general purpose I/O ports.
Table 15-9. LCD Duty and Bias
Duty
LCDCR0 Register
Backplanes
Bias (BIAS = 0)
Bias (BIAS = 1)
DUTY1
DUTY0
BP3
BP2
BP1
BP0
1/1
1/2
1/3
1/1
1/2
1/3
1/1
0
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
BP0
YES
NA
NA
YES
NA
NA
1/2
1
0
OFF
OFF
BP1
BP0
NA
YES
NA
NA
NA
YES
1/3
1
1
OFF
BP2
BP1
BP0
NA
NA
YES
NA
NA
YES
1/4
0
0
BP3
BP2
BP1
BP0
NA
NA
YES
NA
NA
YES
15.4.2
Operation in Wait Mode
The LCD40F4BV3 driver system operation during wait mode is controlled by the LCD stop in wait
(LCDSWAI) bit in the LCD control register 1 (LCDCR1). If LCDSWAI is reset, the LCD40F4BV3 driver
system continues to operate during wait mode. If LCDSWAI is set, the LCD40F4BV3 driver system is
turned off during wait mode. In this case, the LCD waveform generation clocks are stopped and the
LCD40F4BV3 drivers pull down to VSSX those frontplane and backplane pins that were enabled before
entering wait mode. The contents of the LCD RAM and the LCD registers retain the values they had prior
to entering wait mode.
15.4.3
Operation in Stop Mode
All LCD40F4BV3 driver system clocks are stopped, the LCD40F4BV3 driver system pulls down to VSSX
those frontplane and backplane pins that were enabled before entering stop mode. Also, during stop mode,
the contents of the LCD RAM and the LCD registers retain the values they had prior to entering stop mode.
As a result, after exiting from stop mode, the LCD40F4BV3 driver system clocks will run (if LCDEN =
1) and the frontplane and backplane pins retain the functionality they had prior to entering stop mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
583
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.4.4
LCD Waveform Examples
Figure 15-11 through Figure 15-15 show the timing examples of the LCD output waveforms for the
available modes of operation.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
584
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.4.4.1
1/1 Duty Multiplexed with 1/1 Bias Mode
Duty = 1/1:DUTY1 = 0, DUTY0 = 1
Bias = 1/1:BIAS = 0 or BIAS = 1
V0 = V1 = VSSX, V2 = V3 = VLCD
- BP1, BP2, and BP3 are not used, a maximum of 40 segments are displayed.
1 Frame
VLCD
BP0
VSSX
VLCD
FPx (xxx0)
VSSX
VLCD
FPy (xxx1)
VSSX
+VLCD
0
BP0-FPx (OFF)
-VLCD
+VLCD
0
BP0-FPy (ON)
-VLCD
Figure 15-11. 1/1 Duty and 1/1 Bias
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
585
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.4.4.2
1/2 Duty Multiplexed with 1/2 Bias Mode
Duty = 1/2:DUTY1 = 1, DUTY0 = 0
Bias = 1/2:BIAS = 0
V0 = VSSX, V1 = V2 = VLCD * 1/2, V3 = VLCD
- BP2 and BP3 are not used, a maximum of 80 segments are displayed.
1 Frame
BP0
VLCD
VLCD 1/2
VSSX
BP1
VLCD
VLCD 1/2
VSSX
FPx (xx10)
VLCD
VLCD 1/2
VSSX
FPy (xx00)
VLCD
VLCD 1/2
VSSX
FPz (xx11)
VLCD
VLCD 1/2
VSSX
BP0-FPx (OFF)
+VLCD
+VLCD 1/2
0
-VLCD 1/2
-VLCD
BP1-FPx (ON)
+VLCD
+VLCD 1/2
0
-VLCD 1/2
-VLCD
BP0-FPy (OFF)
+VLCD
+VLCD 1/2
0
-VLCD 1/2
-VLCD
BP0-FPz (ON)
+VLCD
+VLCD 1/2
0
-VLCD 1/2
-VLCD
Figure 15-12. 1/2 Duty and 1/2 Bias
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
586
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.4.4.3
1/2 Duty Multiplexed with 1/3 Bias Mode
Duty = 1/2:DUTY1 = 1, DUTY0 = 0
Bias = 1/3:BIAS = 1
V0 = VSSX, V1 = VLCD * 1/3, V2 = VLCD * 2/3, V3 = VLCD
- BP2 and BP3 are not used, a maximum of 80 segments are displayed.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
587
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
1 Frame
BP0
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
BP1
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
FPx (xx10)
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
FPy (xx00)
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
FPz (xx11)
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
+VLCD
+VLCD 2/3
+VLCD 1/3
0
-VLCD 1/3
-VLCD 2/3
-VLCD
BP0-FPx (OFF)
+VLCD
+VLCD 2/3
+VLCD 1/3
0
-VLCD 1/3
-VLCD 2/3
-VLCD
BP1-FPx (ON)
+VLCD
+VLCD 2/3
+VLCD 1/3
0
-VLCD 1/3
-VLCD 2/3
-VLCD
BP0-FPy (OFF)
+VLCD
+VLCD 2/3
+VLCD 1/3
0
-VLCD 1/3
-VLCD 2/3
-VLCD
BP0-FPz (ON)
Figure 15-13. 1/2 Duty and 1/3 Bias
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
588
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.4.4.4
1/3 Duty Multiplexed with 1/3 Bias Mode
Duty = 1/3:DUTY1 = 1, DUTY0 = 1
Bias = 1/3:BIAS = 0 or BIAS = 1
V0 = VSSX, V1 = VLCD * 1/3, V2 = VLCD * 2/3, V3 = VLCD
- BP3 is not used, a maximum of 120 segments are displayed.
1 Frame
BP0
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
BP1
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
BP2
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
FPx (x010)
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
+VLCD
+VLCD 2/3
+VLCD 1/3
0
-VLCD 1/3
-VLCD 2/3
-VLCD
BP0-FPx (OFF)
+VLCD
+VLCD 2/3
+VLCD 1/3
0
-VLCD 1/3
-VLCD 2/3
-VLCD
BP1-FPx (ON)
Figure 15-14. 1/3 Duty and 1/3 Bias
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
589
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.4.4.5
1/4 Duty Multiplexed with 1/3 Bias Mode
Duty = 1/4:DUTY1 = 0, DUTY0 = 0
Bias = 1/3:BIAS = 0 or BIAS = 1
V0 = VSSX, V1 = VLCD * 1/3, V2 = VLCD * 2/3, V3 = VLCD
- A maximum of 160 segments are displayed.
1 Frame
BP0
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
BP1
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
BP2
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
BP3
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
FPx (1001)
VLCD
VLCD 2/3
VLCD 1/3
VSSX
+VLCD
+VLCD 2/3
+VLCD 1/3
0
-VLCD 1/3
-VLCD 2/3
-VLCD
BP0-FPx (ON)
+VLCD
+VLCD 2/3
+VLCD 1/3
0
-VLCD 1/3
-VLCD 2/3
-VLCD
BP1-FPx (OFF)
Figure 15-15. 1/4 Duty and 1/3 Bias
15.4.5
LCD Clock Inputs & Reset Behavior
The LCD clock input can from main OSC (OSCCLK) or 32 kHz OSC (OSCCLK_32K), refer to Reference
Manual for detailed information. In case the clock source is from main OSC, after reset, the main OSC will
be disabled and must be enabled by setting the OSCE in CPMU as soon as possible in order to have clock
available for the LCD. If clock source is OSCCLK_32K, software must wait the OSC startup time before
enabling the LCD. If 32K OSC is enabled, it will be always on until a power on reset happens.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
590
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
15.5
Resets
The reset values of registers and signals are described in Section 15.3, “Memory Map and Register
Definition”. The behavior of the LCD40F4BV3 system during reset is described in Section 15.4.1, “LCD
Driver Description”.
15.6
Interrupts
This module does not generate any interrupts.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
591
Chapter 15 Liquid Crystal Display (LCD40F4BV3) Block Description
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
592
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16
Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
Table 16-1. Revision History
Version
Number
Revision
Date
V01.01
6-OCT-2009
16.1
Author
Description of Changes
Table 16-12
- fixed 2nd content row : MnCyP := PWM
- fixed 4th content row : MnCyP := 0
Introduction
The block MC10B8C is a PWM motor controller suitable to drive instruments in a cluster configuration
or any other loads requiring a PWM signal. The motor controller has four PWM channels associated with
two pins each (8 pins in total).
16.1.1
Features
The MC10B8C includes the following features:
• 10/11-bit PWM counter
• 11-bit resolution with selectable PWM dithering function
• 7-bit resolution mode (fast mode): duty cycle can be changed by accessing only 1 byte/output
• Left, right, or center aligned PWM
• This module is suited for, but not limited to, driving small stepper and air core motors used in
instrumentation applications. This module can be used for other motor control or PWM
applications that match the frequency, resolution, and output drive capabilities of the module.
16.1.2
Modes of Operation
16.1.2.1
Functional Modes
16.1.2.1.1
PWM Resolution
The motor controller can be configured to either 11- or 7-bits resolution mode by clearing or setting the
FAST bit. This bit influences all PWM channels. For details, please refer to Section 16.3.2.5, “Motor
Controller Duty Cycle Registers”.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
593
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.1.2.1.2
Dither Function
Dither function can be selected or deselected by setting or clearing the DITH bit. This bit influences all
PWM channels. For details, please refer to Section 16.4.1.3.5, “Dither Bit (DITH)”.
16.1.2.2
PWM Channel Configuration Modes
The eight PWM channels can operate in three functional modes. Those modes are, with some restrictions,
selectable for each channel independently.
16.1.2.2.1
Dual Full H-Bridge Mode
This mode is suitable to drive a stepper motor or a 360o air gauge instrument. For details, please refer to
Section 16.4.1.1.1, “Dual Full H-Bridge Mode (MCOM = 11)”. In this mode two adjacent PWM channels
are combined, and two PWM channels drive four pins.
16.1.2.2.2
Full H-Bridge Mode
This mode is suitable to drive any load requiring a PWM signal in a H-bridge configuration using two pins.
For details please refer to Section 16.4.1.1.2, “Full H-Bridge Mode (MCOM = 10)”.
16.1.2.2.3
Half H-Bridge Mode
This mode is suitable to drive a 90o instrument driven by one pin. For details, please refer to
Section 16.4.1.1.3, “Half H-Bridge Mode (MCOM = 00 or 01)”.
16.1.2.3
PWM Alignment Modes
Each PWM channel can operate independently in three different alignment modes. For details, please refer
to Section 16.4.1.3.1, “PWM Alignment Modes”.
16.1.2.4
Low-Power Modes
The behavior of the motor controller in low-power modes is programmable. For details, please refer to
Section 16.4.5, “Operation in Wait Mode” and Section 16.4.6, “Operation in Stop and Pseudo-Stop
Modes”.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
594
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.1.3
Block Diagram
Control Registers
Period Register
FAST
DITH
11-Bit Timer/Counter
PWM Channel Pair
PWM Channel
11
Duty Register 0
Comparator
M0C0M
M0C0P
Duty Register 1
Comparator
M0C1M
M0C1P
Duty Register 2
Comparator
M1C0M
M1C0P
Duty Register 3
Comparator
M1C1M
M1C1P
Figure 16-1. MC10B8C Block Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
595
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.2
External Signal Description
The motor controller is associated with 8 pins. Table 16-2 lists the relationship between the PWM channels
and signal pins as well as PWM channel pair (motor number), coils, and nodes they are supposed to drive
if all channels are set to dual full H-bridge configuration.
Table 16-2. PWM Channel and Pin Assignment
Pin Name
PWM Channel
PWM Channel Pair(1)
Coil
Node
M0C0M
0
0
0
Minus
1
Minus
M0C0P
M0C1M
Plus
1
M0C1P
M1C0M
Plus
2
1
0
Minus
M1C0P
M1C1M
Plus
3
1
Minus
M1C1P
Plus
1. A PWM Channel Pair always consists of PWM channel x and PWM channel x+1 (x = 2n). The term
“PWM Channel Pair” is equivalent to the term “Motor”. E.g. Channel Pair 0 is equivalent to Motor 0
16.2.1
M0C0M/M0C0P/M0C1M/M0C1P — PWM Output Pins for Motor 0
High current PWM output pins that can be used for motor drive. These pins interface to the coils of
motor 0. PWM output on M0C0M results in a positive current flow through coil 0 when M0C0P is driven
to a logic high state. PWM output on M0C1M results in a positive current flow through coil 1 when
M0C1P is driven to a logic high state.
16.2.2
M1C0M/M1C0P/M1C1M/M1C1P — PWM Output Pins for Motor 1
High current PWM output pins that can be used for motor drive. These pins interface to the coils of
motor 1. PWM output on M1C0M results in a positive current flow through coil 0 when M1C0P is driven
to a logic high state. PWM output on M1C1M results in a positive current flow through coil 1 when
M1C1P is driven to a logic high state.
16.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all registers of the 11-bit 4-channel motor controller
module.
16.3.1
Module Memory Map
Figure 16-2 shows the memory map of the 11-bit 4-channel motor controller module.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
596
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
Figure 16-2. MC10B8C Memory Map
Offset
Register
Access
0x0000
Motor Controller Control Register 0 (MCCTL0)
RW
0x0001
Motor Controller Control Register 1 (MCCTL1)
RW
0x0002
Motor Controller Period Register (High Byte)
RW
0x0003
Motor Controller Period Register (Low Byte)
RW
0x0004
Reserved(1)
—
0x0005
Reserved
—
0x0006
Reserved
—
0x0007
Reserved
—
0x0008
Reserved
—
0x0009
Reserved
—
0x000A
Reserved
—
0x000B
Reserved
—
0x000C
Reserved
—
0x000D
Reserved
—
0x000E
Reserved
—
0x000F
Reserved
0x0010
Motor Controller Channel Control Register 0 (MCCC0)
RW
0x0011
Motor Controller Channel Control Register 1 (MCCC1)
RW
0x0012
Motor Controller Channel Control Register 2 (MCCC2)
RW
0x0013
Motor Controller Channel Control Register 3 (MCCC3)
RW
0x0014
Reserved
—
0x0015
Reserved
—
0x0016
Reserved
—
0x0017
Reserved
—
0x0018
Reserved
—
0x0019
Reserved
—
0x001A
Reserved
—
—
0x001B
Reserved
—
0x001C
Reserved
—
0x001D
Reserved
—
0x001E
Reserved
—
0x001F
Reserved
0x0020
Motor Controller Duty Cycle Register 0 (MCDC0) — High Byte
RW
0x0021
Motor Controller Duty Cycle Register 0 (MCDC0) — Low Byte
RW
0x0022
Motor Controller Duty Cycle Register 1 (MCDC1) — High Byte
RW
0x0023
Motor Controller Duty Cycle Register 1 (MCDC1) — Low Byte
RW
0x0024
Motor Controller Duty Cycle Register 2 (MCDC2) — High Byte
RW
0x0025
Motor Controller Duty Cycle Register 2 (MCDC2) — Low Byte
RW
0x0026
Motor Controller Duty Cycle Register 3 (MCDC3) — High Byte
RW
0x0027
Motor Controller Duty Cycle Register 3 (MCDC3) — Low Byte
RW
—
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
597
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
Figure 16-2. MC10B8C Memory Map (continued)
Offset
Register
Access
0x0028
Reserved
—
0x0029
Reserved
—
0x002A
Reserved
—
0x002B
Reserved
—
0x002C
Reserved
—
0x002D
Reserved
—
0x002E
Reserved
—
0x002F
Reserved
—
0x0030
Reserved
—
0x0031
Reserved
—
0x0032
Reserved
—
0x0033
Reserved
—
0x0034
Reserved
—
0x0035
Reserved
—
0x0036
Reserved
—
0x0037
Reserved
—
0x0038
Reserved
—
0x0039
Reserved
—
0x003A
Reserved
—
0x003B
Reserved
—
0x003C
Reserved
—
0x003D
Reserved
—
0x003E
Reserved
—
0x003F
Reserved
—
1. Write accesses to “Reserved” addresses have no effect. Read accesses to “Reserved” addresses provide
invalid data (0x0000).
16.3.2
16.3.2.1
Register Descriptions
Motor Controller Control Register 0
This register controls the operating mode of the motor controller module.
Offset Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
6
0
MCPRE[1:0]
W
Reset
0
5
0
0
4
3
2
MCSWAI
FAST
DITH
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
MCTOIF
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 16-3. Motor Controller Control Register 0 (MCCTL0)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
598
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
Table 16-3. MCCTL0 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
6:5
MCPRE[1:0]
Motor Controller Prescaler Select — MCPRE1 and MCPRE0 determine the prescaler value that sets the
motor controller timer counter clock frequency (fTC). The clock source for the prescaler is the peripheral bus
clock (fBUS) as shown in Figure 16-22. Writes to MCPRE1 or MCPRE0 will not affect the timer counter clock
frequency fTC until the start of the next PWM period. Table 16-4 shows the prescaler values that result from
the possible combinations of MCPRE1 and MCPRE0
4
MCSWAI
Motor Controller Module Stop in Wait Mode
0 Entering wait mode has no effect on the motor controller module and the associated port pins maintain the
functionality they had prior to entering wait mode both during wait mode and after exiting wait mode.
1 Entering wait mode will stop the clock of the module and debias the analog circuitry. The
module will release the pins.
3
FAST
Motor Controller PWM Resolution Mode
0 PWM operates in 11-bit resolution mode, duty cycle registers of all channels are switched to word mode.
1 PWM operates in 7-bit resolution (fast) mode, duty cycle registers of all channels are switched to byte mode.
2
DITH
Motor Control/Driver Dither Feature Enable (refer to Section 16.4.1.3.5, “Dither Bit (DITH)”)
0 Dither feature is disabled.
1 Dither feature is enabled.
0
MCTOIF
Motor Controller Timer Counter Overflow Interrupt Flag — This bit is set when a motor controller timer
counter overflow occurs. The bit is cleared by writing a 1 to the bit.
0 A motor controller timer counter overflow has not occurred since the last reset or since the bit was cleared.
1 A motor controller timer counter overflow has occurred.
.
Table 16-4. Prescaler Values
16.3.2.2
MCPRE[1:0]
fTC
00
fBus
01
fBus/2
10
fBus/4
11
fBus/8
Motor Controller Control Register 1
This register controls the behavior of the analog section of the motor controller as well as the interrupt
enables.
Offset Module Base + 0x0001
7
R
W
Reset
RECIRC
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
MCTOIE
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 16-4. Motor Controller Control Register 1 (MCCTL1)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
599
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
Table 16-5. MCCTL1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
RECIRC
Recirculation in (Dual) Full H-Bridge Mode (refer to Section 16.4.1.3.3, “RECIRC Bit”)— RECIRC only
affects the outputs in (dual) full H-bridge modes. In half H-bridge mode, the PWM output is always active low.
RECIRC = 1 will also invert the effect of the S bits (refer to Section 16.4.1.3.2, “Sign Bit (S)”) in (dual) full Hbridge modes. RECIRC must be changed only while no PWM channel is operating in (dual) full H-bridge
mode; otherwise, erroneous output pattern may occur.
0 Recirculation on the high side transistors. Active state for PWM output is logic low, the static channel will output
logic high.
1 Recirculation on the low side transistors. Active state for PWM output is logic high, the static channel will
output logic low.
0
MCTOIE
Motor Controller Timer Counter Overflow Interrupt Enable
0 Interrupt disabled.
1 Interrupt enabled. An interrupt will be generated when the motor controller timer counter overflow interrupt flag
(MCTOIF) is set.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
600
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.3.2.3
Motor Controller Period Register
The period register defines PER, the number of motor controller timer counter clocks a PWM period lasts.
The motor controller timer counter is clocked with the frequency fTC. If dither mode is enabled (DITH = 1,
refer to Section 16.4.1.3.5, “Dither Bit (DITH)”), P0 is ignored and reads as a 0. In this case
PER = 2 * D[10:1].
Offset Module Base + 0x0002, 0x0003
R
15
14
13
12
11
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
P10
P9
P8
P7
P6
P5
P4
P3
P2
P1
P0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 16-5. Motor Controller Period Register (MCPER) with DITH = 0
Offset Module Base + 0x0002, 0x0003
R
15
14
13
12
11
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
P10
P9
P8
P7
P6
P5
P4
P3
P2
P1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 16-6. Motor Controller Period Register (MCPER) with DITH = 1
For example, programming MCPER to 0x0022 (PER = 34 decimal) will result in 34 counts for each
complete PWM period. Setting MCPER to 0 will shut off all PWM channels as if MCAM[1:0] is set to 0
in all channel control registers after the next period timer counter overflow. In this case, the motor
controller releases all pins.
NOTE
Programming MCPER to 0x0001 and setting the DITH bit will be managed
as if MCPER is programmed to 0x0000. All PWM channels will be shut off
after the next period timer counter overflow.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
601
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.3.2.4
Motor Controller Channel Control Registers
Each PWM channel has one associated control register to control output delay, PWM alignment, and
output mode. The registers are named MCCC0... MCCCn. In the following, MCCC0 is described as a
reference for all other channel registers.
Offset Module Base + 0x0010 . . . 0x0017
R
W
7
6
5
4
MCOM1
MCOM0
MCAM1
MCAM0
0
0
0
0
Reset
3
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
CD1
CD0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 16-7. Motor Controller Control Register Channel 0 (MCCC0)
Table 16-6. MCCC0 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7:6
Output Mode — MCOM1, MCOM0 control the PWM channel’s output mode. See Table 16-7.
MCOM[1:0]
5:4
MCAM[1:0]
PWM Channel Alignment Mode — MCAM1, MCAM0 control the PWM channel’s PWM alignment mode and
operation. See Table 16-8.
MCAM[1:0] and MCOM[1:0] are double buffered. The values used for the generation of the output waveform
will be copied to the working registers either at once (if all PWM channels are disabled or MCPER is set to 0)
or if a timer counter overflow occurs. Reads of the register return the most recent written value, which are not
necessarily the currently active values.
1:0
CD[1:0]
PWM Channel Delay — Each PWM channel can be individually delayed by a programmable number of PWM
timer counter clocks. The delay will be n/fTC. See Table 16-9.
Table 16-7. Output Mode
MCOM[1:0]
Output Mode
00
Half H-bridge mode, PWM on MnCxM, MnCxP is released
01
Half H-bridge mode, PWM on MnCxP, MnCxM is released
10
Full H-bridge mode
11
Dual full H-bridge mode
Table 16-8. PWM Alignment Mode
MCAM[1:0]
PWM Alignment Mode
00
Channel disabled
01
Left aligned
10
Right aligned
11
Center aligned
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
602
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
Table 16-9. Channel Delay
CD[1:0]
n [# of PWM Clocks]
00
0
01
1
10
2
11
3
NOTE
The PWM motor controller will release the pins after the next PWM timer
counter overflow without accommodating any channel delay if a single
channel has been disabled or if the period register has been cleared or all
channels have been disabled. Program one or more inactive PWM frames
(duty cycle = 0) before writing a configuration that disables a single channel
or the entire PWM motor controller.
16.3.2.5
Motor Controller Duty Cycle Registers
Each duty cycle register sets the sign and duty functionality for the respective PWM channel.
The contents of the duty cycle registers define DUTY, the number of motor controller timer counter clocks
the corresponding output is driven low (RECIRC = 0) or is driven high (RECIRC = 1). Setting all bits to 0
will give a static high output in case of RECIRC = 0; otherwise, a static low output. Values greater than or
equal to the contents of the period register will generate a static low output in case of RECIRC = 0, or a
static high output if RECIRC = 1. The layout of the duty cycle registers differ dependent upon the state of
the FAST bit in the control register 0.
Offset Module Base + 0x0020 . . . 0x002F
15
R
W
Reset
S
0
14
13
12
11
S
S
S
S
0
0
0
0
Access: User read/write
10
9
8
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
D10
D9
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
D1
D0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 16-8. Motor Controller Duty Cycle Register x (MCDCx) with FAST = 0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
603
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
Offset Module Base + 0x0020 . . . 0x002F
R
W
Reset
Access: User read/write
15
14
13
12
11
10
9
8
S
D8
D7
D6
D5
D4
D3
D2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 16-9. Motor Controller Duty Cycle Register x (MCDCx) with FAST = 1
Table 16-10. MCDCx Field Descriptions
Field
Description
0
S
SIGN — The SIGN bit is used to define which output will drive the PWM signal in (dual) full-H-bridge modes. The
SIGN bit has no effect in half-bridge modes. See Section 16.4.1.3.2, “Sign Bit (S)”, and table Table 16-12 for
detailed information about the impact of RECIRC and SIGN bit on the PWM output.
Whenever FAST = 1, the bits D10, D9, D1, and D0 will be set to 0 if the duty cycle register is written.
For example setting MCDCx = 0x0158 with FAST = 0 gives the same output waveform as setting
MCDCx = 0x5600 with FAST = 1 (with FAST = 1, the low byte of MCDCx needs not to be written).
The state of the FAST bit has impact only during write and read operations. A change of the FAST bit (set
or clear) without writing a new value does not impact the internal interpretation of the duty cycle values.
To prevent the output from inconsistent signals, the duty cycle registers are double buffered. The motor
controller module will use working registers to generate the output signals. The working registers are
copied from the bus accessible registers at the following conditions:
• MCPER is set to 0 (all channels are disabled in this case)
• MCAM[1:0] of the respective channel is set to 0 (channel is disabled)
• A PWM timer counter overflow occurs while in half H-bridge or full H-bridge mode
• A PWM channel pair is configured to work in Dual Full H-Bridge mode and a PWM timer counter
overflow occurs after the odd1 duty cycle register of the channel pair has been written.
In this way, the output of the PWM will always be either the old PWM waveform or the new PWM
waveform, not some variation in between.
Reads of this register return the most recent value written. Reads do not necessarily return the value of the
currently active sign, duty cycle, and dither functionality due to the double buffering scheme.
1. Odd duty cycle register: MCDCx+1, x = 2n
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
604
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.4
Functional Description
16.4.1
Modes of Operation
16.4.1.1
PWM Output Modes
The motor controller is configurable between three output modes.
• Dual full H-bridge mode can be used to control either a stepper motor or a 360 air core instrument.
In this case two PWM channels are combined.
• In full H-bridge mode, each PWM channel is updated independently.
• In half H-bridge mode, one pin of the PWM channel can generate a PWM signal to control a 90
air core instrument (or other load requiring a PWM signal) and the other pin is unused.
The mode of operation for each PWM channel is determined by the corresponding MCOM[1:0] bits in
channel control registers. After a reset occurs, each PWM channel will be disabled, the corresponding pins
are released.
Each PWM channel consists of two pins. One output pin will generate a PWM signal. The other will
operate as logic high or low output depending on the state of the RECIRC bit (refer to Section 16.4.1.3.3,
“RECIRC Bit”), while in (dual) full H-bridge mode, or will be released, while in half H-bridge mode. The
state of the S bit in the duty cycle register determines the pin where the PWM signal is driven in full Hbridge mode. While in half H-bridge mode, the state of the released pin is determined by other modules
associated with this pin.
Associated with each PWM channel pair n are two PWM channels, x and x + 1, where x = 2 * n and n
(0, 1) is the PWM channel pair number. Duty cycle register x controls the sign of the PWM signal (which
pin drives the PWM signal) and the duty cycle of the PWM signal for motor controller channel x. The pins
associated with PWM channel x are MnC0P and MnC0M. Similarly, duty cycle register x + 1 controls the
sign of the PWM signal and the duty cycle of the PWM signal for channel x + 1. The pins associated with
PWM channel x + 1 are MnC1P and MnC1M. This is summarized in Table 16-11.
Table 16-11. Corresponding Registers and Pin Names for Each PWM Channel Pair
PWM
Channel
Pair Number
PWM
Channel Control
Register
Duty Cycle
Register
Channel
Number
Pin
Names
n
MCMCx
MCDCx
PWM Channel x, x = 2n
MnC0M
MnC0P
MCMCx + 1
MCDCx + 1
PWM Channel x + 1, x = 2n
MnC1M
MnC1P
0
MCMC0
MCDC0
PWM Channel 0
M0C0M
M0C0P
MCMC1
MCDC1
PWM Channel 1
M0C1M
M0C1P
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
605
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
Table 16-11. Corresponding Registers and Pin Names for Each PWM Channel Pair (continued)
PWM
Channel
Pair Number
PWM
Channel Control
Register
Duty Cycle
Register
Channel
Number
Pin
Names
1
MCMC2
MCDC2
PWM Channel 2
M1C0M
M1C0P
MCMC3
MCDC3
PWM Channel 3
M1C1M
M1C1P
16.4.1.1.1
Dual Full H-Bridge Mode (MCOM = 11)
PWM channel pairs x and x + 1 operate in dual full H-bridge mode if both channels have been enabled
(MCAM[1:0]=01, 10, or 11) and both of the corresponding output mode bits MCOM[1:0] in both PWM
channel control registers are set.
A typical configuration in dual full H-bridge mode is shown in Figure 16-10. PWM channel x drives the
PWM output signal on either MnC0P or MnC0M. If MnC0P drives the PWM signal, MnC0M will be
output either high or low depending on the RECIRC bit. If MnC0M drives the PWM signal, MnC0P will
be an output high or low. PWM channel x + 1 drives the PWM output signal on either MnC1P or MnC1M.
If MnC1P drives the PWM signal, MnC1M will be an output high or low. If MnC1M drives the PWM
signal, MnC1P will be an output high or low. This results in motor recirculation currents on the high side
drivers (RECIRC = 0) while the PWM signal is at a logic high level, or motor recirculation currents on the
low side drivers (RECIRC = 1) while the PWM signal is at a logic low level. The pin driving the PWM
signal is determined by the S (sign) bit in the corresponding duty cycle register and the state of the
RECIRC bit. The value of the PWM duty cycle is determined by the value of the D[10:0] or D[8:2] bits
respectively in the duty cycle register depending on the state of the FAST bit.
PWM Channel x
MnC0P
MnC0M
Motor n, Coil 0
Motor n, Coil 1
PWM Channel x + 1
MnC1P
MnC1M
Figure 16-10. Typical Dual Full H-Bridge Mode Configuration
Whenever FAST = 0 only 16-bit write accesses to the duty cycle registers are allowed, 8-bit write accesses
can lead to unpredictable duty cycles.
While fast mode is enabled (FAST = 1), 8-bit write accesses to the high byte of the duty cycle registers are
allowed, because only the high byte of the duty cycle register is used to determine the duty cycle.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
606
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
The following sequence should be used to update the current magnitude and direction for coil 0 and coil 1
of the motor to achieve consistent PWM output:
1. Write to duty cycle register x
2. Write to duty cycle register x + 1.
At the next timer counter overflow, the duty cycle registers will be copied to the working duty cycle
registers. Sequential writes to the duty cycle register x will result in the previous data being overwritten.
16.4.1.1.2
Full H-Bridge Mode (MCOM = 10)
In full H-bridge mode, the PWM channels x and x + 1 operate independently. The duty cycle working
registers are updated whenever a timer counter overflow occurs.
16.4.1.1.3
Half H-Bridge Mode (MCOM = 00 or 01)
In half H-bridge mode, the PWM channels x and x + 1 operate independently. In this mode, each PWM
channel can be configured such that one pin is released and the other pin is a PWM output. Figure 16-11
shows a typical configuration in half H-bridge mode.
The two pins associated with each channel are switchable between released mode and PWM output
dependent upon the state of the MCOM[1:0] bits in the MCCCx (channel control) register. See register
description in Section 16.3.2.4, “Motor Controller Channel Control Registers”. In half H-bridge mode, the
state of the S bit has no effect.
VDDM
MnC0P
MnC0M
PWM Channel x
Released
PWM Output
VDDM
VSSM
PWM Channel x + 1
MnC1P
MnC1M
Released
PWM Output
VSSM
Figure 16-11. Typical Quad Half H-Bridge Mode Configuration
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
607
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.4.1.2
Relationship Between PWM Mode and PWM Channel Enable
The pair of motor controller channels cannot be placed into dual full H-bridge mode unless both motor
controller channels have been enabled (MCAM[1:0] not equal to 00) and dual full H-bridge mode is
selected for both PWM channels (MCOM[1:0] = 11). If only one channel is set to dual full H-bridge mode,
this channel will operate in full H-bridge mode, the other as programmed.
16.4.1.3
16.4.1.3.1
Relationship Between Sign, Duty, Dither, RECIRC, Period,
and PWM Mode Functions
PWM Alignment Modes
Each PWM channel can be programmed individually to three different alignment modes. The mode is
determined by the MCAM[1:0] bits in the corresponding channel control register.
Left aligned (MCAM[1:0] = 01): The output will start active (low if RECIRC = 0 or high if RECIRC = 1)
and will turn inactive (high if RECIRC = 0 or low if RECIRC = 1) after the number of counts specified by
the corresponding duty cycle register.
Motor Controller
Timer Counter
Clock
Motor Controller
0
Timer Counter
99 0
15
15
99 0
PWM Output
1 Period
1 Period
100 Counts
100 Counts
DITH = 0, MCAM[1:0] = 01, MCDCx = 15, MCPER = 100, RECIRC = 0
Right aligned (MCAM[1:0] = 10): The output will start inactive (high if RECIRC = 0 and low if
RECIRC = 1) and will turn active after the number of counts specified by the difference of the contents of
period register and the corresponding duty cycle register.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
608
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
Motor Controller
Timer Counter
Clock
Motor Controller
0
Timer Counter
85
99 0
85
99 0
PWM Output
1 Period
1 Period
100 Counts
100 Counts
DITH = 0, MCAM[1:0] = 10, MCDCx = 15, MCPER = 100, RECIRC = 0
Center aligned (MCAM[1:0] = 11): Even periods will be output left aligned, odd periods will be output
right aligned. PWM operation starts with the even period after the channel has been enabled. PWM
operation in center aligned mode might start with the odd period if the channel has not been disabled before
changing the alignment mode to center aligned.
Motor Controller
Timer Counter
Clock
Motor Controller
0
Timer Counter
99 0
15
85
99 0
PWM Output
1 Period
1 Period
100 Counts
100 Counts
DITH = 0, MCAM[1:0] = 11, MCDCx = 15, MCPER = 100, RECIRC = 0
16.4.1.3.2
Sign Bit (S)
Assuming RECIRC = 0 (the active state of the PWM signal is low), when the S bit for the corresponding
channel is cleared, MnC0P (if the PWM channel number is even, n = 0, 1, 2, 3, see Table 16-11) or MnC1P
(if the PWM channel number is odd, n = 0, 1, 2, 3, see Table 16-11), outputs a logic high while in (dual)
full H-bridge mode. In half H-bridge mode the state of the S bit has no effect. The PWM output signal is
generated on MnC0M (if the PWM channel number is even, n = 0, 1, 2, 3, see Table 16-11) or MnC1M (if
the PWM channel number is odd, n = 0, 1, 2, 3).
Assuming RECIRC = 0 (the active state of the PWM signal is low), when the S bit for the corresponding
channel is set, MnC0M (if the PWM channel number is even, n = 0, 1, 2, 3, see Table 16-11) or MnC1M
(if the PWM channel number is odd, n = 0, 1, 2, 3, see Table 16-11), outputs a logic high while in (dual)
full H-bridge mode. In half H-bridge mode the state of the S bit has no effect. The PWM output signal is
generated on MnC0P (if the PWM channel number is even, n = 0, 1, 2, 3, see Table 16-11) or MnC1P (if
the PWM channel number is odd, n = 0, 1, 2, 3).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
609
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
Setting RECIRC = 1 will also invert the effect of the S bit such that while S = 0, MnC0P or MnC1P will
generate the PWM signal and MnC0M or MnC1M will be a static low output. While S = 1, MnC0M or
MnC1M will generate the PWM signal and MnC0P or MnC1P will be a static low output. In this case the
active state of the PWM signal will be high.
See Table 16-12 for detailed information about the impact of SIGN and RECIRC bit on the PWM output.
Table 16-12. Impact of RECIRC and SIGN Bit on the PWM Output
Output Mode
RECIRC
(Dual) Full H-Bridge
0
SIGN
MnCyM
MnCyP
0
PWM(1)
1
(Dual) Full H-Bridge
0
1
1
PWM
(Dual) Full H-Bridge
1
0
0
PWM(2)
(Dual) Full H-Bridge
1
1
PWM
0
Half H-Bridge: PWM on MnCyM
Don’t care
Don’t care
PWM
—(3)
Half H-Bridge: PWM on MnCyP
Don’t care
Don’t care
—
PWM
1. PWM: The PWM signal is low active. e.g., the waveform starts with 0 in left aligned mode. Output M generates the PWM signal.
Output P is static high.
2. PWM: The PWM signal is high active. e.g., the waveform starts with 1 in left aligned mode. output P generates the PWM signal.
Output M is static low.
3. The state of the output transistors is not controlled by the motor controller.
16.4.1.3.3
RECIRC Bit
The RECIRC bit controls the flow of the recirculation current of the load. Setting RECIRC = 0 will cause
recirculation current to flow through the high side transistors, and RECIRC = 1 will cause the recirculation
current to flow through the low side transistors. The RECIRC bit is only active in (dual) full H-bridge
modes.
Effectively, RECIRC = 0 will cause a static high output on the output terminal not driven by the PWM,
RECIRC = 1 will cause a static low output on the output terminals not driven by the PWM. To achieve the
same current direction, the S bit behavior is inverted if RECIRC = 1. Figure 16-12, Figure 16-13,
Figure 16-14, and Figure 16-15 illustrate the effect of the RECIRC bit in (dual) full H-bridge modes.
RECIRC bit must be changed only while no PWM channel is operated in (dual) full H-bridge mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
610
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
VDDM
Static 0
PWM 1
MnC0P
MnC0M
Static 0
PWM 1
VSSM
Figure 16-12. PWM Active Phase, RECIRC = 0, S = 0
VDDM
Static 0
PWM 0
MnC0P
MnC0M
Static 0
PWM 0
VSSM
Figure 16-13. PWM Passive Phase, RECIRC = 0, S = 0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
611
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
VDDM
Static 1
PWM 0
MnC0P
MnC0M
Static 1
PWM 0
VSSM
Figure 16-14. PWM Active Phase, RECIRC = 1, S = 0
VDDM
Static 1
PWM 1
MnC0P
MnC0M
PWM 1
Static 1
VSSM
Figure 16-15. PWM Passive Phase, RECIRC = 1, S = 0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
612
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.4.1.3.4
Relationship Between RECIRC Bit, S Bit, MCOM Bits, PWM State, and Output
Transistors
Please refer to Figure 16-16 for the output transistor assignment.
VDDM
T3
T1
MnCyP
MnCyM
T2
T4
VSSM
Figure 16-16. Output Transistor Assignment
Table 16-13 illustrates the state of the output transistors in different states of the PWM motor controller
module. ‘—’ means that the state of the output transistor is not controlled by the motor controller.
Table 16-13. State of Output Transistors in Various Modes
Mode
MCOM[1:0]
PWM Duty
RECIRC
S
T1
T2
T3
T4
Off
Don’t care
—
Don’t care
Don’t care
—
—
—
—
Half H-Bridge
00
Active
Don’t care
Don’t care
—
—
OFF
ON
Half H-Bridge
00
Passive
Don’t care
Don’t care
—
—
ON
OFF
Half H-Bridge
01
Active
Don’t care
Don’t care
OFF
ON
—
—
Half H-Bridge
01
Passive
Don’t care
Don’t care
ON
OFF
—
—
(Dual) Full
10 or 11
Active
0
0
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
(Dual) Full
10 or 11
Passive
0
0
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
(Dual) Full
10 or 11
Active
0
1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
(Dual) Full
10 or 11
Passive
0
1
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
(Dual) Full
10 or 11
Active
1
0
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
(Dual) Full
10 or 11
Passive
1
0
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
(Dual) Full
10 or 11
Active
1
1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
(Dual) Full
10 or 11
Passive
1
1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
613
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.4.1.3.5
Dither Bit (DITH)
The purpose of the dither mode is to increase the minimum length of output pulses without decreasing the
PWM resolution, in order to limit the pulse distortion introduced by the slew rate control of the outputs. If
dither mode is selected the output pattern will repeat after two timer counter overflows. For the same
output frequency, the shortest output pulse will have twice the length while dither feature is selected. To
achieve the same output frame frequency, the prescaler of the MC10B8C module has to be set to twice the
division rate if dither mode is selected; e.g., with the same prescaler division rate the repeat rate of the
output pattern is the same as well as the shortest output pulse with or without dither mode selected.
The DITH bit in control register 0 enables or disables the dither function.
DITH = 0: dither function is disabled.
When DITH is cleared and assuming left aligned operation and RECIRC = 0, the PWM output will start
at a logic low level at the beginning of the PWM period (motor controller timer counter = 0x000). The
PWM output remains low until the motor controller timer counter matches the 11-bit PWM duty cycle
value, DUTY, contained in D[10:0] in MCDCx. When a match (output compare between motor controller
timer counter and DUTY) occurs, the PWM output will toggle to a logic high level and will remain at a
logic high level until the motor controller timer counter overflows (reaches the contents of MCPER – 1).
After the motor controller timer counter resets to 0x000, the PWM output will return to a logic low level.
This completes one PWM period. The PWM period repeats every P counts (as defined by the bits P[10:0]
in the motor controller period register) of the motor controller timer counter. If DUTY >= P, the output
will be static low. If DUTY = 0x0000, the output will be continuously at a logic high level. The
relationship between the motor controller timer counter clock, motor controller timer counter value, and
PWM output while DITH = 0 is shown in Figure 16-17.
Motor Controller
Timer Counter Clock
Motor Controller
Timer Counter
0
100
199 0
100
199 0
PWM Output
1 Period
200 Counts
1 Period
200 Counts
Figure 16-17. PWM Output: DITH = 0, MCAM[1:0] = 01, MCDC = 100,
MCPER = 200, RECIRC = 0
DITH = 1: dither function is enabled
Please note if DITH = 1, the bit P0 in the motor controller period register will be internally forced to 0 and
read always as 0.
When DITH is set and assuming left aligned operation and RECIRC = 0, the PWM output will start at a
logic low level at the beginning of the PWM period (when the motor controller timer counter = 0x000).
The PWM output remains low until the motor controller timer counter matches the 10-bit PWM duty cycle
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
614
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
value, DUTY, contained in D[10:1] in MCDCx. When a match (output compare between motor controller
timer counter and DUTY) occurs, the PWM output will toggle to a logic high level and will remain at a
logic high level until the motor controller timer counter overflows (reaches the value defined by
P[10:1] – 1 in MCPER). After the motor controller timer counter resets to 0x000, the PWM output will
return to a logic low level. This completes the first half of the PWM period. During the second half of the
PWM period, the PWM output will remain at a logic low level until either the motor controller timer
counter matches the 10-bit PWM duty cycle value, DUTY, contained in D[10:1] in MCDCx if D0 = 0, or
the motor controller timer counter matches the 10-bit PWM duty cycle value + 1 (the value of D[10:1] in
MCDCx is increment by 1 and is compared with the motor controller timer counter value) if D0 = 1 in the
corresponding duty cycle register. When a match occurs, the PWM output will toggle to a logic high level
and will remain at a logic high level until the motor controller timer counter overflows (reaches the value
defined by P[10:1] – 1 in MCPER). After the motor controller timer counter resets to 0x000, the PWM
output will return to a logic low level.
This process will repeat every number of counts of the motor controller timer counter defined by the period
register contents (P[10:0]). If the output is neither set to 0% nor to 100% there will be four edges on the
PWM output per PWM period in this case. Therefore, the PWM output compare function will alternate
between DUTY and DUTY + 1 every half PWM period if D0 in the corresponding duty cycle register is
set to 1. The relationship between the motor controller timer counter clock (fTC), motor controller timer
counter value, and left aligned PWM output if DITH = 1 is shown in Figure 16-18 and Figure 16-19.
Figure 16-20 and Figure 16-21 show right aligned and center aligned PWM operation respectively, with
dither feature enabled and D0 = 1. Please note: In the following examples, the MCPER value is defined
by the bits P[10:0], which is, if DITH = 1, always an even number.
NOTE
The DITH bit must be changed only if the motor controller is disabled (all
channels disabled or period register cleared) to avoid erroneous waveforms.
Motor Controller
Timer Counter
Clock
Motor Controller
Timer Counter
0
15
16
99 0
15
16
99 0
PWM Output
1 Period
100 Counts
100 Counts
Figure 16-18. PWM Output: DITH = 1, MCAM[1:0] = 01, MCDC = 31, MCPER = 200, RECIRC = 0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
615
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
Motor Controller
Timer Counter
Clock
Motor Controller
Timer Counter
0
16
15
99 0
15
16
99 0
PWM Output
1 Period
100 Counts
100 Counts
Figure 16-19. PWM Output: DITH = 1, MCAM[1:0] = 01, MCDC = 30, MCPER = 200, RECIRC = 0
.
Motor Controller
Timer Counter
Clock
Motor Controller
0
Timer Counter
84
85
99 0
84
85
99 0
PWM Output
1 Period
100 Counts
100 Counts
Figure 16-20. PWM Output: DITH = 1, MCAM[1:0] = 10, MCDC = 31, MCPER = 200, RECIRC = 0
Motor Controller
Timer Counter
Clock
Motor Controller
0
Timer Counter
15
99 0
84
99 0
PWM Output
1 Period
100 Counts
100 Counts
Figure 16-21. PWM Output: DITH = 1, MCAM[1:0] = 11, MCDC = 31, MCPER = 200, RECIRC = 0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
616
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.4.2
PWM Duty Cycle
The PWM duty cycle for the motor controller channel x can be determined by dividing the decimal
representation of bits D[10:0] in MCDCx by the decimal representation of the bits P[10:0] in MCPER and
multiplying the result by 100% as shown in the equation below:
DUTY
Effective PWM Channel X % Duty Cycle = --------------------- 100%
MCPER
NOTE
x = PWM Channel Number = 0, 1, 2, 3 ... 8. This equation is only valid if
DUTY = P[10:0], a constant low level (RECIRC = 0) or high level (RECIRC = 1) will be
output.
16.4.3
Motor Controller Counter Clock Source
Figure 16-22 shows how the PWM motor controller timer counter clock source is selected.
Clock
Generator
Clocks and
Reset
Generator
Module
CLK
Peripheral
Bus
Clock fBUS
Motor Controller
Timer
Counter Clock
Prescaler Select
MPPRE0, MPPRE1
1
1/2
1/4
1/8
Motor Controller Timer
Counter Clock fTC
11-Bit Motor Controller
Timer Counter
Motor Controller Timer
Counter Prescaler
Figure 16-22. Motor Controller Counter Clock Selection
The peripheral bus clock is the source for the motor controller counter prescaler. The motor controller
counter clock rate, fTC, is set by selecting the appropriate prescaler value. The prescaler is selected with
the MCPRE[1:0] bits in motor controller control register 0 (MCCTL0). The motor controller channel
frequency of operation can be calculated using the following formula if DITH = 0:
fTC
Motor Channel Frequency (Hz) = -----------------------------MCPER M
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
617
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
The motor controller channel frequency of operation can be calculated using the following formula if
DITH = 1:
fTC
Motor Channel Frequency (Hz) = ------------------------------------MCPER M 2
NOTE
Both equations are only valid if MCPER is not equal to 0. M = 1 for left or
right aligned mode, M = 2 for center aligned mode.
Table 16-14 shows examples of the motor controller channel frequencies that can be generated based on
different peripheral bus clock frequencies and the prescaler value.
Table 16-14. Motor Controller Channel Frequencies (Hz),
MCPER = 256, DITH = 0, MCAM = 10, 01
Peripheral Bus Clock Frequency
Prescaler
16 MHz
10 MHz
8 MHz
5 MHz
4 MHz
1
62500
39063
31250
19531
15625
1/2
31250
19531
15625
9766
7813
1/4
15625
9766
7813
4883
3906
1/8
7813
4883
3906
2441
1953
NOTE
Due to the selectable slew rate control of the outputs, clipping may occur on
short output pulses.
16.4.4
Output Switching Delay
In order to prevent large peak current draw from the motor power supply, selectable delays can be used to
stagger the high logic level to low logic level transitions on the motor controller outputs. The timing delay,
td, is determined by the CD[1:0] bits in the corresponding channel control register (MCMCx) and is
selectable between 0, 1, 2, or 3 motor controller timer counter clock cycles.
NOTE
A PWM channel gets disabled at the next timer counter overflow without
notice of the switching delay.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
618
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.4.5
Operation in Wait Mode
During wait mode, the operation of the motor controller pins are selectable between the following two
options:
1. MCSWAI = 1: All module clocks are stopped and the associated port pins are set to their inactive
state, which is defined by the state of the RECIRC bit during wait mode. The motor controller
module registers stay the same as they were prior to entering wait mode. Therefore, after exiting
from wait mode, the associated port pins will resume to the same functionality they had prior to
entering wait mode.
2.
MCSWAI = 0: The PWM clocks continue to run and the associated port pins maintain the
functionality they had prior to entering wait mode both during wait mode and after exiting wait
mode.
16.4.6
Operation in Stop and Pseudo-Stop Modes
All module clocks are stopped and the associated port pins are set to their inactive state, which is defined
by the state of the RECIRC bit. The motor controller module registers stay the same as they were prior to
entering stop or pseudo-stop modes. Therefore, after exiting from stop or pseudo-stop modes, the
associated port pins will resume to the same functionality they had prior to entering stop or pseudo-stop
modes.
16.5
Reset
The motor controller is reset by system reset. All associated ports are released, all registers of the motor
controller module will switch to their reset state as defined in Section 16.3.2, “Register Descriptions”.
16.6
Interrupts
The motor controller has one interrupt source.
16.6.1
Timer Counter Overflow Interrupt
An interrupt will be requested when the MCTOIE bit in the motor controller control register 1 is set and
the running PWM frame is finished. The interrupt is cleared by either setting the MCTOIE bit to 0 or to
write a 1 to the MCTOIF bit in the motor controller control register 0.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
619
Chapter 16 Motor Controller (MC10B8CV1)
16.7
Initialization/Application Information
This section provides an example of how the PWM motor controller can be initialized and used by
application software. The configuration parameters (e.g., timer settings, duty cycle values, etc.) are not
guaranteed to be adequate for any real application.
The example software is implemented in assembly language.
16.7.1
Code Example
One way to use the motor controller is:
1. Perform global initialization
a) Set the motor controller control registers MCCTL0 and MCCTL1 to appropriate values.
i) Prescaler disabled (MCPRE1 = 0, MCPRE0 = 0).
ii) Fast mode and dither disabled (FAST = 0, DITH = 0).
iii) Recirculation feature in dual full H-bridge mode disabled (RECIRC = 0).
All other bits in MCCTL0 and MCCTL1 are set to 0.
b) Configure the channel control registers for the desired mode.
i) Dual full H-bridge mode (MCOM[1:0] = 11).
ii) Left aligned PWM (MCAM[1:0] = 01).
iii) No channel delay (MCCD[1:0] = 00).
2. Perform the startup phase
a) Clear the duty cycle registers MCDC0 and MCDC1
b) Initialize the period register MCPER, which is equivalent to enabling the motor controller.
c) Enable the timer which generates the timebase for the updates of the duty cycle registers.
3. Main program
a) Check if pin PB0 is set to “1” and execute the sub program if a timer interrupt is pending.
b) Initiate the shutdown procedure if pin PB0 is set to “0”.
4. Sub program
a) Update the duty cycle registers
Load the duty cycle registers MCDC0 and MCDC1 with new values from the table and clear
the timer interrupt flag.
The sub program will initiate the shutdown procedure if pin PB0 is set to “0”.
b) Shutdown procedure
The timer is disabled and the duty cycle registers are cleared to drive an inactive value on the PWM output
as long as the motor controller is enabled. The period register is cleared after a certain time, which disables
the motor controller. The table address is restored and the timer interrupt flag is cleared.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
620
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 17
Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
Table 17-1. SSDV2 Revision History
Revision
Number
Revision Date
V02.00
1st Aug 2011
17.1
Sections
Affected
Description of Changes
-remove the SMS bit in RTZCTL register
Introduction
The stepper stall detector (SSD) block provides a circuit to measure and integrate the induced voltage on
the non-driven coil of a stepper motor using full steps when the gauge pointer is returning to zero (RTZ).
During the RTZ event, the pointer is returned to zero using full steps in either clockwise or counter
clockwise direction, where only one coil is driven at any point in time. The back electromotive force
(EMF) signal present on the non-driven coil is integrated after a blanking time, and its results stored in a
16-bit accumulator. The 16-bit modulus down counter can be used to monitor the blanking time and the
integration time. The value in the accumulator represents the change in linked flux (magnetic flux times
the number of turns in the coil) and can be compared to a stored threshold. Values above the threshold
indicate a moving motor, in which case the pointer can be advanced another full step in the same direction
and integration be repeated. Values below the threshold indicate a stalled motor, thereby marking the
cessation of the RTZ event.
17.1.1
•
•
Return to zero modes
— Blanking with no drive
— Blanking with drive
— Conversion
— Integration
Low-power modes
17.1.2
•
•
•
•
Modes of Operation
Features
Programmable full step state
Programmable integration polarity
Blanking (recirculation) state
16-bit integration accumulator register
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
621
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
•
16-bit modulus down counter with interrupt
17.1.3
Block Diagram
Coil COS
Coil SIN
VDDM
VDDM
VDDM
T3
T1
P
A
D
S1
S3
S2
S4
T2
SINP
P
A
D
P
A
D
SINM
S5
S7
S6
S8
T6
T4
VSSM
T7
T5
COSM
COSP
VDDM
T8
VSSM
VSSM
P
A
D
VSSM
reference
integrator
DAC
C1
R1
–
–
+
VDDM
16-bit accumulator
register
DFF
+
R2
16-bit load
register
R2
sigma-delta converter
(analog)
VSSM
4:1 MUX
Bus Clock
1/8
1/2
1/2
1/2
2:1 MUX
16-bit modulus
down counter
1/8
Figure 17-1. SSD Block Diagram
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
622
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
17.2
External Signal Description
Each SSD signal is the output pin of a half bridge, designed to source or sink current. The H-bridge pins
drive the sine and cosine coils of a stepper motor to provide four-quadrant operation.
Table 17-2. Pin Table
17.2.1
Pin Name
Node
Coil
COSM
Minus
COS
COSP
Plus
SINM
Minus
SINP
Plus
SIN
COSM/COSP — Cosine Coil Pins for Motor
These pins interface to the cosine coils of a stepper motor to measure the back EMF for calibration of the
pointer reset position.
17.2.2
SINM/SINP — Sine Coil Pins for Motor
These pins interface to the sine coils of a stepper motor to measure the back EMF for calibration of the
pointer reset position.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
623
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
17.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all registers of the stepper stall detector (SSD) block.
17.3.1
Module Memory Map
Table 17-3 gives an overview of all registers in the SSDV2 memory map. The SSDV2 occupies eight bytes
in the memory space. The register address results from the addition of base address and address offset. The
base address is determined at the MCU level and is given in the Device Overview chapter. The address
offset is defined at the block level and is given here.
Table 17-3. SSDV2 Memory Map
Address
Offset
17.3.2
Use
Access
0x0000
RTZCTL
R/W
0x0001
MDCCTL
R/W
0x0002
SSDCTL
R/W
0x0003
SSDFLG
R/W
0x0004
MDCCNT (High)
R/W
0x0005
MDCCNT (Low)
R/W
0x0006
ITGACC (High)
R
0x0007
ITGACC (Low)
R
Register Descriptions
This section describes in detail all the registers and register bits in the SSDV2 block. Each description
includes a standard register diagram with an associated figure number. Details of register bit and field
function follow the register diagrams, in bit order.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
624
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
17.3.2.1
Return-to-Zero Control Register (RTZCTL)
Module Base + 0x0000
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
ITG
DCOIL
RCIR
POL
0
0
0
0
3
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
STEP
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 17-2. Return-to-Zero Control Register (RTZCTL)
Read: anytime
Write: anytime
Table 17-4. RTZCTL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
ITG
Integration — During return to zero (RTZE = 1), one of the coils must be recirculated or non-driven determined
by the STEP field. If the ITG bit is set, the coil is non-driven, and if the ITG bit is clear, the coil is being recirculated.
Table 17-5 shows the condition state of each transistor from Figure 17-1 based on the STEP, ITG, DCOIL and
RCIR bits.
Regardless of the RTZE bit value, if the ITG bit is set, one end of the non-driven coil connects to the (non-zero)
reference input and the other end connects to the integrator input of the sigma-delta converter. Regardless of the
RTZE bit value, if the ITG bit is clear, the non-driven coil is in a blanking state, the converter is in a reset state,
and the accumulator is initialized to zero. Table 17-6 shows the condition state of each switch from Figure 17-1
based on the ITG, STEP and POL bits.
0 Blanking
1 Integration
6
DCOIL
Drive Coil — During return to zero (RTZE=1), one of the coils must be driven determined by the STEP field. If
the DCOIL bit is set, this coil is driven. If the DCOIL bit is clear, this coil is disconnected or drivers turned off.
Table 17-5 shows the condition state of each transistor from Figure 17-1 based on the STEP, ITG, DCOIL and
RCIR bits.
0 Disconnect Coil
1 Drive Coil
5
RCIR
Recirculation in Blanking Mode — During return to zero (RTZE = 1), one of the coils is recirculated prior to
integration during the blanking period. This bit determines if the coil is recirculated via VDDM or via VSSM.
Table 17-5 shows the condition state of each transistor from Figure 17-1 based on the STEP, ITG, DCOIL and
RCIR bits.
0 Recirculation on the high side transistors
1 Recirculation on the low side transistors
4
POL
Polarity — This bit determines which end of the non-driven coil is routed to the sigma-delta converter during
conversion or integration mode. Table 17-6 shows the condition state of each switch from Figure 17-1 based on
the ITG, STEP and POL bits.
1:0
STEP
Full Step State — This field indicates one of the four possible full step states. Step 0 is considered the east pole
or 0 angle, step 1 is the north Pole or 90 angle, step 2 is the west pole or 180 angle, and step 3 is the south
pole or 270 angle. For each full step state, Table 17-7 shows the current through each of the two coils, and the
coil nodes that are multiplexed to the sigma-delta converter during conversion or integration mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
625
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
Table 17-5. Transistor Condition States (RTZE = 1)
STEP
ITG
DCOIL
RCIR
T1
T2
T3
T4
T5
T6
T7
T8
xx
1
0
x
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
00
0
0
0
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
00
0
0
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
00
0
1
0
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
00
0
1
1
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
00
1
1
x
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
01
0
0
0
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
01
0
0
1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
01
0
1
0
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
01
0
1
1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
01
1
1
x
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
10
0
0
0
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
10
0
0
1
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
10
0
1
0
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
10
0
1
1
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
10
1
1
x
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
11
0
0
0
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
11
0
0
1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
11
0
1
0
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
11
0
1
1
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
11
1
1
x
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
OFF
ON
ON
OFF
Table 17-6. Switch Condition States (RTZE = 1 or 0)
ITG
STEP
POL
S1
S2
S3
S4
S5
S6
S7
S8
0
xx
x
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
1
00
0
Open
Open
Open
Open
Close
Open
Open
Close
1
00
1
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Close
Close
Open
1
01
0
Open
Close
Close
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
1
01
1
Close
Open
Open
Close
Open
Open
Open
Open
1
10
0
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
Close
Close
Open
1
10
1
Open
Open
Open
Open
Close
Open
Open
Close
1
11
0
Close
Open
Open
Close
Open
Open
Open
Open
1
11
1
Open
Close
Close
Open
Open
Open
Open
Open
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
626
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
Table 17-7. Full Step States
COSINE
Coil Current
STEP Pole
Coil Node to
Integrator input
(Close Switch)
SINE
Coil Current
Angle
DCOIL = 0 DCOIL = 1 DCOIL = 0 DCOIL = 1
Coil Node to
Reference input
(Close Switch)
ITG = 1
POL = 0
ITG = 1
POL = 1
ITG = 1
POL = 0
ITG = 1
POL = 1
0
East
0
0
+ I max
0
0
SINM (S8)
SINP (S6)
SINP (S5)
SINM (S7)
1
North
90
0
0
0
+ I max
COSP (S2)
COSM (S4)
COSM (S3)
COSP (S1)
2
West
180
0
– I max
0
0
SINP (S6)
SINM (S8)
SINM (S7)
SINP (S5)
3
South
270
0
0
0
– I max
COSM (S4)
COSP (S2)
COSP (S1)
COSM (S3)
1
0
17.3.2.2
Modulus Down Counter Control Register (MDCCTL)
Module Base + 0x0001
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
MCZIE
MODMC
RDMCL
PRE
0
0
0
0
3
0
FLMC
0
2
MCEN
0
0
0
AOVIE
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 17-3. Modulus Down Counter Control Register (MDCCTL)
Read: anytime
Write: anytime.
l
Table 17-8. MDCCTL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
MCZIE
Modulus Counter Underflow Interrupt Enable
0 Interrupt disabled.
1 Interrupt enabled. An interrupt will be generated when the modulus counter underflow interrupt flag (MCZIF)
is set.
6
MODMC
Modulus Mode Enable
0 The modulus counter counts down from the value in the counter register and will stop at 0x0000.
1 Modulus mode is enabled. When the counter reaches 0x0000, the counter is loaded with the latest value
written to the modulus counter register.
Note: For proper operation, the MCEN bit should be cleared before modifying the MODMC bit in order to reset
the modulus counter to 0xFFFF.
5
RDMCL
Read Modulus Down-Counter Load
0 Reads of the modulus count register (MDCCNT) will return the present value of the count register.
1 Reads of the modulus count register (MDCCNT) will return the contents of the load register.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
627
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
Table 17-8. MDCCTL Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
4
PRE
Prescaler
0 The modulus down counter clock frequency is the bus frequency divided by 64.
1 The modulus down counter clock frequency is the bus frequency divided by 512.
Note: A change in the prescaler division rate will not be effective until a load of the load register into the modulus
counter count register occurs.
3
FLMC
Force Load Register into the Modulus Counter Count Register — This bit always reads zero.
0 Write zero to this bit has no effect.
1 Write one into this bit loads the load register into the modulus counter count register.
2
MCEN
Modulus Down-Counter Enable
0 Modulus down-counter is disabled. The modulus counter (MDCCNT) is preset to 0xFFFF. This will prevent an
early interrupt flag when the modulus down-counter is enabled.
1 Modulus down-counter is enabled.
0
AOVIE
Accumulator Overflow Interrupt Enable
0 Interrupt disabled.
1 Interrupt enabled. An interrupt will be generated when the accumulator overflow interrupt flag (AOVIF) is set.
17.3.2.3
Stepper Stall Detector Control Register (SSDCTL)
Module Base + 0x0002
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
RTZE
SDCPU
SSDWAI
FTST
0
0
0
0
3
2
0
0
0
0
1
0
ACLKS
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 17-4. Stepper Stall Detector Control Register (SSDCTL)
Read: anytime
Write: anytime
l
Table 17-9. SSDCTL Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
RTZE
Return to Zero Enable — If this bit is set, the coils are controlled by the SSD and are configured into one of the
four full step states as shown in Table 17-7. If this bit is cleared, the coils are not controlled by the SSD.
0 RTZ is disabled.
1 RTZ is enabled.
6
SDCPU
Sigma-Delta Converter Power Up — This bit provides on/off control for the sigma-delta converter allowing
reduced MCU power consumption. Because the analog circuit is turned off when powered down, the sigma-delta
converter requires a recovery time after it is powered up.
0 Sigma-delta converter is powered down.
1 Sigma-delta converter is powered up.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
628
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
Table 17-9. SSDCTL Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
5
SSDWAI
SSD Disabled during Wait Mode — When entering Wait Mode, this bit provides on/off control over the SSD
allowing reduced MCU power consumption. Because the analog circuit is turned off when powered down, the
sigma-delta converter requires a recovery time after exit from Wait Mode.
0 SSD continues to run in WAIT mode.
1 Entering WAIT mode freezes the clock to the prescaler divider, powers down the sigma-delta converter, and
if RTZE bit is set, the sine and cosine coils are recirculated via VSSM.
4
FTST
1:0
ACLKS
Factory Test — This bit is reserved for factory test and reads zero in user mode.
Accumulator Sample Frequency Select — This field sets the accumulator sample frequency by pre-scaling
the bus frequency by a factor of 8, 16, 32, or 64. A faster sample frequency can provide more accurate results
but cause the accumulator to overflow. Best results are achieved with a frequency between 500 kHz and 2 MHz.
Accumulator Sample Frequency = fBUS / (8 x 2ACLKS)
Table 17-10. Accumulator Sample Frequency
ACLKS
Frequency
fBUS = 40
MHz
fBUS = 25
MHz
fBUS = 16
MHz
0
fBUS / 8
5.00 MHz
3.12 MHz
2.00 MHz
1
fBUS / 16
2.50 MHz
1.56 MHz
1.00 MHz
2
fBUS / 32
1.25 MHz
781 kHz
500 kHz
3
fBUS / 64
625 kHz
391 kHz
250 kHz
NOTE
A change in the accumulator sample frequency will not be effective until the
ITG bit is cleared.
17.3.2.4
Stepper Stall Detector Flag Register (SSDFLG)
Module Base + 0x0003
7
R
W
Reset
MCZIF
0
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
AOVIF
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 17-5. Stepper Stall Detector Flag Register (SSDFLG)
Read: anytime
Write: anytime.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
629
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
l
Table 17-11. SSDFLG Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
MCZIF
Modulus Counter Underflow Interrupt Flag — This flag is set when the modulus down-counter reaches
0x0000. If not masked (MCZIE = 1), a modulus counter underflow interrupt is pending while this flag is set. This
flag is cleared by writing a ‘1’ to the bit. A write of ‘0’ has no effect.
0
AOVIF
Accumulator Overflow Interrupt Flag — This flag is set when the Integration Accumulator has a positive or
negative overflow. If not masked (AOVIE = 1), an accumulator overflow interrupt is pending while this flag is set.
This flag is cleared by writing a ‘1’ to the bit. A write of ‘0’ has no effect.
17.3.2.5
Modulus Down-Counter Count Register (MDCCNT)
Module Base + 0x0004
15
14
13
12
R
10
9
8
1
1
1
1
MDCCNT
W
Reset
11
1
1
1
1
Figure 17-6. Modulus Down-Counter Count Register High (MDCCNT)
Module Base + 0x0005
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
1
1
1
1
MDCCNT
W
Reset
3
1
1
1
1
Figure 17-7. Modulus Down-Counter Count Register Low (MDCCNT)
Read: anytime
Write: anytime.
NOTE
A separate read/write for high byte and low byte gives a different result than
accessing the register as a word.
If the RDMCL bit in the MDCCTL register is cleared, reads of the MDCCNT register will return the
present value of the count register. If the RDMCL bit is set, reads of the MDCCNT register will return the
contents of the load register.
With a 0x0000 write to the MDCCNT register, the modulus counter stays at zero and does not set the
MCZIF flag in the SSDFLG register.
If modulus mode is not enabled (MODMC = 0), a write to the MDCCNT register immediately updates the
load register and the counter register with the value written to it. The modulus counter will count down
from this value and will stop at 0x0000.
If modulus mode is enabled (MODMC = 1), a write to the MDCCNT register updates the load register with
the value written to it. The count register will not be updated with the new value until the next counter
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
630
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
underflow. The FLMC bit in the MDCCTL register can be used to immediately update the count register
with the new value if an immediate load is desired.
The modulus down counter clock frequency is the bus frequency divided by 64 or 512.
17.3.2.6
Integration Accumulator Register (ITGACC)
Module Base + 0x0006
15
14
13
12
R
11
10
9
8
0
0
0
0
ITGACC
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 17-8. Integration Accumulator Register High (ITGACC)
Module Base + 0x0007
7
6
5
4
R
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
ITGACC
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Figure 17-9. Integration Accumulator Register Low (ITGACC)
Read: anytime.
Write: Never.
NOTE
A separate read for high byte and low byte gives a different result than
accessing the register as a word.
This 16-bit field is signed and is represented in two’s complement. It indicates the change in flux while
integrating the back EMF present in the non-driven coil during a return to zero event.
When ITG is zero, the accumulator is initialized to 0x0000 and the sigma-delta converter is in a reset state.
When ITG is one, the accumulator increments or decrements depending on the sigma-delta conversion
sample. The accumulator sample frequency is determined by the ACLKS field. The accumulator freezes
at 0x7FFF on a positive overflow and freezes at 0x8000 on a negative overflow.
17.4
Functional Description
The stepper stall detector (SSD) has a simple control block to configure the H-bridge drivers of a stepper
motor in four different full step states with four available modes during a return to zero event. The SSD
has a detect circuit using a sigma-delta converter to measure and integrate changes in flux of the deenergized winding in the stepping motor and the conversion result is accumulated in a 16-bit signed
register. The SSD also has a 16-bit modulus down counter to monitor blanking and integration times. DC
offset compensation is implemented when using the modulus down counter to monitor integration times.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
631
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
17.4.1
Return to Zero Modes
There are four return to zero modes as shown in Table 17-12.
Table 17-12. Return to Zero Modes
17.4.1.1
ITG
DCOIL
Mode
0
0
Blanking with no drive
0
1
Blanking with drive
1
0
Conversion
1
1
Integration
Blanking with No Drive
In blanking mode with no drive, one of the coils is masked from the sigma-delta converter, and if RTZ is
enabled (RTZE = 1), it is set up to recirculate its current. If RTZ is enabled (RTZE = 1), the other coil is
disconnected to prevent any loss of flux change that would occur when the motor starts moving before the
end of recirculation and start of integration. In blanking mode with no drive, the accumulator is initialized
to 0x0000 and the converter is in a reset state.
17.4.1.2
Blanking with Drive
In blanking mode with drive, one of the coils is masked from the sigma-delta converter, and if RTZ is
enabled (RTZE = 1), it is set up to recirculate its current. If RTZ is enabled (RTZE = 1), the other coil is
driven. In blanking mode with drive, the accumulator is initialized to 0x0000 and the converter is in a reset
state.
17.4.1.3
Conversion
In conversion mode, one of the coils is routed for integration with one end connected to the (non-zero)
reference input and the other end connected to the integrator input of the sigma-delta converter. If RTZ is
enabled (RTZE=1), both coils are disconnected. This mode is not useful for stall detection.
17.4.1.4
Integration
In integration mode, one of the coils is routed for integration with one end connected to the (non-zero)
reference input and the other end connected to the integrator input of the sigma-delta converter. If RTZ is
enabled (RTZE = 1), the other coil is driven. This mode is used to rectify and integrate the back EMF
produced by the coils to detect stepped rotary motion.
DC offset compensation is implemented when using the modulus down counter to monitor integration
time.
17.4.2
Full Step States
During a return to zero (RTZ) event, the stepper motor pointer requires a 90 full motor electrical step with
full amplitude pulses applied to each phase in turn. For counter clockwise rotation (CCW), the STEP value
is incremented 0, 1, 2, 3, 0 and so on, and for a clockwise rotation the STEP value is decremented 3, 2, 1,
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
632
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
0 and so on. Figure 17-10 shows the current level through each coil for each full step in CCW rotation
when DCOIL is set.
+ Imax
SINE COIL
CURRENT
0
_ Imax
Recirculation
+ Imax
COSINE COIL
CURRENT
0
_ Imax
1
0
2
3
Figure 17-10. Full Steps (CCW)
Figure 17-11 shows the current flow in the SIN and COS H-bridges when STEP = 0, DCOIL = 1, ITG = 0
and RCIR = 0.
VDDM
VDDM
T3
T1
COSP
COSM
T2
T4
VSSM
T7
T5
SINP
SINM
T6
T8
VSSM
Figure 17-11. Current Flow when STEP = 0, DCOIL = 1, ITG = 0, RCIR = 0
Figure 17-12 shows the current flow in the SIN and COS H-bridges when STEP = 1, DCOIL = 1, ITG = 0
and RCIR = 1.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
633
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
VDDM
VDDM
T3
T1
COSP
COSM
T2
T4
T7
T5
SINP
SINM
T6
VSSM
T8
VSSM
Figure 17-12. Current Flow when STEP = 1, DCOIL = 1, ITG = 0, RCIR = 1
Figure 17-13 shows the current flow in the SIN and COS H-bridges when STEP = 2, DCOIL = 1 and
ITG = 1.
VDDM
VDDM
T3
T1
COSP
COSM
T2
T4
VSSM
T7
T5
SINP
SINM
T6
T8
VSSM
Figure 17-13. Current flow when STEP = 2, DCOIL = 1, ITG = 1
Figure 17-14 shows the current flow in the SIN and COS H-bridges when STEP = 3, DCOIL = 1 and
ITG = 1.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
634
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
VDDM
VDDM
T3
T1
COSP
COSM
T2
T4
VSSM
T7
T5
SINP
SINM
T6
T8
VSSM
Figure 17-14. Current flow when STEP = 3, DCOIL = 1, ITG = 1
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
635
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
17.4.3
Operation in Low Power Modes
The SSD block can be configured for lower MCU power consumption in three different ways.
• Stop mode powers down the sigma-delta converter and halts clock to the modulus counter. Exit
from Stop enables the sigma-delta converter and the clock to the modulus counter but due to the
converter recovery time, the integration result should be ignored.
• Wait mode with SSDWAI bit set powers down the sigma-delta converter and halts the clock to the
modulus counter. Exit from Wait enables the sigma-delta converter and clock to the modulus
counter but due to the converter recovery time, the integration result should be ignored.
• Clearing SDCPU bit powers down the sigma-delta converter.
17.4.4
Stall Detection Flow
Figure 17-15 shows a flowchart and software setup for stall detection of a stepper motor.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
636
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
Using Motor Control module, drive pointer to within 3 full steps of
calibrated zero position.
Advance Pointer
Initialize SSD
1. Clear (or set) RCIR; clear (or set) POL;
2. Set MCZIE; clear MODMC; clear (or set) PRE; set MCEN.
3. Set RTZE; set SDCPU; write ACLKS (select sample frequency).
4. Store threshold value in RAM.
Start Blanking
1. Clear MCZIF.
2. Write MDCCNT with blanking time value.
3. Clear ITG; clear (or set) DCOIL; increment (or decrement) STEP for
CCW (or CW) motion.
MDCCNT = 0x0000? or MCZIF = 1?
End of
Blanking?
No
Yes
1. Clear MCZIF.
2. Write MDCCNT with integration time value.
3. Set ITG; set DCOIL.
Start Integration
End of
Integration?
MDCCNT = 0x0000? or MCZIF = 1?
No
Yes
No
Stall
Detection?
ITGACC < Threshold (RAM value)?
Yes
Disable SSD
1. Clear MCZIF.
2. Clear MCEN.
3. Clear ITG.
4. Clear RTZE; clear SDCPU.
Figure 17-15. Return-to-Zero Flowchart
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
637
Chapter 17 Stepper Stall Detector (SSDV2) Block Description
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
638
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 18
Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
Table 18-1. Revision History
Version
Number
Revision
Date
Sections Affected
Description of Changes
0.0
April 2011
All
• inital Draft
0.7
March 2011
All
• fix typo on 18.1,18.2,18.3.4,18.5.3,18.5.6,18.6.1.1
0.8
March 2011
All
• V2 spec,add clock source of IRCCLK, Figure 18-1./18-641,
18.3.3/18-642, Table 18-2./18-642, Figure 18-3./18-644,
Table 18-4./18-644
0.9
March 2011
All
• fix typo according review
18.1
Introduction
The real-time counter (RTC) supports the calendar functions. It can also serve as a cyclical wake up from
low power modes, STOP and WAITs, without the need of external components. A frequency compensation mechanism is built into this RTC module to allow adjustments made to the RTC clock when a less
accurate crystal is used or to correct frequency shifts due to changing temperature. The 1-Hz clock that
drives the clock and calendar could make use of the built-in compensation mechanism for crystal frequency error compensation so that the 1-Hz clock could be made more accurate than the frequency accuracy of the crystal that drive the module.
18.2
Features
Features of the RTC module include:
• 16-bit up-counter
• Support both 4-16MHz OSC(OSCCLCK) and 32.768KHz OSC(OSCCLK_32K) input
• Calendar Counter registers for:
— Second
— Minute
— Hour
• Five periodic interrupts
• Built-in compensation mechanism for frequency error compensation
18.2.1
Modes of Operation
This section defines the RTC operation in stop, wait and background debug modes.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
639
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
18.2.1.1
Wait Mode
The RTC continues to run in wait mode if enabled before executing the WAIT instruction. Therefore, the
RTC can be used to bring the MCU out of wait mode if the real-time interrupt is enabled. For lowest
possible current consumption, the RTC should be stopped by software if not needed as an interrupt source
during wait mode.
18.2.1.2
Stop Modes
The RTC continues to run in STOP mode if the RTC is enabled before executing the STOP instruction.
Therefore, the RTC can be used to bring the MCU out of stop modes with no external components, if the
real-time interrupt is enabled.
18.2.1.3
Freeze Mode
In freeze mode(BDM active), depend on the bit FRZ in RTCCTL3, RTC will be stop or run continue.
18.2.2
Block Diagram
The block diagram for the RTC module is shown in Figure 18-1.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
640
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
RTCMOD
COMPE
16-bit modulo
16-bit latch
Compensation Circuit
CCS
Q
16-bit modulo
Comparator
OSCCLK
16-bit comparator
CLKSRC
CLKSRC
1/(RTCPS+1)
16-bit counter
1/32
RTCCLK
IRCCLK
CALS
CALCLK
RTCCNT
OSCCLK_32K
COMPIE
compensation cycle
COMPF
TB0IE
4 HZ
TB0F
1 Hz
SECF
Interrupt
SECIE
Logic
Second Counter Register
MINF
MINIE
Minute Counter Register
HRF
HRIE
Hour Counter Register
Figure 18-1. Real-Time Counter with Calendar (RTC) Block Diagram
18.3
18.3.1
External Signal Description
OSCCLK
The OSCCLK is 4-16MHZ main OSC output.
18.3.2
OSCCLK_32K
The OSCCLK_32K is 32.768K OSC output.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
641
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
18.3.3
IRCCLK
The IRCCLK is 1MHz CPMU output.
18.3.4
RTCCLK
The RTCCLK can run from OSCCLK or OSCCLK_32K. It depends on the CLKSRC setting . If derived
from OSCCLK, it depends on the RTCPS settting also. User need to set the correct RTCPS in order to get
the right RTCCLK generated. This clock will be used as LCD clock input source also.
18.3.5
CALCLK
The CALCLK is calibration clock output. It is internal routed to the timer channel for the on chip
calibration. Refer the PIM section for detailed information. And it is also routed to the pin, refer to the
device specification for avaiablity and connectivity of signal.
18.4
Register Definition
The RTC includes status and control registers, a 16-bit counter register, and a 16-bit modulo register,
calendar function counter registers. Except the RTCCTL3, RTCCTL4, RTCS1 registers which are normal
reset, all the other RTC registers are POR reset only.
Table 18-2 is a summary of RTC registers.
Table 18-2. RTC Register Summary
Name
0x0000
RTCCTL1
0x0001
RTCCTL2
0x0002
RTCCTL3
0x0003
RTCCTL4
0x0004
RTCS1
0x0005
RTCCCR
0x0006
RTCMODH
7
R
W
R
W
RTCEN
CLKSRC1
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
CLKSRC0
0
0
0
0
R
W
RTCWE1
RTCWE0
R
0
0
CDLC
0
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
1
COMPE
0
0
RTCPS3 RTCPS2 RTCPS1 RTCPS0
0
0
FRZ
CALS
HRIE
MINIE
SECIE
COMPIE
HRF
MINF
SECF
COMPF
CCS
0
0
TB0IE
TB0F
Q
RTCMODH
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
642
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
Table 18-2. RTC Register Summary (continued)
Name
7
5
4
R
0x0007
RTCMODL
3
2
1
0
RTCMODL
W
R
0x0008
RTCCNTH
RTCCNTH
W
R
0x0009
RTCCNTL
RTCCNTL
W
R
0x000A - 0x000C
RESERVED
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
SEC5
SEC4
SEC3
SEC2
SEC1
SEC0
MIN5
MIN4
MIN3
MIN2
MIN1
MIN0
HR4
HR3
HR2
HR1
HR0
W
R
0x000D
RTCSECR
W
R
0x000E
RTCMINR
W
R
0x000F
RTCHRR
18.4.1
6
0
W
RTC Control Register 1(RTCCTL1)
The RTCCTL1 contains the enable bit for RTC compensation function and RTC function enable bit. This
register is write-protected, writing this register should follows write-protect mechanism section.
7
R
W
POR:
RTCEN
0
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
COMPE
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-2. RTC Control Register 1 (RTCCTL1)
Table 18-3. RTCCTL1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
RTCEN
RTC Enable — This read/write bit enables the RTC.
0 RTC function is disabled.
1 RTC function is enabled.
1
COMPE
RTC Compensation Enable— The read/write bit enables the clock compensation mechanism for clock
frequency errors.
0 Compensation mechanism is disabled.
1 Compensation mechanism is enabled.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
643
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
18.4.2
RTC Control Register 2 (RTCCTL2)
The RTCCTL2 contains the RTC clock source selection bit and clock divider control bits. This register is
write one time only in normal mode, anytime in special mode.
R
W
POR:
7
6
CLKSRC1
CLKSRC0
0
0
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
2
1
0
RTCPS3
RTCPS2
RTCPS1
RTCPS0
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-3. RTC Control Register 2(RTCCTL2)
Table 18-4. RTCCTL2 Field Descriptions
Field
7:6
CLKSRC
3:0
RTCPS
18.4.3
Description
RTC Clock Source Selection— The read/write bit select the RTCCLK source.
00 RTCCLK is from OSCCLK
01 RTCCLK is from OSCCLK_32K
10 RTCCLK is from IRCCLK
11 reserved
RTC main OSC prescaler — These read/write bits define the OSCCLK prescaler value. The input OSCCLK
will be divided by (RTCPS+1) if RTCLK source is from OSCCLK. User should set the RTCPS value to let
prescaler clock frequency to be 1MHZ. The 1MHZ clock will be divide by 32 to generate 31.25KHz RTC counter
clock.
RTC Control Register 3 (RTCCTL3)
The RTCCTL3 contains the write protection configure bits (RTCWE1, RTCW0), the compensation data
setting ready bit.
7
6
R
W
Reset:
RTCWE1
RTCWE0
0
0
5
4
0
0
0
0
3
FRZ
0
2
0
0
1
CALS
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-4. RTC Control Register 3(RTCCTL3)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
644
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
Table 18-5. RTCCTL3 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7:6
RTC Module Write Enable — These two write-only bits control the write-protect function of several
RTCWE[1:0] RTC registers and bits. After a reset, write-protect is disabled, allowing full write access to RTC registers and
bits. These two bits always read as 0.
To enable write-protect, perform the following sequence:
1. Write %10 to RTCWE[1:0] bits
2. Write %10 to RTCWE[1:0] bits
To disable write-protect, perform the following sequence:
1. Write %00 to RTCWE[1:0] bits
2. Write %01 to RTCWE[1:0] bits
3. Write %11 to RTCWE[1:0] bits
4. Write %10 to RTCWE[1:0] bits
To disable write-protect from an unsure protection state, first perform the enable write-protect sequence, followed by the disable write protect sequence.
3
FRZ
1
CALS
18.4.4
RTC Stop in Freeze Mode— The read/write bit decide the RTC behavioral during Freeze mode.
0 RTC run during freeze mode.
1 RTC stop during freeze mode.
RTC Calibration Clock Selection— The read/write bit enables the clock calibration source selection.
0 RTCCLK is output to CALCLK.
1 1HZ compensation clock is output to CALCLK.
RTC Control Register 4 (RTCCTL4)
The RTCCTL4 contains the interrupt enable bits for RTC interrupt functions.
R
7
6
0
0
0
0
W
Reset:
5
4
3
2
HRIE
MINIE
SECIE
COMPIE
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
TB0IE
0
Figure 18-5. RTC Control Register 4 (RTCCTL4)
Table 18-6. RTCCTL4 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
5
HRIE
Hour Interrupt Enable — This read/write bit enables hour interrupts. If HRIE is set, then an interrupt is
generated when HRF is set.
0 Hour interrupt request is disabled.
1 Hour interrupt request is enabled.
4
MINIE
Minute Interrupt Enable — This read/write bit enables minute interrupts. If MINIE is set, then an interrupt is
generated when MINF is set.
0 Minute interrupt request is disabled.
1 Minute interrupt request is enabled.
3
SECIE
Second Interrupt Enable — This read/write bit enables second interrupts. If SECIE is set, then an interrupt is
generated when SECF is set.
0 Second interrupt request is disabled.
1 Second interrupt request is enabled.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
645
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
Table 18-6. RTCCTL4 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
2
COMPIE
0
TB0IE
18.4.5
Description
Compensation cycle Interrupt Enable — This read/write bit enables compensation cycle interrupts. If
COMPIE is set, then an interrupt is generated when COMPF is set.
0 Compensation cycle interrupt request is disabled.
1 Compensation cycle interrupt request is enabled.
4 HZ Time Tick interrupt Enable — This read/write bit enables 4 Hz time ticket interrupt. If TB0IE is set, then
an interrupt is generated when TB0IF is set.
0 4 Hz time ticket interrupt request is disabled.
1 4 Hz time ticket interrupt request is enabled.
RTC Status Register 1 (RTCS1)
The RTCS1 status register contains six interrupt status flags. When a flag is set and the corresponding
interrupt enable bit is also set, a CPU interrupt request is generated.
R
7
6
CDLC
0
0
0
W
Reset:
5
4
3
2
HRF
MINF
SECF
COMPF
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
TB0F
0
Figure 18-6. RTC Status and Control Register1 (RTCSC1)
Table 18-7. RTCS1 Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
CDLC
Compensation Data Load Cycle — This status bit is set automatically when compensation circuit start load
RTCMOD and RTCCCR to internal buffered register and cleared automatically when finished. If this bit is set,
write to RTCMOD and RTCCCR is blocked. Write to this bit has no effect.
0 write to RTCMOD or RTCCCR is allowed.
1 write to RTCMOD and RTCCR is blocked.
5
HRF
Hour Flag — This status bit is set on every increment of the hour counter. When the HRIE bit is set, HRF
generates a CPU interrupt request. Writing a logic 0 has no effect. Writing a logic 1 clears the bit and the hour
interrupt request. Reset clears HRF to 0.
0 No hour counter increment.
1 Hour counter increment.
4
MINF
Minute Flag — This status bit is set on every increment of the minute counter. When the MINIE bit is set, MINF
generates a CPU interrupt request. Writing a logic 0 has no effect. Writing a logic 1 clears the bit and the minute
interrupt request. Reset clears MINF to 0.
0 No minute counter increment.
1 Minute counter increment.
3
SECF
Second Flag — This status bit is set on every increment of the second counter. When the SECIE bit is set,
SECF generates a CPU interrupt request. Writing a logic 0 has no effect. Writing a logic 1 clears the bit and the
second interrupt request. Reset clears SECF to 0.
0 No second counter increment.
1 Second counter increment.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
646
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
Table 18-7. RTCS1 Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
2
COMPF
Compensation cycle Flag — This status bit is set on every last second of compensation cycle. When the
COMPIE bit is set, COMPF generates a CPU interrupt request. Writing a logic 0 has no effect. Writing a logic 1
clears the bit and the time base interrupt request. Reset clears COMPF to 0.
0 No Compensation cycle has occurred.
1 A compensation cycle has occurred.
0
TB0F
4 Hz time tick Flag — This status bit is set on every 4 Hz time ticket. When the TB0IE bit is set, TB0F generates
a CPU interrupt request. Writing a logic 0 has no effect. Writing a logic 1 clears the bit and the time base interrupt
request. Reset clears TB0F to 0.
0 No 4 Hz time tick has occurred.
1 A 4 Hz time tick has occurred.
18.4.6
RTC Compensation Configure Register (RTCCCR)
This register includes the CCS and Q value for free run 16-bit counter match times with M and M+1
modulo value during compensation.See compensation function section for detail.
7
R
5
4
3
CCS
W
POR:
6
0
2
1
0
0
0
0
Q
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-7. RTC Compensation Configure Register (RTCCCR)
Table 18-8. RTCCCR Field Descriptions
Field
7:6
CCS
5:0
Q
18.4.7
Description
Compensation cycle selection — When the clock compensation mechanism enabled, It will decide the
compensation cycle.
00 -- 5 second compensation cycle
01 -- 15 second compensation cycle
10 -- 30 second compensation cycle
11 -- 60 second compensation cycle
16-bit Counter Matches with M+1 Modulo Value Times — When the clock compensation mechanism
enabled, the free run timer counter matches with M+1 modulo value which set in RTC modulo register
(RTCMOD) Q times first, then matches with M modulo value with reset compensation cycle time. When Q is 0,
free run timer counter matches with M+1 modulo value do not happen. Refer to Section Table 18-14., “the CCS,
precision and Q value”
RTC Counter Register (RTCCNT)
RTCCNT is the read-only value of the current RTC count of the 16-bit counter.
15
14
13
12
R
11
10
9
8
0
0
0
0
RTCCNTH
W
POR:
0
0
0
0
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
647
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
7
6
5
4
R
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
RTCCNTL
W
POR:
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-8. RTC Counter Register (RTCCNT)
Table 18-9. RTCCNT Field Description
Field
Description
15:0
RTCCNT
RTC Count— These sixteen read-only bits contain the current value of the 16-bit counter. Writes have no effect
to this register. Reset will clear the count to 0x0000. Note, the RTCCNT is not synced, so user need to read register
two times to justify if value is correct, two read data same means the correct read data.
18.4.8
RTC Modulo Register (RTCMOD)
RTCMOD is the 16-bit modulo value.
15
14
13
12
R
9
8
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
R
RTCMODL
W
POR:
10
RTCMODH
W
POR:
11
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-9. RTC Modulo Register (RTCMOD)
Table 18-10. RTCMOD Field Descriptions
Field
Description
15:0
RTC Modulo — These sixteen read/write bits contain the modulo value used to reset the RTCCNT count to
RTCMOD 0x0000. Reset sets the modulo to 0x0000.
18.4.9
RTC Second Register (RTCSECR)
This read/write register contains the current value of the second counter. This register can be read at any
time without affecting the counter count. Writing to this register loads the value to the second counter and
the counter continues to count from this new value.Writing values other than 0 to 59 to this register has
no effect. This register is write-protected, writing this register should follow write-protect mechanism
section.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
648
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
The second counter rolls over to 0 after reaching 59.
R
7
6
0
0
0
0
W
POR:
5
4
3
2
1
0
SEC5
SEC4
SEC3
SEC2
SEC1
SEC0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-10. Second Register (SECR)
Table 18-11. SECR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
5:0
Second Counter Value — These read/write bits contains the current value of the second. 0 to 59 is valid.
SEC5~SEC0 Wirting the value other than 0 to 59 has no effect.
18.4.10 RTC Minute Register (RTCMINR)
This read/write register contains the current value of the minute counter. This register can be read at any
time without affecting the counter count. Writing to this register loads the value to the minute counter and
the counter continues to count from this new value. Writing values other than 0 to 59 to this register has
no effect. This register is write-protected, writing this register should follow write-protect mechanism
section.
The second counter rolls over to 0 after reaching 59.
R
7
6
0
0
0
0
W
POR:
5
4
3
2
1
0
MIN5
MIN4
MIN3
MIN2
MIN1
MIN0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-11. Minute Register (MINR)
Table 18-12. MINR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
5:0
MIN5~MIN0
Minute Counter Value — These read/write bits contains the current value of the minute. 0 to 59 is valid.Wirting
the value other than 0 to 59 has no effect.
18.4.11 RTC Hour Register (RTCHRR)
This read/write register contains the current value of the hour counter. This register can be read at any
time without affecting the counter count. Writing to this register loads the value to the hour counter and
the counter continues to count from this new value.Writing values other than 0 to 23 to this register has
no effect. This register is write-protected, writing this register should follow write-protect mechanism
section.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
649
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
The second counter rolls over to 0 after reaching 23.
R
7
6
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
POR:
4
3
2
1
0
HR4
HR3
HR2
HR1
HR0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 18-12. Hour Register (HRR)
Table 18-13. HRR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
4:0
HR4~HR0
Hour Counter Value — These read/write bits contains the current value of the hour. 0 to 23 is valid.Wirting the
value other than 0 to 23 has no effect.
18.5
Functional Description
The RTC module support calendar functions. It includes a main 16-bit up-counter with a 16-bit modulo
register. The module also contains software selectable interrupt logic and clock output for compensation
calibration.
The RTC module provides clock indications in seconds, minutes, hours. Reading the calendar registers
return the current time. Writing to these registers set the time, and the counters will continue to count from
the new settings.
18.5.1
RTC clock and reset behavior
Depending on the use case, the RTC clock can derived from OSCCLK or OSCCLK_32K. After power on
reset, the RTC clock is derived from OSCCLK. User should set the RTCPS and CLKSRC value before
enabling the RTCEN. If RTCCLK is from OSCCLK, the RTCPS value should be set to meet that the
prescaler clock frequency will be 1MHz. The 1MHz clock will follow by a 1/32 divider to generate a
31.25KHz clock, which will be used as RTC counter clock(RTCCNT clock input). In case the clock source
is OSCCLK, after reset, the main OSC will be disabled and must be enabled by setting the OSCE in CPMU
as soon as possible in order to have clock available for the RTC. If clock source is OSCCLK_32K,
software must wait the OSC startup time after power on reset before enabling the RTC. If 32K OSC is
enabled, it will be always on until a power on reset happens.
18.5.2
Calendar Functions
Calendar functions are provided by the second, minute and hour count registers. The second, minute and
hour counters are able to generate interrupts on every count increment, providing periodic interrupts for
the second (RTCSECF), minute (RTCMINF) and hour (RTCHRF). A CPU interrupt request is generated
if the corresponding enable bit (SECIE, MINIE and HRIE) is also set.
18.5.3
Interrupts
In addition to the second, minute and hour periodic interrupts generated by the clock functions, the
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
650
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
divider circuits generates compensation cycle periodic interrupt and 4 Hz periodic interrupt. Depend on
the CCS setting, the cycle period can be 5, 15, 30, 60 seconds. The COMPIE bit in the RTC control register 4(RTCCTL4) can enable compensation cycle interrupt. When the compensation logic start at the last
second compensation cycle, it will generate the interrupt. And user can calculate the next compensation
value and update these registers.
When a 4 Hz time base tick happens, it indicated by TB0F flags. And a CPU interrupt request is generated if the corresponding interrupt enable is also set.
18.5.4
RTC Clock Compensation
The RTC module is built with compensation circuit. The circuit is used to compensate frequency errors of
the input RTC clock, so that a more accurate 1-Hz RTC clock output can be achieved. Using this method,
it is possible to use a less expensive crystal. If the crystal temperature profile and the current temperature
is known, the compensation circuit can also be used to compensate crystal frequency errors due to ambient temperature change and crystal aging.
The compensation logic use the RTCMOD, CCS and Q of RTCCCR to decide the free run timer counter.
User first need to decide the CCS, which determines the compensation precision. The larger CCS value,
higher the precision, longer the compensation period. During each compensation cycle, the free run timer
counter will first count RTCMOD+1 for Q times , then count RTCMOD for the “compensation peirod-Q”
times. Note if Q >= compensation period, it means that free run timer counter will count RTCMOD+1 for
“compensation period” times
The RTCMOD is the integral portion of actual frequency. Q value can be calculated base on
Section Table 18-14., “the CCS, precision and Q value”.
Table 18-14. the CCS, precision and Q value
CCS
Compensation
period (second)
Compensation Precision
0
5
1/(2 * 5 * RTCMOD)(1)
integer of ((fraction value+1/(2*5)) * 5)
1
2
15
30
1/(2 * 15 * RTCMOD)1
integer of ((fraction value+1/(2*15)) * 15)
1/(2 * 30 * RTCMOD)1
integer of ((fraction value+1/(2*30)) * 30)
60
RTCMOD)1
integer of ((fraction value+1/(2*60)) * 60)
3
1/(2 * 60 *
Q
1. the RTCCLK has only two possible input frequency, 31.25KHz or 32.768KHz. If RTCMOD value is set as requirement, user
can use 31250 or 32768 to replace the RTCMOD value here to easy the compensation precision calculation.
First example, if the RTC clock is from OSCCLK_32K and it has 2000PPM frequence drift due to the
crystal and temperature etc factors, the RTCCLK frequency will be 32833.536HZ. We set RTCMOD
value to 32833 first. The fraction value will be 0.536, and we can get CCS=0, Q=3 or CCS=1, Q=8 or
CCS=2, Q=16 or CCS=3, Q=32.
Second example, if the RTC clock is from OSCLK and it has -2000PPM frequence drift due to the crystal
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
651
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
and temperature etc factors, the RTCPS is set to 15, the RTCCLK frequency will be 31187.5HZ. We set
RTCMOD value to 31187 first. The fraction value will be 0.5, and we can get CCS=0, Q=3 or CCS=1,
Q=8 or CCS=2, Q=15 or CCS=3, Q=30.
18.5.5
Calendar Register and Bit Write Protection
A write-protect mechanism is implemented to prevent accidental writes to the RTC clock registers, calendar registers, and other control bits. The protected RTC registers and bits are listed in below table
Table 18-15. Write-Protected RTC Registers and Bits
Register
Bit
RTC Control Register 1(RTCCTL1)
All Bits
Second Register(RTCSECR)
Minute Register(RTCMINR)
Hour Register(RTCHRR)
All Bits
All Bits
All Bits
The mechanism uses the RTCWE[1:0] bits in the RTC control register 3(RTCCTL3) in a state machine,
which requires a bit-write sequence to disable the write-protection. A block diagram of the state machine
is shown in below Figure.
R ESET
Write-Protect ENABLED
Write-Protect
DISABLED
Write 10
to
rite
W
RTCWE
10
Write any value
other than 10
to RTWE
to
CW
RT
E
n 10 to
ther tha
value o
y
n
a
te
Wri
RTCWE = 00
Write
any
valu
e oth
0 to
te 0
Wri
Write any value
other than 00
to RTWE
er th
an 1
1
to R
TCW
E
RTCWE
Write 11 to
Note: Reading RTCWE[1:0]
always return 00.
RTCWE = 10
RTCWE
WE
RTC
r
othe
lue
y v a WE
e an RTC
Writ 01 to
than
RTCWE = 11
C
RT
1 to
0
ite
Wr
WE
RTCWE 01
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
652
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
After a reset, the write-protect mechanism is disabled, allowing the user set the time and date in the calendar registers.
18.5.6
Load buffer register
Compensation circuit and modulo circiuit using buffered register, those two register are loaded from
RTCCCR and RTCMOD only when compensation completed.Write to RTCMOD and RTCCCR is
blocked when CDLC=1, to protect data is stable when load occurs.
RTC CLK
CDLC
SECF
COMPF
RTCEN
RTCMOD
RTCMOD_buf
Figure 18-13. Buffered register load sequence and CDLC
18.6
Initialization/Application Information
18.6.1
18.6.1.1
RTC Calibration
ThRev. 1.05e off chip calibration
The RTC output clock (CALCLK) can be output on the RTC_CAL pin. User can measure the clcok
frequency directly. Refer to Device spec on how to enable the CALCLK on RTC_CAL pin.
18.6.1.2
The on chip calibration
The CALCLK signal can be routed to an internal timer channel for on-chip measurement. At same time,
user need feed one high precision 1 Hz clock to the other timer input pin. The calibration software can then
take simultaneous measurements of both signals using the input capture function of the timer to calculate
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
653
Chapter 18 Real-Time Counter With Calendar (RTCV2)
the variation in the RTC clock output and determine the correct calibration point. Refer to Device spec for
more information on timer channel connection.
18.6.2
RTC compensation
To reach the high precision RTC clock, the compensation need following steps.
• Characterization of the OSCCLK or OSCCLK_32K crystal, get the lookup table for the crystal
frequency versus to temperature. This step is just required one time per crystal type.
• Perform the RTC calibration at production for each device, get the base frequency offset.
• Perform the RTC compensation periodically after enabling the RTC.
— Measure the external temperature
— Lookup compensation value in lookup table
— Load the compensation value into RTC
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
654
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 19
Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
Table 19-1. Revision History
Revision
Number
Revision Date
Sections
Affected
V1.0
Apr. 20, 2011
All
19.1
Description of Changes
Initial revision of Sound Generator Module.
Introduction
This document describes the Simple Sound Generator module.
The SSG module generates audio frequency tone with autonomous amplitude control.
Refer to Figure 19-1 for the detailed block diagram of the module.
19.1.1
Features
The SSG block includes these distinctive features:
• Programmable amplitude level encoded with 11 bit resolution from zero amplitude to max
amplitude
• Sound STOP function to stop sound generation immediately
• Registers double-buffered synchronously reload at edge of tone to avoid distortion of output tone
• Interrupt generates when SSG is ready to configure new sound data
• Input clock prescaler with 11 bit resolution
• Module disable for power saving when not in use
• Separate or mixed frequency and amplitude outputs for flexibility in external hardware variations
• Attack/decay function which can increase/decrease sound amplitude automatically without CPU
interaction, including linear, gong and exponential attack/decay operation
19.1.2
Block Diagram
Figure 19-1 shows the block diagram for SSG block.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
655
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
SSGTONE_B
SSGPS_B
OMS
speaker
tone
counter
bus clock
prescaler
counter
1
mix
0
amplitude
logic
SGA
tone duration
SSGAMP_B
SSGADC_B
Amplifier
SGT
counter
external circuit
attack/decay
logic
SSGDUR_B
SSGAA_B
SSGIF
SSGE
STP
NOTE: XXX_B is the buffer register of relevant XXX register
The external circuit diagram is just for the OMS=0 case
External amplifier is required due to the limited driving capability of SGT pad
Figure 19-1. SSG Block Diagram
19.2
19.2.1
External Signal Description
SGT
Tone output signal of SSG, which can be a single output tone signal or a tone combined with amplitude
encoding.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
656
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
19.2.2
SGA
Encoded amplitude output signal of SSG.
19.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
19.3.1
Module Memory Map
This section describes the content of the registers in the SSG module. The base address of the SSG module
is determined at the MCU level when the MCU is defined. The register decode map is fixed and begins at
the first address of the module address offset. The figure below shows the registers associated with the
SSG and their relative offset from the base address. The register detail description follows the order they
appear in the register map.
Reserved bits within a register will always read as 0 and the write will be unimplemented. Unimplemented
functions are indicated by shading the bit.
NOTE
Register Address = Base Address + Address Offset, where the Base Address
is defined at the MCU level and the Address Offset is defined at the module
level.
19.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes in detail all the registers and register bits in the SSG module.
Register
Name
0x0000
SSGCR
0x0001
SSGADC
Bit 7
R
W
R
W
0x0002
SSGPSH
R
W
0x0003
SSGPSL
W
R
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
PS7
PS6
PS5
PS4
PS3
SSGE
ADE
2
1
Bit 0
OMS
RDR
STP
ADM[1:0]
ADS
PS10
PS9
PS8
PS2
PS1
PS0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 19-2. The SSG Register Summary (Sheet 1 of 3)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
657
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
Register
Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
TONE9
TONE8
TONE7
TONE6
TONE5
TONE4
TONE3
TONE2
TONE1
TONE0
0
0
0
0
0
AMP10
AMP9
AMP8
AMP7
AMP6
AMP5
AMP4
AMP3
AMP2
AMP1
AMP0
0
0
0
0
0
AA10
AA9
AA8
AA7
AA6
AA5
AA4
AA3
AA2
AA1
AA0
0
0
0
0
0
AT10
AT9
AT8
AT7
AT6
AT5
AT4
AT3
AT2
AT1
AT0
DUR7
DUR6
DUR5
DUR4
DUR3
DUR2
DUR1
DUR0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x000F
R
RESERVED W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0010
R
SSGAMPBH W
0
0
0
0
0
AMPB10
AMPB9
AMPB8
0x0011
R
SSGAMPBL W
AMPB7
AMPB6
AMPB5
AMPB4
AMPB3
AMPB2
AMP1
AMPB0
DCNT7
DCNT6
DCNT5
DCNT4
DCNT3
DCNT2
DCNT1
DCNT0
0x0004
R
SSGTONEH W
0x0005
R
SSGTONEL W
0x0006
SSGAMPH
0x0007
SSGAMPL
R
W
R
W
0x0008
SSGAAH
W
0x0009
SSGAAL
W
0x000A
SSGATH
R
R
R
W
0x000B
SSGATL
W
0x000C
SSGDUR
W
0x000D
SSGIE
0x000E
SSGIF
0x0012
SSGDCNT
R
R
R
W
R
W
R
RNDIE
RNDI
W
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 19-2. The SSG Register Summary (Sheet 2 of 3)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
658
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
Register
Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0x0013
R
RESERVED W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0014
R
RESERVED W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0015
R
RESERVED W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0016
R
RESERVED W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0017
R
RESERVED W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 19-2. The SSG Register Summary (Sheet 3 of 3)
19.3.2.1
SSG Control Register (SSGCR)
The control register SSGCR contains bits to control module enable, SSG stop control, register data ready
status and the SGT output mode selection.
Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
W
Reset
SSGE
0
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
0
OMS
RDR
STP
0
0
0
Figure 19-3. SSG Control Register (SSGCR)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 19-2. SSGCR Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
SSGE
SSG Enable
0 SSG is disabled. All counters will be reset to 0, input clock will be gated.
1 SSG is enabled.
2
OMS
SSG Output Mode Selection
0 SGT output tone mixed with amplitude.
1 SGT output tone solely.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
659
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
Table 19-2. SSGCR Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
1
RDR
SSG Register Data Ready —
This bit indicates whether the registers data are ready to reload into the relative buffer registers. Writing any of
SSGPS/SSGTONE/SSGAMP/SSGDUR/SSGAA/SSGAT/SSGADC will clear this bit. User should write 1 to this
bit if registers setting has been done. Writing 0 to this bit will stop the SSG when the synchronous reload event
occurs.
0 Register data is not ready to load into buffer register.
1 Register data is ready to load into buffer register.
0
STP
SSG STOP
0 SSG runs normally.
1 Immediately stop SSG.
19.3.2.2
SSG attack/decay control register (SSGADC)
SSGADC control the attack/decay enable and attack/decay function selection.
Module Base + 0x0001
7
R
W
Reset
ADE
0
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
1
ADM[1:0]
0
0
ADS
0
0
Figure 19-4. SSG attack/decay control register (SSGADC)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 19-3. SSGADC Field Descriptions
Field
7
ADE
2-1
ADM[1:0]
0
ADS
Description
SSG attack/decay enable
0 SSG attack/decay function disabled.
1 SSG attack/decay function enabled.
SSG Linear, Gong or Exponential attack/decay Selection.
refer to Section 19.4.3, “SSG Attack and Decay function for detail.
00 Select linear attack/decay operation.
01 Select gong attack/decay operation.
10 Select exponential attack/decay operation.
11 Reserved.
SSG Decay or attack Selection
0 Select amplitude attack function.
1 Select amplitude decay function.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
660
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
19.3.2.3
SSG Clock Prescaler Register (SSGPS)
SSGPS is a 11 bit prescaler register. For the 32MHz input bus clock source, the frequency range of
encoding amplitude waveform is from 15.625KHz to 125KHz, so the divided clock frequency is as
Table 19-5.
Module Base + 0x0002
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
2
1
0
PS10
PS9
PS8
0
0
0
Figure 19-5. SSG Clock Prescaler Register (SSGPSH)
Module Base + 0x0003
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
PS7
PS6
PS5
PS4
PS3
PS2
PS1
PS0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 19-6. SSG Clock Prescaler Register (SSGPSL)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 19-4. SSGPS Field Descriptions
Field
Description
10–0
PS[10:0]
SSG Clock Prescaler Register Bits —
The input clock will be divided by SSGPS+1. This divided signal will be used as tone counter clock. Also it will
decide the amplitude of the PWM cycle period.
Table 19-5. Prescaler Clock Divider
Divided Clock Frequency From
32MHz Clock Source
Divide Ratio
SSGPS[10:0]
125KHz
256
0xFF
124.514KHz
257
0x100
124.031KHz
258
0x101
123.552KHz~15.633KHz
259~2047
0x102~0x7FE
15.625KHz
2048
0x7FF
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
661
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
19.3.2.4
SSG Tone Register (SSGTONE)
SSGTONE is SSG tone register. The tone frequency range is between 100Hz to 8KHz. Refer to Table 197 for the tone frequency divide ratio and possible tone frequency.
Module Base + 0x0004
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
1
0
TONE9
TONE8
0
0
Figure 19-7. SSG Tone Register (SSGTONEH)
Module Base + 0x0005
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
TONE7
TONE6
TONE5
TONE4
TONE3
TONE2
TONE1
TONE0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 19-8. SSG Tone Register (SSGTONEL)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 19-6. SSGPS Field Descriptions
Field
9–0
TONE[9:0]
Description
SSG Tone Register Bits —
The tone frequency is equal to prescaler clock / (2*(SSGTONE+1)).
Table 19-7. Tone
Frequency configuration
Prescaler Clock
Frequency
Tone Frequency
Range
SSGTONE[9:0]
Adjacent Tone
Frequency Gap
Range
15KHz
100Hz~7.5KHz
0x4A~0x0
1.351Hz~3750Hz
30KHz
100Hz~7.5KHz
0x95~0x1
0.671Hz~2500Hz
60KHz
100Hz~7.5KHz
0x12B~0x3
0.334Hz~1500Hz
90KHz
100Hz~7.5KHz
0x1C1~0x5
0.223~1072Hz
125KHz
100Hz~7.813KHz
0x270~0x7
0.16Hz~1115Hz
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
662
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
19.3.2.5
SSG Amplitude Register (SSGAMP)
SSGAMP register contains amplitude duty.
s
Module Base + 0x0006
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
2
1
0
AMP10
AMP9
AMP8
0
0
0
Figure 19-9. SSG amplitude Register (SSGAMPH)
Module Base + 0x0007
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AMP7
AMP6
AMP5
AMP4
AMP3
AMP2
AMP1
AMP0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 19-10. SSG amplitude Register (SSGAMPL)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 19-8. SSGAMP Field Descriptions
Field
10–0
AMP[10:0]
Description
SSG Amplitude Register Bits —
Amplitude duty cycle is SSGAMP/(SSGPS+1). When SSGAMP >= SSGPS+1, duty cycle will be 100%.
NOTE
due to algorithm reason, in gong attack operation mode, amplitude should
not be set to 0, otherwise amplitude will always be 0 and gong attack
operation will never end.
19.3.2.6
SSG Amplitude Adjustment (SSGAA)
The SSGAA is amplitude adjustment register.
Module Base + 0x0008
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
2
1
0
AA10
AA9
AA8
0
0
0
Figure 19-11. SSG Amplitude Adjustment (SSGAAH)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
663
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
Module Base + 0x0009
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AA7
AA6
AA5
AA4
AA3
AA2
AA1
AA0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 19-12. SSG Amplitude Adjustment (SSGAAL)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 19-9. SSGAA Field Descriptions
Field
Description
10–0
AA[10:0]
SSG Amplitude Adjustment Register Bits —
The bits define the amplitude adjustment value in each linear attack/decay operation. The register is only used
when linear attack/decay is selected.
19.3.2.7
SSG Amplitude Threshold Register (SSGAT)
SSGAT contains the amplitude threshold.
Module Base + 0x000A
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
2
1
0
AT10
AT9
AT8
0
0
0
Figure 19-13. SSG Amplitude Threshold (SSGATH)
Module Base + 0x000B
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
AT7
AT6
AT5
AT4
AT3
AT2
AT1
AT0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Figure 19-14. SSG Amplitude Threshold (SSGATL)
Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
664
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
Table 19-10. SSGAT Field Descriptions
Field
10–0
AT[10:0]
19.3.2.8
Description
SSG Amplitude Threshold Register Bits —
When the amplitude >= SSGAT (attack) or amplitude =SSGPS+1, it will be 100%. SSGAMP has a buffer register, so
changing the SSGAMP will not disturb the amplitude PWM waveform before the synchronous reload
takes place.
bus clock
......
......
......
......
RDR
Pcounter 0
1
amplitude PWM
2
......
A-1
......
P-1 P
0
1
2
......
A-1
......
P
0
1
2
3
SSGAMP
(x clock period)
SSGPS + 1
(x clock period)
where : RDR is the RDR bit of SSGCR
Pcounter is the prescaler counter
A is value of SSGAMP buffer
P is the value of SSGPS buffer
Figure 19-21. SSG Amplitude Generation
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
668
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
19.4.2
SSG Tone Generation
The tone is a low frequency square waveform. Tone generation logic consists of a tone counter triggered
by prescaler signal and the tone period register SSGTONE with its buffer register. The register SSGTONE
contains the coefficient value of half tone period, one tone cycle period = 2 x (SSGTONE + 1) x prescaler
cycle. The tone signal is also used as one of the synchronous reload signal.
prescaler clock
......
......
......
RDR
Tcounter
0
1
2
......
T
0
1
2
......
T
0
1
2
......
T
0
1
2
3 ......
Tone
SSGTONE + 1
(x prescaler period)
SSGTONE + 1
(x prescaler period)
Amplitude PWM
where : RDR is the RDR bit of SSGCR
Tcounter is the tone counter
T is value of SSGTONE buffer
Figure 19-22. SSG Tone Generation
19.4.3
SSG Attack and Decay function
In SSG the value hold in the amplitude buffer register can be automatically increased or decreased. The
amplitude increase implements sound volume attack and the amplitude decrease implements sound
volume decay. If ADS is cleared while the ADE is set, attack function will be enabled, if the ADS is set
while ADE is set, decay function will be enabled. If ADE is cleared, attack/decay function will be disabled.
The attack/decay function implements sound volume automatic increase/decrease with a small number of
CPU interventions.
Attack/decay function includes linear operation, gong operation and exponential operation.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
669
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
•
•
•
In linear attack operation SSGAMPB (SSGAMP’s buffer) will be increased by SSGAA every
SSGSSGDUR + 1 tone cycle. In linear decay operation, SSGAMPB will be decreased by SSGAA
every SSGDUR + 1 tone cycle. See below linear attack/decay formula.
In gong attack operation SSGAMPB will be increased by SSGAMPB/32 every SSGDUR + 1 tone
cycle. In gong decay operation SSGAMPB will be decreased by SSGAMPB/32 every SSGDUR +
1 tone cycle. See below gong attack/decay formula.
In exponential attack operation SSGAMPB will multiply with 2 then add 1 every SSGDUR + 1
tone cycle. In exponential decay operation, SSGAMPB will be divided by 2 every SSGDUR + 1
tone cycle. See below exponential attack/decay formula.
Linear attack operation:
SSGAMPB = SSGAMP;
do{
SSGAMPB = SSGAMPB + SSGAA_buf;
} While (SSGAMPB < AT_buf)
Where : AT_buf is the internal buffer of amplitude threshold register SSGAT.
SSGAA_buf is the internal buffer of SSGAA.
Linear decay operation:
SSGAMPB = SSGAMP;
do{
SSGAMPB = SSGAMPB - SSGAA_buf;
} While (SSGAMPB > AT_buf)
Where : AT_buf is the internal buffer of amplitude threshold register SSGAT.
SSGAA_buf is the internal buffer of SSGAA.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
670
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
Gong attack operation:
SSGAMPB = SSGAMP;
AMP_int = {SSGAMPB, 5’b00000};
do{
AMP_int = AMP_int + (AMP_int >> 5);
SSGAMPB = AMP_int >> 5;
} While (SSGAMPB < AT_buf)
where : AMP_int is a 16 bit internal register.
AT_buf is the internal buffer of amplitude threshold register SSGAT.
Gong decay operation:
SSGAMPB = SSGAMP;
AMP_int = {SSGAMPB, 5’b11111};
do{
AMP_int = AMP_int - (AMP_int >> 5);
SSGAMPB = AMP_int >> 5;
} While (SSGAMPB > AT_buf)
where : AMP_int is a 16 bit internal register.
AT_buf is the internal buffer of amplitude threshold register SSGAT.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
671
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
Exponential attack operation:
SSGAMPB = SSGAMP;
do {
SSGAMPB = SSGAMPB > 1;
} while (SSGAMPB > AT_buf)
Where : AT_buf is the internal buffer of amplitude threshold register SSGAT.
19.4.4
SSG Start and Stop
To start SSG, user should set SSGE of SSGCR and config all registers, then set the RDR of SSGCR, the
SSG will start to work.
In run time, when the STP of SSGCR is set, the SSG will stop immediately, all counters will be cleared
(reset to 0). When STP of SSGCR is cleared, SSG will restart if RDR is set. Same for the SSGE of SSGCR,
when clear the SSGE, the SSG will stop immediately, all counters will be cleared (reset to 0). when the
SSGE is set, SSG will restart if RDR is set. Clear the SSGE will disable the SGA and SGT output, so it is
not recommend to use SSGE to stop the SSG.
The RDR of SSGCR can also stop the SSG, when reload occurs while the RDR is cleared, SSG will stop
with all counters cleared, and the interrupt flag (RNDI of SSGIF) will be set. When the RDR is set again,
the SSG will restart. Refer to Figure 19-23 and Figure 19-24.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
672
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
19.4.5
Register Reload
In SSG all registers except SSGCR, SSGIE and SSGIF are double buffered. the value will be reloaded
from config registers to their buffers in three cases: one is when SSG startup (or restart), the other two are
attack/decay mode register reload and non-attack/decay mode register reload. Details as below:
• When at SSG start/restart time, if the SSGCR’s RDR is set, data in config registers will be loaded
into the internal registers buffers, and the interrupt flag (RNDI of SSGIF) will be set.
• In attack/decay mode, when amplitude (in SSGAMP) reaches the SSGAT value and the SSGCR’s
RDR is set, all register will reload to their buffer registers, and the interrupt flag (RNDI of SSGIF)
will be set. Refer to Figure 19-23.
• In non-attack/decay mode, when one tone duration completes and the SSGCR’s RDR is set, all
register will reload to their buffer registers, and the interrupt flag (RNDI of SSGIF) will be set.
Refer to Figure 19-24.
Tone
......
......
duration
SSGAMPB AMPB
AMPB_1
AMPB_2
......
AMPB_T
AMPB
AMPB_1
......
AMPB_T
AMPB
AMPB_1
RDR
reload point
stop point
reload and restart
where : Assume one tone duration contains 2 tone cycle
AMPB is the initial value reload from SSGAMP register
AMPB_x is the interim value of SSGAMPB in attack/decay operation
AMPB_T is the value of SSGAT buffer
RDR is the RDR bit of SSGCR register
Figure 19-23. Attack/decay Mode Register Reload
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
673
Chapter 19 Simple Sound Generator (SSGV1)
Tone
duration
RDR
reload point
stop point
reload and restart
where : Assume one tone duration contains 3 tone cycle
RDR is the RDR bit of SSGCR register
Figure 19-24. Non-attack/decay mode Register Reload
19.4.6
SSG Output Control
There are two output signals, SGA and SGT. SGA outputs the sound amplitude while SGT can output tone
or tone mixed with amplitude. The SGT output selection is determined by OMS of SSGCR. When OMS
is cleared, the SGA output is disable, the SGA shared pins can be used as other function.
19.5
Interrupt
When the RNDI of SSGIF and RNDIE of SSGIE are all set, interrupt will be generated. Besides normal
reload interrupt, RNDI will be set when SSG start with RDR set, so the second configuration data can be
set base on reload interrupt.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
674
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 20
ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
20.1
Introduction
The purpose of ECC logic is to detect and correct as much as possible memory data bit errors. These soft
errors can occur randomly during operation, mainly generated by alpha radiation. Soft Error means, that
only the information inside the memory cell is corrupt, the memory cell itself is not damaged. A write
access with correct data solves the issue. If the ECC algorithm is able to correct the data, then the system
can use this corrected data without any issues. If the ECC algorithm is able to detect, but not correct the
error, then the system is able to ignore the memory read data to avoid system malfunction.
The ECC value is calculated based on an aligned 2 byte memory data word. The ECC algorithm is able to
detect and correct single bit ECC errors. Double bit ECC errors will be detected but the system is not able
to correct these errors. This kind of ECC code is called SECDED code. This ECC code requires 6
additional parity bits for each 2 byte data word.
20.1.1
Features
The SRAM_ECC module provides the ECC logic for the system memory based on a SECDED algorithm.
Main features of the SRAM_ECC module:
•
SECDED ECC code
–
single bit error detection and correction per 2 byte data word
– double bit error detection per 2 byte data word
•
memory initialization function
•
byte wide system memory write access
•
automatic single bit ECC error correction for read and write accesses
•
debug logic to read and write raw use data and ECC values
20.2
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all memory and registers for the SRAM_ECC module.
20.2.1
Register Summary
Figure 20-1 shows the summary of all implemented registers inside the SRAM_ECC module.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
675
Chapter 20 ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
NOTE
Register Address = Module Base Address + Address Offset, where the
Module Base Address is defined at the MCU level and the Address Offset
is defined at the module level.
Address Offset
Register Name
0x0000
ECCSTAT
R
0x0001
ECCIE
R
0x0002
ECCIF
R
0x0003 - 0x0006
Reserved
R
0x0007
ECCDPTRH
R
0x0008
ECCDPTRM
R
0x0009
ECCDPTRL
R
0x000A - 0x000B
Reserved
R
0x000C
ECCDDH
R
0x000D
ECCDDL
R
0x000E
ECCDE
R
0x000F
ECCDCMD
R
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RDY
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
W
W
SBEEIE
SBEEIF
0
W
DPTR[23:16]
W
DPTR[15:8]
W
0
DPTR[7:1]
W
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ECCDW
ECCDR
W
DDATA[15:8]
W
DDATA[7:0]
W
0
0
DECC[5:0]
W
W
ECCDRR
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented, Reserved, Read as zero
Figure 20-1. SRAM_ECC Register Summary
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
676
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 20 ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
20.2.2
Register Descriptions
This section consists of register descriptions in address order. Each description includes a standard register
diagram with an associated figure number. Details of register bit and field functions follow the register
diagrams, in bit order.
20.2.2.1
ECC Status Register (ECCSTAT)
Access: User read only(1)
Module Base + 0x00000
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
RDY
Reset
0
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Never
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
Figure 20-2. ECC Status Register (ECCSTAT)
Table 20-2. ECCSTAT Field Description
Field
Description
0
RDY
ECC Ready— Shows the status of the ECC module.
0 Internal SRAM initialization is ongoing, access to the SRAM is disabled
1 Internal SRAM initialization is done, access to the SRAM is enabled
20.2.2.2
ECC Interrupt Enable Register (ECCIE)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x00001
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reset
0
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
0
0
0
0
0
0
R
W
0
SBEEIE
0
Figure 20-3. ECC Interrupt Enable Register (ECCIE)
Table 20-3. ECCIE Field Description
Field
0
SBEEIE
Description
Single bit ECC Error Interrupt Enable — Enables Single ECC Error interrupt.
0 Interrupt request is disabled
1 Interrupt will be requested whenever SBEEIF is set
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
677
Chapter 20 ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
20.2.2.3
ECC Interrupt Flag Register (ECCIF)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0002
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
0
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, write 1 to clear
0
SBEEIF
0
Figure 20-4. ECC Interrupt Flag Register (ECCIF)
Table 20-4. ECCIF Field Description
Field
0
SBEEIF
Description
Single bit ECC Error Interrupt Flag — The flag is set to 1 when a single bit ECC error occurs.
0 No occurrences of single bit ECC error since the last clearing of the flag
1 Single bit ECC error occurs since the last clearing of the flag
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
678
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 20 ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
20.2.2.4
ECC Debug Pointer Register (ECCDPTRH, ECCDPTRM,
ECCDPTRL)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0007
7
6
5
4
R
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
DPTR[23:16]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Module Base + 0x0008
7
Access: User read/write
6
5
4
R
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
DPTR[15:8]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Module Base + 0x0009
7
Access: User read/write
6
5
R
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
DPTR[7:1]
W
Reset
4
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 20-5. ECC Debug Pointer Register (ECCDPTRH, ECCDPTRM, ECCDPTRL)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 20-5. ECCDPTR Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
DPTR
[23:0]
ECC Debug Pointer — This register contains the system memory address which will be used for a debug
access. Address bits not relevant for SRAM address space are not writeable, so the SW should read back the
pointer value to make sure the register contains the intended memory address. Anyway it is possible to write
an address value to this register which points outside the system memory. There is no additional monitoring of
the register content, therefore the SW must make sure that the address value points to the system memory
space.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
679
Chapter 20 ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
20.2.2.5
ECC Debug Data (ECCDDH, ECCDDL)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x000C
7
6
5
4
R
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
DDATA[15:8]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
Module Base + 0x000D
7
Access: User read/write
6
5
4
R
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
DDATA[7:0]
W
Reset
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 20-6. ECC Debug Data (ECCDDH, ECCDDL)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 20-6. ECCDD Register Field Descriptions
Field
DDATA
[23:0]
20.2.2.6
Description
ECC Debug Raw Data — This register contains the raw data which will be written into the system memory
during a debug write command or the read data from the debug read command.
ECC Debug ECC (ECCDE)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x000E
7
6
0
0
Reset
0
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
0
R
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
DECC[5:0]
W
0
0
0
Figure 20-7. ECC Debug ECC (ECCDE)
Table 20-7. ECCDE Field Description
Field
Description
5:0
ECC Debug ECC — This register contains the raw ECC value which will be written into the system memory
DECC[5:0] during a debug write command or the ECC read value from the debug read command.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
680
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 20 ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
20.2.2.7
ECC Debug Command (ECCDCMD)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x000F
7
R
W
ECCDRR
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reset
0
0
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, in special mode only
1
0
ECCDW
ECCDR
0
0
Figure 20-8. ECC Debug Command (ECCDCMD)
Table 20-8. ECCDCMD Field Description
Field
Description
7
ECC Disable Read Repair Function— Write one to this register bit will disable the automatic single bit ECC
ECCDRR error repair function during read access, see also chapter 20.3.7, “ECC Debug Behavior”.
0 Automatic single ECC error repair function is enabled
1 Automatic single ECC error repair function is disabled
1
ECCDW
ECC Debug Write Command — Write one to this register bit will perform a debug write access to the system
memory. During this access the debug data word (DDATA) and the debug ECC value (DECC) will be written to
the system memory address defined by DPTR. If the debug write access is done this bit is cleared. Writing 0 has
no effect. It is not possible to set this bit if the previous debug access is ongoing. (ECCDW or ECCDR bit set)
0
ECCDR
ECC Debug Read Command — Write one to this register bit will perform a debug read access from the system
memory address defined by DPTR. If the debug read access is done this bit is cleared and the raw memory read
data are available in register DDATA and the raw ECC value is available in register DECC. Writing 0 has no
effect. If the ECCDW and ECCDR bit are set at the same time, then only the ECCDW bit is set and the Debug
Write Command is performed. It is not possible to set this bit if the previous debug access is ongoing. (ECCDW
or ECCDR bit set)
20.3
Functional Description
The bus system allows 1, 2, 3 and 4 byte write access to a 4 byte aligned memory address, but the ECC
value is generated based on an aligned 2 byte data word. Depending on the access type, the access is
separated into different access cycles. Table 20-9 shows the different access types with the expected
number of access cycles and the performed internal operations.
Table 20-9. Memory access cycles
Access type
ECC
error
access
cycle
Internal operation
Memory
content
Error indication
2 and 4 byte
aligned write
access
-
1
write to memory
new data
-
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
681
Chapter 20 ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
Table 20-9. Memory access cycles
Access type
1 or 3 byte write,
non-aligned 2
byte write
read access
ECC
error
access
cycle
no
2
Internal operation
Memory
content
Error indication
read data from the memory
old + new
data
-
corrected +
new data
SBEEIF
unchanged
initiator module is
informed
read from memory
unchanged
-
read data from the memory
corrected
data
SBEEIF
write old + new data to the memory
read data from the memory
single
bit
2
double
bit
2
no
1
single
bit
1(1)
double
bit
1
write corrected + new data to the
memory
read data from the memory
ignore write data
write corrected data back to memory
read from memory
unchanged data mark as invalid
1. the next back to back read access to the memory will be delayed by one clock cycle
The single bit ECC errors generates an interrupt when enabled. The double bit ECC errors are reported by
the SRAM_ECC module, but are handled outside by MCU level. For more information see MMC
description.
20.3.1
Aligned 2 and 4 Byte Memory write access
During an aligned 2 or 4 byte memory write access no ECC check is performed. The internal ECC logic
generates the new ECC value based on the write data and writes the data words together with the generated
ECC values into the memory.
20.3.2
Other Memory write access
Other types of write accesses are separated into read-modify-write operation. During the first cycle, the
logic reads the data from the memory and performs an ECC check. If no ECC errors was detected then the
logic generates the new ECC value based on the read and write data and writes the new data word together
with the new ECC value into the memory. If required both 2 byte data words are updated.
If the module detects a single bit ECC error during the read cycle, then the logic generates the new ECC
value based on the corrected read and new write read. In the next cycle new data word and the new ECC
value are written into the memory. If required both 2 byte data words are updated. The SBEEIF bit is set.
Hence the single bit ECC error was corrected by the write access. Figure 20-9 shows an example of a 2
byte non-aligned memory write access.
If the module detects a double bit ECC error during the read cycle, then the write access to the memory is
blocked and the initiator module is informed about the error.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
682
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 20 ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
.
2 byte use data
ECC
2 byte use data
read out data
and correct if
single bit ECC
error was found
4 byte read data from system memory
read out data
and correct if
single bit ECC
error was found
correct read data
correct read data
write data
correct
read data write data
ECC
write data
ECC
write data
2 byte write data
correct
read data ECC
4 byte write data to system memory
Figure 20-9. 2 byte non-aligned write access
20.3.3
Memory read access
During each memory read access an ECC check is performed. If the logic detects a single bit ECC error
then the module corrects the data, so that the access initiator module receives correct data. In parallel, the
logic writes the corrected data back to the memory, so that this read access repairs the single bit ECC error.
This automatic ECC read repair function is disabled by setting the ECCDRR bit.
If a single bit ECC error was detected then the SBEEIF flag is set.
If the logic detects a double bit ECC error, then the data word is flagged as invalid, so that the access
initiator module can ignore the data.
20.3.4
Memory initialization
Memory operation which allows a read before a first write, like the read-modify-write operation of the unaligned access, requires that the memory contains valid ECC values before the first read-modify-write
access is performed to avoid spurious ECC error reporting. The ECC module provides logic to initialize
the complete memory content with zero during the power up phase. During the initialization process the
access to the SRAM is disabled and the RDY status bit is cleared. If the initialization process is done, the
SRAM access is possible and the RDY status bit is set.
20.3.5
Interrupt handling
This sections describes the interrupts generated by the SRAM_ECC module and their individual sources,
Vector addresses and interrupt priority are defined by MCU level.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
683
Chapter 20 ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
Table 20-10. SRAM_ECC Interrupt Sources
Module Interrupt Sources
Single bit ECC error
20.3.6
Local Enable
ECCIE[SBEEIE]
ECC Algorithm
The table below shows the equation for each ECC bit based on the 16 bit data word.
Table 20-11. ECC Calculation
20.3.7
ECC bit
Use data
ECC[0]
~ ( ^ ( data[15:0] & 0x443F ) )
ECC[1]
~ ( ^ ( data[15:0] & 0x13C7 ) )
ECC[2]
~ ( ^ ( data[15:0] & 0xE1D1 ) )
ECC[3]
~ ( ^ ( data[15:0] & 0xEE60 ) )
ECC[4]
~ ( ^ ( data[15:0] & 0x3E8A ) )
ECC[5]
~ ( ^ ( data[15:0] & 0x993C ) )
ECC Debug Behavior
For debug purpose it is possible to read and write the uncorrected use data and the raw ECC value direct
from the memory. For these debug accesses a register interface is available. The debug access is performed
with the lowest priority, other memory accesses must be done before the debug access starts. If a debug
access is requested during a ongoing memory initialization process then the debug access is performed if
the memory initialization process is done.
If the ECCDRR bit is set then the automatic single bit ECC error repair function for all read accesses is
disabled. In this case a read access from a system memory location with single bit ECC error will produce
correct data and the single bit ECC error is flagged by the SBEEIF, but the data inside the system memory
are unchanged.
By writing wrong ECC values into the system memory the debug access can be used to force single and
double bit ECC errors to check the SW error handling.
It is not possible to set the ECCDW or ECCDR bit if the previous debug access is ongoing. (ECCDW or
ECCDR bit active) This makes sure that the ECCDD and ECCDE registers contains consistent data. The
SW should read out the status of the ECCDW and ECCDR register bit before a new debug access is
requested.
20.3.7.1
ECC Debug Memory Write Access
Writing one to the ECCDW bit performs a debug write access to the memory address defined by register
DPTR. During this access, the raw data DDATA and the ECC value DECC are written direct into the
system memory. If the debug write access is done the ECCDW register bit is cleared. The debug write
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
684
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 20 ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
access is always a 2 byte aligned memory access, so that no ECC check is performed and no single or
double bit ECC error indication are activated.
20.3.7.2
ECC Debug Memory Read Access
Writing one to the ECCDR bit performs a debug read access from the memory address defined by register
DPTR. If the ECCDR bit is cleared then the register DDATA contains the uncorrected read data from the
memory. The register DECC contains the ECC value read from the memory. Independent of the ECCDRR
register bit setting, the debug read access will not perform an automatic ECC repair during read access.
During the debug read access no ECC check is performed, so that no single or double bit ECC error
indication are activated.
If the ECCDW and the ECCDR bits are set at the same time, then only the debug write access is performed.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
685
Chapter 20 ECC Generation module (SRAM_ECCV1)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
686
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21
64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-1. Revision History
Revision
Number
Revision
Date
Sections
Affected
V01.00
06 Mar 2012
V02.02
20 Mar 2012
V02.03
12 Apr 2012
21.3
Corrected many typo.
Changed caution note
V02.04
17 May 2012
21.3.2.6
- Removed flag DFDIE
V02.05
11 Jul 2012
- Added explanation about when MGSTAT[1:0] bits are cleared,
Section 21.3.2.7
- Added note about possibility of reading P-Flash and EEPROM
simultaneously, Section 21.4.6
V02.06
18 Mar 2013
- Standardized nomenclature in references to memory sizes
V02.07
24 May 2013
- Revised references to NVM Resource Area to improve readability
V02.08
12 Jun 2013
- Changed MLOADU Section 21.4.7.12 and MLOADF Section 21.4.7.13
FCCOB1 to FCCOB2
V02.09
19 Aug 2013
- Updated table of valid commands regarding Secured Special Singlechip
mode (Table 21-29)
- Updated text under Section 21.5.2
Description of Changes
- Initial version
- Updated feature description, Section 21.4.6
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
687
21.1
Introduction
The FTMRZ64K2K module implements the following:
• 64 KB of P-Flash (Program Flash) memory
• 2 KB of EEPROM memory
The Flash memory is ideal for single-supply applications allowing for field reprogramming without
requiring external high voltage sources for program or erase operations. The Flash module includes a
memory controller that executes commands to modify Flash memory contents. The user interface to the
memory controller consists of the indexed Flash Common Command Object (FCCOB) register which is
written to with the command, global address, data, and any required command parameters. The memory
controller must complete the execution of a command before the FCCOB register can be written to with a
new command.
CAUTION
A Flash word or phrase must be in the erased state before being
programmed. Cumulative programming of bits within a Flash word or
phrase is not allowed.
The Flash memory may be read as bytes and aligned words. Read access time is one bus cycle for bytes
and aligned words. For misaligned words access, the CPU has to perform twice the byte read access
command. For Flash memory, an erased bit reads 1 and a programmed bit reads 0.
It is possible to read from P-Flash memory while some commands are executing on EEPROM memory. It
is not possible to read from EEPROM memory while a command is executing on P-Flash memory.
Simultaneous P-Flash and EEPROM operations are discussed in Section 21.4.6.
Both P-Flash and EEPROM memories are implemented with Error Correction Codes (ECC) that can
resolve single bit faults and detect double bit faults. For P-Flash memory, the ECC implementation
requires that programming be done on an aligned 8 byte basis (a Flash phrase). Since P-Flash memory is
always read by half-phrase, only one single bit fault in an aligned 4 byte half-phrase containing the byte
or word accessed will be corrected.
21.1.1
Glossary
Command Write Sequence — An MCU instruction sequence to execute built-in algorithms (including
program and erase) on the Flash memory.
EEPROM Memory — The EEPROM memory constitutes the nonvolatile memory store for data.
EEPROM Sector — The EEPROM sector is the smallest portion of the EEPROM memory that can be
erased. The EEPROM sector consists of 4 bytes.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
688
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
NVM Command Mode — An NVM mode using the CPU to setup the FCCOB register to pass parameters
required for Flash command execution.
Phrase — An aligned group of four 16-bit words within the P-Flash memory. Each phrase includes two
sets of aligned double words with each set including 7 ECC bits for single bit fault correction and double
bit fault detection within each double word.
P-Flash Memory — The P-Flash memory constitutes the main nonvolatile memory store for applications.
P-Flash Sector — The P-Flash sector is the smallest portion of the P-Flash memory that can be erased.
Each P-Flash sector contains 512 bytes.
Program IFR — Nonvolatile information register located in the P-Flash block that contains the Version
ID, and the Program Once field.
21.1.2
21.1.2.1
•
•
•
•
•
•
EEPROM Features
2 KB of EEPROM memory composed of one 2 KB Flash block divided into 512 sectors of 4 bytes
Single bit fault correction and double bit fault detection within a word during read operations
Automated program and erase algorithm with verify and generation of ECC parity bits
Fast sector erase and word program operation
Protection scheme to prevent accidental program or erase of EEPROM memory
Ability to program up to four words in a burst sequence
21.1.2.3
•
•
•
P-Flash Features
64 KB of P-Flash composed of one 64 KB Flash block divided into 128 sectors of 512 bytes
Single bit fault correction and double bit fault detection within a 32-bit double word during read
operations
Automated program and erase algorithm with verify and generation of ECC parity bits
Fast sector erase and phrase program operation
Ability to read the P-Flash memory while programming a word in the EEPROM memory
Flexible protection scheme to prevent accidental program or erase of P-Flash memory
21.1.2.2
•
•
•
•
•
•
Features
Other Flash Module Features
No external high-voltage power supply required for Flash memory program and erase operations
Interrupt generation on Flash command completion and Flash error detection
Security mechanism to prevent unauthorized access to the Flash memory
21.1.3
Block Diagram
The block diagram of the Flash module is shown in Figure 21-1.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
689
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Flash
Interface
Command
Interrupt
Request
Error
Interrupt
Request
16bit
internal
bus
Registers
P-Flash
16Kx39
sector 0
sector 1
Protection
sector 127
Security
Bus
Clock
CPU
Clock
Divider FCLK
Memory
Controller
EEPROM
1K x22
sector 0
sector 1
sector 511
Figure 21-1. FTMRZ64K2K Block Diagram
21.2
External Signal Description
The Flash module contains no signals that connect off-chip.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
690
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
21.3
Memory Map and Registers
This section describes the memory map and registers for the Flash module. Read data from unimplemented
memory space in the Flash module is undefined. Write access to unimplemented or reserved memory space
in the Flash module will be ignored by the Flash module.
CAUTION
Writing to the Flash registers while a Flash command is executing (that is
indicated when the value of flag CCIF reads as ’0’) is not allowed. If such
action is attempted, the result of the write operation will be unpredictable.
Writing to the Flash registers is allowed when the Flash is not busy
executing commands (CCIF = 1) and during initialization right after reset,
despite the value of flag CCIF in that case (refer to Section 21.6 for a
complete description of the reset sequence).
.
Table 21-2. FTMRZ Memory Map
Global Address (in Bytes)
0x0_0000 – 0x0_0FFF
Size
(Bytes)
4,096
Description
Register Space
0x10_0000 – 0x10_07FF
2,048
EEPROM memory
0x1F_4000 – 0x1F_FFFF
49,152
NVM Resource Area(1) (see Figure 21-3)
0xFF_0000 – 0xFF_FFFF
65,536
P-Flash Memory
1. See NVM Resource area description in Section 21.4.4
21.3.1
Module Memory Map
The S12Z architecture places the P-Flash memory between global addresses 0xFF_0000 and 0xFF_FFFF
as shown in Table 21-3
The P-Flash memory map is shown in Figure 21-2.
Table 21-3. P-Flash Memory Addressing
Global Address
Size
(Bytes)
0xFF_0000 – 0xFF_FFFF
64 K
Description
P-Flash Block
Contains Flash Configuration Field
(see Table 21-4)
The FPROT register, described in Section 21.3.2.9, can be set to protect regions in the Flash memory from
accidental program or erase. Three separate memory regions, one growing upward from global address
0xFF_8000 in the Flash memory (called the lower region), one growing downward from global address
0xFF_FFFF in the Flash memory (called the higher region), and the remaining addresses in the Flash
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
691
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
memory, can be activated for protection. The Flash memory addresses covered by these protectable
regions are shown in the P-Flash memory map. The higher address region is mainly targeted to hold the
boot loader code since it covers the vector space. Default protection settings as well as security information
that allows the MCU to restrict access to the Flash module are stored in the Flash configuration field as
described in Table 21-4.
Table 21-4. Flash Configuration Field
Global Address
Size
(Bytes)
0xFF_FE00-0xFF_FE07
8
Backdoor Comparison Key
Refer to Section 21.4.7.11, “Verify Backdoor Access Key Command,” and
Section 21.5.1, “Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access”
0xFF_FE08-0xFF_FE091
2
Protection Override Comparison Key. Refer to Section 21.4.7.17, “Protection
Override Command”
0xFF_FE0A0xFF_FE0B(1)
2
0xFF_FE0C1
1
P-Flash Protection byte.
Refer to Section 21.3.2.9, “P-Flash Protection Register (FPROT)”
0xFF_FE0D1
1
EEPROM Protection byte.
Refer to Section 21.3.2.10, “EEPROM Protection Register (DFPROT)”
0xFF_FE0E1
1
Flash Nonvolatile byte
Refer to Section 21.3.2.11, “Flash Option Register (FOPT)”
Description
Reserved
Flash Security byte
Refer to Section 21.3.2.2, “Flash Security Register (FSEC)”
1. 0xFF_FE08-0xFF_FE0F form a Flash phrase and must be programmed in a single command write sequence. Each byte
in the 0xFF_FE0A - 0xFF_FE0B reserved field should be programmed to 0xFF.
0xFF_FE0F1
1
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
692
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
P-Flash START = 0xFF_0000
Flash Protected/Unprotected Region
32 KB
0xFF_8000
0xFF_8400
0xFF_8800
0xFF_9000
Protection
Fixed End
Flash Protected/Unprotected Lower Region
1, 2, 4, 8 KB
0xFF_A000
Flash Protected/Unprotected Region
8 KB (up to 29 KB)
Protection
Movable End
0xFF_C000
Protection
Fixed End
0xFF_E000
Flash Protected/Unprotected Higher Region
2, 4, 8, 16 KB
0xFF_F000
0xFF_F800
P-Flash END = 0xFF_FFFF
Flash Configuration Field
16 bytes (0xFF_FE00 - 0xFF_FE0F)
Figure 21-2. P-Flash Memory Map
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
693
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-5. Program IFR Fields
Global Address
Size
(Bytes)
0x1F_C000 – 0x1F_C007
8
Reserved
0x1F_C008 – 0x1F_C0B5
174
Reserved
0x1F_C0B6 – 0x1F_C0B7
2
Version ID(1)
0x1F_C0B8 – 0x1F_C0BF
8
Reserved
Field Description
Program Once Field
Refer to Section 21.4.7.6, “Program Once Command”
1. Used to track firmware patch versions, see Section 21.4.2
0x1F_C0C0 – 0x1F_C0FF
64
Table 21-6. Memory Controller Resource Fields (NVM Resource Area(1))
Global Address
Size
(Bytes)
0x1F_4000 – 0x1F_41FF
512
Reserved
0x1F_4200 – 0x1F_7FFF
15,872
Reserved
0x1F_8000 – 0x1F_97FF
6,144
Reserved
0x1F_9800 – 0x1F_BFFF
10,240
Reserved
0x1F_C000 – 0x1F_C0FF
256
P-Flash IFR (see Table 21-5)
0x1F_C100 – 0x1F_C1FF
256
Reserved.
Description
0x1F_C200 – 0x1F_FFFF
15,872
Reserved.
1. See Section 21.4.4 for NVM Resources Area description.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
694
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
0x1F_4000
Reserved 512 bytes
0x1F_41FF
Reserved 15872 bytes
0x1F_8000
Reserved 6 KB
0x1F_97FF
Reserved 10 KB
0x1F_C000
P-Flash IFR 256 bytes
0x1F_C100
Reserved 16,128 bytes
Figure 21-3. Memory Controller Resource Memory Map (NVM Resources Area)
21.3.2
Register Descriptions
The Flash module contains a set of 24 control and status registers located between Flash module base +
0x0000 and 0x0017.
In the case of the writable registers, the write accesses are forbidden during Flash command execution (for
more detail, see Caution note in Section 21.3).
A summary of the Flash module registers is given in Figure 21-4 with detailed descriptions in the
following subsections.
Address
& Name
0x0000
FCLKDIV
0x0001
FSEC
0x0002
FCCOBIX
7
R
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FDIVLCK
FDIV5
FDIV4
FDIV3
FDIV2
FDIV1
FDIV0
KEYEN1
KEYEN0
RNV5
RNV4
RNV3
RNV2
SEC1
SEC0
0
0
0
0
0
CCOBIX2
CCOBIX1
CCOBIX0
FDIVLD
W
R
W
R
W
Figure 21-4. FTMRZ64K2K Register Summary
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
695
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Address
& Name
0x0003
FPSTAT
0x0004
FCNFG
0x0005
FERCNFG
0x0006
FSTAT
0x0007
FERSTAT
0x0008
FPROT
0x0009
DFPROT
0x000A
FOPT
0x000B
FRSV1
0x000C
FCCOB0HI
0x000D
FCCOB0LO
0x000E
FCCOB1HI
0x000F
FCCOB1LO
0x0010
FCCOB2HI
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FPOVRD
0
0
0
0
0
0
WSTATACK
0
ERSAREQ
FDFD
FSFD
0
0
0
ACCERR
FPVIOL
0
W
R
W
R
CCIE
0
IGNSF
WSTAT[1:0]
0
0
0
MGBUSY
RSVD
MGSTAT1
MGSTAT0
0
0
0
DFDF
SFDIF
FPHDIS
FPHS1
FPHS0
FPLDIS
FPLS1
FPLS0
DPS5
DPS4
DPS3
DPS2
DPS1
DPS0
W
R
W
R
CCIF
0
0
0
W
R
W
R
W
R
FPOPEN
DPOPEN
RNV6
0
SFDIE
NV7
NV6
NV5
NV4
NV3
NV2
NV1
NV0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB15
CCOB14
CCOB13
CCOB12
CCOB11
CCOB10
CCOB9
CCOB8
CCOB7
CCOB6
CCOB5
CCOB4
CCOB3
CCOB2
CCOB1
CCOB0
CCOB15
CCOB14
CCOB13
CCOB12
CCOB11
CCOB10
CCOB9
CCOB8
CCOB7
CCOB6
CCOB5
CCOB4
CCOB3
CCOB2
CCOB1
CCOB0
CCOB15
CCOB14
CCOB13
CCOB12
CCOB11
CCOB10
CCOB9
CCOB8
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
Figure 21-4. FTMRZ64K2K Register Summary (continued)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
696
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Address
& Name
0x0011
FCCOB2LO
0x0012
FCCOB3HI
0x0013
FCCOB3LO
0x0014
FCCOB4HI
0x0015
FCCOB4LO
0x0016
FCCOB5HI
0x0017
FCCOB5LO
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
R
W
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
CCOB7
CCOB6
CCOB5
CCOB4
CCOB3
CCOB2
CCOB1
CCOB0
CCOB15
CCOB14
CCOB13
CCOB12
CCOB11
CCOB10
CCOB9
CCOB8
CCOB7
CCOB6
CCOB5
CCOB4
CCOB3
CCOB2
CCOB1
CCOB0
CCOB15
CCOB14
CCOB13
CCOB12
CCOB11
CCOB10
CCOB9
CCOB8
CCOB7
CCOB6
CCOB5
CCOB4
CCOB3
CCOB2
CCOB1
CCOB0
CCOB15
CCOB14
CCOB13
CCOB12
CCOB11
CCOB10
CCOB9
CCOB8
CCOB7
CCOB6
CCOB5
CCOB4
CCOB3
CCOB2
CCOB1
CCOB0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-4. FTMRZ64K2K Register Summary (continued)
21.3.2.1
Flash Clock Divider Register (FCLKDIV)
The FCLKDIV register is used to control timed events in program and erase algorithms.
Offset Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
6
FDIVLD
4
3
FDIVLCK
W
Reset
5
0
0
2
1
0
0
0
0
FDIV[5:0]
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-5. Flash Clock Divider Register (FCLKDIV)
All bits in the FCLKDIV register are readable, bit 7 is not writable, bit 6 is write-once-hi and controls the
writability of the FDIV field in normal mode. In special mode, bits 6-0 are writable any number of times
but bit 7 remains unwritable.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
697
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
CAUTION
The FCLKDIV register should never be written while a Flash command is
executing (CCIF=0).
Table 21-7. FCLKDIV Field Descriptions
Field
7
FDIVLD
Description
Clock Divider Loaded
0 FCLKDIV register has not been written since the last reset
1 FCLKDIV register has been written since the last reset
6
FDIVLCK
Clock Divider Locked
0 FDIV field is open for writing
1 FDIV value is locked and cannot be changed. Once the lock bit is set high, only reset can clear this bit and
restore writability to the FDIV field in normal mode.
5–0
FDIV[5:0]
Clock Divider Bits — FDIV[5:0] must be set to effectively divide BUSCLK down to 1 MHz to control timed events
during Flash program and erase algorithms. Table 21-8 shows recommended values for FDIV[5:0] based on the
BUSCLK frequency. Please refer to Section 21.4.5, “Flash Command Operations,” for more information.
Table 21-8. FDIV values for various BUSCLK Frequencies
BUSCLK Frequency
(MHz)
MIN(1)
MAX(2)
1.0
1.6
1.6
FDIV[5:0]
BUSCLK Frequency
(MHz)
FDIV[5:0]
MIN1
MAX2
0x00
26.6
27.6
0x1A
2.6
0x01
27.6
28.6
0x1B
2.6
3.6
0x02
28.6
29.6
0x1C
3.6
4.6
0x03
29.6
30.6
0x1D
4.6
5.6
0x04
30.6
31.6
0x1E
5.6
6.6
0x05
31.6
32.6
0x1F
6.6
7.6
0x06
32.6
33.6
0x20
7.6
8.6
0x07
33.6
34.6
0x21
8.6
9.6
0x08
34.6
35.6
0x22
9.6
10.6
0x09
35.6
36.6
0x23
10.6
11.6
0x0A
36.6
37.6
0x24
11.6
12.6
0x0B
37.6
38.6
0x25
12.6
13.6
0x0C
38.6
39.6
0x26
13.6
14.6
0x0D
39.6
40.6
0x27
14.6
15.6
0x0E
40.6
41.6
0x28
15.6
16.6
0x0F
41.6
42.6
0x29
16.6
17.6
0x10
42.6
43.6
0x2A
17.6
18.6
0x11
43.6
44.6
0x2B
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
698
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-8. FDIV values for various BUSCLK Frequencies
BUSCLK Frequency
(MHz)
MIN(1)
MAX(2)
18.6
19.6
19.6
BUSCLK Frequency
(MHz)
FDIV[5:0]
FDIV[5:0]
MIN1
MAX2
0x12
44.6
45.6
0x2C
20.6
0x13
45.6
46.6
0x2D
20.6
21.6
0x14
46.6
47.6
0x2E
21.6
22.6
0x15
47.6
48.6
0x2F
22.6
23.6
0x16
48.6
49.6
0x30
23.6
24.6
0x17
49.6
50.6
0x31
24.6
25.6
0x18
25.6
26.6
0x19
1. BUSCLK is Greater Than this value.
2. BUSCLK is Less Than or Equal to this value.
21.3.2.2
Flash Security Register (FSEC)
The FSEC register holds all bits associated with the security of the MCU and Flash module.
Offset Module Base + 0x0001
7
R
6
5
4
KEYEN[1:0]
3
2
1
RNV[5:2]
0
SEC[1:0]
W
Reset
F(1)
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
F1
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-6. Flash Security Register (FSEC)
1. Loaded from Flash configuration field, during reset sequence.
All bits in the FSEC register are readable but not writable.
During the reset sequence, the FSEC register is loaded with the contents of the Flash security byte in the
Flash configuration field at global address 0xFF_FE0F located in P-Flash memory (see Table 21-4) as
indicated by reset condition F in Figure 21-6. If a double bit fault is detected while reading the P-Flash
phrase containing the Flash security byte during the reset sequence, all bits in the FSEC register will be set
to leave the Flash module in a secured state with backdoor key access disabled.
Table 21-9. FSEC Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–6
Backdoor Key Security Enable Bits — The KEYEN[1:0] bits define the enabling of backdoor key access to the
KEYEN[1:0] Flash module as shown in Table 21-10.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
699
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-9. FSEC Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
5–2
RNV[5:2]
Reserved Nonvolatile Bits — The RNV bits should remain in the erased state for future enhancements.
1–0
SEC[1:0]
Flash Security Bits — The SEC[1:0] bits define the security state of the MCU as shown in Table 21-11. If the
Flash module is unsecured using backdoor key access, the SEC bits are forced to 10.
Table 21-10. Flash KEYEN States
KEYEN[1:0]
Status of Backdoor Key Access
00
DISABLED
01
DISABLED(1)
10
ENABLED
11
DISABLED
1. Preferred KEYEN state to disable backdoor key access.
Table 21-11. Flash Security States
SEC[1:0]
Status of Security
00
SECURED
01
SECURED(1)
10
UNSECURED
11
SECURED
1. Preferred SEC state to set MCU to secured state.
The security function in the Flash module is described in Section 21.5.
21.3.2.3
Flash CCOB Index Register (FCCOBIX)
The FCCOBIX register is used to indicate the amount of parameters loaded into the FCCOB registers for
Flash memory operations.
Offset Module Base + 0x0002
R
7
6
5
4
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
CCOBIX[2:0]
W
Reset
1
0
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-7. FCCOB Index Register (FCCOBIX)
CCOBIX bits are readable and writable while remaining bits read 0 and are not writable.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
700
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-12. FCCOBIX Field Descriptions
Field
Description
2–0
CCOBIX[1:0]
Common Command Register Index— The CCOBIX bits are used to indicate how many words of the FCCOB
register array are being read or written to. See Section 21.3.2.13, “Flash Common Command Object Registers
(FCCOB)“,” for more details.
21.3.2.4
Flash Protection Status Register (FPSTAT)
This Flash register holds the status of the Protection Override feature.
Offset Module Base + 0x0003
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FPOVRD
0
0
0
0
0
0
WSTATACK
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-8. Flash Protection Status Register (FPSTAT)
All bits in the FPSTAT register are readable but are not writable.
Table 21-13. FPSTAT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
FPOVRD
Flash Protection Override Status — The FPOVRD bit indicates if the Protection Override feature is currently
enabled. See Section 21.4.7.17, “Protection Override Command” for more details.
0 Protection is not overridden
1 Protection is overridden, contents of registers FPROT and/or DFPROT (and effective protection limits
determined by their current contents) were determined during execution of command Protection Override
0
WSTATACK
Wait-State Switch Acknowledge — The WSTATACK bit indicates that the wait-state configuration is
effectively set according to the value configured on bits FCNFG[WSTAT] (see Section 21.3.2.5, “Flash
Configuration Register (FCNFG)”). WSTATACK bit is cleared when a change in FCNFG[WSTAT] is requested
by writing to those bits, and is set when the Flash has effectively switched to the new wait-state configuration.
The application must check the status of WSTATACK bit to make sure it reads as 1 before changing the
frequency setup (see Section 21.4.3, “Flash Block Read Access”).
0 Wait-State switch is pending, Flash reads are still happening according to the previous value of
FCNFG[WSTAT]
1 Wait-State switch is complete, Flash reads are already working according to the value set on
FCNFG[WSTAT]
21.3.2.5
Flash Configuration Register (FCNFG)
The FCNFG register enables the Flash command complete interrupt, control generation of wait-states and
forces ECC faults on Flash array read access from the CPU.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
701
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Offset Module Base + 0x0004
7
R
W
Reset
CCIE
0
6
5
0
ERSAREQ
0
0
4
3
IGNSF
0
2
WSTAT[1:0]
0
0
1
0
FDFD
FSFD
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-9. Flash Configuration Register (FCNFG)
CCIE, IGNSF, WSTAT, FDFD, and FSFD bits are readable and writable, ERSAREQ bit is read only, and
remaining bits read 0 and are not writable.
Table 21-14. FCNFG Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
CCIE
Command Complete Interrupt Enable — The CCIE bit controls interrupt generation when a Flash command
has completed.
0 Command complete interrupt disabled
1 An interrupt will be requested whenever the CCIF flag in the FSTAT register is set (see Section 21.3.2.7)
5
ERSAREQ
Erase All Request — Requests the Memory Controller to execute the Erase All Blocks command and release
security. ERSAREQ is not directly writable but is under indirect user control. Refer to the Reference Manual for
assertion of the soc_erase_all_req input to the FTMRZ module.
0 No request or request complete
1 Request to:
a) run the Erase All Blocks command
b) verify the erased state
c) program the security byte in the Flash Configuration Field to the unsecure state
d) release MCU security by setting the SEC field of the FSEC register to the unsecure state as defined in
Table 21-9 of Section 21.3.2.2.
The ERSAREQ bit sets to 1 when soc_erase_all_req is asserted, CCIF=1 and the Memory Controller starts
executing the sequence. ERSAREQ will be reset to 0 by the Memory Controller when the operation is completed
(see Section 21.4.7.7.1).
4
IGNSF
Ignore Single Bit Fault — The IGNSF controls single bit fault reporting in the FERSTAT register (see
Section 21.3.2.8).
0 All single bit faults detected during array reads are reported
1 Single bit faults detected during array reads are not reported and the single bit fault interrupt will not be
generated
3–2
Wait State control bits — The WSTAT[1:0] bits define how many wait-states are inserted on each read access
WSTAT[1:0] to the Flash as shown on Table 21-15.Right after reset the maximum amount of wait-states is set, to be later reconfigured by the application if needed. Depending on the system operating frequency being used the number
of wait-states can be reduced or disabled, please refer to the Data Sheet for details. For additional information
regarding the procedure to change this configuration please see Section 21.4.3. The WSTAT[1:0] bits should not
be updated while the Flash is executing a command (CCIF=0); if that happens the value of this field will not
change and no action will take place.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
702
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-14. FCNFG Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
Description
1
FDFD
Force Double Bit Fault Detect — The FDFD bit allows the user to simulate a double bit fault during Flash array
read operations. The FDFD bit is cleared by writing a 0 to FDFD.
0 Flash array read operations will set the DFDF flag in the FERSTAT register only if a double bit fault is detected
1 Any Flash array read operation will force the DFDF flag in the FERSTAT register to be set (see
Section 21.3.2.7)
0
FSFD
Force Single Bit Fault Detect — The FSFD bit allows the user to simulate a single bit fault during Flash array
read operations and check the associated interrupt routine. The FSFD bit is cleared by writing a 0 to FSFD.
0 Flash array read operations will set the SFDIF flag in the FERSTAT register only if a single bit fault is detected
1 Flash array read operation will force the SFDIF flag in the FERSTAT register to be set (see Section 21.3.2.7)
and an interrupt will be generated as long as the SFDIE interrupt enable in the FERCNFG register is set (see
Section 21.3.2.6)
Table 21-15. Flash Wait-States control
WSTAT[1:0]
Wait-State configuration
00
ENABLED, maximum number of cycles(1)
01
reserved(2)
10
reserved2
11
DISABLED
1. Reset condition. For a target of 100MHz core frequency /
50MHz bus frequency the maximum number required is 1
cycle.
2. Value will read as 01 or 10, as written. In the current
implementation the Flash will behave the same as 00 (waitstates enabled, maximum number of cycles).
21.3.2.6
Flash Error Configuration Register (FERCNFG)
The FERCNFG register enables the Flash error interrupts for the FERSTAT flags.
Offset Module Base + 0x0005
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
SFDIE
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-10. Flash Error Configuration Register (FERCNFG)
All assigned bits in the FERCNFG register are readable and writable.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
703
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-16. FERCNFG Field Descriptions
Field
Description
0
SFDIE
Single Bit Fault Detect Interrupt Enable — The SFDIE bit controls interrupt generation when a single bit fault
is detected during a Flash block read operation.
0 SFDIF interrupt disabled whenever the SFDIF flag is set (see Section 21.3.2.8)
1 An interrupt will be requested whenever the SFDIF flag is set (see Section 21.3.2.8)
21.3.2.7
Flash Status Register (FSTAT)
The FSTAT register reports the operational status of the Flash module.
Offset Module Base + 0x0006
7
R
W
Reset
CCIF
1
6
0
0
5
4
ACCERR
FPVIOL
0
0
3
2
MGBUSY
RSVD
0
0
1
0
MGSTAT[1:0]
0(1)
01
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-11. Flash Status Register (FSTAT)
1. Reset value can deviate from the value shown if a double bit fault is detected during the reset sequence (see Section 21.6).
CCIF, ACCERR, and FPVIOL bits are readable and writable, MGBUSY and MGSTAT bits are readable
but not writable, while remaining bits read 0 and are not writable.
Table 21-17. FSTAT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
CCIF
Command Complete Interrupt Flag — The CCIF flag indicates that a Flash command has completed. The
CCIF flag is cleared by writing a 1 to CCIF to launch a command and CCIF will stay low until command
completion or command violation.
0 Flash command in progress
1 Flash command has completed
5
ACCERR
Flash Access Error Flag — The ACCERR bit indicates an illegal access has occurred to the Flash memory
caused by either a violation of the command write sequence (see Section 21.4.5.2) or issuing an illegal Flash
command. While ACCERR is set, the CCIF flag cannot be cleared to launch a command. The ACCERR bit is
cleared by writing a 1 to ACCERR. Writing a 0 to the ACCERR bit has no effect on ACCERR.
0 No access error detected
1 Access error detected
4
FPVIOL
Flash Protection Violation Flag —The FPVIOL bit indicates an attempt was made to program or erase an
address in a protected area of P-Flash or EEPROM memory during a command write sequence. The FPVIOL
bit is cleared by writing a 1 to FPVIOL. Writing a 0 to the FPVIOL bit has no effect on FPVIOL. While FPVIOL
is set, it is not possible to launch a command or start a command write sequence.
0 No protection violation detected
1 Protection violation detected
3
MGBUSY
Memory Controller Busy Flag — The MGBUSY flag reflects the active state of the Memory Controller.
0 Memory Controller is idle
1 Memory Controller is busy executing a Flash command (CCIF = 0)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
704
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-17. FSTAT Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
2
RSVD
Description
Reserved Bit — This bit is reserved and always reads 0.
1–0
Memory Controller Command Completion Status Flag — One or more MGSTAT flag bits are set if an error
MGSTAT[1:0] is detected during execution of a Flash command or during the Flash reset sequence. The MGSTAT bits are
cleared automatically at the start of the execution of a Flash command. See Section 21.4.7, “Flash Command
Description,” and Section 21.6, “Initialization” for details.
21.3.2.8
Flash Error Status Register (FERSTAT)
The FERSTAT register reflects the error status of internal Flash operations.
Offset Module Base + 0x0007
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
1
0
DFDF
SFDIF
0
0
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-12. Flash Error Status Register (FERSTAT)
All flags in the FERSTAT register are readable and only writable to clear the flag.
Table 21-18. FERSTAT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1
DFDF
Double Bit Fault Detect Flag — The setting of the DFDF flag indicates that a double bit fault was detected in
the stored parity and data bits during a Flash array read operation or that a Flash array read operation returning
invalid data was attempted on a Flash block that was under a Flash command operation.(1) The DFDF flag is
cleared by writing a 1 to DFDF. Writing a 0 to DFDF has no effect on DFDF.(2)
0 No double bit fault detected
1 Double bit fault detected or a Flash array read operation returning invalid data was attempted while command
running. See Section 21.4.3, “Flash Block Read Access” for details
0
SFDIF
Single Bit Fault Detect Interrupt Flag — With the IGNSF bit in the FCNFG register clear, the SFDIF flag
indicates that a single bit fault was detected in the stored parity and data bits during a Flash array read operation
or that a Flash array read operation returning invalid data was attempted on a Flash block that was under a Flash
command operation. The SFDIF flag is cleared by writing a 1 to SFDIF. Writing a 0 to SFDIF has no effect on
SFDIF.
0 No single bit fault detected
1 Single bit fault detected and corrected or a Flash array read operation returning invalid data was attempted
while command running
1. In case of ECC errors the corresponding flag must be cleared for the proper setting of any further error, i.e. any new error will
only be indicated properly when DFDF and/or SFDIF are clear at the time the error condition is detected.
2. There is a one cycle delay in storing the ECC DFDF and SFDIF fault flags in this register. At least one NOP is required after
a flash memory read before checking FERSTAT for the occurrence of ECC errors.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
705
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
21.3.2.9
P-Flash Protection Register (FPROT)
The FPROT register defines which P-Flash sectors are protected against program and erase operations.
Offset Module Base + 0x0008
7
R
W
Reset
FPOPEN
F(1)
6
5
RNV6
F1
4
FPHDIS
F1
3
FPHS[1:0]
F1
2
1
FPLDIS
F1
F1
0
FPLS[1:0]
F1
F1
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-13. Flash Protection Register (FPROT)
1. Loaded from Flash configuration field, during reset sequence.
The (unreserved) bits of the FPROT register are writable with the restriction that the size of the protected
region can only be increased(see Section 21.3.2.9.1, “P-Flash Protection Restrictions,” and Table 21-23).
During the reset sequence, the FPROT register is loaded with the contents of the P-Flash protection byte
in the Flash configuration field at global address 0xFF_FE0C located in P-Flash memory (see Table 21-4)
as indicated by reset condition ‘F’ in Figure 21-13. To change the P-Flash protection that will be loaded
during the reset sequence, the upper sector of the P-Flash memory must be unprotected, then the P-Flash
protection byte must be reprogrammed. If a double bit fault is detected while reading the P-Flash phrase
containing the P-Flash protection byte during the reset sequence, the FPOPEN bit will be cleared and
remaining bits in the FPROT register will be set to leave the P-Flash memory fully protected.
Trying to alter data in any protected area in the P-Flash memory will result in a protection violation error
and the FPVIOL bit will be set in the FSTAT register. The block erase of a P-Flash block is not possible
if any of the P-Flash sectors contained in the same P-Flash block are protected.
Table 21-19. FPROT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
FPOPEN
Flash Protection Operation Enable — The FPOPEN bit determines the protection function for program or
erase operations as shown in Table 21-20 for the P-Flash block.
0 When FPOPEN is clear, the FPHDIS and FPLDIS bits define unprotected address ranges as specified by the
corresponding FPHS and FPLS bits
1 When FPOPEN is set, the FPHDIS and FPLDIS bits enable protection for the address range specified by the
corresponding FPHS and FPLS bits
6
RNV[6]
Reserved Nonvolatile Bit — The RNV bit should remain in the erased state for future enhancements.
5
FPHDIS
Flash Protection Higher Address Range Disable — The FPHDIS bit determines whether there is a
protected/unprotected area in a specific region of the P-Flash memory ending with global address 0xFF_FFFF.
0 Protection/Unprotection enabled
1 Protection/Unprotection disabled
4–3
FPHS[1:0]
Flash Protection Higher Address Size — The FPHS bits determine the size of the protected/unprotected area
in P-Flash memory as shown inTable 21-21. The FPHS bits can only be written to while the FPHDIS bit is set.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
706
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-19. FPROT Field Descriptions (continued)
Field
2
FPLDIS
1–0
FPLS[1:0]
Description
Flash Protection Lower Address Range Disable — The FPLDIS bit determines whether there is a
protected/unprotected area in a specific region of the P-Flash memory beginning with global address
0xFF_8000.
0 Protection/Unprotection enabled
1 Protection/Unprotection disabled
Flash Protection Lower Address Size — The FPLS bits determine the size of the protected/unprotected area
in P-Flash memory as shown in Table 21-22. The FPLS bits can only be written to while the FPLDIS bit is set.
Table 21-20. P-Flash Protection Function
Function(1)
FPOPEN
FPHDIS
FPLDIS
1
1
1
No P-Flash Protection
1
1
0
Protected Low Range
1
0
1
Protected High Range
1
0
0
Protected High and Low Ranges
0
1
1
Full P-Flash Memory Protected
0
1
0
Unprotected Low Range
0
0
1
Unprotected High Range
0
0
0
Unprotected High and Low Ranges
1. For range sizes, refer to Table 21-21 and Table 21-22.
Table 21-21. P-Flash Protection Higher Address Range
FPHS[1:0]
Global Address Range
Protected Size
00
0xFF_F800–0xFF_FFFF
2 KB
01
0xFF_F000–0xFF_FFFF
4 KB
10
0xFF_E000–0xFF_FFFF
8 KB
11
0xFF_C000–0xFF_FFFF
16 KB
Table 21-22. P-Flash Protection Lower Address Range
FPLS[1:0]
Global Address Range
Protected Size
00
0xFF_8000–0xFF_83FF
1 KB
01
0xFF_8000–0xFF_87FF
2 KB
10
0xFF_8000–0xFF_8FFF
4 KB
11
0xFF_8000–0xFF_9FFF
8 KB
All possible P-Flash protection scenarios are shown in Figure 21-14 . Although the protection scheme is
loaded from the Flash memory at global address 0xFF_FE0C during the reset sequence, it can be changed
by the user. The P-Flash protection scheme can be used by applications requiring reprogramming in single
chip mode while providing as much protection as possible if reprogramming is not required.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
707
FPHDIS = 0
FPLDIS = 1
FPHDIS = 0
FPLDIS = 0
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
FPLS[1:0]
FPHDIS = 1
FPLDIS = 0
Scenario
FLASH START
FPLS[1:0]
0xFF_FFFF
FPHS[1:0]
0xFF_8000
FPOPEN = 0
0xFF_8000
FPHS[1:0]
Scenario
FLASH START
FPHDIS = 1
FPLDIS = 1
FPOPEN = 1
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
0xFF_FFFF
Unprotected region
Protected region with size
defined by FPLS
Protected region
not defined by FPLS, FPHS
Protected region with size
defined by FPHS
Figure 21-14. P-Flash Protection Scenarios
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
708
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
21.3.2.9.1
P-Flash Protection Restrictions
The general guideline is that P-Flash protection can only be added and not removed. Table 21-23 specifies
all valid transitions between P-Flash protection scenarios. Any attempt to write an invalid scenario to the
FPROT register will be ignored. The contents of the FPROT register reflect the active protection scenario.
See the FPHS and FPLS bit descriptions for additional restrictions.
Table 21-23. P-Flash Protection Scenario Transitions
To Protection Scenario(1)
From
Protection
Scenario
0
1
2
3
0
X
X
X
X
X
1
X
4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
6
6
7
X
3
5
5
X
X
2
4
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
7
1. Allowed transitions marked with X, see Figure 21-14 for a definition of the scenarios.
21.3.2.10 EEPROM Protection Register (DFPROT)
The DFPROT register defines which EEPROM sectors are protected against program and erase
operations.
Offset Module Base + 0x0009
7
R
W
Reset
DPOPEN
F(1)
6
5
4
3
0
F1
2
1
0
F1
F1
F1
DPS[5:0]
F1
F1
F1
Figure 21-15. EEPROM Protection Register (DFPROT)
1. Loaded from Flash configuration field, during reset sequence.
The (unreserved) bits of the DFPROT register are writable with the restriction that protection can be added
but not removed. Writes must increase the DPS value and the DPOPEN bit can only be written from 1
(protection disabled) to 0 (protection enabled). If the DPOPEN bit is set, the state of the DPS bits is
irrelevant.
During the reset sequence, fields DPOPEN and DPS of the DFPROT register are loaded with the contents
of the EEPROM protection byte in the Flash configuration field at global address 0xFF_FE0D located in
P-Flash memory (see Table 21-4) as indicated by reset condition F in Table 21-25. To change the
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
709
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
EEPROM protection that will be loaded during the reset sequence, the P-Flash sector containing the
EEPROM protection byte must be unprotected, then the EEPROM protection byte must be programmed.
If a double bit fault is detected while reading the P-Flash phrase containing the EEPROM protection byte
during the reset sequence, the DPOPEN bit will be cleared and DPS bits will be set to leave the EEPROM
memory fully protected.
Trying to alter data in any protected area in the EEPROM memory will result in a protection violation error
and the FPVIOL bit will be set in the FSTAT register. Block erase of the EEPROM memory is not possible
if any of the EEPROM sectors are protected.
Table 21-24. DFPROT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7
DPOPEN
EEPROM Protection Control
0 Enables EEPROM memory protection from program and erase with protected address range defined by DPS
bits
1 Disables EEPROM memory protection from program and erase
5–0
DPS[5:0]
EEPROM Protection Size — The DPS[5:0] bits determine the size of the protected area in the EEPROM
memory, this size increase in step of 32 bytes, as shown in Table 21-25 .
Table 21-25. EEPROM Protection Address Range
DPS[5:0]
Global Address Range
Protected Size
000000
0x10_0000 – 0x10_001F
32 bytes
000001
0x10_0000 – 0x10_003F
64 bytes
000010
0x10_0000 – 0x10_005F
96 bytes
000011
0x10_0000 – 0x10_007F
128 bytes
000100
0x10_0000 – 0x10_009F
160 bytes
000101
0x10_0000 – 0x10_00BF
192 bytes
The Protection Size goes on enlarging in step of 32 bytes, for each DPS value
increasing of one.
.
.
.
111111
0x10_0000 – 0x10_07FF
2,048 bytes
21.3.2.11 Flash Option Register (FOPT)
The FOPT register is the Flash option register.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
710
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Offset Module Base + 0x000A
7
6
5
4
R
3
2
1
0
F1
F1
F1
F1
NV[7:0]
W
Reset
F(1)
F1
F1
F1
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-16. Flash Option Register (FOPT)
1. Loaded from Flash configuration field, during reset sequence.
All bits in the FOPT register are readable but are not writable.
During the reset sequence, the FOPT register is loaded from the Flash nonvolatile byte in the Flash
configuration field at global address 0xFF_FE0E located in P-Flash memory (see Table 21-4) as indicated
by reset condition F in Figure 21-16. If a double bit fault is detected while reading the P-Flash phrase
containing the Flash nonvolatile byte during the reset sequence, all bits in the FOPT register will be set.
Table 21-26. FOPT Field Descriptions
Field
Description
7–0
NV[7:0]
Nonvolatile Bits — The NV[7:0] bits are available as nonvolatile bits. Refer to the Device Overview for proper
use of the NV bits.
21.3.2.12 Flash Reserved1 Register (FRSV1)
This Flash register is reserved for factory testing.
Offset Module Base + 0x000B
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
= Unimplemented or Reserved
Figure 21-17. Flash Reserved1 Register (FRSV1)
All bits in the FRSV1 register read 0 and are not writable.
21.3.2.13 Flash Common Command Object Registers (FCCOB)
The FCCOB is an array of six words. Byte wide reads and writes are allowed to the FCCOB registers.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
711
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Offset Module Base + 0x000C
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[15:8]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-18. Flash Common Command Object 0 High Register (FCCOB0HI)
Offset Module Base + 0x000D
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[7:0]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-19. Flash Common Command Object 0 Low Register (FCCOB0LO)
Offset Module Base + 0x000E
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[15:8]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-20. Flash Common Command Object 1 High Register (FCCOB1HI)
Offset Module Base + 0x000F
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[7:0]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-21. Flash Common Command Object 1 Low Register (FCCOB1LO)
Offset Module Base + 0x0010
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[15:8]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-22. Flash Common Command Object 2 High Register (FCCOB2HI)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
712
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Offset Module Base + 0x0011
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[7:0]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-23. Flash Common Command Object 2 Low Register (FCCOB2LO)
Offset Module Base + 0x0012
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[15:8]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-24. Flash Common Command Object 3 High Register (FCCOB3HI)
Offset Module Base + 0x0013
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[7:0]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-25. Flash Common Command Object 3 Low Register (FCCOB3LO)
Offset Module Base + 0x0014
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[15:8]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-26. Flash Common Command Object 4 High Register (FCCOB4HI)
Offset Module Base + 0x0015
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[7:0]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-27. Flash Common Command Object 4 Low Register (FCCOB4LO)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
713
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Offset Module Base + 0x0016
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[15:8]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-28. Flash Common Command Object 5 High Register (FCCOB5HI)
Offset Module Base + 0x0017
7
6
5
4
R
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
CCOB[7:0]
W
Reset
3
0
0
0
0
Figure 21-29. Flash Common Command Object 5 Low Register (FCCOB5LO)
21.3.2.13.1 FCCOB - NVM Command Mode
NVM command mode uses the FCCOB registers to provide a command code and its relevant parameters
to the Memory Controller. The user first sets up all required FCCOB fields and then initiates the
command’s execution by writing a 1 to the CCIF bit in the FSTAT register (a 1 written by the user clears
the CCIF command completion flag to 0). When the user clears the CCIF bit in the FSTAT register all
FCCOB parameter fields are locked and cannot be changed by the user until the command completes (as
evidenced by the Memory Controller returning CCIF to 1). Some commands return information to the
FCCOB register array.
The generic format for the FCCOB parameter fields in NVM command mode is shown in Table 21-27.
The return values are available for reading after the CCIF flag in the FSTAT register has been returned to
1 by the Memory Controller. The value written to the FCCOBIX field must reflect the amount of CCOB
words loaded for command execution.
Table 21-27 shows the generic Flash command format. The high byte of the first word in the CCOB array
contains the command code, followed by the parameters for this specific Flash command. For details on
the FCCOB settings required by each command, see the Flash command descriptions in Section 21.4.7.
Table 21-27. FCCOB - NVM Command Mode (Typical Usage)
CCOBIX[2:0]
Register
000
FCCOB0
001
FCCOB1
010
FCCOB2
Byte
FCCOB Parameter Fields (NVM Command Mode)
HI
FCMD[7:0] defining Flash command
LO
Global address [23:16]
HI
Global address [15:8]
LO
Global address [7:0]
HI
Data 0 [15:8]
LO
Data 0 [7:0]
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
714
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-27. FCCOB - NVM Command Mode (Typical Usage)
21.4
CCOBIX[2:0]
Register
011
FCCOB3
100
FCCOB4
101
FCCOB5
Byte
FCCOB Parameter Fields (NVM Command Mode)
HI
Data 1 [15:8]
LO
Data 1 [7:0]
HI
Data 2 [15:8]
LO
Data 2 [7:0]
HI
Data 3 [15:8]
LO
Data 3 [7:0]
Functional Description
21.4.1
Modes of Operation
The FTMRZ64K2K module provides the modes of operation normal and special . The operating mode is
determined by module-level inputs and affects the FCLKDIV, FCNFG, and DFPROT registers (see
Table 21-29).
21.4.2
IFR Version ID Word
The version ID word is stored in the IFR at address 0x1F_C0B6. The contents of the word are defined in
Table 21-28.
Table 21-28. IFR Version ID Fields
•
[15:4]
[3:0]
Reserved
VERNUM
VERNUM: Version number. The first version is number 0b_0001 with both 0b_0000 and 0b_1111
meaning ‘none’.
21.4.3
Flash Block Read Access
If data read from the Flash block results in a double-bit fault ECC error (meaning that data is detected to
be in error and cannot be corrected), the read data will be tagged as invalid during that access (please look
into the Reference Manual for details). Forcing the DFDF status bit by setting FDFD (see Section 21.3.2.5)
has effect only on the DFDF status bit value and does not result in an invalid access.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
715
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
To guarantee the proper read timing from the Flash array, the FTMRZ64K2K FMU will control (i.e. pause)
the S12Z core accesses, considering that the MCU can be configured to fetch data at a faster frequency
than the Flash block can support. Right after reset the FTMRZ64K2K FMU will be configured to run with
the maximum amount of wait-states enabled; if the user application is setup to run at a slower frequency
the control bits FCNFG[WSTAT] (see Section 21.3.2.5) can be configured by the user to disable the
generation of wait-states, so it does not impose a performance penalty to the system if the read timing of
the S12Z core is setup to be within the margins of the Flash block. For a definition of the frequency values
where wait-states can be disabled please look into the Reference Manual.
The following sequence must be followed when the transition from a higher frequency to a lower
frequency is going to happen:
• Flash resets with wait-states enabled;
• system frequency must be configured to the lower target;
• user writes to FNCNF[WSTAT] to disable wait-states;
• user reads the value of FPSTAT[WSTATACK], the new wait-state configuration will be effective
when it reads as 1;
• user must re-write FCLKDIV to set a new value based on the lower frequency.
The following sequence must be followed on the contrary direction, going from a lower frequency to a
higher frequency:
• user writes to FCNFG[WSTAT] to enable wait-states;
• user reads the value of FPSTAT[WSTATACK], the new wait-state configuration will be effective
when it reads as 1;
• user must re-write FCLKDIV to set a new value based on the higher frequency;
• system frequency must be set to the upper target.
CAUTION
If the application is going to require the frequency setup to change, the value
to be loaded on register FCLKDIV will have to be updated according to the
new frequency value. In this scenario the application must take care to avoid
locking the value of the FCLKDIV register: bit FDIVLCK must not be set
if the value to be loaded on FDIV is going to be re-written, otherwise a reset
is going to be required. Please refer to Section 21.3.2.1, “Flash Clock
Divider Register (FCLKDIV) and Section 21.4.5.1, “Writing the FCLKDIV
Register.
21.4.4
Internal NVM resource
IFR is an internal NVM resource readable by CPU . The IFR fields are shown in Table 21-5.
The NVM Resource Area global address map is shown in Table 21-6.
21.4.5
Flash Command Operations
Flash command operations are used to modify Flash memory contents.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
716
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
The next sections describe:
• How to write the FCLKDIV register that is used to generate a time base (FCLK) derived from
BUSCLK for Flash program and erase command operations
• The command write sequence used to set Flash command parameters and launch execution
• Valid Flash commands available for execution, according to MCU functional mode and MCU
security state.
21.4.5.1
Writing the FCLKDIV Register
Prior to issuing any Flash program or erase command after a reset, the user is required to write the
FCLKDIV register to divide BUSCLK down to a target FCLK of 1 MHz. Table 21-8 shows recommended
values for the FDIV field based on BUSCLK frequency.
NOTE
Programming or erasing the Flash memory cannot be performed if the bus
clock runs at less than 0.8 MHz. Setting FDIV too high can destroy the Flash
memory due to overstress. Setting FDIV too low can result in incomplete
programming or erasure of the Flash memory cells.
When the FCLKDIV register is written, the FDIVLD bit is set automatically. If the FDIVLD bit is 0, the
FCLKDIV register has not been written since the last reset. If the FCLKDIV register has not been written,
any Flash program or erase command loaded during a command write sequence will not execute and the
ACCERR bit in the FSTAT register will set.
21.4.5.2
Command Write Sequence
The Memory Controller will launch all valid Flash commands entered using a command write sequence.
Before launching a command, the ACCERR and FPVIOL bits in the FSTAT register must be clear (see
Section 21.3.2.7) and the CCIF flag should be tested to determine the status of the current command write
sequence. If CCIF is 0, the previous command write sequence is still active, a new command write
sequence cannot be started, and all writes to the FCCOB register are ignored.
21.4.5.2.1
Define FCCOB Contents
The FCCOB parameter fields must be loaded with all required parameters for the Flash command being
executed. The CCOBIX bits in the FCCOBIX register must reflect the amount of words loaded into the
FCCOB registers (see Section 21.3.2.3).
The contents of the FCCOB parameter fields are transferred to the Memory Controller when the user clears
the CCIF command completion flag in the FSTAT register (writing 1 clears the CCIF to 0). The CCIF flag
will remain clear until the Flash command has completed. Upon completion, the Memory Controller will
return CCIF to 1 and the FCCOB register will be used to communicate any results. The flow for a generic
command write sequence is shown in Figure 21-30.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
717
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
START
Read: FCLKDIV register
Clock Divider
Value Check
FDIV
Correct?
no
no
Read: FSTAT register
yes
FCCOB
Availability Check
CCIF
Set?
yes
Read: FSTAT register
Note: FCLKDIV must be
set after each reset
Write: FCLKDIV register
no
CCIF
Set?
yes
Results from previous Command
Access Error and
Protection Violation
Check
ACCERR/
FPVIOL
Set?
no
yes
Write: FSTAT register
Clear ACCERR/FPVIOL 0x30
Write to FCCOBIX register
to indicate number of parameters
to be loaded.
Write to FCCOB register
to load required command parameter.
More
Parameters?
yes
no
Write: FSTAT register (to launch command)
Clear CCIF 0x80
Read: FSTAT register
Bit Polling for
Command Completion
Check
CCIF Set?
no
yes
EXIT
Figure 21-30. Generic Flash Command Write Sequence Flowchart
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
718
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
21.4.5.3
Valid Flash Module Commands
Table 21-29 present the valid Flash commands, as enabled by the combination of the functional MCU
mode (Normal SingleChip NS, Special Singlechip SS) with the MCU security state (Unsecured, Secured).
+
Table 21-29. Flash Commands by Mode and Security State
Unsecured
FCMD
Command
Secured
NS
(1)
SS(2)
NS
(3)
0x01
Erase Verify All Blocks
0x02
Erase Verify Block
0x03
Erase Verify P-Flash Section
0x04
Read Once
0x06
Program P-Flash
0x07
Program Once
0x08
Erase All Blocks
0x09
Erase Flash Block
0x0A
Erase P-Flash Sector
0x0B
Unsecure Flash
0x0C
Verify Backdoor Access Key
0x0D
Set User Margin Level
0x0E
Set Field Margin Level
0x10
Erase Verify EEPROM Section
0x11
Program EEPROM
0x12
Erase EEPROM Sector
SS(4)
0x13
Protection Override
1. Unsecured Normal Single Chip mode
2. Unsecured Special Single Chip mode.
3. Secured Normal Single Chip mode.
4. Secured Special Single Chip mode.Please refer to Section 21.5.2.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
719
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
21.4.5.4
P-Flash Commands
Table 21-30 summarizes the valid P-Flash commands along with the effects of the commands on the PFlash block and other resources within the Flash module.
Table 21-30. P-Flash Commands
FCMD
Command
0x01
Erase Verify All
Blocks
0x02
Erase Verify Block
0x03
Erase Verify PFlash Section
0x04
Read Once
0x06
Program P-Flash
0x07
Program Once
Program a dedicated 64 byte field in the nonvolatile information register in P-Flash block
that is allowed to be programmed only once.
0x08
Erase All Blocks
Erase all P-Flash (and EEPROM) blocks.
An erase of all Flash blocks is only possible when the FPLDIS, FPHDIS, and FPOPEN
bits in the FPROT register and the DPOPEN bit in the DFPROT register are set prior to
launching the command.
0x09
Erase Flash Block
Erase a P-Flash (or EEPROM) block.
An erase of the full P-Flash block is only possible when FPLDIS, FPHDIS and FPOPEN
bits in the FPROT register are set prior to launching the command.
0x0A
Erase P-Flash
Sector
0x0B
Unsecure Flash
0x0C
Verify Backdoor
Access Key
Supports a method of releasing MCU security by verifying a set of security keys.
0x0D
Set User Margin
Level
Specifies a user margin read level for all P-Flash blocks.
0x0E
Set Field Margin
Level
Specifies a field margin read level for all P-Flash blocks (special modes only).
0x13
Protection
Override
21.4.5.5
Function on P-Flash Memory
Verify that all P-Flash (and EEPROM) blocks are erased.
Verify that a P-Flash block is erased.
Verify that a given number of words starting at the address provided are erased.
Read a dedicated 64 byte field in the nonvolatile information register in P-Flash block that
was previously programmed using the Program Once command.
Program a phrase in a P-Flash block.
Erase all bytes in a P-Flash sector.
Supports a method of releasing MCU security by erasing all P-Flash (and EEPROM)
blocks and verifying that all P-Flash (and EEPROM) blocks are erased.
Supports a mode to temporarily override Protection configuration (for P-Flash and/or
EEPROM) by verifying a key.
EEPROM Commands
Table 21-31 summarizes the valid EEPROM commands along with the effects of the commands on the
EEPROM block.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
720
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-31. EEPROM Commands
FCMD
Command
0x01
Erase Verify All
Blocks
0x02
Erase Verify Block
Function on EEPROM Memory
Verify that all EEPROM (and P-Flash) blocks are erased.
Verify that the EEPROM block is erased.
0x08
Erase All Blocks
Erase all EEPROM (and P-Flash) blocks.
An erase of all Flash blocks is only possible when the FPLDIS, FPHDIS, and FPOPEN
bits in the FPROT register and the DPOPEN bit in the DFPROT register are set prior to
launching the command.
0x09
Erase Flash Block
Erase a EEPROM (or P-Flash) block.
An erase of the full EEPROM block is only possible when DPOPEN bit in the DFPROT
register is set prior to launching the command.
0x0B
Unsecure Flash
0x0D
Set User Margin
Level
Specifies a user margin read level for the EEPROM block.
0x0E
Set Field Margin
Level
Specifies a field margin read level for the EEPROM block (special modes only).
0x10
Erase Verify
EEPROM Section
Verify that a given number of words starting at the address provided are erased.
0x11
Program
EEPROM
Program up to four words in the EEPROM block.
0x12
Erase EEPROM
Sector
Erase all bytes in a sector of the EEPROM block.
0x13
Protection
Override
21.4.6
Supports a method of releasing MCU security by erasing all EEPROM (and P-Flash)
blocks and verifying that all EEPROM (and P-Flash) blocks are erased.
Supports a mode to temporarily override Protection configuration (for P-Flash and/or
EEPROM) by verifying a key.
Allowed Simultaneous P-Flash and EEPROM Operations
Only the operations marked ‘OK’ in Table 21-32 are permitted to be run simultaneously on the Program
Flash and EEPROM blocks. Some operations cannot be executed simultaneously because certain
hardware resources are shared by the two memories. The priority has been placed on permitting Program
Flash reads while program and erase operations execute on the EEPROM, providing read (P-Flash) while
write (EEPROM) functionality. Any attempt to access P-Flash and EEPROM simultaneously when it is
not allowed will result in an illegal access that will trigger a machine exception in the CPU (please look
into the Reference Manual for details). Please note that during the execution of each command there is a
period, before the operation in the Flash array actually starts, where reading is allowed and valid data is
returned. Even if the simultaneous operation is marked as not allowed the Flash will report an illegal access
only in the cycle the read collision actually happens, maximizing the time the array is available for reading.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
721
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-32. Allowed P-Flash and EEPROM Simultaneous Operations
EEPROM
Program Flash
Read
Margin
Read2
Program
Sector
Erase
Read
OK(1)
OK
OK
OK
Mass
Erase2
Margin Read(2)
Program
Sector Erase
OK
Mass Erase(3)
1. Strictly speaking, only one read of either the P-Flash or EEPROM can occur
at any given instant, but the memory controller will transparently arbitrate PFlash and EEPROM accesses giving uninterrupted read access whenever
possible.
2. A ‘Margin Read’ is any read after executing the margin setting commands ‘Set
User Margin Level’ or ‘Set Field Margin Level’ with anything but the ‘normal’
level specified. See the Note on margin settings in Section 21.4.7.12 and
Section 21.4.7.13.
3. The ‘Mass Erase’ operations are commands ‘Erase All Blocks’ and ‘Erase
Flash Block’
21.4.7
Flash Command Description
This section provides details of all available Flash commands launched by a command write sequence. The
ACCERR bit in the FSTAT register will be set during the command write sequence if any of the following
illegal steps are performed, causing the command not to be processed by the Memory Controller:
• Starting any command write sequence that programs or erases Flash memory before initializing the
FCLKDIV register
• Writing an invalid command as part of the command write sequence
• For additional possible errors, refer to the error handling table provided for each command
If a Flash block is read during execution of an algorithm (CCIF = 0) on that same block, the read operation
may return invalid data resulting in an illegal access (as described on Section 21.4.6).
If the ACCERR or FPVIOL bits are set in the FSTAT register, the user must clear these bits before starting
any command write sequence (see Section 21.3.2.7).
CAUTION
A Flash word or phrase must be in the erased state before being
programmed. Cumulative programming of bits within a Flash word or
phrase is not allowed.
21.4.7.1
Erase Verify All Blocks Command
The Erase Verify All Blocks command will verify that all P-Flash and EEPROM blocks have been erased.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
722
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-33. Erase Verify All Blocks Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB Parameters
FCCOB0
0x01
Not required
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Erase Verify All Blocks command, the Memory Controller will verify
that the entire Flash memory space is erased. The CCIF flag will set after the Erase Verify All Blocks
operation has completed. If all blocks are not erased, it means blank check failed, both MGSTAT bits will
be set.
Table 21-34. Erase Verify All Blocks Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
ACCERR
FPVIOL
FSTAT
21.4.7.2
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 000 at command launch
None
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the reador if blank check failed .
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the read or if
blank check failed.
Erase Verify Block Command
The Erase Verify Block command allows the user to verify that an entire P-Flash or EEPROM block has
been erased.
Table 21-35. Erase Verify Block Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB Parameters
FCCOB0
0x02
FCCOB1
Global address [23:16] to
identify Flash block
Global address [15:0] to identify Flash block
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Erase Verify Block command, the Memory Controller will verify that
the selected P-Flash or EEPROM block is erased. The CCIF flag will set after the Erase Verify Block
operation has completed.If the block is not erased, it means blank check failed, both MGSTAT bits will be
set.
Table 21-36. Erase Verify Block Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
ACCERR
FSTAT
FPVIOL
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 001 at command launch
Set if an invalid global address [23:0] is supplied see Table 21-3)
None
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the read or if blank check failed.
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the read or if
blank check failed.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
723
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
21.4.7.3
Erase Verify P-Flash Section Command
The Erase Verify P-Flash Section command will verify that a section of code in the P-Flash memory is
erased. The Erase Verify P-Flash Section command defines the starting point of the code to be verified and
the number of phrases.
Table 21-37. Erase Verify P-Flash Section Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB Parameters
FCCOB0
0x03
Global address [23:16] of
a P-Flash block
FCCOB1
Global address [15:0] of the first phrase to be verified
FCCOB2
Number of phrases to be verified
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Erase Verify P-Flash Section command, the Memory Controller will
verify the selected section of Flash memory is erased. The CCIF flag will set after the Erase Verify P-Flash
Section operation has completed. If the section is not erased, it means blank check failed, both MGSTAT
bits will be set.
Table 21-38. Erase Verify P-Flash Section Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 010 at command launch
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
ACCERR
Set if an invalid global address [23:0] is supplied see Table 21-3)
Set if a misaligned phrase address is supplied (global address [2:0] != 000)
FSTAT
Set if the requested section crosses a the P-Flash address boundary
FPVIOL
21.4.7.4
None
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the read or if blank check failed.
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the read or if
blank check failed.
Read Once Command
The Read Once command provides read access to a reserved 64 byte field (8 phrases) located in the
nonvolatile information register of P-Flash. The Read Once field is programmed using the Program Once
command described in Section 21.4.7.6. The Read Once command must not be executed from the Flash
block containing the Program Once reserved field to avoid code runaway.
Table 21-39. Read Once Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB0
FCCOB Parameters
0x04
Not Required
FCCOB1
Read Once phrase index (0x0000 - 0x0007)
FCCOB2
Read Once word 0 value
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
724
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-39. Read Once Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB Parameters
FCCOB3
Read Once word 1 value
FCCOB4
Read Once word 2 value
FCCOB5
Read Once word 3 value
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Read Once command, a Read Once phrase is fetched and stored in the
FCCOB indexed register. The CCIF flag will set after the Read Once operation has completed. Valid
phrase index values for the Read Once command range from 0x0000 to 0x0007. During execution of the
Read Once command, any attempt to read addresses within P-Flash block will return invalid data.
8
Table 21-40. Read Once Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 001 at command launch
ACCERR
Set if an invalid phrase index is supplied
FSTAT
21.4.7.5
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
FPVIOL
None
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the read
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the read
Program P-Flash Command
The Program P-Flash operation will program a previously erased phrase in the P-Flash memory using an
embedded algorithm.
CAUTION
A P-Flash phrase must be in the erased state before being programmed.
Cumulative programming of bits within a Flash phrase is not allowed.
Table 21-41. Program P-Flash Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB0
FCCOB Parameters
0x06
Global address [23:16] to
identify P-Flash block
FCCOB1
Global address [15:0] of phrase location to be programmed(1)
FCCOB2
Word 0 program value
FCCOB3
Word 1 program value
FCCOB4
Word 2 program value
FCCOB5
Word 3 program value
1. Global address [2:0] must be 000
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
725
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Program P-Flash command, the Memory Controller will program the
data words to the supplied global address and will then proceed to verify the data words read back as
expected. The CCIF flag will set after the Program P-Flash operation has completed.
Table 21-42. Program P-Flash Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 101 at command launch
ACCERR
Set if an invalid global address [23:0] is supplied see Table 21-3)
Set if a misaligned phrase address is supplied (global address [2:0] != 000)
FSTAT
FPVIOL
21.4.7.6
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
Set if the global address [17:0] points to a protected area
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the verify operation
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the verify
operation
Program Once Command
The Program Once command restricts programming to a reserved 64 byte field (8 phrases) in the
nonvolatile information register located in P-Flash. The Program Once reserved field can be read using the
Read Once command as described in Section 21.4.7.4. The Program Once command must only be issued
once since the nonvolatile information register in P-Flash cannot be erased. The Program Once command
must not be executed from the Flash block containing the Program Once reserved field to avoid code
runaway.
Table 21-43. Program Once Command FCCOB Requirements
CCOBIX[2:0]
FCCOB0
FCCOB Parameters
0x07
Not Required
FCCOB1
Program Once phrase index (0x0000 - 0x0007)
FCCOB2
Program Once word 0 value
FCCOB3
Program Once word 1 value
FCCOB4
Program Once word 2 value
FCCOB5
Program Once word 3 value
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Program Once command, the Memory Controller first verifies that the
selected phrase is erased. If erased, then the selected phrase will be programmed and then verified with
read back. The CCIF flag will remain clear, setting only after the Program Once operation has completed.
The reserved nonvolatile information register accessed by the Program Once command cannot be erased
and any attempt to program one of these phrases a second time will not be allowed. Valid phrase index
values for the Program Once command range from 0x0000 to 0x0007. During execution of the Program
Once command, any attempt to read addresses within P-Flash will return invalid data.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
726
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-44. Program Once Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 101 at command launch
ACCERR
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
Set if an invalid phrase index is supplied
Set if the requested phrase has already been programmed(1)
FSTAT
FPVIOL
MGSTAT1
None
Set if any errors have been encountered during the verify operation
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the verify
operation
1. If a Program Once phrase is initially programmed to 0xFFFF_FFFF_FFFF_FFFF, the Program Once command will
be allowed to execute again on that same phrase.
MGSTAT0
21.4.7.7
Erase All Blocks Command
The Erase All Blocks operation will erase the entire P-Flash and EEPROM memory space.
Table 21-45. Erase All Blocks Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB0
FCCOB Parameters
0x08
Not required
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Erase All Blocks command, the Memory Controller will erase the entire
Flash memory space and verify that it is erased. If the Memory Controller verifies that the entire Flash
memory space was properly erased, security will be released. During the execution of this command
(CCIF=0) the user must not write to any Flash module register. The CCIF flag will set after the Erase All
Blocks operation has completed.
Table 21-46. Erase All Blocks Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
ACCERR
FPVIOL
FSTAT
21.4.7.7.1
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 000 at command launch
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
Set if any area of the P-Flash or EEPROM memory is protected
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the verify operation
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the verify
operation
Erase All Pin
The functionality of the Erase All Blocks command is also available in an uncommanded fashion from the
soc_erase_all_req input pin on the Flash module. Refer to the Reference Manual for information on
control of soc_erase_all_req.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
727
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
The erase-all function requires the clock divider register FCLKDIV (see Section 21.3.2.1) to be loaded
before invoking this function using soc_erase_all_req input pin. Please refer to the Reference Manual for
information about the default value of FCLKDIV in case direct writes to register FCLKDIV are not
allowed by the time this feature is invoked. If FCLKDIV is not properly set the erase-all operation will not
execute and the ACCERR flag in FSTAT register will set. After the execution of the erase-all function the
FCLKDIV register will be reset and the value of register FCLKDIV must be loaded before launching any
other command afterwards.
Before invoking the erase-all function using the soc_erase_all_req pin, the ACCERR and FPVIOL flags
in the FSTAT register must be clear. When invoked from soc_erase_all_req the erase-all function will
erase all P-Flash memory and EEPROM memory space regardless of the protection settings. If the posterase verify passes, the routine will then release security by setting the SEC field of the FSEC register to
the unsecure state (see Section 21.3.2.2). The security byte in the Flash Configuration Field will be
programmed to the unsecure state (see Table 21-9). The status of the erase-all request is reflected in the
ERSAREQ bit in the FCNFG register (see Section 21.3.2.5). The ERSAREQ bit in FCNFG will be cleared
once the operation has completed and the normal FSTAT error reporting will be available as described
inTable 21-47.
At the end of the erase-all sequence Protection will remain configured as it was before executing the eraseall function. If the application requires programming P-Flash and/or EEPROM after the erase-all function
completes, the existing protection limits must be taken into account. If protection needs to be disabled the
user may need to reset the system right after completing the erase-all function.
Table 21-47. Erase All Pin Error Handling
Register
FSTAT
21.4.7.8
Error Bit
Error Condition
ACCERR
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the erase verify operation, or
during the program verify operation
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the erase verify
operation, or during the program verify operation
Erase Flash Block Command
The Erase Flash Block operation will erase all addresses in a P-Flash or EEPROM block.
Table 21-48. Erase Flash Block Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB0
FCCOB1
FCCOB Parameters
0x09
Global address [23:16] to
identify Flash block
Global address [15:0] in Flash block to be erased
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Erase Flash Block command, the Memory Controller will erase the
selected Flash block and verify that it is erased. The CCIF flag will set after the Erase Flash Block
operation has completed.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
728
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-49. Erase Flash Block Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 001 at command launch
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
ACCERR
Set if the supplied P-Flash address is not phrase-aligned or if the EEPROM
address is not word-aligned
FSTAT
FPVIOL
21.4.7.9
Set if an invalid global address [23:0] is supplied
Set if an area of the selected Flash block is protected
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the verify operation
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the verify
operation
Erase P-Flash Sector Command
The Erase P-Flash Sector operation will erase all addresses in a P-Flash sector.
Table 21-50. Erase P-Flash Sector Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB Parameters
FCCOB0
0x0A
Global address [23:16] to identify
P-Flash block to be erased
Global address [15:0] anywhere within the sector to be erased.
Refer to Section 21.1.2.1 for the P-Flash sector size.
FCCOB1
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Erase P-Flash Sector command, the Memory Controller will erase the
selected Flash sector and then verify that it is erased. The CCIF flag will be set after the Erase P-Flash
Sector operation has completed.
Table 21-51. Erase P-Flash Sector Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 001 at command launch
ACCERR
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
Set if an invalid global address [23:0] is supplied see Table 21-3)
Set if a misaligned phrase address is supplied (global address [2:0] != 000)
FSTAT
FPVIOL
Set if the selected P-Flash sector is protected
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the verify operation
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the verify
operation
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
729
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
21.4.7.10 Unsecure Flash Command
The Unsecure Flash command will erase the entire P-Flash and EEPROM memory space and, if the erase
is successful, will release security.
Table 21-52. Unsecure Flash Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB0
FCCOB Parameters
0x0B
Not required
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Unsecure Flash command, the Memory Controller will erase the entire
P-Flash and EEPROM memory space and verify that it is erased. If the Memory Controller verifies that
the entire Flash memory space was properly erased, security will be released. If the erase verify is not
successful, the Unsecure Flash operation sets MGSTAT1 and terminates without changing the security
state. During the execution of this command (CCIF=0) the user must not write to any Flash module
register. The CCIF flag is set after the Unsecure Flash operation has completed.
Table 21-53. Unsecure Flash Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
ACCERR
FSTAT
FPVIOL
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 000 at command launch
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
Set if any area of the P-Flash or EEPROM memory is protected
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the verify operation
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the verify
operation
21.4.7.11 Verify Backdoor Access Key Command
The Verify Backdoor Access Key command will only execute if it is enabled by the KEYEN bits in the
FSEC register (see Table 21-10). The Verify Backdoor Access Key command releases security if usersupplied keys match those stored in the Flash security bytes of the Flash configuration field (see Table 214). The Verify Backdoor Access Key command must not be executed from the Flash block containing the
backdoor comparison key to avoid code runaway.
Table 21-54. Verify Backdoor Access Key Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB0
FCCOB Parameters
0x0C
Not required
FCCOB1
Key 0
FCCOB2
Key 1
FCCOB3
Key 2
FCCOB4
Key 3
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
730
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Verify Backdoor Access Key command, the Memory Controller will
check the FSEC KEYEN bits to verify that this command is enabled. If not enabled, the Memory
Controller sets the ACCERR bit in the FSTAT register and terminates. If the command is enabled, the
Memory Controller compares the key provided in FCCOB to the backdoor comparison key in the Flash
configuration field with Key 0 compared to 0xFF_FE00, etc. If the backdoor keys match, security will be
released. If the backdoor keys do not match, security is not released and all future attempts to execute the
Verify Backdoor Access Key command are aborted (set ACCERR) until a reset occurs. The CCIF flag is
set after the Verify Backdoor Access Key operation has completed.
Table 21-55. Verify Backdoor Access Key Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 100 at command launch
Set if an incorrect backdoor key is supplied
ACCERR
FSTAT
Set if backdoor key access has not been enabled (KEYEN[1:0] != 10, see
Section 21.3.2.2)
Set if the backdoor key has mismatched since the last reset
FPVIOL
None
MGSTAT1
None
MGSTAT0
None
21.4.7.12 Set User Margin Level Command
The Set User Margin Level command causes the Memory Controller to set the margin level for future read
operations of the P-Flash or EEPROM block.
Table 21-56. Set User Margin Level Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB0
FCCOB Parameters
0x0D
Global address [23:16] to identify Flash
block
FCCOB1
Global address [15:0] to identify Flash block
FCCOB2
Margin level setting.
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Set User Margin Level command, the Memory Controller will set the
user margin level for the targeted block and then set the CCIF flag.
NOTE
When the EEPROM block is targeted, the EEPROM user margin levels are
applied only to the EEPROM reads. However, when the P-Flash block is
targeted, the P-Flash user margin levels are applied to both P-Flash and
EEPROM reads. It is not possible to apply user margin levels to the P-Flash
block only.
Valid margin level settings for the Set User Margin Level command are defined in Table 21-57.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
731
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-57. Valid Set User Margin Level Settings
FCCOB2
Level Description
0x0000
Return to Normal Level
0x0001
User Margin-1 Level(1)
0x0002
User Margin-0 Level(2)
1. Read margin to the erased state
2. Read margin to the programmed state
Table 21-58. Set User Margin Level Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 010 at command launch
ACCERR
FSTAT
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
Set if an invalid global address [23:0] is supplied see Table 21-3)
Set if an invalid margin level setting is supplied
FPVIOL
None
MGSTAT1
None
MGSTAT0
None
NOTE
User margin levels can be used to check that Flash memory contents have
adequate margin for normal level read operations. If unexpected results are
encountered when checking Flash memory contents at user margin levels, a
potential loss of information has been detected.
21.4.7.13 Set Field Margin Level Command
The Set Field Margin Level command, valid in special modes only, causes the Memory Controller to set
the margin level specified for future read operations of the P-Flash or EEPROM block.
Table 21-59. Set Field Margin Level Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB0
FCCOB Parameters
0x0E
Global address [23:16] to identify Flash
block
FCCOB1
Global address [15:0] to identify Flash block
FCCOB2
Margin level setting.
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Set Field Margin Level command, the Memory Controller will set the
field margin level for the targeted block and then set the CCIF flag.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
732
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
NOTE
When the EEPROM block is targeted, the EEPROM field margin levels are
applied only to the EEPROM reads. However, when the P-Flash block is
targeted, the P-Flash field margin levels are applied to both P-Flash and
EEPROM reads. It is not possible to apply field margin levels to the P-Flash
block only.
Valid margin level settings for the Set Field Margin Level command are defined in Table 21-60.
Table 21-60. Valid Set Field Margin Level Settings
FCCOB2
Level Description
0x0000
Return to Normal Level
0x0001
User Margin-1 Level(1)
0x0002
User Margin-0 Level(2)
0x0003
Field Margin-1 Level1
0x0004
Field Margin-0 Level2
1. Read margin to the erased state
2. Read margin to the programmed state
Table 21-61. Set Field Margin Level Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 010 at command launch
ACCERR
FSTAT
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
Set if an invalid global address [23:0] is supplied see Table 21-3)
Set if an invalid margin level setting is supplied
FPVIOL
None
MGSTAT1
None
MGSTAT0
None
CAUTION
Field margin levels must only be used during verify of the initial factory
programming.
NOTE
Field margin levels can be used to check that Flash memory contents have
adequate margin for data retention at the normal level setting. If unexpected
results are encountered when checking Flash memory contents at field
margin levels, the Flash memory contents should be erased and
reprogrammed.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
733
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
21.4.7.14 Erase Verify EEPROM Section Command
The Erase Verify EEPROM Section command will verify that a section of code in the EEPROM is erased.
The Erase Verify EEPROM Section command defines the starting point of the data to be verified and the
number of words.
Table 21-62. Erase Verify EEPROM Section Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB Parameters
FCCOB0
0x10
Global address [23:16] to
identify the EEPROM
block
FCCOB1
Global address [15:0] of the first word to be verified
FCCOB2
Number of words to be verified
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Erase Verify EEPROM Section command, the Memory Controller will
verify the selected section of EEPROM memory is erased. The CCIF flag will set after the Erase Verify
EEPROM Section operation has completed. If the section is not erased, it means blank check failed, both
MGSTAT bits will be set.
Table 21-63. Erase Verify EEPROM Section Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 010 at command launch
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
ACCERR
Set if an invalid global address [23:0] is supplied
Set if a misaligned word address is supplied (global address [0] != 0)
FSTAT
Set if the requested section breaches the end of the EEPROM block
FPVIOL
None
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the read or if blank check failed.
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the read or if
blank check failed.
21.4.7.15 Program EEPROM Command
The Program EEPROM operation programs one to four previously erased words in the EEPROM block.
The Program EEPROM operation will confirm that the targeted location(s) were successfully programmed
upon completion.
CAUTION
A Flash word must be in the erased state before being programmed.
Cumulative programming of bits within a Flash word is not allowed.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
734
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-64. Program EEPROM Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB0
FCCOB Parameters
Global address [23:16] to
identify the EEPROM block
0x11
FCCOB1
Global address [15:0] of word to be programmed
FCCOB2
Word 0 program value
FCCOB3
Word 1 program value, if desired
FCCOB4
Word 2 program value, if desired
FCCOB5
Word 3 program value, if desired
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Program EEPROM command, the user-supplied words will be
transferred to the Memory Controller and be programmed if the area is unprotected. The CCOBIX index
value at Program EEPROM command launch determines how many words will be programmed in the
EEPROM block. The CCIF flag is set when the operation has completed.
Table 21-65. Program EEPROM Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] < 010 at command launch
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] > 101 at command launch
ACCERR
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
Set if an invalid global address [23:0] is supplied
Set if a misaligned word address is supplied (global address [0] != 0)
FSTAT
Set if the requested group of words breaches the end of the EEPROM block
FPVIOL
Set if the selected area of the EEPROM memory is protected
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the verify operation
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the verify
operation
21.4.7.16 Erase EEPROM Sector Command
The Erase EEPROM Sector operation will erase all addresses in a sector of the EEPROM block.
Table 21-66. Erase EEPROM Sector Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB0
FCCOB1
FCCOB Parameters
0x12
Global address [23:16] to identify
EEPROM block
Global address [15:0] anywhere within the sector to be erased.
See Section 21.1.2.2 for EEPROM sector size.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
735
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Upon clearing CCIF to launch the Erase EEPROM Sector command, the Memory Controller will erase the
selected Flash sector and verify that it is erased. The CCIF flag will set after the Erase EEPROM Sector
operation has completed.
Table 21-67. Erase EEPROM Sector Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != 001 at command launch
ACCERR
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29)
Set if an invalid global address [23:0] is suppliedsee Table 21-3
Set if a misaligned word address is supplied (global address [0] != 0)
FSTAT
FPVIOL
Set if the selected area of the EEPROM memory is protected
MGSTAT1
Set if any errors have been encountered during the verify operation
MGSTAT0
Set if any non-correctable errors have been encountered during the verify
operation
21.4.7.17 Protection Override Command
The Protection Override command allows the user to temporarily override the protection limits, either
decreasing, increasing or disabling protection limits, on P-Flash and/or EEPROM, if the comparison key
provided as a parameter loaded on FCCOB matches the value of the key previously programmed on the
Flash Configuration Field (see Table 21-4). The value of the Protection Override Comparison Key must
not be 16’hFFFF, that is considered invalid and if used as argument will cause the Protection Override
feature to be disabled. Any valid key value that does not match the value programmed in the Flash
Configuration Field will cause the Protection Override feature to be disabled. Current status of the
Protection Override feature can be observed on FPSTAT FPOVRD bit (see Section 21.3.2.4, “Flash
Protection Status Register (FPSTAT)).
Table 21-68. Protection Override Command FCCOB Requirements
Register
FCCOB0
FCCOB Parameters
0x13
FCCOB1
Protection Update Selection
[1:0] See Table 21-69
Comparison Key
FCCOB2
reserved
New FPROT value
FCCOB3
reserved
New DFPROT value
Table 21-69. Protection Override selection description
Protection Update
Selection code [1:0]
bit 0
Protection register selection
Update P-Flash protection
0 - keep unchanged (do not update)
1 - update P-Flash protection with new FPROT value loaded on FCCOB
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
736
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
Table 21-69. Protection Override selection description
Protection Update
Selection code [1:0]
Protection register selection
bit 1
Update EEPROM protection
0 - keep unchanged (do not update)
1 - update EEPROM protection with new DFPROT value loaded on FCCOB
If the comparison key successfully matches the key programmed in the Flash Configuration Field the
Protection Override command will preserve the current values of registers FPROT and DFPROT stored in
an internal area and will override these registers as selected by the Protection Update Selection field with
the value(s) loaded on FCCOB parameters. The new values loaded into FPROT and/or DFPROT can
reconfigure protection without any restriction (by increasing, decreasing or disabling protection limits). If
the command executes successfully the FPSTAT FPOVRD bit will set.
If the comparison key does not match the key programmed in the Flash Configuration Field, or if the key
loaded on FCCOB is 16’hFFFF, the value of registers FPROT and DFPROT will be restored to their
original contents before executing the Protection Override command and the FPSTAT FPOVRD bit will
be cleared. If the contents of the Protection Override Comparison Key in the Flash Configuration Field is
left in the erased state (i.e. 16’hFFFF) the Protection Override feature is permanently disabled. If the
command execution is flagged as an error (ACCERR being set for incorrect command launch) the values
of FPROT and DFPROT will not be modified.
The Protection Override command can be called multiple times and every time it is launched it will
preserve the current values of registers FPROT and DFPROT in a single-entry buffer to be restored later;
when the Protection Override command is launched to restore FPROT and DFPROT these registers will
assume the values they had before executing the Protection Override command on the last time. If contents
of FPROT and/or DFPROT registers were modified by direct register writes while protection is overridden
these modifications will be lost. Running Protection Override command to restore the contents of registers
FPROT and DFPROT will not force them to the reset values.
Table 21-70. Protection Override Command Error Handling
Register
Error Bit
Error Condition
Set if CCOBIX[2:0] != (001, 010 or 011) at command launch.
Set if command not available in current mode (see Table 21-29).
ACCERR
Set if protection is supposed to be restored (if key does not match or is invalid) and
Protection Override command was not run previously (bit FPSTAT FPOVRD is 0),
so there are no previous valid values of FPROT and DFPROT to be re-loaded.
Set if Protection Update Selection[1:0] = 00 (in case of CCOBIX[2:0] = 010 or 011)
FSTAT
Set if Protection Update Selection[1:0] = 00, CCOBIX[2:0] = 001 and a valid
comparison key is loaded as a command parameter.
FPVIOL
None
MGSTAT1
None
MGSTAT0
None
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
737
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
21.4.8
Interrupts
The Flash module can generate an interrupt when a Flash command operation has completed or when a
Flash command operation has detected an ECC fault.
Table 21-71. Flash Interrupt Sources
Interrupt Source
Flash Command Complete
ECC Single Bit Fault on Flash Read
Global (CCR)
Mask
Interrupt Flag
Local Enable
CCIF
(FSTAT register)
CCIE
(FCNFG register)
I Bit
SFDIF
(FERSTAT register)
SFDIE
(FERCNFG register)
I Bit
NOTE
Vector addresses and their relative interrupt priority are determined at the
MCU level.
21.4.8.1
Description of Flash Interrupt Operation
The Flash module uses the CCIF flag in combination with the CCIE interrupt enable bit to generate the
Flash command interrupt request. The Flash module uses the SFDIF flag in combination with the SFDIE
interrupt enable bits to generate the Flash error interrupt request. For a detailed description of the register
bits involved, refer to Section 21.3.2.5, “Flash Configuration Register (FCNFG)”, Section 21.3.2.6, “Flash
Error Configuration Register (FERCNFG)”, Section 21.3.2.7, “Flash Status Register (FSTAT)”, and
Section 21.3.2.8, “Flash Error Status Register (FERSTAT)”.
The logic used for generating the Flash module interrupts is shown in Figure 21-31.
CCIE
CCIF
Flash Command Interrupt Request
SFDIE
SFDIF
Flash Error Interrupt Request
Figure 21-31. Flash Module Interrupts Implementation
21.4.9
Wait Mode
The Flash module is not affected if the MCU enters wait mode. The Flash module can recover the MCU
from wait via the CCIF interrupt (see Section 21.4.8, “Interrupts”).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
738
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
21.4.10 Stop Mode
If a Flash command is active (CCIF = 0) when the MCU requests stop mode, the current Flash operation
will be completed before the MCU is allowed to enter stop mode.
21.5
Security
The Flash module provides security information to the MCU. The Flash security state is defined by the
SEC bits of the FSEC register (see Table 21-11). During reset, the Flash module initializes the FSEC
register using data read from the security byte of the Flash configuration field at global address
0xFF_FE0F. The security state out of reset can be permanently changed by programming the security byte
assuming that the MCU is starting from a mode where the necessary P-Flash erase and program commands
are available and that the upper region of the P-Flash is unprotected. If the Flash security byte is
successfully programmed, its new value will take affect after the next MCU reset.
The following subsections describe these security-related subjects:
• Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access
• Unsecuring the MCU in Special Single Chip Mode using BDM
• .Mode and Security Effects on Flash Command Availability
21.5.1
Unsecuring the MCU using Backdoor Key Access
The MCU may be unsecured by using the backdoor key access feature which requires knowledge of the
contents of the backdoor keys (four 16-bit words programmed at addresses 0xFF_FE00-0xFF_FE07). If
the KEYEN[1:0] bits are in the enabled state (see Section 21.3.2.2), the Verify Backdoor Access Key
command (see Section 21.4.7.11) allows the user to present four prospective keys for comparison to the
keys stored in the Flash memory via the Memory Controller. If the keys presented in the Verify Backdoor
Access Key command match the backdoor keys stored in the Flash memory, the SEC bits in the FSEC
register (see Table 21-11) will be changed to unsecure the MCU. Key values of 0x0000 and 0xFFFF are
not permitted as backdoor keys. While the Verify Backdoor Access Key command is active, P-Flash
memory and EEPROM memory will not be available for read access and will return invalid data.
The user code stored in the P-Flash memory must have a method of receiving the backdoor keys from an
external stimulus. This external stimulus would typically be through one of the on-chip serial ports.
If the KEYEN[1:0] bits are in the enabled state (see Section 21.3.2.2), the MCU can be unsecured by the
backdoor key access sequence described below:
1. Follow the command sequence for the Verify Backdoor Access Key command as explained in
Section 21.4.7.11
2. If the Verify Backdoor Access Key command is successful, the MCU is unsecured and the
SEC[1:0] bits in the FSEC register are forced to the unsecure state of 10
The Verify Backdoor Access Key command is monitored by the Memory Controller and an illegal key will
prohibit future use of the Verify Backdoor Access Key command. A reset of the MCU is the only method
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
739
Chapter 21 64 KB Flash Module (S12ZFTMRZ64K2KV2)
to re-enable the Verify Backdoor Access Key command. The security as defined in the Flash security byte
(0xFF_FE0F) is not changed by using the Verify Backdoor Access Key command sequence. The backdoor
keys stored in addresses 0xFF_FE00-0xFF_FE07 are unaffected by the Verify Backdoor Access Key
command sequence. The Verify Backdoor Access Key command sequence has no effect on the program
and erase protections defined in the Flash protection register, FPROT.
After the backdoor keys have been correctly matched, the MCU will be unsecured. After the MCU is
unsecured, the sector containing the Flash security byte can be erased and the Flash security byte can be
reprogrammed to the unsecure state, if desired. In the unsecure state, the user has full control of the
contents of the backdoor keys by programming addresses 0xFF_FE00-0xFF_FE07 in the Flash
configuration field.
21.5.2
Unsecuring the MCU in Special Single Chip Mode using BDM
A secured MCU can be unsecured in special single chip mode using an automated procedure described in
Section 21.4.7.7.1, “Erase All Pin”, For a complete description about how to activate that procedure please
look into the Reference Manual.
21.5.3
.Mode and Security Effects on Flash Command Availability
The availability of Flash module commands depends on the MCU operating mode and security state as
shown in Table 21-29.
21.6
Initialization
On each system reset the flash module executes an initialization sequence which establishes initial values
for the Flash Block Configuration Parameters, the FPROT and DFPROT protection registers, and the
FOPT and FSEC registers. The initialization routine reverts to built-in default values that leave the module
in a fully protected and secured state if errors are encountered during execution of the reset sequence. If a
double bit fault is detected during the reset sequence, both MGSTAT bits in the FSTAT register will be set.
CCIF is cleared throughout the initialization sequence. The Flash module holds off all CPU access for a
portion of the initialization sequence. Flash reads are allowed once the hold is removed. Completion of the
initialization sequence is marked by setting CCIF high which enables user commands.
If a reset occurs while any Flash command is in progress, that command will be immediately aborted. The
state of the word being programmed or the sector/block being erased is not guaranteed.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
740
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 22
Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
Table 22-1. Revision History Table
Rev. No.
(Item No.)
Data
Sections
Affected
Substantial Change(s)
V01.00
15 Dec 2010
all
Initial Version
V02.00
16 Mar 2011
22.3.2.1
22.4.2.1
- added BVLS[1] to support four voltage level
- moved BVHS to register bit 6
22.1
Introduction
The BATS module provides the functionality to measure the voltage of the battery supply pin VSENSE or
of the chip supply pin VSUP.
22.1.1
Features
Either One of the voltage present on the VSENSE or VSUP pin can be routed via an internal divider to the
internal Analog to Digital Converter. Independent of the routing to the Analog to Digital Converter, it is
possible to route one of these voltages to a comparator to generate a low or a high voltage interrupt to alert
the MCU.
22.1.2
Modes of Operation
The BATS module behaves as follows in the system power modes:
1. Run mode
The activation of the VSENSE Level Sense Enable (BSESE=1) or ADC connection Enable
(BSEAE=1) closes the path from the VSENSE pin through the resistor chain to ground and enables
the associated features if selected.
The activation of the VSUP Level Sense Enable (BSUSE=1) or ADC connection Enable
(BSUAE=1) closes the path from VSUP pin through the resistor chain to ground and enables the
associated features if selected.
BSESE takes precedence over BSUSE. BSEAE takes precedence over BSUAE.
2. Stop mode
During stop mode operation the path from the VSENSE pin through the resistor chain to ground is
opened and the low voltage sense features are disabled.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
741
Chapter 22 Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
During stop mode operation the path from the VSUP pin through the resistor chain to ground is
opened and the low voltage sense features are disabled.
The content of the configuration register is unchanged.
22.1.3
Block Diagram
Figure 22-1 shows a block diagram of the BATS module. See device guide for connectivity to ADC
channel.
Figure 22-1. BATS Block Diagram
VSUP
...
...
VSENSE
BVLC
BVLS[1:0]
BVHS
BVHC
Comparator
BSUSE
BSESE
1
2
BSEAE
BSUAE
1 automatically closed if BSESE and/or BSEAE
is active, open during Stop mode
2 automatically closed if BSUSE and/or BSUAE
is active, open during Stop mode
22.2
to ADC
External Signal Description
This section lists the name and description of all external ports.
22.2.1
VSENSE — Supply (Battery) Voltage Sense Pin
This pin can be connected to the supply (Battery) line for voltage measurements. The voltage present at
this input is scaled down by an internal voltage divider, and can be routed to the internal ADC or to a
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
742
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 22 Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
comparator via an analog multiplexer. The pin itself is protected against reverse battery connections. To
protect the pin from external fast transients an external resistor (RVSENSE_R) is needed for protection.
22.2.2
VSUP — Voltage Supply Pin
This pin is the chip supply. It can be internally connected for voltage measurement. The voltage present at
this input is scaled down by an internal voltage divider, and can be routed to the internal ADC or to a
comparator via an analog multiplexer.
22.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides the detailed information of all registers for the BATS module.
22.3.1
Register Summary
Figure 22-2 shows the summary of all implemented registers inside the BATS module.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
743
Chapter 22 Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
NOTE
Register Address = Module Base Address + Address Offset, where the
Module Base Address is defined at the MCU level and the Address Offset
is defined at the module level.
Address Offset
Register Name
0x0000
BATE
Bit 7
R
6
0
BVHS
W
0x0001
BATSR
R
5
4
BVLS[1:0]
3
2
1
Bit 0
BSUAE
BSUSE
BSEAE
BSESE
BVHC
BVLC
BVHIE
BVLIE
BVHIF
BVLIF
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
W
0x0002
BATIE
R
W
0x0003
BATIF
R
W
0x0004 - 0x0005
Reserved
0x0006 - 0x0007
Reserved
R
W
R
W
= Unimplemented
Figure 22-2. BATS Register Summary
22.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section consists of register descriptions in address order. Each description includes a standard register
diagram with an associated figure number. Details of register bit and field function follow the register
diagrams, in bit order. Unused bits read back zero.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
744
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 22 Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
22.3.2.1
BATS Module Enable Register (BATE)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0000
7
R
6
0
BVHS
W
Reset
5
0
0
4
BVLS[1:0]
0
0
3
2
1
0
BSUAE
BSUSE
BSEAE
BSESE
0
0
0
1
= Unimplemented
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Figure 22-3. BATS Module Enable Register (BATE)
Table 22-2. BATE Field Description
Field
6
BVHS
Description
BATS Voltage High Select — This bit selects the trigger level for the Voltage Level High Condition (BVHC).
0 Voltage level VHBI1 is selected
1 Voltage level VHBI2 is selected
5:4
BATS Voltage Low Select — This bit selects the trigger level for the Voltage Level Low Condition (BVLC).
BVLS[1:0]
00 Voltage level VLBI1 is selected
01 Voltage level VLBI2 is selected
10 Voltage level VLBI3 is selected
11 Voltage level VLBI4 is selected
3
BSUAE
BATS VSUP ADC Connection Enable — This bit connects the VSUP pin through the resistor chain to ground
and connects the ADC channel to the divided down voltage. This bit can be set only if the BSEAE bit is cleared.
0 ADC Channel is disconnected
1 ADC Channel is connected
2
BSUSE
BATS VSUP Level Sense Enable — This bit connects the VSUP pin through the resistor chain to ground and
enables the Voltage Level Sense features measuring BVLC and BVHC. This bit can be set only if the BSESE bit
is cleared.
0 Level Sense features disabled
1 Level Sense features enabled
1
BSEAE
BATS VSENSE ADC Connection Enable — This bit connects the VSENSE pin through the resistor chain to
ground and connects the ADC channel to divided down voltage. Setting this bit will clear bit BSUAE .
0 ADC Channel is disconnected
1 ADC Channel is connected
0
BSESE
BATS VSENSE Level Sense Enable — This bit connects the VSENSE pin through the resistor chain to ground
and enables the Voltage Level Sense features measuring BVLC and BVHC.Setting this bit will clear bit BSUSE
0 Level Sense features disabled
1 Level Sense features enabled
NOTE
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
745
Chapter 22 Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
When opening the resistors path to ground by changing BSESE, BSEAE or
BSUSE, BSUAE then for a time TEN_UNC + two bus cycles the measured
value is invalid. This is to let internal nodes be charged to correct value.
BVHIE, BVLIE might be cleared for this time period to avoid false
interrupts.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
746
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 22 Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
22.3.2.2
BATS Module Status Register (BATSR)
Access: User read only(1)
Module Base + 0x0001
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
BVHC
BVLC
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
= Unimplemented
Figure 22-4. BATS Module Status Register (BATSR)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Never
Table 22-3. BATSR - Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1
BVHC
BATS Voltage Sense High Condition Bit — This status bit indicates that a high voltage at VSENSE or VSUP,
depending on selection, is present.
0 Vmeasured VHBI_A (rising edge) or Vmeasured VHBI_D (falling edge)
1 Vmeasured VHBI_A (rising edge) or Vmeasured VHBI_D (falling edge)
0
BVLC
BATS Voltage Sense Low Condition Bit — This status bit indicates that a low voltage at VSENSE or VSUP,
depending on selection, is present.
0 Vmeasured VLBI_A (falling edge) or Vmeasured VLBI_D (rising edge)
1 Vmeasured VLBI_A (falling edge) or Vmeasured VLBI_D (rising edge)
Figure 22-5. BATS Voltage Sensing
V
VHBI_A
VHBI_D
VLBI_D
VLBI_A
t
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
747
Chapter 22 Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
22.3.2.3
BATS Interrupt Enable Register (BATIE)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0002
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
1
0
BVHIE
BVLIE
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 22-6. BATS Interrupt Enable Register (BATIE)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 22-4. BATIE Register Field Descriptions
Field
1
BVHIE
Description
BATS Interrupt Enable High — Enables High Voltage Interrupt .
0 No interrupt will be requested whenever BVHIF flag is set .
1 Interrupt will be requested whenever BVHIF flag is set
0
BVLIE
BATS Interrupt Enable Low — Enables Low Voltage Interrupt .
0 No interrupt will be requested whenever BVLIF flag is set .
1 Interrupt will be requested whenever BVLIF flag is set .
22.3.2.4
BATS Interrupt Flag Register (BATIF)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0003
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
1
0
BVHIF
BVLIF
0
0
= Unimplemented
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime, write 1 to clear
Figure 22-7. BATS Interrupt Flag Register (BATIF)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
748
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 22 Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
Table 22-5. BATIF Register Field Descriptions
Field
Description
1
BVHIF
BATS Interrupt Flag High Detect — The flag is set to 1 when BVHC status bit changes.
0 No change of the BVHC status bit since the last clearing of the flag.
1 BVHC status bit has changed since the last clearing of the flag.
0
BVLIF
BATS Interrupt Flag Low Detect — The flag is set to 1 when BVLC status bit changes.
0 No change of the BVLC status bit since the last clearing of the flag.
1 BVLC status bit has changed since the last clearing of the flag.
22.3.2.5
Reserved Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + 0x0006
Module Base + 0x0007
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Only in special mode
Figure 22-8. Reserved Register
NOTE
These reserved registers are designed for factory test purposes only and are
not intended for general user access. Writing to these registers when in
special mode can alter the module’s functionality.
22.4
22.4.1
Functional Description
General
The BATS module allows measuring voltages on the VSENSE and VSUP pins. The VSENSE pin is
implemented to allow measurement of the supply Line (Battery) Voltage VBAT directly. By bypassing the
device supply capacitor and the external reversed battery protection diode this pin allows to detect
under/over voltage conditions without delay. A series resistor (RVSENSE_R) is required to protect the
VSENSE pin from fast transients.
The voltage at the VSENSE or VSUP pin can be routed via an internal voltage divider to an internal
Analog to Digital Converter Channel. Also the BATS module can be configured to generate a low and high
voltage interrupt based on VSENSE or VSUP. The trigger level of the high and low interrupt are selectable.
In a typical application, the module could be used as follows: The voltage at VSENSE is observed via
usage of the interrupt feature (BSESE=1, BVHIE=1), while the VSUP pin voltage is routed to the ADC to
allow regular measurement (BSUAE=1).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
749
Chapter 22 Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
22.4.2
Interrupts
This section describes the interrupt generated by the BATS module. The interrupt is only available in CPU
run mode. Entering and exiting CPU stop mode has no effect on the interrupt flags.
To make sure the interrupt generation works properly the bus clock frequency must be higher than the
Voltage Warning Low Pass Filter frequency (fVWLP_filter).
The comparator outputs BVLC and BVHC are forced to zero if the comparator is disabled (configuration
bits BSESE and BSUSE are cleared). If the software disables the comparator during a high or low Voltage
condition (BVHC or BVLC active), then an additional interrupt is generated. To avoid this behavior the
software must disable the interrupt generation before disabling the comparator.
The BATS interrupt vector is named in Table 22-6. Vector addresses and interrupt priorities are defined at
MCU level.
The module internal interrupt sources are combined into one module interrupt signal.
Table 22-6. BATS Interrupt Sources
Module Interrupt Source
Module Internal Interrupt Source
Local Enable
BATS Interrupt (BATI)
BATS Voltage Low Condition Interrupt (BVLI)
BVLIE = 1
BATS Voltage High Condition Interrupt (BVHI)
BVHIE = 1
22.4.2.1
BATS Voltage Low Condition Interrupt (BVLI)
To use the Voltage Low Interrupt the Level Sensing must be enabled (BSESE =1 or BSUSE =1).
If measured when
a) VLBI1 selected with BVLS[1:0] = 0x0
at selected pin Vmeasure VLBI1_A (falling edge) or Vmeasure VLBI1_D (rising edge)
or when
b) VLBI2 selected with BVLS[1:0] = 0x1
at selected pin Vmeasure VLBI2_A (falling edge) or Vmeasure VLBI2_D (rising edge)
or when
c) VLBI3 selected with BVLS[1:0] = 0x2
at selected pin Vmeasure VLBI3_A (falling edge) or Vmeasure VLBI3_D (rising edge)
or when
d) VLBI4 selected with BVLS[1:0] = 0x3
at selected pin Vmeasure VLBI4_A (falling edge) or Vmeasure VLBI4_D (rising edge)
then BVLC is set. BVLC status bit indicates that a low voltage at the selected pin is present. The Low
Voltage Interrupt flag (BVLIF) is set to 1 when the Voltage Low Condition (BVLC) changes state . The
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
750
Chapter 22 Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
Interrupt flag BVLIF can only be cleared by writing a 1. If the interrupt is enabled by bit BVLIE the
module requests an interrupt to MCU (BATI).
22.4.2.2
BATS Voltage High Condition Interrupt (BVHI)
To use the Voltage High Interrupt the Level Sensing must be enabled (BSESE =1 or BSUSE).
If measured when
a) VHBI1 selected with BVHS = 0
at selected pin Vmeasure VHBI1_A (rising edge) or Vmeasure VHBI1_D (falling edge)
or when
a) VHBI2 selected with BVHS = 1
at selected pin Vmeasure VHBI2_A (rising edge) or Vmeasure VHBI2_D (falling edge)
then BVHC is set. BVHC status bit indicates that a high voltage at the selected pin is present. The High
Voltage Interrupt flag (BVHIF) is set to 1 when a Voltage High Condition (BVHC) changes state. The
Interrupt flag BVHIF can only be cleared by writing a 1. If the interrupt is enabled by bit BVHIE the
module requests an interrupt to MCU (BATI).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
751
Chapter 22 Supply Voltage Sensor - (BATSV2)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
752
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 23
LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
Table 23-1. Revision History Table
Rev. No.
Date
(Item No.) (Submitted By)
V01.00
V02.00
V02.06
V02.08
V02.09
V02.10
V02.11
V02.12
V02.13
23.1
Sections
Affected
10 Dec 2010
All
25 June 2012
All
11 Jan 2013
All
10 Apr 2013
Register and
interrupt
descriptions,
application
section
27 Jun 2013
21 Aug 2013
Feature list
Substantial Change(s)
- Initial Version
- Added LIN TxD-dominant timeout feature
-Added application note to help the ISR development for the Interrupts
(timeout and overcurrent)
- Added notes regarding the correct handling of clearing LPOCIF and
LPDTIF.
- Added the SAE J2602-2 LIN compliance.
Overcurrent and
TxD-dominant - Specified the time after which the interrupt flags are set again after having
timeout interrupt been cleared while the error condition is still present.
descriptions
19 Sep 2013
All
20 Sep 2013
Standby Mode
8 Oct 2013
All
- Removed preliminary note.
- Fixed grammar and spelling throughout the document.
- Clarified Standby mode behavior.
- More grammar, spelling, and formating fixes throughout the document.
Introduction
The LIN (Local Interconnect Network) bus pin provides a physical layer for single-wire communication
in automotive applications. The LIN Physical Layer is designed to meet the LIN Physical Layer 2.2
specification from LIN consortium.
23.1.1
Features
The LIN Physical Layer module includes the following distinctive features:
• Compliant with LIN Physical Layer 2.2 specification.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
753
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Compliant with the SAE J2602-2 LIN standard.
Standby mode with glitch-filtered wake-up.
Slew rate selection optimized for the baud rates: 10.4 kbit/s, 20 kbit/s and Fast Mode (up to
250 kbit/s).
Switchable 34 k/330 k pullup resistors (in shutdown mode, 330 konly
Current limitation for LIN Bus pin falling edge.
Overcurrent protection.
LIN TxD-dominant timeout feature monitoring the LPTxD signal.
Automatic transmitter shutdown in case of an overcurrent or TxD-dominant timeout.
Fulfills the OEM “Hardware Requirements for LIN (CAN and FlexRay) Interfaces in Automotive
Applications” v1.3.
The LIN transmitter is a low-side MOSFET with current limitation and overcurrent transmitter shutdown.
A selectable internal pullup resistor with a serial diode structure is integrated, so no external pullup
components are required for the application in a slave node. To be used as a master node, an external
resistor of 1 k must be placed in parallel between VLINSUP and the LIN Bus pin, with a diode between
VLINSUP and the resistor. The fall time from recessive to dominant and the rise time from dominant to
recessive is selectable and controlled to guarantee communication quality and reduce EMC emissions. The
symmetry between both slopes is guaranteed.
23.1.2
Modes of Operation
The LIN Physical Layer can operate in the following four modes:
1. Shutdown Mode
The LIN Physical Layer is fully disabled. No wake-up functionality is available. The internal
pullup resistor is replaced by a high ohmic one (330 k) to maintain the LIN Bus pin in the
recessive state. All registers are accessible.
2. Normal Mode
The full functionality is available. Both receiver and transmitter are enabled.
3. Receive Only Mode
The transmitter is disabled and the receiver is running in full performance mode.
4. Standby Mode
The transmitter of the LIN Physical Layer is disabled. If the wake-up feature is enabled, the internal
pullup resistor can be selected (330 k or 34 k). The receiver enters a low power mode and
optionally it can pass wake-up events to the Serial Communication Interface (SCI). If the wake-up
feature is enabled and if the LIN Bus pin is driven with a dominant level longer than tWUFR
followed by a rising edge, the LIN Physical Layer sends a wake-up pulse to the SCI, which requests
a wake-up interrupt. (This feature is only available if the LIN Physical Layer is routed to the SCI).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
754
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.1.3
Block Diagram
Figure 23-1 shows the block diagram of the LIN Physical Layer. The module consists of a receiver with
wake-up control, a transmitter with slope and timeout control, a current sensor with overcurrent protection
as well as a registers control block.
+
*,
"#$%
#
!
''()
**
&
%+"#$-
,
*
.*
*
*
Figure 23-1. LIN Physical Layer Block Diagram
NOTE
The external 220 pF capacitance between LIN and LGND is strongly
recommended for correct operation.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
755
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.2
External Signal Description
This section lists and describes the signals that connect off chip as well as internal supply nodes and special
signals.
23.2.1
LIN — LIN Bus Pin
This pad is connected to the single-wire LIN data bus.
23.2.2
LGND — LIN Ground Pin
This pin is the device LIN ground connection. It is used to sink currents related to the LIN Bus pin. A decoupling capacitor external to the device (typically 220 pF, X7R ceramic) between LIN and LGND can
further improve the quality of this ground and filter noise.
23.2.3
VLINSUP — Positive Power Supply
External power supply to the chip. The VLINSUP supply mapping is described in device level
documentation.
23.2.4
LPTxD — LIN Transmit Pin
This pin can be routed to the SCI, LPDR1 register bit, an external pin, or other options. Please refer to the
PIM chapter of the device specification for the available routing options.
This input is only used in normal mode; in other modes the value of this pin is ignored.
23.2.5
LPRxD — LIN Receive Pin
This pin can be routed to the SCI, an external pin, or other options. Please refer to the PIM chapter of the
device specification for the available routing options.
In standby mode this output is disabled, and sends only a short pulse in case the wake-up functionality is
enabled and a valid wake-up pulse was received in the LIN Bus.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
756
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.3
Memory Map and Register Definition
This section provides a detailed description of all registers accessible in the LIN Physical Layer.
23.3.1
Module Memory Map
A summary of the registers associated with the LIN Physical Layer module is shown in Table 23-2.
Detailed descriptions of the registers and bits are given in the subsections that follow.
NOTE
Register Address = Module Base Address + Address Offset, where the
Module Base Address is defined at the MCU level and the Address Offset
is defined at the module level.
Address Offset
Register Name
Bit 7
6
5
4
3
2
1
Bit 0
0
0
LPE
RXONLY
LPWUE
LPPUE
Reserved
Reserved
LPSLR1
LPSLR0
0x0000
LPDR
R
W
0
0
0
0
0x0001
LPCR
R
W
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
0
0
0
0
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
LPDT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0x0002
Reserved
R
Reserved
W
0x0003
LPSLRM
R
LPDTDIS
W
0x0004
Reserved
R
Reserved
W
0x0005
LPSR
R
W
0x0006
LPIE
R
W
LPDTIE
LPOCIE
0x0007
LPIF
R
W
LPDTIF
LPOCIF
LPDR1
LPDR0
Figure 23-2. Register Summary
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
757
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.3.2
Register Descriptions
This section describes all the LIN Physical Layer registers and their individual bits.
23.3.2.1
Port LP Data Register (LPDR)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + Address 0x0000
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
1
LPDR1
1
0
LPDR0
1
= Unimplemented
Figure 23-3. Port LP Data Register (LPDR)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 23-2. LPDR Field Description
Field
Description
1
LPDR1
Port LP Data Bit 1 — The LIN Physical Layer LPTxD input (see Figure 23-1) can be directly controlled by this
register bit. The routing of the LPTxD input is done in the Port Inetrgation Module (PIM). Please refer to the PIM
chapter of the device Reference Manual for more info.
0
LPDR0
Port LP Data Bit 0 — Read-only bit. The LIN Physical Layer LPRxD output state can be read at any time.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
758
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.3.2.2
LIN Control Register (LPCR)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + Address 0x0001
R
7
6
5
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
3
2
1
0
LPE
RXONLY
LPWUE
LPPUE
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 23-4. LIN Control Register (LPCR)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime,
Table 23-3. LPCR Field Description
Field
Description
3
LPE
LIN Enable Bit — If set, this bit enables the LIN Physical Layer.
0 The LIN Physical Layer is in shutdown mode. None of the LIN Physical Layer functions are available, except
that the bus line is held in its recessive state by a high ohmic (330k) resistor. All registers are normally
accessible.
1 The LIN Physical Layer is not in shutdown mode.
2
RXONLY
Receive Only Mode bit — This bit controls RXONLY mode.
0 The LIN Physical Layer is not in receive only mode.
1 The LIN Physical Layer is in receive only mode.
1
LPWUE
LIN Wake-Up Enable — This bit controls the wake-up feature in standby mode.
0 In standby mode the wake-up feature is disabled.
1 In standby mode the wake-up feature is enabled.
0
LPPUE
LIN Pullup Resistor Enable — Selects pullup resistor.
0 The pullup resistor is high ohmic (330 k).
1 The 34 kpullup is switched on (except if LPE=0 or when in standby mode with LPWUE=0)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
759
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.3.2.3
Reserved Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + Address 0x0002
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
= Unimplemented
Figure 23-5. LIN Test register
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Only in special mode
NOTE
This reserved register is designed for factory test purposes only, and is not
intended for general user access. Writing to this register when in special
mode can alter the module’s functionality.
Table 23-4. Reserved Register Field Description
Field
7-0
Reserved
23.3.2.4
Description
These reserved bits are used for test purposes. Writing to these bits can alter the module functionality.
LIN Slew Rate Mode Register (LPSLRM)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + Address 0x0003
7
R
W
Reset
LPDTDIS
0
6
5
4
3
2
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
LPSLR1
LPSLR0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 23-6. LIN Slew Rate Mode Register (LPSLRM)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Only in shutdown mode (LPE=0)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
760
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
Table 23-5. LPSLRM Field Description
Field
Description
7
LPDTDIS
TxD-dominant timeout disable Bit — This bit disables the TxD-dominant timeout feature. Disabling this feature
is only recommended for using the LIN Physical Layer for other applications than LIN protocol. It is only writable
in shutdown mode (LPE=0).
0 TxD-dominant timeout feature is enabled.
1 TxD-dominant timeout feature is disabled.
1-0
LPSLR[1:0]
Slew-Rate Bits — Please see section 23.4.2 for details on how the slew rate control works. These bits are only
writable in shutdown mode (LPE=0).
00 Normal Slew Rate (optimized for 20 kbit/s).
01 Slow Slew Rate (optimized for 10.4 kbit/s).
10 Fast Mode Slew Rate (up to 250 kbit/s). This mode is not compliant with the LIN Protocol (LIN electrical
characteristics like duty cycles, reference levels, etc. are not fulfilled). It is only meant to be used for fast data
transmission. Please refer to section 23.4.2.2 for more details on fast mode.Please note that an external
pullup resistor stronger than 1 k might be necessary for the range 100 kbit/s to 250 kbit/s.
11 Reserved .
23.3.2.5
Reserved Register
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + Address 0x0004
R
W
Reset
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
Reserved
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
= Unimplemented
Figure 23-7. Reserved Register
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Only in special mode
NOTE
This reserved register is designed for factory test purposes only, and is not
intended for general user access. Writing to this register when in special
mode can alter the module’s functionality.
Table 23-6. Reserved Register Field Description
Field
7-0
Reserved
Description
These reserved bits are used for test purposes. Writing to these bits can alter the module functionality.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
761
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.3.2.6
LIN Status Register (LPSR)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + Address 0x0005
R
7
6
5
4
3
2
1
0
LPDT
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
W
Reset
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 23-8. LIN Status Register (LPSR)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Never, writes to this register have no effect
Table 23-7. LPSR Field Description
Field
Description
7
LPDT
LIN Transmitter TxD-dominant timeout Status Bit — This read-only bit signals that the LPTxD pin is still
dominant after a TxD-dominant timeout. As long as the LPTxD is dominant after the timeout the LIN transmitter
is shut down and the LPTDIF is set again after attempting to clear it.
0 If there was a TxD-dominant timeout, LPTxD has ceased to be dominant after the timeout.
1 LPTxD is still dominant after a TxD-dominant timeout.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
762
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.3.2.7
LIN Interrupt Enable Register (LPIE)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + Address 0x0006
7
R
W
Reset
6
LPDTIE
LPOCIE
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 23-9. LIN Interrupt Enable Register (LPIE)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Anytime
Table 23-8. LPIE Field Description
Field
Description
7
LPDTIE
LIN transmitter TxD-dominant timeout Interrupt Enable —
0 Interrupt request is disabled.
1 Interrupt is requested if LPDTIF bit is set.
6
LPOCIE
LIN transmitter Overcurrent Interrupt Enable —
0 Interrupt request is disabled.
1 Interrupt is requested if LPOCIF bit is set.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
763
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.3.2.8
LIN Interrupt Flags Register (LPIF)
Access: User read/write(1)
Module Base + Address 0x0007
R
W
Reset
7
6
LPDTIF
LPOCIF
0
0
5
4
3
2
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
= Unimplemented
Figure 23-10. LIN Interrupt Flags Register (LPIF)
1. Read: Anytime
Write: Writing ‘1’ clears the flags, writing a ‘0’ has no effect
Table 23-9. LPIF Field Description
Field
Description
7
LPDTIF
LIN Transmitter TxD-dominant timeout Interrupt Flag — LPDTIF is set to 1 when LPTxD is still dominant (0)
after tTDLIM of the falling edge of LPTxD. For protection, the transmitter is disabled. This flag can only be
cleared by writing a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect. Please make sure that LPDTIF=1 before trying to clear it.
Clearing LPDTIF is not allowed if LPDTIF=0 already. If the LPTxD is still dominant after clearing the flag, the
transmitter stays disabled and this flag is set again (see 23.4.4.2 TxD-dominant timeout Interrupt).
If interrupt requests are enabled (LPDTIE= 1), LPDTIF causes an interrupt request.
0 No TxD-dominant timeout has occurred.
1 A TxD-dominant timeout has occurred.
6
LPOCIF
LIN Transmitter Overcurrent Interrupt Flag — LPOCIF is set to 1 when an overcurrent event happens. For
protection, the transmitter is disabled. This flag can only be cleared by writing a 1. Writing a 0 has no effect.
Please make sure that LPOCIF=1 before trying to clear it. Clearing LPOCIF is not allowed if LPOCIF=0 already.
If the overcurrent is still present or LPTxD is dominant after clearing the flag, the transmitter stays disabled and
this flag is set again (see23.4.4.1 Overcurrent Interrupt).
If interrupt requests are enabled (LPOCIE= 1), LPOCIF causes an interrupt request.
0 No overcurrent event has occurred.
1 Overcurrent event has occurred.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
764
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.4
Functional Description
23.4.1
General
The LIN Physical Layer module implements the physical layer of the LIN interface. This physical layer
can be driven by the SCI (Serial Communication Interface) module or directly through the LPDR register.
23.4.2
Slew Rate and LIN Mode Selection
The slew rate can be selected for Electromagnetic Compatibility (EMC) optimized operation at 10.4 kbit/s
and 20 kbit/s as well as at fast baud rate (up to 250 kbit/s) for test and programming. The slew rate can be
chosen with the bits LPSLR[1:0] in the LIN Slew Rate Mode Register (LPSLRM). The default slew rate
corresponds to 20 kbit/s.
The LIN Physical Layer can also be configured to be used for non-LIN applications (for example, to
transmit a PWM pulse) by disabling the TxD-dominant timeout (LPDTDIS=1).
Changing the slew rate (LPSLRM Register) during transmission is not allowed in order to avoid unwanted
effects. To change the register, the LIN Physical Layer must first be disabled (LPE=0). Once it is updated
the LIN Physical Layer can be enabled again.
NOTE
For 20 kbit/s and Fast Mode communication speeds, the corresponding slew
rate MUST be set; otherwise, the communication is not guaranteed
(violation of the specified LIN duty cycles). For 10.4 kbit/s, the 20 kbit/s
slew rate can be set but the EMC performance is worse. The up to 250 kbit/s
slew rate must be chosen ONLY for fast mode, not for any of the 10.4 kbit/s
or 20 kbit/s LIN compliant communication speeds.
23.4.2.1
10.4 kbit/s and 20 kbit/s
When the slew rate is chosen for 10.4 kbit/s or 20 kbit/s communication, a control loop is activated within
the module to make the rise and fall times of the LIN bus independent from VLINSUP and the load on the
bus.
23.4.2.2
Fast Mode (not LIN compliant)
Choosing this slew rate allows baud rates up to 250 kbit/s by having much steeper edges (please refer to
electricals). As for the 10.4 kbit/s and 20 kbit/s modes, the slope control loop is also engaged. This mode
is used for fast communication only, and the LIN electricals are not supported (for example, the LIN duty
cycles).
A stronger external pullup resistor might be necessary to sustain communication speeds up to
250 kbit/s. The LIN signal (and therefore the receive LPRxD signal) might not be symmetrical for high
baud rates with high loads on the bus.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
765
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
Please note that if the bit time is smaller than the parameter tOCLIM (please refer to electricals), then no
overcurrent is reported nor does an overcurrent shutdown occur. However, the current limitation is always
engaged in case of a failure.
23.4.3
Modes
Figure 23-11 shows the possible mode transitions depending on control bits, stop mode, and error
conditions.
23.4.3.1
Shutdown Mode
The LIN Physical Layer is fully disabled. No wake-up functionality is available. The internal pullup
resistor is high ohmic only (330 k) to maintain the LIN Bus pin in the recessive state. LPTxD is not
monitored in this mode for a TxD-dominant timeout. All the registers are accessible.
Setting LPE causes the module to leave the shutdown mode and to enter the normal mode or receive only
mode (if RXONLY bit is set).
Clearing LPE causes the module to leave the normal or receive only modes and go back to shutdown mode.
23.4.3.2
Normal Mode
The full functionality is available. Both receiver and transmitter are enabled. The internal pullup resistor
can be chosen to be high ohmic (330 k) if LPPUE = 0, or LIN compliant (34 k if LPPUE = 1.
If RXONLY is set, the module leaves normal mode to enter receive only mode.
If the MCU enters stop mode, the LIN Physical Layer enters standby mode.
23.4.3.3
Receive Only Mode
Entering this mode disables the transmitter and immediately stops any on-going transmission. LPTxD is
not monitored in this mode for a TxD-dominant timeout.
The receiver is running in full performance mode in all cases.
To return to normal mode, the RXONLY bit must be cleared.
If the device enters stop mode, the module leaves receive only mode to enter standby mode.
23.4.3.4
Standby Mode with Wake-Up Feature
The transmitter of the LIN Physical Layer is disabled and the receiver enters a low power mode.
NOTE
Before entering standby mode, ensure no transmissions are ongoing.
If LPWUE is not set, no wake up feature is available and the standby mode has the same electrical
properties as the shutdown mode. This allows a low-power consumption of the device in stop mode if the
wake-up feature is not needed.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
766
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
If LPWUE is set the receiver is able to pass wake-up events to the SCI (Serial Communication Interface).
If the LIN Physical Layer receives a dominant level longer than tWUFR followed by a rising edge, it sends
a pulse to the SCI which can generate a wake-up interrupt.
Once the device exits stop mode, the LIN Physical Layer returns to normal or receive only mode
depending on the status of the RXONLY bit.
NOTE
Since the wake-up interrupt is requested by the SCI, the wake-up feature is
not available if the SCI is not used.
The internal pullup resistor is selectable only if LPWUE = 1 (wake-up enabled). If LPWUE = 0, the
internal pullup resistor is not selectable and remains at 330 k regardless of the state of the LPPUE bit.
If LPWUE = 1, selecting the 330 k pullup resistor (LPPUE = 0) reduces the current consumption in
standby mode.
NOTE
When using the LIN wake-up feature in combination with other non-LIN
device wake-up features (like a periodic time interrupt), some care must be
taken.
If the device leaves stop mode while the LIN bus is dominant, the LIN
Physical Layer returns to normal or receive only mode and the LIN bus is
re-routed to the RXD pin of the SCI and triggers the edge detection interrupt
(if the interrupt’s priority of the hardware that awakes the MCU is less than
the priority of the SCI interrupt, then the SCI interrupt will execute first). It
is up to the software to decide what to do in this case because the LIN
Physical Layer can not guarantee it was a valid wake-up pulse.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
767
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
&
&'
#
#
#
#
!
"!
#$"!
!
"!
#$"!
"!%%!
"!
"!
#$"!
Figure 23-11. LIN Physical Layer Mode Transitions
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
768
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.4.4
Interrupts
The interrupt vector requested by the LIN Physical Layer is listed in Table 23-10. Vector address and
interrupt priority is defined at the MCU level.
The module internal interrupt sources are combined into a single interrupt request at the device level.
Table 23-10. Interrupt Vectors
Module Interrupt Source
LIN Interrupt (LPI)
23.4.4.1
Module Internal Interrupt
Source
Local Enable
LIN Txd-Dominant Timeout
Interrupt (LPDTIF)
LPDTIE = 1
LIN Overcurrent Interrupt
(LPOCIF)
LPOCIE = 1
Overcurrent Interrupt
The transmitter is protected against overcurrent. In case of an overcurrent condition occurring within a
time frame called tOCLIM starting from LPTxD falling edge, the current through the transmitter is limited
(the transmitter is not shut down). The masking of an overcurrent event within the time frame tOCLIM is
meant to avoid “false” overcurrent conditions that can happen during the discharging of the LIN bus. If an
overcurrent event occurs out of this time frame, the transmitter is disabled and the LPOCIF flag is set.
In order to re-enable the transmitter again, the following prerequisites must be met:
1) Overcurrent condition is over
2) LPTxD is recessive or the LIN Physical Layer is in shutdown or receive only mode for a
minimum of a transmit bit time.
To re-enable the transmitter then, the LPOCIF flag must be cleared (by writing a 1).
NOTE
Please make sure that LPOCIF=1 before trying to clear it. It is not allowed
to try to clear LPOCIF if LPOCIF=0 already.
After clearing LPOCIF, if the overcurrent condition is still present or the LPTxD pin is dominant while
being in normal mode, the transmitter remains disabled and the LPOCIF flag is set again after a time to
indicate that the attempt to re-enable has failed. This time is equal to:
• minimum 1 IRC period (1 us) + 2 bus periods
• maximum 2 IRC periods (2 us) + 3 bus periods
If the bit LPOCIE is set in the LPIE register, an interrupt is requested.
Figure 23-12 shows the different scenarios for overcurrent interrupt handling.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
769
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
!"#
$
%$
##&
!"#
$
%$
# "#
!"#
$
%
Figure 23-12. Overcurrent interrupt handling
23.4.4.2
TxD-dominant timeout Interrupt
To protect the LIN bus from a network lock-up, the LIN Physical Layer implements a TxD-dominant
timeout mechanism. When the LPTxD signal has been dominant for more than tDTLIM the transmitter is
disabled and the LPDT status flag and the LPDTIF interrupt flag are set.
In order to re-enable the transmitter again, the following prerequisites must be met:
1) TxD-dominant condition is over (LPDT=0)
2) LPTxD is recessive or the LIN Physical Layer is in shutdown or receive only mode for a
minimum of a transmit bit time
To re-enable the transmitter then, the LPDTIF flag must be cleared (by writing a 1).
NOTE
Please make sure that LPDTIF=1 before trying to clear it. It is not allowed
to try to clear LPDTIF if LPDTIF=0 already.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
770
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
After clearing LPDTIF, if the TxD-dominant timeout condition is still present or the LPTxD pin is
dominant while being in normal mode, the transmitter remains disabled and the LPDTIF flag is set after a
time again to indicate that the attempt to re-enable has failed. This time is equal to:
• minimum 1 IRC period (1 us) + 2 bus periods
• maximum 2 IRC periods (2 us) + 3 bus periods
If the bit LPDTIE is set in the LPIE register, an interrupt is requested.
Figure 23-13 shows the different scenarios of TxD-dominant timeout interrupt handling.
!
"!
!
!
#
!
"!
!
!
"!
Figure 23-13. TxD-dominant timeout interrupt handling
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
771
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
23.5
23.5.1
Application Information
Module Initialization
The following steps should be used to configure the module before starting the transmission:
1. Set the slew rate in the LPSLRM register to the desired transmission baud rate.
2. When using the LIN Physical Layer for other purposes than LIN transmission, de-activate the
dominant timeout feature in the LPSLRM register if needed.
3. In most cases, the internal pullup should be enabled in the LPCR register.
4. Route the desired source in the PIM module to the LIN Physical Layer.
5. Select the transmit mode (Receive only mode or Normal mode) in the LPCR register.
6. If the SCI is selected as source, activate the wake-up feature in the LPCR register if needed for the
application (SCI active edge interrupt must also be enabled).
7. Enable the LIN Physical Layer in the LPCR register.
8. Wait for a minimum of a transmit bit.
9. Begin transmission if needed.
NOTE
It is not allowed to try to clear LPOCIF or LPDTIF if they are already
cleared. Before trying to clear an error flag, always make sure that it is
already set.
23.5.2
Interrupt handling in Interrupt Service Routine (ISR)
Both interrupts (TxD-dominant timeout and overcurrent) represent a failure in transmission. To avoid
more disturbances on the transmission line, the transmitter is de-activated in both cases. The interrupt
subroutine must take care of clearing the error condition and starting the routine that re-enables the
transmission. For that purpose, the following steps are recommended:
1. First, the cause of the interrupt must be cleared:
— The overcurrent will be gone after the transmitter has been disabled.
— The TxD-dominant timeout condition will be gone once the selected source for LPTxD has
turned recessive.
2. Clear the corresponding enable bit (LPDTIE or LPOCIE) to avoid entering the ISR again until the
flags are cleared.
3. Notify the application of the error condition (LIN Error handler) and leave the ISR.
In the LIN Error handler, the following sequence is recommended:
1. Disable the LIN Physical Layer (LPCR) while re-configuring the transmission.
— If the receiver must remain enabled, set the LIN Physical Layer into receive only mode instead.
2. Do all required configurations (SCI, etc.) to re-enable the transmission.
3. Wait for a transmit bit (this is needed to successfully re-enable the transmitter).
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
772
Freescale Semiconductor
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
4.
5.
6.
7.
Clear the error flag.
Enable the interrupts again (LPDTIE and LPOCIE).
Enable the LIN Physical Layer or leave the receive only mode (LPCR register).
Wait for a minimum of a transmit bit before beginning transmission again.
If there is a problem re-enabling the transmitter, then the error flag will be set again during step 3 and the
ISR will be called again.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
773
Chapter 23 LIN Physical Layer (S12LINPHYV2)
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
774
Freescale Semiconductor
Appendix A
MCU Electrical Specifications
A.1
General
This supplement contains the most accurate electrical information for the MC9S12ZVHY/MC9S12ZVHL
Families available at the time of publication.
This introduction is intended to give an overview on several common topics like power supply, current
injection etc.
A.1.1
Parameter Classification
The electrical parameters shown in this supplement are guaranteed by various methods. To give the
customer a better understanding the following classification is used and the parameters are tagged
accordingly in the tables where appropriate.
NOTE
This classification is shown in the column labeled “C” in the parameter
tables where appropriate.
•
•
•
•
P:Those parameters are guaranteed during production testing on each individual device.
C: Those parameters are achieved in design characterization by measuring a statistically relevant
sample size across process variations.
T:Those parameters are achieved by design characterization on a small sample size from typical
devices under typical conditions unless otherwise noted. All values shown in the typical column
are within this category.
D:Those parameters are derived mainly from simulations.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
775
Appendix A MCU Electrical Specifications
Table A-1. Power Supplies
Mnemonic
Nominal Voltage
Description
VSS1
0V
Ground pin for 2.8V core supply voltage generated by on chip voltage regulator
VSS2
0V
Ground pin for 1.8V core supply voltage generated by on chip voltage regulator
LGND
0V
Ground pin for LINPHY
VDDX1(1)
5.0 V
VSSX1,2,3
0V
VDDX2,3
5.0 V
5V power supply for I/O drivers which should be supply from external power transistor
VDDA
5.0 V
5V Power supply for the analog-to-digital converter and for the reference circuit of the
internal voltage regulator
VSSA
0V
VDDM1
5.0 V
VSSM1
0V
5V power supply output for I/O drivers generated by on chip voltage regulator
Ground pin for I/O drivers
Ground pin for VDDA analog supply
5V power supply for Port U I/O drivers which should be supply from external power
transistor
Ground pin for Port U I/O drivers
VSUP
12V/18V
External power supply for voltage regulator
1. VDDX2 pin is internally connected to VDDX1 by metal
VDDA and VDDM1 are connected to VDDX pins by diodes for ESD
protection such that VDDX must not exceed VDDA and VDDM1,2 by
more than a diode voltage drop. VSSA, VSSM1 and VSSX are connected
by anti-parallel diodes for ESD protection.
A.1.2
Pins
There are 4 groups of functional pins.
A.1.2.1
General Purpose I/O Pins (GPIO)
The I/O pins have a level in the range of 4.5V to 5.5V. This class of pins is comprised of all port I/O pins
(except PE0,1), BKGD and the RESET pins. Some functionality may be disabled.
A.1.2.2
High Voltage Pins
These consist of the LIN, VSENSE, VSUP and BCTL pins. These pins are intended to interface to external
components operating in the automotive battery range. They have nominal voltages above the standard 5V
I/O voltage range.
A.1.2.3
Main Oscillator
If the designated PE0 (EXTAL) and PE1 (XTAL) pins are configured for external oscillator operation then
these pins have a nominal voltage of 1.8V.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
776
Freescale Semiconductor
Appendix A MCU Electrical Specifications
A.1.2.4
TEST
This pin is used for production testing only. The TEST pin must be tied to ground in all applications.
A.1.3
Current Injection
Power supply must maintain regulation within operating VDDX or VDD range during instantaneous and
operating maximum current conditions. Figure A-1. shows a 5 V GPIO pad driver and the on chip voltage
regulator with VDDX output. It shows also the power and ground pins VSUP, VDDX, VSSX and VSSA.
Px represents any 5 V GPIO pin. Assume Px is configured as an input. The pad driver transistors P1 and
N1 are switched off (high impedance). If the voltage Vin on Px is greater than VDDX a positive injection
current Iin will flow through diode D1 into VDDX node. If this injection current Iin is greater than ILoad,
the internal power supply VDDX may go out of regulation. Ensure the external VDDX load will shunt
current greater than maximum injection current. This is the greatest risk when the MCU is not consuming
power; e.g., if no system clock is present, or if the clock rate is very low which would reduce overall power
consumption.
Figure A-1. Current Injection on GPIO Port if Vin > VDDX
VSUP
Voltage Regulator
VBG
+
_
ISUP
P2
Pad Driver
IDDX
VDDX
ILoad
C
Load
Iin
P1
D1
Iin
N1
Px
Vin > VDDX
VSSX
VSSA
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
777
Appendix A MCU Electrical Specifications
A.1.4
Absolute Maximum Ratings
Absolute maximum ratings are stress ratings only. A functional operation outside these ranges is not
guaranteed. Stress beyond these limits may affect the reliability or cause permanent damage of the device.
This device contains circuitry protecting against damage due to high static voltage or electrical fields;
however, it is advised that normal precautions be taken to avoid application of any voltages higher than
maximum-rated voltages to this high-impedance circuit. Reliability of operation is enhanced if unused
inputs are tied to an appropriate logic voltage level.
Table A-2. Absolute Maximum Ratings(1)
Num
Rating
Symbol
Min
Max
Unit
VSUP
-0.3V
42
V
VBCTL
-0.3V
42
V
VDDXM
–0.1
0.1
V
VSSXM
–0.3
0.3
V
VIN
–0.3
6.0
V
VILV
–0.3
2.16
V
VTEST
–0.3
10.0
V
–25
+25
mA
-55
55
mA
-2.5
2.5
mA
IVDDM
-220
220
mA
IDL
–25
+25
mA
13
Storage temperature range
T
stg
1. Beyond absolute maximum ratings device might be damaged.
2. VDDX and VDDA must be shorted
3. EXTAL, XTAL pins configured for external oscillator operation only
4. All digital I/O pins are internally clamped to VSSX and VDDX, or VSSA and VDDA.
–65
155
C
1
Voltage regulator supply voltage
2
Voltage Regulator basis control
VDDA(2)
3
Voltage difference VDDX to VDDM and
4
Voltage difference VSSX to VSSM and VSSA
5
Digital I/O input voltage
(3)
6
EXTAL, XTAL
7
TEST input
8
Instantaneous maximum current
Single pin limit for all digital I/O pins(4) except PU
I
9
Instantaneous maximum current
Single pin limit for all PU I/O pins
I
10
Instantaneous maximum current
Single pin limit for all LCD pins when PAD is use as LCD
function
I
11
Instantaneous maximum current on VDDM
12
Instantaneous maximum current
Single pin limit for EXTAL, XTAL
A.1.5
D
D
D
ESD Protection and Latch-up Immunity
All ESD testing is in conformity with CDF-AEC-Q100 stress test qualification for automotive grade
integrated circuits. During the device qualification ESD stresses were performed for the Human Body
Model (HBM) and the Charged-Device Model.
A device will be defined as a failure if after exposure to ESD pulses the device no longer meets the device
specification. Complete DC parametric and functional testing is performed per the applicable device
specification at room temperature followed by hot temperature, unless specified otherwise in the device
specification.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
778
Freescale Semiconductor
Appendix A MCU Electrical Specifications
Table A-3. ESD and Latch-up Test Conditions
Model
Spec
Human Body
JESD22-A114
Charged- Device
JESD22-C101
Description
Symbol
Value
Unit
Series Resistance
R
1500
Storage Capacitance
C
100
pF
Number of Pulse per pin
positive
negative
-
3
3
Series Resistance
R
0
Storage Capacitance
C
4
pF
Latch-up for 5V
GPIO’s
Minimum Input Voltage Limit
-2.5
V
Maximum Input Voltage Limit
+7.5
V
Latch-up for
BCTL/VSENSE
LIN
Minimum Input Voltage Limit
-7
V
Maximum Input Voltage Limit
+21
V
Table A-4. ESD Protection and Latch-up Characteristics
Num
C
1
C
Rating
Symbol
Min
Human Body Model (HBM):
-LIN vs LGND
-VSENSE vs VSS
-all other pins
VHBM
+/-6
+/-4
+/-2
Max
Unit
-
KV
2
C
Charged-Device Model (CDM):
Corner Pins
VCDM
+/-750
-
V
3
C
Charged-Device Model (CDM):
all other pins
VCDM
+/-500
-
V
4
C
Direct Contact Discharge IEC61000-4-2 with and
with out 220pF capacitor (R=330, C=150pF):
LIN vs LGND
VESDIEC
+/-6
-
KV
Latch-up Current of 5V GPIO’s at T= 27C
positive
negative
ILAT
+100
-100
-
mA
Latch-up Current of LIN , VSENSET and BCTL at
T= 27C
positive
negative
ILAT
+100
-100
-
mA
5
6
A.1.6
C
C
Operating Conditions
This section describes the operating conditions of the device. Unless otherwise noted those conditions
apply to all the following data.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
779
Appendix A MCU Electrical Specifications
NOTE
Please refer to the temperature rating of the device with regards to the
ambient temperature TA and the junction temperature TJ. For power
dissipation calculations refer to Section A.1.7, “Power Dissipation and
Thermal Characteristics”.
Table A-5. Operating Conditions
Num
Rating
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
VSUP
5.5
12
40(1)
V
1
Voltage regulator supply
2
main Oscillator
fosc
4
—
20
MHz
3
32K Oscillator
fosc32k
32
—
40
KHz
4
Bus frequency
fbus
see
Footnote(2)
—
32
MHz
5
Bus frequency without flash wait states
fWSTAT
see
Footnote(3)
—
25
MHz
6
C Operating junction temperature range
Operating ambient temperature range(4)
T
J
TA
–40
–40
—
—
130
85
C
V Operating junction temperature range
TJ
–40
—
150
C
Operating ambient temperature range(5)
TA
–40
—
105
1. Normal operating range is 6V - 18V. Continuos operation at 40V is not allowed. Only Transient Conditions (Load Dump)
single pulse tmax input voltage > VIL max
RPUL
3.8
5
10.5
K
P Internal pull up device current PU
VIH min > input voltage > VIL max
IPUL
-10
—
-130
A
P Internal pull down current (All GPIO except PU)
VIH min > input voltage > VIL max
IPDH
10
—
130
A
P Internal pull down device current PU
VIH min > input voltage > VIL max
IPDH
10
—
130
A
Cin
—
7
—
pF
D Input capacitance
(3)
—
mA
T Injection current
Single pin limit
IICS
–2.5
2.5
Total device Limit, sum of all injected currents
IICP
–25
25
1. Maximum leakage current occurs at maximum operating temperature.
2. Maximum leakage current occurs at maximum operating temperature.
3. Refer to Section A.1.3, “Current Injection” for more details. For sake of ADC conversion accuracy, the application should
avoid to inject any current into the pins PAD1/PAD2.
14
Table A-9. 5-V I/O Timing Characteristics
Conditions are 4.5 V < VDDX< 5.5 V junction temperature from –40C to +150C, unless otherwise noted
I/O Characteristics for all GPIO pins (defined in A.1.2.1/A-776).
Num C
1
Rating
P Port T, S, AD interrupt input pulse filtered (STOP)(1)
1
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
tP_MASK
—
—
3
s
s
2
P Port T, S, AD interrupt input pulse passed (STOP)
tP_PASS
10
—
—
3
D Port T, S, AD interrupt input pulse filtered (STOP) in
number of bus clock cycles of period 1/fbus
nP_MASK
—
—
3
4
D Port T, S, AD interrupt input pulse passed (STOP) in
number of bus clock cycles of period 1/fbus
nP_PASS
4
—
—
nIRQ
1
—
—
5
D IRQ pulse width, edge-sensitive mode (STOP) in
number of bus clock cycles of period 1/fbus
1. Parameter only applies in stop or pseudo stop mode.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
784
Freescale Semiconductor
Appendix A MCU Electrical Specifications
A.1.9
Supply Currents
This section describes the current consumption characteristics of the device as well as the conditions for
the measurements.
A.1.9.1
Measurement Conditions
Current is measured on VSUP. VDDX is connected to VDDA. It does not include the current to drive
external loads. Unless otherwise noted the currents are measured in special single chip mode and the CPU
code is executed from RAM. For Run and Wait current measurements PLL is on and the reference clock
is the IRC1M trimmed to 1MHz. The bus frequency is 32MHz and the CPU frequency is 64MHz. Table A10, Table A-11 and Table A-12 show the configuration of the CPMU module and the peripherals for Run,
Wait and Stop current measurement.
Table A-10. CPMU Configuration for Pseudo Stop Current Measurement
CPMU REGISTER
Bit settings/Conditions
CPMUCLKS
PLLSEL=0, PSTP=1, CSAD=0,
PRE=PCE=RTIOSCSEL=COPOSCSEL=1
CPMUOSC
OSCE=1, External Square wave on EXTAL fEXTAL=4MHz,
VIH= 1.8V, VIL=0V
CPMURTI
RTDEC=0, RTR[6:4]=111, RTR[3:0]=1111;
CPMUCOP
WCOP=1, CR[2:0]=111
Table A-11. CPMU Configuration for Run/Wait and Full Stop Current Measurement
CPMU REGISTER
Bit settings/Conditions
CPMUSYNR
VCOFRQ[1:0]=01,SYNDIV[5:0] = 31
CPMUPOSTDIV
POSTDIV[4:0]=0
CPMUCLKS
PLLSEL=1, CSAD=0
CPMUOSC
OSCE=0,
Reference clock for PLL is fref=firc1m trimmed to 1MHz
API settings for STOP current measurement
CPMUAPICTL
APIEA=0, APIFE=1, APIE=0
CPMUAPITR
trimmed to >=10Khz
CPMUAPIRH/RL
set to 0xFFFF
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
785
Appendix A MCU Electrical Specifications
Table A-12. Peripheral Configurations for Run & Wait Current Measurement
Peripheral
Configuration
SCI
Continuously transmit data (0x55) at speed of 19200 baud
SPI
Configured to master mode, continuously transmit data (0x55) at
1Mbit/s
MSCAN0
Configured to loop-back mode using a bit rate of 500Kbits/s
PWM
Configured to toggle its pins at the rate of 40kHz
ADC
The peripheral is configured to operate at its maximum specified
frequency and to continuously convert voltages on all input
channels in sequence.
Operate in master mode and continuously transimit data
0x55 at 100Kbits/s
IIC
DBG
The module is enabled and the comparators are configured to
trigger in outside range.The range covers all the code executed by
the core.
TIM
The peripheral is configured to output compare mode, pulse
accumulator and modulus counter enabled.
LCD
Configured to 244Hz frame frequency, 1/4 Duty, 1/3 Bias
with all FP/BP enabled and all segment on
MC
configured to full H-bridge mode MCPER=0x3FF, 1/2fbus
motor controller timer counter clock, MCDC=0x20
SSD
disabled
SSG
Configured to 1K Hz Tone with attached mode, mix mode output
RTC
Enabled from 32K osc
COP & RTI
Enabled
BATS
Enabled
Table A-13. Run and Wait Current Characteristics
Conditions are: VSUP=12V, TA=125C, see Table A-11 and Table A-12
Num
C
Rating
Symbol
1
P
Run Current
2
P
Wait Current
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
ISUPR
23
30
mA
ISUPW
15
20
mA
Typ
Max
Unit
21
45
A
Table A-14. Stop Current Characteristics
Conditions are: VSUP=12V
Num
C
1
P
Rating
Symbol
Min
Stop Current all modules off
TA= -40C
ISUPS
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
786
Freescale Semiconductor
Appendix A MCU Electrical Specifications
Table A-14. Stop Current Characteristics
Conditions are: VSUP=12V
500
A
2
P
TA= 125C
ISUPS
280
3
C
TA= 25C
ISUPS
23
A
60
A
35
A
Stop Current with 32K OSC and RTC
4
C
TA=25C
ISUPS
Stop Current with LINPHY0 in standby
5
C
TA=25C
ISUPS
Table A-15. Pseudo Stop Current Characteristics
Conditions are: VSUP=12V, API, COP & RTI enabled
Num
C
Rating
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
Pseudo Stop Current with API, COP and RTI enabled
1
C
TA= 25C
ISUPS
233
A
Pseudo Stop Current with RTC enabled(clock source from external main OSC)
2
A.1.10
C
TA= 25C
ISUPS
223
A
ADC Conversion Result Reference
The reference voltage VBG is measured under the conditions shown in Table A-16. The value stored in the
IFR is the average of 8 consecutive conversions.
Table A-16. Measurement Conditions
Description
Symbol
Value
Unit
VSUP
5
V
I/O supply voltage
VDDX, A,M
5
V
ADC clock
Regulator supply voltage
fADCCLK
2
MHz
ADC sample time
tSMP
4
ADC clock cycles
Bus frequency
fbus
32
MHz
Ambient temperature
TA
150
C
Code execution
NVM activity
from RAM
none
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
787
Appendix A MCU Electrical Specifications
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
788
Freescale Semiconductor
Appendix B ADC Electricals
Appendix B
ADC Electricals
This section describes the characteristics of the analog-to-digital converter.
B.1
ADC Operating Characteristics
The Table B-1 shows conditions under which the ADC operates.
The following constraints exist to obtain full-scale, full range results:
VSSA VRLVINVRHVDDA
This constraint exists since the sample buffer amplifier can not drive beyond the power supply levels that
it ties to. If the input level goes outside of this range it will effectively be clipped.
Table B-1. ADC Operating Characteristics
Supply voltage 4.5V < VDDA < 5.5 V, -40oC < TJ < 150oC
Num C
1
Rating
D Reference potential
Low
High
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
VRL
VRH
VSSA
VDDA/2
—
—
VDDA/2
VDDA
V
V
2
D Voltage difference VDDX to VDDA
VDDX
-0.1
0
0.1
V
3
D Voltage difference VSSX to VSSA
VSSX
–0.1
0
0.1
V
VRH-VRL
3.13
5.0
5.5
V
8.0
MHz
(1)
4
C Differential reference voltage
5
C ADC Clock Frequency (derived from bus clock via the
prescaler bus)
0.25
fADCCLk
tREC
—
—
1
s
D ADC disable then re-enable require time
tDISABLE
—
—
3
Bus
Cycles
ADC Conversion Period(2)
D 10 bit resolution:
8 bit resolution:
NCONV10
NCONV8
18
16
38
36
ADC
clock
Cycles
6
C Buffer amplifier turn on time (delay after module
start/recovery from Stop mode)
7
8
1. The accuracy is reduced if differential reference voltage is less than 4.50 V
2. The minimum time assumes a sample time of 4 ADC clock cycles. The maximum time assumes a sample time of 24 ADC
clock cycles.
B.1.1
Factors Influencing Accuracy
Source resistance, source capacitance and current injection have an influence on the accuracy of the ADC.
A further factor is that PortAD pins that are configured as output drivers switching.
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
789
Appendix B ADC Electricals
B.1.1.1
Port AD Output Drivers Switching
PortAD output drivers switching can adversely affect the ADC accuracy whilst converting the analog
voltage on other PortAD pins because the output drivers are supplied from the VDDA/VSSA ADC supply
pins. Although internal design measures are implemented to minimize the affect of output driver noise, it
is recommended to configure PortAD pins as outputs only for low frequency, low load outputs. The impact
on ADC accuracy is load dependent and not specified. The values specified are valid under condition that
no PortAD output drivers switch during conversion.
B.1.1.2
Source Resistance
Due to the input pin leakage current as specified in conjunction with the source resistance there will be a
voltage drop from the signal source to the ADC input. The maximum source resistance RS specifies results
in an error (10-bit resolution) of less than 1/2 LSB (2.5 mV) at the maximum leakage current.
B.1.1.3
Source Capacitance
When sampling an additional internal capacitor is switched to the input. This can cause a voltage drop due
to charge sharing with the external and the pin capacitance. For a maximum sampling error of the input
voltage 1LSB (10-bit resilution), then the external filter capacitor, Cf 1024 * (CINS–CINN).
B.1.1.4
Current Injection
There are two cases to consider.
1. A current is injected into the channel being converted. The channel being stressed has conversion
values of 0x3FF (in 10-bit mode) for analog inputs greater than VRH and 0x000 for values less than
VRL unless the current is higher than specified as disruptive condition.
2. Current is injected into pins in the neighborhood of the channel being converted. A portion of this
current is picked up by the channel (coupling ratio K), This additional current impacts the accuracy
of the conversion depending on the source resistance.
The additional input voltage error on the converted channel can be calculated as:
VERR = K * RS * IINJ
with IINJ being the sum of the currents injected into the two pins adjacent to the converted channel.
Table B-2. ADC Electrical Characteristics
Supply voltage 3.13 V < VDDA < 5.5 V, -40oC < TJ < 150oC
Num C
Rating
Symbol
Min
Typ
Max
Unit
RS
—
—
10
K
1
C Max input source resistance
2
D Total input capacitance Non sampling
Total input capacitance Sampling
CINN
CINS
—
—
—
—
10
16
pF
3
D Input internal Resistance
RINA
-
5
15
k
4
C Disruptive analog input current
INA
-2.5
—
2.5
mA
5
C Coupling ratio positive current injection
Kp
—
—
1E-4
A/A
6
C Coupling ratio negative current injection
Kn
—
—
5E-3
A/A
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
790
Freescale Semiconductor
Appendix B ADC Electricals
B.1.2
ADC Accuracy
Table B-3. specifies the ADC conversion performance excluding any errors due to current injection,
input capacitance and source resistance.
B.1.2.1
ADC Accuracy Definitions
For the following definitions see also Figure B-1.
Differential non-linearity (DNL) is defined as the difference between two adjacent switching steps.
V –V
i
i–1
DNL i = -------------------------- – 1
1LSB
The integral non-linearity (INL) is defined as the sum of all DNLs:
n
INL n =
V –V
n
0
DNL i = --------------------- – n
1LSB
i=1
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
Freescale Semiconductor
791
Appendix B ADC Electricals
DNL
Vi-1
10-Bit Absolute Error Boundary
LSB
Vi
$3FF
8-Bit Absolute Error Boundary
$3FE
$3FD
$FF
$3FC
$3FB
$3FA
$3F9
$FE
$3F8
$3F7
$3F6
$3F5
10-Bit Resolution
$3F3
9
Ideal Transfer Curve
2
8
8-Bit Resolution
$FD
$3F4
7
10-Bit Transfer Curve
6
5
1
4
3
8-Bit Transfer Curve
2
1
0
5
10
15
20
25
30
35
40
45
55
60
65
70
75
80
85
90
5000 +
95 100 105 110 115 120
Vin
mV
Figure B-1. ADC Accuracy Definitions
S12ZVHY/S12ZVHL Family Reference Manual Rev. 1.05
792
Freescale Semiconductor
Appendix B ADC Electricals
Table B-3. ADC Conversion Performance 5V range (-40oC < TJ < 150oC)
Supply voltage 4.5V < VDDA